Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Globant S.A.

Globant S.A.

glob · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker glob
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 31280
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Globant S.A.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Index

Letter from the CEO

About the Report

Go Beyond Digital

Culture & Talent

Environmental Awareness

Additional Information

Corporate Annual Report

Sustainability Index

Report Profile

3

5

 7

22

40

45

51

380

387

Letter from the

I  am  extremely  proud  to  present 
Globant’s  first  Integrated  Report.  In 
this document you will find a merge 
between the traditional Annual Re-
port  with  our  Sustainability  Report. 
This strategic decision was possible 
due to the maturity of the relations 
with  all  our  stakeholders,  especia-
lly with the international investment 
community,  with  which  we  began 
to  interact  daily  since  we  became 
public.

2016  was  a  great  year  for  us.  Our 
leadership  in  emerging  technolo-
gies  combined with  a  solid  opera-
ting,  financial,  social  and  environ-
mental  performance  resulted 
in 
another great year for our company. 
Indeed,  IDC  MarketScape  Report 
recognized  us  as  a  leader  of  Digi-
tal  Strategy  Consulting  Services. 

Let  me  share  our  vision  with  you 
about the industry. Since the volca-
no-like  explosion  of  new  technolo-
gies -specially Artificial Intelligence, 
which is poised to shake the ground 
in  the  near  future-,  a  new  way  to 
connect  with  consumers  arose.  It’s 
about making users become part of 
a digital experience that starts long 
before  the  consumer  needs  to  in-
teract  with  the  brand.  These  types 
of ecosystems exceed the creation 
of a website, an app or even a uni-
fied  omnichannel  experience. They 
are  relevant  in  every  touch  point 
and  create  an  emotional  connec-
tion with users. We are talking about 
building  memorable  experiences 
that are personalized, time sensitive, 
and context and location conscious. 
It’s about leveraging the power of AI 
to revolutionize  the way end-users 

 
 
 
 
 
interact with technology and re- 
shape business landscape.

Globant seeks to deliver the op-
timal  blend  of  engineering,  de-
sign,  and  innovation  to  harness 
the  potential  of  emerging  tech-
nologies  for  our  clients,  and  in 
doing  so,  improving  the  quality 
of life for millions of people. 

In  terms  of  financial  result,  I  am 
extremely happy with the results 
of 2016: We achieved a 27.2% re-
venue  growth  (from  $253.8  mi-
llion for 2015, to $322.9 million in 
2016). Our adjusted EPS for 2016, 
increased to $1.14, compared to 
a $0.98 per share in 2015. For the 
first time in Globant’s history, we 
had  two  customers with  annual 
revenues  over  $30  million,  and 
more  than  ten  customers  with 
annual  revenues  over  $5M,  a 
clear  sign  of  our  ability  to  scale 
up  the  relationship  with  them. 
We  have  continued  to  imple-
ment  our  long-term  strategy  of 
diversifying our delivery capabi-
lities.

Regarding  our  people,  we  are 
happy to announce that we con-
tinue  to  find  outstanding  talent 
in the markets where we opera-

te. Our Globers’ capabilities are 
paramount and key to our suc-
cess. We grew strongly across 
all geographies, not only in the 
markets  we  serve,  but  also  in 
our  delivery  centers,  inaugu-
rating offices in Chile, India and 
Spain, and also with the acqui-
sition  of  two  companies:  WAE 
(London based), and L4 (Seatt-
le based). 

Regarding  our  environmen-
tal  performance,  the  carbon 
footprint  per  person  remained 
practically unchanged, althou-
gh we were able to reduce al-
most the 30% of the per capita 
emissions regarding air travel.

Finally,  we  strengthened  cor-
porate governance through the 
confirmation of the adherence 
to the ten principles of the Uni-
ted Nations Global Compact.

As  we  continue  to  carry  out 
our corporate strategy, I would 
like to thank you personally for 
your  continued  support  of  the 
Globant  management  team, 
our  growth  strategy,  and  our 
corporate vision.

Sincerely,
Martín Migoya
Co-Founder, Chairman and CEO

@migoya

About the report

This  first  Integrated  report  is  a 
huge  milestone  for  us.  The  do-
cument represents a great deal  
of  work  from  different  internal 
departments of the company, in 
order to share more information 
with all our stakeholders. As you 
will  see,  the  report  brings  to-
gether  our  financial  results  with 
the  social  and  environmental 
approaches  we  proposed,  the 
management  model  used,  and 
the  performance  achieved  du-
ring the year.

Other  worth  noting  points  of 
the  report  are  the  international 
awards related to our workplace. 
In Mexico our office was selected 
as one of the top 10 companies 
to  work,  in  India,  Globant  won 
an  International  Design  Award 
for  our  office  in  Pune.  Finally,  in 
Argentina we won the “Protago-
nists of a New Economy” Award 
granted by Sistema B Argentina.

This year, we started the analy-
sis on how we can contribute to 
the  Sustainable  Development 
Goals  of  the  United  Nations 
(SDG).  Consequently, we  identi-
fied six SDGs related to our sus-
tainability framework. The linka-
ge  between  the  SDGs  and  our 
framework  will  be  continuously 

developed  to  understand  and 
maximize the positive impacts. 

As  a  reference  of  reporting  cri-
teria,  the  SASB  Standards  have 
been  considered  useful  to  our 
industry.  These  standards  help 
identify sustainability topics that 
are  useful  for  our  investors. We 
have used the SASB topics to in-
form our sustainability reporting 
process,  and  the  most  relevant 
themes  for  our  industry  are  co-
vered in this report.

Of  course,  as  the  first  exercise 
with  an  integrated  report,  there 
is  a  long  way  to  go  to  achieve 
the  goals  of  the  Integrated  Re-
porting  Framework  by  the  In-
ternational Integrated Reporting 
Council.  But  learning  is  part  of 
our  ethos,  so  we  will  keep  on 
working  to  achieve  consistency 
between  financial  and  non-fi-
nancial  performance,  concise-
ness, and outlook in our reports.

Finally,  in  the  annual  evaluation 
carried  out  on  the  sustainability 
framework, we decided to con-
tinue with the same to last year. 

Globant’s Sustainability Council

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS

QUALITY
EDUCATION

Internal development programs

INDUSTRY, INNOVATION
AND INFRASTRUCTURE

Industry development

External community programs

Innovation

GENDER
EQUALITY

Equal employment opportunities

CLIMATE
ACTION

Greater involvement of women

Carbon footprint measuring and 
reduction

DECENT WORK AND
ECONOMIC GROWTH

Employment quality Company 

PARTNERSHIP
FOR THE GOALS

Industry sector improvement

Growth at global scale

Partnerships for community / citizenship 
projects

SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORK

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION

PERFORMANCE

INNOVATION

TALENT

CAREER

WORK & LIFE
INTEGRATION
/DIVERSITY

BUSINESS

PEOPLE

INTEGRITY

ENVIRONMENTAL
AWARNESS

COMMUNITY
INVOLVEMENT

SECTOR & REGION
EMPOWERMENT

Go Beyond
DIGITAL

Our Approach

At  Globant,  we  dream  and  build  digital 
journeys  that  matter  to  millions  of  users. 
These  kinds  of  digital  journeys  exceed  the 
creation of a website, an app or even a uni-
fied omnichannel experience. It involves the 
creation  of  a  deeper  relationship  with  the 
users by delivering memorable experiences 
that  are  personalized,  time  sensitive,  and 
context and location aware. It’s what we call 
an omnirelevant experience. 

To create digital journeys, we bring together 
engineering, innovation, and design by im-
plementing an ecosystem composed of two 
steps:

        Stay Relevant

Our thought leaders help our customers stay 
relevant  within  their  industries  by  creating 
and publishing research, organizing SME ga-
therings,  participating  in webinars  and  con-
ferences, among other initiatives.

         Build to Discover

We believe the optimal digital journey will not 
be discovered in the beginning, it will be dis-
covered in the making. To create digital jour-
neys, we  start  building  the  products  so  that 
we  can  receive  feedback  in  a  rapid  way  to 
then re-adapt and evolve. This model allows 
one to solve problems, frictions in the expe-
rience, one at a time, and then, from real fee-
dback, tie “solutions” together as moments in 
a journey. Each iteration would refine the mo-
ments and strengthen the overall results. This 
approach means that our building process is 
interlaced  with  our  discover  process,  that  it 
feels  like  one,  where  tactical  execution  and 
strategic design thinking meet every day. We 
learn and adapt as we build the experiences, 
that  is  why  the  two  activities  are  interlaced 
and  simultaneous.  Build  to  discover  boosts 
our  client’s  software  development  capabili-
ties, at the same time as designing the next 
generation of customers and employees ex-
perience. We do this by leveraging three key 
pillars:  our  Studios,  Agile  Pods  Model  and 
Services over Platforms.

Our Approach

Studios

Our  studio  model  is  an  effective  way  of  or-
ganizing our company into smaller operating 
units, fostering creativity and innovation whi-
le allowing us to build, enhance and consoli- 
date  expertise  in  emerging  technologies. 
Each studio has specific domain knowledge 
and  delivers  tailored  solutions  focused  on 
specific technology challenges. This method 
of  delivery  is  the  foundation  of  our  services 
offering and of our success. Our studios ena-
ble  us  to  create  capacity  in  every  emerging 
technology, and evolve every year.

The  studios  are:  Consumer  Experience;  Ga-
ming; Big Data; Quality Engineering; Enterpri-
se; UX Design; Mobile; Cloud Ops; Wearables 
&  Internet  of  Things;  Continuous  Evolution; 
Digital Content; and Cognitive Computing.

Our studio model facilitate the optimization of 
our  expertise  in  emerging  technologies  and 
related market trends for our clients across a 
variety of industries.

Service over Platforms

Services over Platforms (“SoP”) is a new con-
cept  for  the  service  industry  that  aims  to 
help us deliver digital journeys in a more ra-
pid  manner.  SoP  stands  between  two  main 
traditional  offerings:  Software  as  a  Service 
(“SaaS”) companies and IT service providers.  
SaaS  offers  software  products  that  can  be 
used fast and easily by its customers, but it 
lacks the power of customization. SaaS users 
have to adapt to the Software as opposed to 
the software evolving to adjust to customer’s 
needs.  IT  service  providers  have  the  ability 

to  produce  a  fully  customized  product,  but 
does not leverage many platforms to propel 
its growth.
Within SoP, we provide specific platforms as 
a starting point, and then customize them to 
the specific need of the customers using our 
service force. We price this service in a varia-
ble way: cost per transaction, cost per user or 
cost per month according to each platform.

Agile PODs Methodology

At Globant, we provide a unique software pro-
duct design and development model, known 
as the Agile Pod model.  Agile Pods align be-
tween  business  and  technology  teams,  dri-
ven by a culture of self-regulated teamwork 
and  collaboration  across  skills,  partners  and 
country borders.

Leveraged  across  divisions,  Agile  Pods  are 
dedicated to mature emerging technologies 
and market trends, and provide a constant in-
flux of mature talent and solutions that crea-
te  intellectual  property  for  our  clients.  They 
are  self-organized  teams  that  work  to  meet 
creative and production goals, make techno-
logy decisions and reduce risk. These teams 
are  fully  responsible  for  creating  solutions, 
building and sustaining features, products or 
platforms.

In addition, savings are delivered to clients in 
order  to  sustain  productivity  boosts  as  Agi-
le Pods begin to operate at a higher maturity 
level. We  ensure  consistency,  accountability, 
and  replicability  by  having Agile  Pods  follow 
a well defined set of maturity criteria. Maturity 
models describe stages of growth and deve-
lopment  towards  increased  maturity,  quality, 
velocity,  and  autonomy.  Each  level  acts  as  a 
foundation for the next and lays out a path for 
growth  and  learning.  As  Agile  Pods  evolve, 
they are equipped with the understanding and 
tools to accomplish goals more effectively.

Associated metrics guide improvement efforts 
and  generate  quantitative  and  qualitative  in-
sights to inform iterative design and planning 
decisions.

INTRODUCING GLOBANT’S FIRST BOOK:

The Never-Ending Digital Journey

The book, which is  a comprehensive guide to delivering 
impactful digital strategies, was launched in New York. As 
part of the celebration, a closing bell ceremony was held 
at the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).  

Sentinel Report

The goal of the Sentinel Report is to provide insightful 
evidence of consumer behavior and market trends that 
ignite strategic thinking.

www.sentinel.globant.com 

The Playground

Our “Playground” is an innovative space where our digital 
journeys are showcased in real time.  Guests can explore, 
touch,  play  and  discover  insights  about  each  journey.  It 
also delivers an atmosphere to build ideas, transforming 
them into prototypes that can be explored.

Globant in the world

MILESTONES

UK

Luxembourg
Spain

United States

Mexico

Peru

Colombia

India

Brazil

Uruguay

Argentina

Chile

322 . 8 M M
Revenue

340Clients

5631
Globers

-
2 7
Cities

12
Countries

2016

Feb

Apr

Launch of Globant’s First Book:
The Never-Ending Digital Journey. 
Investment of ACAMICA.

Argentina’s  President,  Ing.  Mauricio 
Macri  visited  our  offices  in  Buenos 
Aires.

May

Acquisition of WAE in UK. Ten years
working with Google.

Jun

Recognition as a Leader of Digital
Strategy Consulting Services by IDC
MarketScape Report.

Nov

Acquisition of L4 in Seattle

2015

May

Acquisition of Clarice Technologies
in Asia.

Agu

New Studio of Cognitive Computing.

Oct

Launch of Services over Platforms
(SoP).

Nov

Launch  of  the  digital  journey  crea-
tion  process,  with  Stay  Relevant, 
Discover and Build.

Financial Highlights

2015

2016

Economic value generated

Economic value generated  (Revenue)

$ 253,796,467

$ 322,856,000 (100%)

Salaries

Salaries

$ 176,909,000 (70%)

$ 210,929,000 (65%)

Taxes

Taxes

$ 23,408,000 (9%)

                $ 19,404,000 (6%)

Depreciations and interests

Depreciations and interests

$ 10,297,000 (4%)

      $ 13,930,000 (4%)

Other costs of operations*

Other costs of operations

$ 11,562,467 (5%)

        $ 42,731,000 (13%)

Dividends

Dividends

$ 0 (0%)

$ 0 (0%)

Reinvested amount

Reinvested amount

$ 31,620,000 (12%)

                      $ 35,862,000 (11%)

* Include gains on transactions with bonds.

Assets

$ 284,748,000
$ 222,889,000

2016

2015

Liabilities

$ 76,188,000
$ 62,704,000

Net Worth
$ 208,560,000
 $ 160,185,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue ($M)

Adjusted Diluted EPS ($)

$ 323

$ 254

$ 200

1.14

0.98

0.81

$ 158

$ 129

0.50

0.38

Adjusted Net Income
Margin (%)

13.0

13.5

12.5

9.2

8.1

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Revenue by Geography

Clients by Revenue Contribution

81%
10%
9%

North America
LATAM and others
Europe

10%
Top 1

34%
Top 5

47%
Top 10

Revenue by Currency

Revenue by Vertical Industry

90%
2%
8%

U$D
GBP
Others

Stock Price
($ end of the year) 

$ 10.00

$ 15.62

21% Media and Entertainment
20%
Travel & Hospitality
19% Banks, Financial Services & Insurance
16% Tech & Telecommunications
13% Professional Services
9%
2% Other Verticals

Consumer, Retail & Manufacturing

$  37.51

$ 33.35

Ipo price
july 2014

Dec 2014

Dec 2015

Dec 2016

Our Clients

Globant has developed and implemented a 
quality  management  system  to  document 
our best business practices, satisfy the requi-
rements and expectations of our clients and 
improve  the  management  of  our  projects. 
We believe that continuous process impro-
vement produces better software solutions, 
which enhances our clients’ satisfaction and 
adds value to their business.

A major progress related to our service qua-
lity is the update of ISO 9001:2015 standard 
and the addition of new offices to this certifi-
cation. We also continue conducting apprai-
sals of CMMI level 3. Regarding IT Security, in 
2016, we achieved the ISO 27001:2013 certifi-
cation. As a consequence, 2016 has been the 

fourth consecutive year in which we had no 
critical security incident across the company.

As  for  the  relationship  with  customers,  the 
long-term  bonds  and  the  incorporation  of 
new  logos  are  two  very  positive  signs  that 
are  supported  by  the  satisfaction  surveys 
conducted all year round. Similarly, in the last 
three  years,  our  clients’  appraisal  for  each 
studio and overall performance, has improved 
year by year, with results above targets in the 
overall rating in almost all studios. 

The feedback we receive from our clients is 
not  only  quantitative  but  also  qualitative.  In 
2016, our work teams received 110 appraisals 
in  an  explicit  and  spontaneous  way  on  the 
part of our clients.

SOME OF OUR AMAZING CLIENTS

 
Glorious Journey with Google

We celebrated 10 years of a successful
partnership with Google.

NatGeo websites developed in collaboration
with Globant won Webby Awards!

Kids Website won people’s voice, which we implemented 
end to end from UX. Also, we received visuals from 
Unique Lodges of the World web. 

Lightify Team receives Orange
Award forInnovation Excellence!

The  Lightify  IoT  Platform  Services  for  Lights  and 
Luminaries  were  awarded  the  2nd  place  in  the 
field of Innovation Excellence, by OSRAM.

Customer Satisfaction

Overall result Customer survey. 
Target 82/100

2015

2016

+82

+82

Certifications

Per Studio

Big Data

Cloud Ops

Consumer Experience

Continuous Evolution

Digital Content

Enterprise

Gaming

Mobile

Quality Engineering

UX Design

+82

+82

+82

78

+82

+82

+82

+82

+82

+82

+82

75

+82

+82

80

+82

+82

+82

+82

77

Laminar, South Park, North Park (BA),
Alfil Azul (LP), Tandil, Bahia Blanca, Mar de Plata, 
Capitalinas (CBA), Museion, Nordlink (Rosario),
Resistencia, Tucuman, Montevideo

South Park

North Park, Capitalinas (CBA), 
Montevideo

Information Security

We had non critical security
incidents in 2016  

*This includes the number of complaints concerning privacy breach and customer data loss.

Sistemas Globales and IAHF

* CDSA (Content Delivery and Security Association)
* CMMI (Capability Maturity Model Integration)

 
 
Integrity and Governance

Code of ethics 

In  2015,  we  re-launched  the  Code  of  Ethics 
(“CoE”)  approved  by  the  board,  in  line  with 
best corporate governance practices and the 
requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The 
code lists a guide of principles necessary to 
promote and ensure a proper behavior within 
the organization, and promotes the honesty, 
integrity and transparency norms established 
at Globant.

People  Champions  team  introduce  the  CoE 
to the new hirings. This is considered the first 
step towards employees’ commitment. It in-
volves  orientation  and  brief  training  of  the 
Glober  to  the  organizational  shared  values 
and principles. 

Also, it has been established an external me-
chanism of denounce of potential issues re-
garding the code provisions. This mechanism 
allows  users  to  report  anonymous  queries 
in  different  languages  and  through  different 
channels (email, phone or via webpage). The 
‘speak up’ channel is enabled 24/7, 365 days 
a year. Every time an issue is reported to the 
external  channel,  the  Globant’s  Compliance 
Support Group (CSG) analyzes the issue. CSG 
is composed by the Chief People Officer, the 
General  Counsel  and  the  Internal  Audit  and 
SOX  Manager.  During  the  investigation,  the-
re is an open period to gather additional data. 
As a result, a case could be dismissed, dele-
gated to another area, or investigated by the 

CGS. All  cases  and  their  progress  status  are 
reported to the Globant’s audit committee on 
regular basis.

During  2016,  our  speak-up  channel  recei-
ved  two  reports.  Both  of  them  were  solved 
through a more appropriate channel (People 
department)  due  to  the  nature  of  the  issue. 
In addition, during 2016, we launched an as-
sessment to gather how familiar the Globers 
are with the CoE. Results show that in gene-
ral, there is a very good understanding of the 
CoE among Globers.

Internal Audit

Globant’s board has oversight responsibility for 
Globant’s integrated risk management frame-
work and designated board committees (in-
cluding  the  Audit  Committee  and  Compen-
sation Committee of the Board) to assist with 
the  monitoring  of  certain  categories  of  risk 
management.
The Internal audit and SOX compliance mana-
ger, reporting directly to the audit committee,  
continued to enhancing the integration of our 
risk management framework into our strate-
gic audit planning process, resulting in the im-
provement of the linkage of our key business 
risks and business strategies. Integrating risk 
with  strategy  helps  protect  the  organization 
from future uncertainty and exploit opportu-
nities, thereby increasing the probability.

over financial reporting audit report, issued by 
an  independent  auditor  was  mandatory  be-
ginning 2016, and for future years.
After  a  tremendous  effort  made  by  all  the 
areas  involved  in  the  SOX  Compliance  Cer-
tification process, we obtained a clean report 
issued by the independent auditors. 

of  success  in  achieving  our  corporate  goals 
and  driving 
improved  decision-making 
across the organization. It is also an important 
element in driving a risk-aware culture across 
the organization. By integrating risk and stra-
tegy, we can help ensure our senior leaders 
focus on the appropriate risks and priorities of 
the organization as a whole.

SOX Compliance 

During  the  year,  Globant  was  no  longer 
qualified  as  an  Emerging  Growth  Company 
(according  to  the  “JOBS  act”),  entering  the 
category of Large Accelerated filer, in terms 
of the SEC rules. As such, an internal control 

In the last five years, we 
have not received any 
significant fine for breach 
regarding either our 
services or legislation.

We have neither 
received confirmed 
reports of corruption 
cases nor lawsuits.

Acquisitions

During  2016,  we  acquired  WAE  and  L4  companies,  
London  and  Seattle  based  respectively.  We  also 
acquired a stake in ACAMICA, a preeminent educational 
platform that provides technology trainings.

Governance

Advisory
Board

Sustainability
Council

BOARD

OF DIRECTORS

Committees

TOP MANAGEMENT

Chief Executive Officer
(Co-Founder)
Martín Migoya

Chief Operations Officer
Guillermo Marsicovetere

Chief of Staff
(Co-Founder)
Martín Umaran

Chief People Officer
Guillermo Willi

Chief Technology Officer
(Co-Founder)
Guibert Englebienne

EVP - Corporate Affairs
(Co-Founder)
Néstor Nocetti

Communications Director
Wanda Weigert

Chief Information Officer
Gustavo Barreiro

Chief Financial Officer
Alejandro Scannapieco

General Counsel
Pablo Rojo

Chief Delivery Officer
Patricia Pomies

More info on:
www.globant.com/corp/company/management-team

Culture
TALENT&

Culture

Globant is what it is today thanks to the talen-
ted  people  who  comprise  the  organization. 
However, to take advantage of all that latent 
talent,  a  favorable  working  environment  is 
needed. That  engine  is  our  culture, which  is 

based on the values   of our manifesto and the  
three  motivational  pillars  (autonomy,  mas-
tery and purpose), This permeates the whole 
company, bringing together and helping each 
Glober to perform at their highest level.  

Globant Manifesto

ACT ETHICALLY

THINK BIG

CONSTANTLY INNOVATE

AIM FOR EXCELLENCE IN YOUR WORK

BE A TEAM PLAYER

HAVE FUN

Innovation

Innovation and creativity as fundamental va-
lues   of our day-to-day, are not managed from 
a specific area, they are living and breathing 
throughout the company. 

Challenge  the  statu  quo  is  one  of  our  com-
mandments  so,  in  order  to  build  the  capa-

bilities  required  to  sustain  innovation  through 
several  ongoing  processes  and  initiatives 
such  us  brainstorming  sessions,  design 
thinking  workshops,  Think  Big  Sessions  and 
the  iFactor  contest  (our  internal  competition 
for  the  entrepreneur  gene  among  the  more 
than 5500 Globers)

 
Think Big Sessions

During 2016 we held more than 60 events open to the
community, in 15 cities, with more than 3,000 people
participating in them. Topics ranged from Blockchain,
Big Data and Gaming, to CRISPR/Cas, and
entrepreneurship, among many others. 

iFactor Second Generation

In 2016, we held the second edition of the iFactor contest,
a competition for intrapreneurs by which we seek to disco-
ver the hidden talent within the company. More than 100
projects were presented by Globers from all the countries 
where we have offices. The winner was “Fuel G” team from
Bangalore, India, which presented an app that seeks to
solve the problem of garbage in that country.

Globant Labs

Globant Labs is a space where Globers develop their 
own projects, experiment with new technologies,
challenge themselves by taking on new roles, and
interact with other employees.

More than 200 Globers in all our offices, participated 
in about 40 projects proposed by them with topics 
linked to social responsibility, new technologies, and 
workplaces of improvement, among others.

Our Talent

Talent  management  in  the  digi-
tal  age  is  a  great  challenge  for 
all industries. However, for com-
panies  which  are  digital  natives, 
adapting to the new generations 
and exploiting the maximum ca-
pacity of each professional, flows 
in a more natural way.
During  2016,  Globant  increased 
its  headcount  by  12%  to  5,631 
Globers,  distributed  in  12  coun-
tries. With  an  average  age  of  32 
and  a  level  of  distinctive  exper-
tise  (more  than  60%  are  high- 
seniority  professionals),  mana-
ging  this  great  pool  of  talent  is 
very challenging.

This is where the pillars of auto-
nomy, mastery and purpose play 
a fundamental role. Through au-
tonomy we seek to make the best 
of  each  one  while  at  the  same 
time  decentralizing  the  global 
growth  of  the  company  throu-
gh  each  of  its  Globers.  Mastery 
is the pursuit of an environment 
of  excellence  in  which  Globers 
feel challenged and nurtured by 
their  surroundings.  Sharing  that 
purpose is key when it comes to 
professional  development,  as  it 
gives meaning to everyday work. 

 
Professional 
Development

The whole  strategy  of  career  de-
velopment  is  proposed  around 
these 
idea:  We  promote  self- 
training  by  generating  the  ne-
cessary  spaces  and  tools,  while 
accompanying  Globers 
the 
personal  development  of  their 
career paths.

in 

2016 was a key year in this regard 
with  the  acquisition  of  a  stake  in 
ACAMICA, the leading online Aca-
demy in Technology Training (see 
box). During the second half of the 
year, more than 3,000 Globers en-
rolled  in ACAMICA,  thus  reaching 
a  total  of  5,048  Globers  trained 
throughout the year.

Other initiatives such as the alliance 
with IAE, the most prestigious Bu-
siness  School  in  Argentina,  inclu-
ded the first leadership course for 
all managers in the region, and the 
participation in the Innovation Pro-
gram, open to the community. 

Globers’  training  and  monitoring 
work led to the promotion of a re-
cord  23%  of  Globers  during  2016, 
and  almost  300  Globers  having 
the  possibility  to  change  area, 
thus  redirecting  their  career  de-
velopment,  after  participating  in 
the career days. Also, the policy of 
Open Positions, by which Globers 
can  apply  to  new  projects,  rein-
forces the pillar of Autonomy, and 
  strengthens  the  idea  that  each 
one can build their own path.

Online Academy

Acamica is the leading educational platform in techno-
logy  training.  Acamica  represents  the  future  of  online 
education,  providing  diversified  micro-learning  activi-
ties  such  as  dynamic  and  interactive  courses  that  can 
be accessed from anywhere and at any time. The plat- 
form  offers  training  courses  that  aim  at  training  appli-
cants  in  the  latest  trends  and  technologies,  as well  as 
encouraging  continuous  learning  and  collaboration  
within  the  community. This  online  academy  of  softwa-
re  currently  offers  training  in  Web  Development  and 
Design,  including  technologies  such  as  AngularJS, 
Node.js,  Express,  MongoDB,  Responsive  Design, 
HTML5 and CSS3, among others.

With  this  agreement,  Globant  will  open  the  platform 
to all its Globers. This will provide the company with a 
massive  offer  of  knowledge  that  will  contribute  to  the 
training  of  its  professionals  according  to  the  highest 
standards.  Moreover,  the  company  plans  to  offer 
additional content through Acamica to the community, 
thereby expanding its reach and fostering the growth of 
the global pool of talent.

www.acamica.com

 
 
Personal Development:

Achieving  a  work  atmosphere  that  stimultes
the  best  in  each  one,  is  key  to  success.  
Managing  diversity,  integrating  personal  and 
professional life, and improving onsite bene-
fits, made us stop talking about “working from 
home” and to start talking about “pleasure at 
work”. Based on these three axes the People 
area worked throughout 2016, to accompany 
Globers’ professional development with their 
personal development.

Benefits

Globant Healthy: 

Premium  medical  coverage  for  the  entire 
family. 
Vaccination campaign. 
In company physician. 
Nutritionist. 
Massage and fruit in the office. 

Family: 

Extended maternity / paternity leave. 
Marriage and birth gifts. 
Family Days at all sites. 
Childcare program partially funded.

Have Fun: 

Surf  Trip  to  Mar  del  Plata,  Argentina,  and 
to  Goa,  India.  Mini  ski  trip  to  Las  Leñas, 
Argentina. 
Happy hours and end of the year parties. 
Band contest and Photo Contest.
Sports and game contests: More than 320 
activities such us Play Station tournament, 
Football  league  at  Pune,  internal  olimpic 
games and many more. 

Other benefits: 

English classes. 
On-site hairdresser and manicure. 
Discount, benefit and recognition program 
through G++ card.

 
 
 
 
Mexico office selected as one of 
Top 10 companies to work at

According to Software Guru, Globant was ranked
9th among the best Mexican companies to work for.
Every year Software Guru runs a survey were more than
1,600 employees qualifies their companies, in many aspects.

Learn more. 

Snow and waves at day,
party at night!

We had two amazing bonding trips. Almost 200 Globers
joined our mini ski week in Las Leñas. Globers
from Pune and Bangalore gathered in Goa for
a three day fun trip.
Check the pics of these epic experiences!
Las Leñas | GOA

Globant won the SBDI International
Design Award for the Pune office

The SBDI awards recognizes, rewards and celebrates design exce-
llence across a broad range of categories. The Pune office won the 
“Office Design” category. 
Projects  are  evaluated  by  leading  industry  experts  for  their  tech-
nical  content  and  aesthetic  creativity  while  the  design-conscious 
public  also  has  a  say  in  choosing  the  most  inspiring  projects.  
More info

Indicators

Globers through the years

3236

3775

5041

5631

78%

22%

2013

2014

2015

2016

* 100% of Globant’s employees are under employment contract, almost all full-time.
   The percentage of part-time employees is not substantial.

Globers by Age

Younger than 25 

Between 25 & 29 

Between30 & 34 

Between 35 & 39 

Older than 40

Working Mood

Participation

Assessment 
(over 5 points)

2014

2015

2016

8.3%

31.0%

35.9%

15.3%

9.6%

2014

83%

3.8/5

7.8%

32.0%

34.0%

16.0%

10.2%

2015

72%

3.8/5

6.7%

28.5%

34.2%

18.4%

12.1%

2016

76%

3.9/5

Global 
Average
32.3

Globers by Country

Argentina

Colombia

Uruguay

India

USA

Mexico

Chile

Perú

Brazil

UK

Spain

2014

69.0%

8.0%

10.9%

 - 

4.8%

3.5%

-

 2.0%

1.5%

0.2% 

0.1%

2015

56.6%

10.9%

8.4%

9.0%

5.4%

5.8%

1.3%

1.4%

1.0%

 0.2%

0.1%

2016

48.8%

15.0%

8.5%

8.3%

7.8%

6.6%

1.8%

1.4%

0.8%

0.7%

0.5%

76.2%

81.9%

84.5%

65.9%

79.6%

86.3%

85.1%

83.1%

68.2%

59.5%

70.0%

23.8%

18.1%

15.5%

34.1%

20.4%

13.7%

14.9%

16.9%

31.8%

40.5%

30.0%

Career

Performance Assessment

Seniority changes

Trained Globers

Training hours

Annual learning hours  
(Per individual)

2014

2015

2016

100%

809

2,600

67,141

19

100%

1,020

3,979

100%

1,292

5,048

100,407

133,092

25

26

Women by Seniority

2014

2015

2016

Manager

Architect

Software Designer

Senior

Semi Senior

Junior

Trainee

Female Wage

(vs. male wage*)

Wage

27.7%

3.8%

4.3%

24.0%

20.6%

24.0%

27.1%

2014

-6%

23.6%

3.4%

6.9%

22.7%

22.2%

25.8%

30.8%

2015

-5%

29.2%

4.6%

7.8%

23.9%

21.7%

26.1%

30.4%

2016

-3%

* The calculation is a weighted average of female/male ratio according to the number of people in 
each category. Some categories might show higher dispersion due to the small number of cases. 
Also, seniority might impact on the maximum wages in each category. 

Turn Over (LTM%)

20.2%
2014

17.8%
2015

19.3%
2016

Women by Positions

Staff Areas

Production

2014

175

623

2015

205

869

2016

235

1011

Local Managers

Managers born in cities where Globant is present: 84% 
* People permanently residing in the city when taking their position at Globant

Top Management

By Age

Younger than 35

Between 35 & 50

Older than 50

By Gender

90%

10%

10%

70%

20%

Community & Industry

During 2016, we continued to deepen our model of relationship with the 
community based on three axes: Education for job placement, Techno-
logy for the community and Entrepreneurship promotion.

Education for Job 
Placement:

TesteAR,  our  CSR  pro gram  by 
which  we  train  in  tech nology 
young  people  in  vulnerable  si-
tuation, doubled during 2016 the 
impact  achieved  in  the  last  five 
years: 12 courses were de livered 
and  227  young  people  were 
trained. Also, it was the first time 
that the program was carried out  
outside  Argentina,  with  a  very 
good  experience  in  the  city  of 
Medellin,  Colombia.  The  pro-
gram,  was  conducted  in  part-
nership  with  social  enterprise 
Arbusta,  which  seeks  to  train 

young  people  between  18  to 
24 years old, who neither work 
nor study, in Manual Testing, so 
that  they  can  become  part  of 
the software industry. Some of 
the graduates later join Globant 
or Arbusta, and others are pre-
sented  to  other  companies  of 
the sector.

In  addition  to  TesteAR,  which 
is  carried  out  in  Argentina  and 
Colombia, we made a partner-
ship with  Laboratoria,  another 
social company whose mission 
is  to  look  for  talent  where  no 
one else is looking.

Laboratoria 
identifies  young 
women  with  high  potential, 
despite  their  economic  limi-
tations,  and  gives  them  the 
opportunity  to  become  exce-
llent  developers.  During  2016, 
we worked with  them  in  Chile, 
Peru and Mexico.

In  addition,  in  2016,  the  Tea-
cher’s  Club  Program  was  ex-
tended  to  10  cities  in  which 
we  operate.  Teacher’s  Club 

is  a  corporate  volunteering 
program 
in  which  Globers 
share their know-how with their 
this 
communities.  Through 
initiative,  more 
120 
than 
Globers participated in presen-
tations,  work-shops,  courses 
and  in  company  events  with 
youngsters, women and disabled 
people, reaching a total of 1,350 
beneficiaries.

is  not 

However,  our  commitment 
limited 
to  education 
to  specific  programs  for  the 
community. 
In  addition,  we 
made  agreements  with  presti-
gious  Educational  Think  Tanks 
from  Argentina, 
in  order  to 
collaborate in the development 
of  state  policies  and  research 
aimed  at  improving  the  quality  of 
education.  On  one  hand,  we 
teamed  up  with  CIPPEC  to 
contribute to the development 
of  the  Educational  Innovation 
Laboratory,  whose  mission  is 
to be a catalyst for educational  
innovation in Argentina. The Lab 
is a space for synthesis of inno-
vative  trends  and  ideas  for  the 
educational policy and schools, 
as well  as  a  training  center  for 
new  innovative  leaders  with  a 
sense  of  social  justice.  On  the 
other  hand,  we  partnered  with 
San Andres Center for Applied 
Research in Education (CIAESA) 
in the development and imple-
mentation  of  an  investigation 
to  solve  learning  problems  in 
children.

 
 
 
Technology for the Community:

Regarding the technology for the community pillar, in 
2016, volunteers developed eight projects aimed at solving 
problems related to mobility, public health and education. 
In particular, three projects stand out because of their 
potential social impact:

Mosckitracker

Dale! Project

Food Bank

We joined a group of resear-
chers  to  develop  a  mobile 
application  to  elaborate  a 
dynamic  map  on  the  repro-
ductive activity of the Aedes 
aegypti  mosquito  (a  vector 
for transmitting Zica, Dengue 
and  Chikungunya  diseases), 
and  therefore  to  eliminate 
more  efficiently  the  mos-
quito  breeding  sites  and  to 
focus  material  and  human 
resources in scenarios of viral 
epidemics.

that 

In  partnership  with  CIAESA,
we  developed 
three  video 
replicate  a 
games 
intensive 
methodology  for 
literacy  teaching 
in  order 
to  investigate  if  the  same 
results  can  be  obtained 
through  this  software  and 
thus replicate the program in 
a massive way.

Volunteers 
from  Globant 
Cordoba undertook a hacka-
thon  in  order  to  find  solu-
tions  to  the  management 
problems of the food bank of 
that city. Once the problems 
were detected, two solutions 
were developed: BAC Maps, 
to  make  more  efficient  the 
routes  around  the  city  and 
BAC  Organization,  whose 
objective  is  to  simplify  the 
registration  process  of  the 
organizations.

Solar Village Mockup

Corporate Social
Responsibility in India:

After  the  acquisition  of  Cla-
rice Technologies Company 
of  India,  an  adaptation  pro-
cess  for  the  company  be-
gan, which included the to-
tal  integration with Globant. 
During 2016, we started the 
integration of community re-
lationship projects, aiming to 
have  them  fully  applied  by 
the end of 2017.

team 

Globant’s  CSR 
in 
India  developed  a  series  of 
actions in the areas of child 
welfare  and  education  and 
sustainable  technology  for 
livelihood.  We  approached 
a student community in the 
countryside,  recorded  their 
needs  and,  in  an  alliance 
with a non profit organization 
called    “Being  Volun teer”, 
we  developed  a  series  of 
actions 
tribal 
student shelter.

to  help  a 

located 

Another  project  we  are 
executing  is  ‘A  So lar  Village’. 
This  village 
in 
is 
a 
remote  place  called
Doyapada. We are setting up 
a  15  KW  solar  power  plants 
to give energy to a commu-
nity  processing  unit,  and  to 
the streets of the village. 

This  is  aimed  at  giving  the 
villagers  a  sustainable  live-
lihood  in  their  ecosystem. 
This  project  is  going  to  be-
nefit the entire village, which 
consists  of  approxi mately 
500 residents.

for  at 

It  will  also  generate  self- 
employment through entre-
preneurship 
least 
50-60  young  residents  of 
the village. This will be truly 
a  Globant  Branded  Village! 
With  this  project  we  are 
actually  setting  up  a  role  
model  to  be  replicated  in 
other villages.

 
Entrepreneurship 
Promotion:

At Globant we are convinced 
that  social  development  is 
intimately  linked  to  the  en-
trepreneurial and productive
development  of  society. 
That  development 
takes 
into account a set of values   
to  which  is  governed  and 
guided.  These  values    are 
competitiveness,  long  term 
and thinking big. The imple-
mentation  of  these  values
to  be 
  lead  companies 
ultra-meritocratic, to plan for 
the long term and to unders-
tand  that  they  are  in,  and 
belong to, a global market.

In  2016,  we  maintained  our 
leadership  position  in  the 
region by seating in several
business  chambers,  busi-
IT  centers 
ness  councils, 
from 
local  clusters, 
and 
which we sought to promo-
te the incorporation of these 
values. Both, the visit of the 
President  of  Argentina,  Mr. 
Mauricio Macri to our offices 
in Buenos Aires, and the vi-
sit of the US Ambassador in 
Argentina to our office in San 
Francisco,  make  us  proud 
and  compel  us  to  keep  our 
commitment to be the best 
in the world in what we do.

Indicators

Corp. Volunteer Programs

Volunteers 
(% of total payroll)

No. of actions

2014

2015

2016

489

13%

531

10%

563

10%

29

33

26

Testear in numbers

2014

2015

Courses

Students

% of completion

I t for the 
Community

Projects

Pro Bono hours

3

52

81%

2

55

89%

2014

2015

7

5,000

9

5,670

University Visits

No. of visits

Participants

2014

29

646

2015

25

602

2016

12

227

70%

2016

9

4,619

2016

46

690

Environmental
AWARE-
NESS

Environmental approach

At  Globant we  set  out  to  be  the  best  com-
pany in the world doing what we do, and this 
implies  generating  positive  impacts  along 
the way and tending to diminish or avoid all 
those which  are  not.  From  this  perspective, 
we  seek  to  mitigate  the  environmental  im-
pact of our operation year over year.

Our  goal  is  to  achieve  sustainable  growth, 
seeking to avoid any negative impact on the 
communities in which we operate. In practice,
it  implies  reducing  our  greenhouse  gases 
emissions per capita as the company grows.

To  achieve  this  goal  during  2016  we  have 
carried out the following actions: 

We  started  implementing  an  energy 
efficiency plan in the Head Office, which 
will be extended to the main offices of 
the company during the next years.

We  improved  the  performance  of  our 
servers from a virtualization of 31 to 1, 
and of our low consumption data cen-
ters, by 31%.

Finally, in terms of recycling, apart from 
reducing  the  amount  of  recycled  ma-
terial, we  designed  an  awareness  and 
separation plan in origin to reach 10 ci-
ties in 2017.

Our  operations  in  India  have  had  an  impact 
on  the  result  of  the  indirect  emissions  indi-
cators, resulting in both total emissions and 
emissions  per  employee  higher  than  the 
2015’s  values.  The  efficiency  of  the  energy 
matrix in that country is lower than in others 
countries where Globant is present. For this 
reason,  enhanced  actions  related  to  redu-
ce power consumption are being subject of 
study.  It  is  important  to  note  that  our  Pune 
office was designed for approximately 1,200 
people  and  today  is  occupied  by  less  than 
400, so it is expected to achieve a better use 
of facilities in the coming years, and therefo-
re a better result in energy consumption per 
capita. On the other hand, the relocation and 
improvement  of  our  offices  in  Bangalore  is 
planned between 2017 and 2018.
Also,  the  incorporation  of  new  operational 
sites  requires  an  update  of  the  baseline  for 
carbon  inventories.  As  the  previous  infor-
mation  on  emissions was  not  available,  the 
re-expression of the baseline will be reflec-
ted in the 2017 Report.
It  should  be  noted  that  in  2016  we  reduce 
our  carbon  footprint  due  to  air  flights  per 
passenger.

Globant Iconic Building

In  2016,  we  held  an  architectural  design 
competition for a new building in the city of 
Tandil, Argentina, which will house 500 peo-
ple. The hallmark of this innovative building is 
that it will be the first of its kind in the city and 
will apply for the LEED Platinum Certification. 
The LEED organization already pre-approved 
the  building  plan,  so  all  the  conditions  are 

right for this to become the first LEED Plati-
num building in Tandil.
To  achieve  the  certification,  the  building  - 
which  Globant  will  be  the  sole  owner  -  will 
have solar panels, air distribution system, and 
green terraces, among many other sustaina-
ble measures. 

Indicators

As explained before, due to the acquisitions 
made  in  the  last  years,  we  have  decided 
to  recalculate  the  baseline  for  our  Carbon 
Emissions  inventories.  As  it  is  sometimes 
difficult  to  track  back  the  emissions  infor-

mation in small acquisitions, the baseline re- 
expression might imply some assumptions. In 
the subsequent reports, the information about 
acquisitions and their impacts in the baseline 
will be detailed on a case-by-case basis.

Energy consumption and emissions by country (Scope 2)

Country

Energy 
consumption

Factor of national 
emission

CO2 equivalent 
emissions

Equivalent emissions 
per capita

[MWh]

[t CO₂ e/MWh]

[t CO₂ e]

[ kg CO₂ e/person]

Argentina (1)

 3,992.3

Brazil (2)

Chile (2)

Colombia (2)

India (2)

Mexico (2)

Peru (2)

Spain (2)

UK (2)

Uruguay (2)

USA (2)

Global

57.3

33.3

396.5

786.1

171.0

137.2

80.3

35.9

1,084.8

64.5

6,839.3

0.535

0.098

0.483

0.123

0.926

0.453

0.286

0.305

0.479

0.273

0.734

-

 2,135.9

5.6

16.1

48.8

727.9

77.5

39.2

24.5

17.2

47.3

17.2

3,436.2

  731.0

122.0

322.0

70.7

1,905.6

211.1

503.2

816.8

429.8

99.6

429.8

624.5

(1) Data calculated with 2015 emission factor. The 2016 emission factor has not yet been published by the Energy Secretariat.
(2) Data calculated with GHG Emission Factor Protocol - Calculation Tool GHG Emissions from Purchased Electricity (Version-4.8).
. 

Comparison of indirect
 global emissions (Scope 2)

Global Corporate GHG 
Emissions [t CO₂ e]

Global GHG emissions per 
capita [kg CO₂ e/person]

2015

2016

Annual variation 2015 / 2016

2,529.99

 3,436.19

906.2 t CO2 e

  35.82%

615.9

624.5

8.7 kg CO2 e/person

1.41%

Air Travel Emissions (Scope 3)[1]

2015

2016

Annual variation 2015 / 2016

Number of flights

Average distance travelled 
[Km / flight]

4,791

10,579

3,759.64

3,778.88

GHG total emissions  [T CO2 e / year]

2,333.58

5,058.98

Average emissions per
passenger [Kg CO2e / flight.passenger]

360.8

255.7

+120.81%

+0.51%

+116.79%

-29.12%

[1] Calculation by tool Mobil Combustion - GHG emissions calculation tool - V. 2.6.
The total number of flights and the average distance traveled in 2015 have been restated, because the flight scales 
were not considered in the previous report. However, total emissions were reported correctly in the 2015 report.

  
 
 
 
Additional
INFORMATION

Additional information

Globant’s headquarters of our 
main subsidiary are are located 
in Buenos Aires, Argentina. This 
report generically refers to 
Globant and all its operations in 
the countries in which it
operates as the group of linked 
companies, detailed here. (p.63)

It has not been determined the 
need to apply the precautionary 
principle, under the analysis of 
the company’s impacts and the 
aspects covered by this principle.

Supply Chain

Total suppliers

Main suppliers

Critical suppliers

IT and related sppliers

2015

 1150

109

35

60

2016

 1633

86

32

72

MATERIALITY MATRIX

Non-material aspects

Aspects of intermediate consideration

Material aspects

+

Emissions of greenhouse 
gases

Career Development & Training and education

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
s
n
o
t
c
a
p
m

I

Integration family-personal life 
/ Freedom of association and 
collective bargaining / Reso-
lution mechanisms of conflicts   
related to Human Rights

Economic performance / Employment /
Relationship with local communities / Customer 
privacy / Customer satisfaction

Market Presence / Indirect economic im-
pacts / Ethics & sector specific regulatory 
compliance / Anti-corruption / Sector’s 
growth in the region

Participation in public policies 
/ Innovation

Investment in Human Rights / 
Human Rights assessment / 
Free competition / Hiring practi-
ces / Energy / Transport Impact

Labor relations (union issues) 
and mechanisms for resolving 
labor disputes

Purchasing practices / Effluents and 
waste / Environmental impact of ser-
vices / Environmental legal complian-
ce / Supplier evaluation regarding 
work practices

Legal and regulatory compliance / Supplier 
assessment regarding social impacts / Conflict 
resolution mechanisms in the social field / 
Occupational health and safety / Diversity and 
equal opportunities / Equal pay for men and 
women / No discrimination

Materials used / Water / Biodiversity / Environmental 
assessment of suppliers / Mechanisms for environ-
mental conflict resolution / Child labor / Forced labor/ 
Security personnel work: Training on Human Rights / 
Rights of indigenous peoples / Client health and safety 
/ Product and service labeling

Marketing communications

-

Globant’s influence in each aspect

+

 
 
Materiality Process1

This  report  has  been  prepared 
in  accordance  with  the  GRI  G4 
Guidelines  and  its  Principles  for 
Defining  Report  Content.  This 
document  was  validated  by  the 
Sustainability  Council  and  re-
viewed  and  approved  by  the 
Board.

The contents of this Sustainabili-
ty Report are based on the sus-
tainability materiality process ca-
rried out during the period 2016. 
In  that  process  material  issues 
were  determined,  that  is,  those 
matters that reflect the organiza-
tion’s significant economic, envi-
ronmental and social impacts, or 
that have a substantial influence 
on the evaluations and decisions 
of  our  stakeholders.  For  more 
information  please visit  our  pre-
vious report’s (pages 33 to 37).

The  materiality  matrix  shows  a 
degree of influence that Globant 
can  imprint  in  each  aspect  (ho-
rizontal  axis)  and  the  extent  of 
Globant’s impact on stakeholders 

for  each  topic  identified  ac-
cording  to  stakeholders’  views 
(vertical axis). The matrix inclu-
des a classification in three ca-
tegories.  The  issues  identified 
as material are described in this 
report  through  management 
approaches  and  performance 
indicators; those of intermedia-
te  consideration  are  treated  at 
management  level  and  some 
are  described  in  this  report. 
Non-material  aspects  are  not 
part of this report.

For  each  material  aspect,  we 
determine  the  scope  in  which 
the  impacts  occur  (internal  or 
external coverage). For none of 
them, changes in the scope or 
coverage comparing with 2015 
report has been identified.

1  All  legal  entities  identified  in  the  Additional 
Information section were covered by this process.

Materiality

Internal

External

Limitations to achieve external effects 
and affected interest groups

Economic performance

High

High

Market behavior and exchange rate. Of inte-
rest to financial capital suppliers.

Talent 

Medium

Medium

Job market behavior. Of interest to emplo-
yees and students.

Relation with community

Client satisfaction & privacy

-

High

-

High

Participation in public policies

Medium

Medium

Innovation

Career development & training

High

High

High

High

Market presence

Medium

Medium

Indirect economic impacts

-

-

Ethics and Anti-corruption 
regulatory compliance

High

High

Sector growth in the region

Medium

Medium

Of interest to people linked to technology 
employment at locations of operation.

These two issues are addressed jointly. Their 
impact is high both internally and externally 
as it affects business continuity.

The IT industry is a focus industry for the go-
vernments of the countries where Globant 
operates. The promotion of the industry is an 
important issue.

Innovation is a key process in the organiza-
tion strategy.

Globant seeks to position itself as a role mo-
del in employment. This impacts on Globers 
and to a lesser extent the labor market in the 
sector.

Globant is not part of the first tiers of techno-
logy companies, but has a strong leadership 
in Latin America.

The ecosystem of companies linked to 
Globant shapes the IT industry in Latin 
America. The industry looks at Globant as a 
role model.

The industry is encouraged in certain coun-
tries of operation, so that compliance is key.

As indicated in “market presence”, Globant’s 
contribution to the industry in the Latin 
American region is representative.

Diversity and personal life /work 
integration

High

High

The aspect is key for internal audiences as 
Globant is a knowledge-based organization.

Environmental awareness

-

-

This aspect was included as material as part 
of customers’ engagement process among 
stakeholders.

Stakeholder Engagement

To  coordinate  the  participation, 
dialogues  and  involvement  of 
stakeholders is a responsibility of 
the Sustainability Council. During 
the  dialogues  maintained  with 
stakeholders  in  2016,  no  new 
material aspects were detected.

The Sustainability Council is also 
responsible  for  identifying  and 
selecting  the  stakeholders  with 
whom  to  engage,  based  on  the 
relevance,  based  on  criteria  of 
proximity  and  strategic  relevance. 
The interest groups linked to the 
organization were:

CLIENTS:  3g  Smart  Group;  AEP  Energy,  Amadeus,  American  Express,  Aon,  Bally 
Technologies,  BBVA,  Cars.com,  Boehringer  Ingelheim,  CISCO,  Cloudera,  Coca- 
Cola, EA, Embraer, EMC, f.biz, Fox, GroupM, HortonWorks, GREE, iSeats, JWT, LAN, 
lastminute.com, LinkedIn, Loyal3, Mercado Libre, MoneyGram, National Geographic 
Channel,  NYSE  Euronext,  OSRAM,  Pernod  Ricard,  Petrobras,  PR  Newswire,  Price 
Waterhouse  Cooper,  Puma,  Rackspace,  TVN,  Sabre,  Santander,  Southwest,  TNS, 
Travelocity, Trina Turk, Viajanet, Wallmart Argentina, WOBI, Zynga, among others. 
GOVERNMENTS:  National  Governments  of  United  States,  Argentina,  Uruguay, 
Colombia,  Mexico  and  India. The  government  of  the  cities  of  Buenos Aires,  Monte-
video, Bogota and Medellin, Lima, Pune, San Francisco y Mexico. Provincial govern-
ments of Buenos Aires, Chaco, Tucuman, Santa Fe, Cordoba, Mendoza; municipalities 
of Tandil, Bahia Blanca, Rosario, Mar del Plata, among others. The Embassies of the 
United  States,  Uruguay,  Chile,  India,  Colombia,  Mexico  and  the  United  Kingdom  in 
Argentina. 
CHAMBERS: CSIS, CESSI, Argencon, CUTI, IAMCP, ATICMA, ADVA, CEPIT, Polo Tec-
nologico de Rosario, Polo Tecnologico de Bahia Blanca, Cluster Tecnologico de Cor-
doba, AMCHAM, CACE, IDEA, ACDE, AEA, among others. 
CIVIL  SOCIETY  ORGANIZATIONS:  Argentina:  Endeavor  Argentina  Foundation, 
CONICET,  CILSA,  Njambre  Aceleradora,  Arbusta;  Instituto  Tecnológico  Inmaculada 
Concepción (ISTIC), NoblezaObliga, Centro Metropolitano de Diseño, Si Foundation, 
Equidad  Foundation,  Garrahan  Foundation,  Despertando  Corazoncitos  Foundation, 
Escuela  Antenor  Riveros,  Escuela  Técnica  N°  33  -  Chaco,Liceo  Francés,  APAdeA, 
ASDRA,  Afasia  Foundation,  Nosotros  Foundation,  Los  Robles  School,  Dialogos 
School,  Comunidad  IT,  Nochebuenaparatodos  Foundation,  Tecnopolis,  Sagrada 
Familia  Foundation,  Blood  Bank  of  Cordoba,  Ramon  Santamarina  Hospital,  EFA. 
Chaco,  OIA,  Hemotherapy  Center  of  Resistencia,  CONIN,  Aldeas  Infantiles,  CEC, 
Technical School of Mar del Plata, Technical School Nº 2 of Bahia Blanca, MoveRSE, 
Colombia: Arbusta Colombia, Escuela Colombiana de Ingeniería Julio Garavito, Violet-
ta Foundation. Montevideo: Teleton Uruguay, Hemotherapy Center. Mexico: Laborato-
ria. Chile: Laboratoria. India: Being Volunteer. USA: California College of the Arts (CCA) 
and Latin San Francisco 
EDUCATION CENTERS: Austral, UBA, UCA, ITBA, UCEMA, UADE, IAE, UCES, Univer-
sity of Palermo, Belgrano University, UTN, UNR, CONICET, ORT Montevideo, Universi-
dad del trabajo del Uruguay, Universidad del Norte Santo Tomas de Aquino, National 
Technological University. 
MEDIA:  Newspapers,  on-line,  television  and  radio  media  from  Argentina,  Uruguay, 
Peru, Brazil, Colombia, Mexico, U.S.A., U.K., India and Spain.

 
Corporate

ANNUAL
REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 
CURRENCY PRESENTATION AND DEFINITIONS 
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION 
PRESENTATION OF INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA 
PART I: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 

A. History and Development of the Company 
B. Business overview 
C. Organizational Structure 
D. Property, Plant and Equipment 
E. Memorandum and Articles of Association 
F. Subsidiaries information 

PART II: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 

A. Operating Results 
B. Liquidity and Capital Resources 
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc. 
D. Trend Information 
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 
F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations 
G. Safe harbor 

PART III: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 

A. Directors and Senior Management 
B. Compensation 
C. Board Practices 
D. Employees 
E. Share Ownership 
F. Other corporate governance practices 

PART IV: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS 

A. Major Shareholders 
B. Related Party Transactions 

PART V: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

A. Controls and procedures 
B. Legal proceedings 
C. Material Contracts 
D. Dividend policy 
E. Offering and listing details 

 
 
 
 
 
 
F. Taxation 
G. Documents on Display 

PART VI: RISK FACTORS 

A. Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk 
B. Risk Factors 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  annual  report  includes  forward-looking  statements.  These  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not 
limited to, all statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this annual report, including, without limitation, 
those regarding our future financial position and results of operations, strategy, plans, objectives, goals and targets, future 
developments in the markets in which we operate or are seeking to operate or anticipated regulatory changes in the markets 
in which we operate or intend to operate. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such 
as “aim", “anticipate", “believe", “continue", “could", “estimate", “expect", “forecast", “guidance", “intend", “may", “plan", “potential", 
“predict", “projected", “should” or “will” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology.  

You should carefully consider all the information in this annual report, including the information set forth under “Risk 

Factors.” We believe our primary challenges are:  

•  

•  

•  

If we are unable to maintain current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins 
and results of operations may be adversely affected; 

If  we  are  unable  to  manage  attrition  and  attract  and  retain  highly-skilled  IT  professionals,  we  may  not  have  the 
necessary  resources  to  maintain  client  relationships,  and  competition  for  such  IT  professionals  could  materially 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations; 

If  the  pricing  structures  we  use  for  our  client  contracts  are  based  on  inaccurate  expectations  and  assumptions 
regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable; 

•   We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results 

of operations, business and prospects; 

•   We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth, which could place significant strain on our management 

personnel, systems and resources; 

•  

•  

•  

If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, 
competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operation may be adversely affected; 

If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, 
we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our results of operations to suffer; 

If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-
term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected; 

•   We  derive  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  from  clients  located  in  the  United  States  and,  to  a  lesser  extent, 
Europe. Worsening general economic conditions in the United States, Europe or globally could materially adversely 
affect our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition; 

•   Uncertainty  concerning  the  instability  in  the  current  economic,  political  and  social  environment  in Argentina  may 
have an adverse impact on capital flows and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations; 

 
 
 
 
 
•   Argentina’s regulations on proceeds from the export of services may increase our exposure to fluctuations in the 
value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the market price of 
our  common  shares.  The  imposition  or  re-imposition  in  the  future  of  regulations  on  proceeds  collected  outside 
Argentina for services rendered to non-Argentine residents or of export duties and controls could have an adverse 
effect on us; 

•   As of March 20, 2017, our greater than 5% shareholders, directors and executive officers and entities affiliated with 
them beneficially own approximately 58.98%of our outstanding common shares (this calculation includes common 
shares subject to options currently exercisable and options exercisable within 60 days of March 20, 2017), of which 
approximately  19.17%  of  our  outstanding  common  shares  are  owned  by  affiliates  of  WPP.  These  shareholders 
therefore  continue  to  have  substantial  control  over  us  at  the  date  of  this  annual  report  and  could  prevent  new 
investors from influencing significant corporate decisions, such as approval of key transactions, including a change 
of control; and 

•   By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend 
on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future 
performance and are based on numerous assumptions. Our actual results of operations, financial condition and the 
development of events may differ materially from (and be more negative than) those made in, or suggested by, the 
forward-looking  statements.  Readers  should  read  “Risk  Factors”  in  this  annual  report  and  the  description  of  our 
business under “Business” in this annual report for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect us. 

Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as 

a result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise. 

 
 
 
CURRENCY PRESENTATION AND DEFINITIONS 

In  this  annual  report,  all  references  to  “U.S.  dollars”  and  “$”  are  to  the  lawful  currency  of  the  United  States,  all 
references to “Argentine pesos” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina, all references to “Colombian pesos” 
are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Colombia, all references to “Uruguayan pesos” are to the lawful currency of the 
Republic of Uruguay, all references to “Mexican pesos” are to the lawful currency of Mexico, all references to “Rupees” or 
“Indian rupees” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of India, all references to "Reais" or "Brazilian Real" are to the lawful 
currency of Brazil, all references to "Peruvian Sol" are to the lawful currency of Peru, and all references to “euro” or “€” are to 
the single currency of the participating member states of the European and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the 
European Community, as amended from time to time. All references to the “pound,” “British Sterling pound” or “£” are to the 
lawful currency of the United Kingdom. 

Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise in this annual report: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

“IT” refers to information technology; 

“ISO” means the International Organization for Standardization, which develops and publishes international 
standards in a variety of technologies and in the IT services sector; 

“ISO 9001:2008” means a quality management software developed by the ISO designed to help companies ensure 
they meet the standards of customers and other stakeholders; 

“Agile development methodologies” means a group of software development methods based on iterative and 
incremental development, where requirements and solutions evolve through collaboration between self-
organizing, cross-functional teams; 

“Attrition rate,” during a specific period, refers to the ratio of IT professionals that left our company during the 
period to the number of IT professionals that were on our payroll on the last day of the period; 

“Globers” refers to the employees that work in our company; and 

“Digital journey” means a context-aware interaction between an end user and a brand or business whereby the 
interaction becomes a digital conversation in which technology establishes and builds a powerful experience with 
deep emotional connections through three key values: simplification, surprise, and anticipation.  

“GLOBANT” and its logo are our trademarks. Solely for convenience, we refer to our trademarks in this annual without 
the TM and ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest 
extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in 
this annual report are the property of their respective owners. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  under  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as 
adopted by the European Union and presented in U.S. dollars because the group mainly derives its revenues in U.S. dollar 
and it is our functional currency. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 of each year. Accordingly, all references to a particular 
year are to the year ended December 31 of that year. Some percentages and amounts included in this annual report have 
been rounded for ease of presentation. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be an exact arithmetic 
aggregation of the figures that precede them. 

 
 
 
 
PRESENTATION OF INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA 

In this annual report, we rely on, and refer to, information regarding our business and the markets in which we operate 
and  compete.  The  market  data  and  certain  economic  and  industry  data  and  forecasts  used  in  this  annual  report  were 
obtained from International Data Corporation (“IDC”), Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), internal surveys, market research, governmental 
and other publicly available information, independent industry publications and reports prepared by industry consultants. 
Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from 
sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We believe 
that these industry publications, surveys and forecasts are reliable, but we have not independently verified them and cannot 
guarantee their accuracy or completeness. 

Certain  market  share  information  and  other  statements  presented  herein  regarding  our  position  relative  to  our 
competitors are not based on published statistical data or information obtained from independent third parties, but reflect 
our  best  estimates.  We  have  based  these  estimates  upon  information  obtained  from  our  clients,  trade  and  business 
organizations and associations and other contacts in the industries in which we operate. 

 
 
 
 
 
PART I: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 

A. History and Development of the Company 

Globant is a Luxembourg société anonyme (a joint stock company). The company’s legal name is “Globant S.A.” We 
were  founded  in  2003  by  Martín  Migoya,  our  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Guibert  Englebienne,  our  Chief 
Technology Officer, Martín Umaran, our Chief of Staff, and Nestor Nocetti, our Executive Vice President of Corporate Affairs. 
Our founders’  vision was to create a company, starting  in  Latin America that would dream  and  build digital journeys that 
matter to millions of users, while also generating world-class career opportunities for IT professionals, not just in metropolitan 
areas but also in outlying cities and countries. 

Since our inception, we have benefited from strong organic growth and have built a blue chip client base comprised 
of leading global companies. Over that same period, we have expanded our network of locations from one to 35. In addition, 
we  have  garnered  several  awards  and  recognition  from  organizations  such  as  Endeavor,  the  IDC  MarketScape,  Global 
Services, the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals, and Fast Company, and we have been the subject of 
business-school  case  studies  on  entrepreneurship  at  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of Technology,  Harvard  University  and 
Stanford University in conjunction with the World Economic Forum. 

In  2006,  we  started  working  with  Google. We  were  chosen  due  to  our  cultural  affinity  and  innovation. While  our 
growth has largely been organic, since 2008 we have made twelve complementary acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy is 
focused  on  deepening  our  relationship  with  key  clients,  extending  our  technology  capabilities,  broadening  our  service 
offering and expanding the geographic footprint of our delivery centers, including beyond Latin America.  

Globant’s growth has been primarily organic. We expect to continue with this strategy to maintain and reinforce our 

culture. At the same time, during the life of the company, we have made a number of small, strategic acquisitions.  

In 2008, we acquired Accendra, a Buenos Aires-based provider of software development services, in order to deepen 
our  relationship  with  Microsoft  and  broaden  our  technology  expertise  to  include  Sharepoint  and  other  Microsoft 
technologies. That same year we also acquired Openware, a company specializing in security management based in Rosario, 
Argentina.  

In 2011, we acquired Nextive. The Nextive acquisition expanded our geographic presence in the United States and 
enhanced our U.S. engagement and delivery management team as well as our ability to provide comprehensive solutions in 
mobile technologies.  

In 2012, we acquired TerraForum, an innovation consulting and software development firm in Brazil. The acquisition 
of TerraForum allows us to expand into one of the largest economies in the world and to broaden our services to our clients, 
strengthening our position as a leader in the creation of innovative software products.  

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In August  2013,  we  acquired  22.75%  of  Dynaflows  S.A.  In  October  2015,  we  obtained  the  control  over  Dynaflows 
through  acquiring  an  additional  number  of  shares.  This  additional  acquisition  allowed  us  to  broaden  our  Services  over 
Platforms strategy.  

In  October  2013,  we  acquired  a  majority  stake  in  the  Huddle  Group,  a  company  specializing  in  the  media  and 
entertainment  industries,  with  operations  in  Argentina,  Chile  and  the  United  States.  We  acquired  the  remaining  13.75% 
minority stake in Huddle Investment in October 2014.  

In July 2014, we closed the initial public offering of our common shares in the United States.  

In October 2014, we acquired 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Holdings.  

In April 2015, we closed a follow-on secondary offering of our common shares in the United States through which 
certain selling shareholders sold 3,994,390 common shares previously held by them. In July 2015, we closed another follow-
on  secondary  offering  in  the  United  States  through  which  certain  selling  shareholders  sold  4,025,000  common  shares 
previously held by them.  

In May 2015, we acquired Clarice which allowed us to establish our presence in India.  

Also, in 2015, we launched new Studios to complement our offerings, including one focused on Cognitive Computing, 
and  we  incorporated  a  complementary  approach  to  build  digital  journeys  fast  and  in  an  innovative  manner  though:  our 
service-over-platform offering.  

During 2016 we introduced a new model that intends to reshape our go-to-market strategy to scale our company in 
the coming years, called 50 Squared. The main goal of this new approach is to focus our team in the top 50 high potential 
accounts that have the capacity to grow exponentially over time. To do so, we have appointed our most senior people from 
Sales, Technology  and  Operations  to  lead  these  teams  and  take  our  company  to  the  next  level. This  account  focus  has 
become  the  most  important  pillar  of  our  go-to-market  strategy  and  every  account  within  Globant  now  has  the  goal  to 
become part of this program.  

In May 2016, we acquired We Are London Limited (“WAE UK”) and We Are Experience, Inc. (“WAE US”) (jointly, WAE 
UK and WAE US are “WAE”). The purpose of these acquisitions was related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue 
growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of WAE.  

In August  2016, we  applied to the  Luxembourg  Stock Exchange for listing on the Official  List  of the Luxembourg 
Stock Exchange (“Lux SE”) and for the admission to trading on its regulated market of our common shares. Our shares began 
trading on the Lux SE on August 11, 2016.   

In November 2016, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with 3Cinteractive corp. (“3C”) to purchase the 100% 
of the capital stock of Difier, a Uruguayan company. At the same time, we signed a consulting services agreement to provide 
software development services to 3C for a term of four years.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the same month, we acquired 100% of L4 Mobile, LLC (“L4”). The purpose of this acquisition was related to 

strengthening our leading position in the digital services space and expanding our capabilities in the United States.  

On  February  28,  2017, we  acquired  100%  of  the  shares  of  Ratio  Cypress,  LLC  (“Ratio”),  a  limited  liability  company 
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington in the United States. Ratio offers design, development and 
quality assurance services necessary to build and manage robust digital products and video streaming solutions for major 
media companies. 

Corporate Information 

Our head corporate offices are located at 37A, avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855 Luxembourg and our telephone number 
is + 352 20 30 15 96. We maintain a website at http://www.globant.com. Our website and the information accessible through 
it are not incorporated into this annual report. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. Business overview 

Overview  

We are a digitally native technology services company. We dream and build digital journeys that matter to millions 
of  users.  We  are  the  place  where  engineering,  innovation  and  design  meet  scale.  We  help  our  clients  transform  their 
businesses  through  digital.  Our  principal  operating  subsidiary  is  based  in  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016, 80.8% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, 9.7% in Latin America, 0.4% in Asia 
and 9.1% in Europe, including many leading global companies. 

Since the volcano-like explosion of new technologies, a new way to connect with consumers started to arise. It’s a 
way that is not driven by pushing messages through traditional channels like TV or radio, or just transacting online with users 
via platforms. It’s about making them become part of a digital journeys that starts long before the consumer needs to interact 
with  the  brand.  These  kinds  of  ecosystems  exceed  the  creation  of  a  website,  an  app  or  even  a  unified  omnichannel 
experience. They are relevant in every touch point and creates an emotional connection with users. We are talking about 
building memorable experiences that are personalized, time sensitive, and context and location aware.  

We seek to deliver the optimal blend of engineering, design, and innovation to harness the potential of emerging 
technologies for our clients. While engineering is central to information technology, only by combining strong engineering 
capabilities with creativity and agility can we deliver innovative solutions that enhance end-user experiences while meeting 
our clients’ business needs.  

We take a dive into our customers industry, culture, challenges and goals in order to understand their business.The 
harmonious integration between future trends and existing IT, infrastructure, services and applications is a critical enabler of 
any Digital Transformation process.  

Our Globers are our most valuable asset. As of December 31, 2016, we had 5,631 Globers and 35 locations across 27 
cities in Argentina, Uruguay, Chile, Colombia, Brazil, Mexico, Peru, Europe and the United States, supported by four client 
management locations in  the United States, and  one client management location in each  of United Kingdom, Colombia, 
Uruguay, Argentina and Brazil. Our reputation for cutting-edge work for global blue chip clients and our footprint across the 
world provide us with the ability to attract and retain well-educated and talented professionals. We are culturally similar to 
our  clients  and  we  function  in  multiple  time  zones.  We  believe  that  these  characteristics  have  helped  us  build  solid 
relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and facilitate a high degree of client collaboration. 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, 80.8%, 10.1% and 9.1% of our revenues were generated by clients in North 
America, Latin America and Asia, and Europe, respectively. Our clients include companies such as Google, Electronic Arts, 
Southwest Airlines Co. and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which was among our top ten clients by revenues 
for at least one Studio in the year ended December 31, 2016. 91.7% of our revenues for 2016 were attributable to repeat clients 
who  had  used  our  services  in  the  prior  year.  We  believe  our  success  in  building  our  attractive  client  base  in  the  most 
sophisticated and competitive markets for IT services demonstrates the superior value proposition of our offering and the 
quality of our execution as well as our culture of innovation and entrepreneurial spirit. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our revenues increased from  $199.6 million  for  2014 to  $322.9 million for 2016, representing  a Compound Annual 
Growth Rate ("CAGR") of 27.2% over the two-year period. Our revenues for 2016 increased by 27.2% to $322.9 million, from 
$253.8 million for 2015. Our net income for 2016 was $35.9 million, compared to a net income of $31.6 million for 2015. The 
$4.3 million increase in net income from 2015 to 2016 was primarily driven by strong revenue growth and improved operating 
margins during the year. In 2014, 2015 and 2016, we made several acquisitions to enhance our strategic capabilities, none of 
which  contributed  a  material  amount  to  our  revenues  in  the  year  the  acquisition  was  made.  See  “Information  on  the 
Company — History and Development of the Company.” 

Our Industry 

Over the last several years, a number of technologies have emerged to revolutionize the way end users interact with 
technology, reshape businesses and change the competitive landscapes for organizations. The proliferation and accelerated 
adoption  of  technologies  like  artificial  intelligence,  machine  learning, virtual  reality,  cloud  computing  and  related  market 
trends including the focus on omnirelevant experiences, automation of processes and the consumerization of information 
technology are leading this transformation. 

In  this  new  environment,  companies’  customers,  employees,  partners,  and  stakeholders  have  become voracious 
users of technology with high expectations. These users move fast from place to place and are keen to interact with their 
digital  ecosystem  anywhere  and  anytime,  in  a  painless,  fast,  relevant,  and  unrestricted way. They  demand  personalized, 
seamless and frictionless experiences that will simplify their lives. 

We believe that these changes are resulting in a paradigm shift in the technology services industry and are creating 
a  demand  for  service  providers  that  possess  a  deep  understanding  of  how  to  create  digital  journeys  that  leverage  the 
following emerging technologies and related market trends: 

Tech Trends 

•   Artificial Intelligence (AI), Deep Learning and Machine Learning encompasse a set of technologies that have advanced 
exponentially  in  recent  years,  blurring  the  line  between  fantasy  and  reality  and  creating  an  unparalleled  market 
opportunity for whomever can bring the technology to eager consumers. 

•   Cloud  everything.  Cloud  computing  is  a  model  for  consuming  and  delivering  business  and  consumer  products  and 
services,  using  Internet-based  computing,  storage  and  connectivity  technology  to  house  content  distributed  to  an 
increasing variety of devices. This trend foster the development of new applications and devices that can access cloud-
based software. 

•   Natural Language processing (NLP) allows more apps to be controlled by voice, reshaping the way companies think 
their user experiences, and pushing the no interface approach. This also allows more apps to control connected about 
homes as well functionality on our cars. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•   Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality experiences will be expanded to involve more sensors, going from a visual and 
sound  experience  to  include  touch,  smell  -  covering  most  of  our  senses.  These  technologies  have  started  and  will 
continue to be used by more industries, ranging from entertainment to healthcare. 

•   Blockchain technology has been used in finance for some time. A blockchain is a distributed database in which 

information are listed sequentially in “blocks.” This helps prevent the tampering of data and promises increased trust 
and less business friction by offering transparent access to the chain. Several industries including gaming, music 
distribution, title registry, and identity verification, are already starting to leverage this technology in initiatives that are 
likely to see the light during 2018.  

•   Big data & fast data refers to the proliferation of data that enterprises are experiencing is driving demand for 

enhanced business analytics to enable them to identify patterns instantly, gain deeper insights into their customers 
and operations, and make better decisions.  

Market Trends 

•   Omnirelevant experiences are now the focus of companies when planning their digital transformations. Focusing on 
relevance and quality of user interaction over quantity of touch points is at the heart of an effective digital strategy. This 
requires consumer-centric thinking from the outset. It means being aware of the moments that impact their customer 
and taking action throughout their digital journey while taking into consideration  five key elements: harmony,  familiar 
security, contextual content, sensory and surprise. 

•   Emotional engagement is at the center of the discussion. Consumers are interested in having trusting relationships with 
brands  and  these  require  emotional  intimacy  at  every  step  of  the  journey.  Personalization,  as  an  example,  triggers  a 
sense of familiarity making the user feel individualized while transacting through a system. 

•   Automation continues to be in surge as many industries create technology to handle repetitive tasks. This is affecting 
traditional production tasks as well as digital ones such as for marketing and analysis purposes. For example, the use of 
machine learning allows for anomalies to be detected without the need of human intervention. Companies will continue 
to find ways to improve efficiency by automating their processes. 

•   Consumerization  of Information Technology increases  as  consumers  continue  to  adopt  emerging  technologies  into 
their personal lives, and come to expect the same experience, communication and features from business applications. 
Employees and enterprises are leveraging tools that originated in the consumer world to communicate, collaborate and 
share knowledge in the workplace, as well as with clients. 

•   Chat and business bots are software programs that include AI components to interact with people over messaging apps. 
They have been used  for  practical purposes such as customer  service or information acquisition, but businesses are 
beginning to see that they can be leveraged to incite conversations that deliver personalized and meaningful content to 
their customers at scale. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Approach 

At  Globant, we  dream  and  build  digital  journeys  that  matter  to  millions  of  users. These  kinds  of  Digital Journeys 
exceed  the  creation  of  a website,  an  app  or  even  a  unified  omnichannel  experience.  It  involves  the  creation  of  a  deeper 
relationship  with  the  users  by  delivering  memorable  experiences  that  are  personalized,  time  sensitive,  and  context  and 
location aware. It's what we call an omnirelevant experience.    

To create Digital Journeys, we bring together engineering, innovation and design by implementing an  ecosystem 

composed of 2 pillars:  

Stay Relevant: Our thought leaders help our customers stay relevant within their industries by creating and publishing 
researches, organizing SME gatherings, and participating in webinars and conferences, among other initiatives.  

Build  to  Discover:  We  believe  that  the  optimal  digital  journey  will  not  be  discovered  in  the  beginning,  it  will  be 
discovered in the making. To create digital journeys, we start building the products so that we can receive feedback 
in a rapid way to then readapt and evolve. This model allows us to solve problems, frictions in the experience, one at 
a time, and then, from real feedback, tie “solutions” together as moments in a journey. Each iteration would refine the 
moments and strengthen the overall results. This approach means that our Build process is so interlaced with our 
Discover process, that it feels like one, where tactical execution and strategic design thinking meet every day. We 
learn and adapt as we build the experiences, that's why the two activities are interlaced and simultaneous. Build to 
Discover boosts our client’s software development capabilities, at the same time as designing the next generation 
of customer and employee experience. We do this by leveraging 3 key pillars: our Studios, Agile Pods Model and 
Services over Platforms.  

Studios:  
Our Studio model is an effective way of organizing our company, fostering creativity and innovation while allowing us to 
build, enhance and consolidate expertise in emerging technologies. Each Studio has specific domain knowledge and 
delivers tailored solutions focused on specific technology challenges. This method of delivery is the foundation of our 
services offering and of our success. Our Studios allow us to create capacity in every emerging technology. The Studios 
are: Consumer Experience; Gaming; Big Data; Quality Engineering; Enterprise Consumerization; UX Design; Mobile; Cloud 
Ops; Wearables & Internet of Things; Continuous Evolution; Digital Content and Cognitive Computing. Our Studio model 
allows us to optimize our expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends for our clients across a variety 
of industries. 

Service Over Platforms:  
Services over Platforms (“SoP”) is a new concept for the services industry that aims to help us deliver digital journeys in 
more rapid manner. SoP stands between two main traditional offerings: Software as a Service (“SaaS”) companies and IT 
service providers.  SaaS offers software products that can be used fast and easily by its customers, but it lacks the power 
of customization, so users have to adapt to it instead of the software evolving to adjust to their needs. IT service providers 
have the ability to produce a fully customized product, but does not leverage many platforms to propel their growth.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within  SoP,  we  provide  specific  platforms  as  a  starting  point,  and  then  customize  them  to  the  specific  need  of  the 
customers using our services force. We price this service in the same way SaaS companies do: cost per transaction, cost 
per user or cost per month according to each platform.   

Agile Pods Methodology:    
At Globant, we provide a unique software product design and development model, known as the Agile Pod model.  Agile 
Pods align between business and technology teams, driven by a culture of self-regulated teamwork and collaboration 
across skills, partners and country borders. 
Leveraged across divisions, Agile Pods are dedicated to mature emerging technologies and market trends, and provide 
a constant influx of mature talent and solutions that create intellectual property for our clients. They are self-organized 
teams that work to meet creative and production goals, make technology decisions and reduce risk. These teams are 
fully responsible for creating solutions, building and sustaining features, products or platforms.  
In addition, savings are delivered to clients due to  sustained  productivity boosts  as Agile  Pods  begin  to  operate at a 
higher maturity level. We ensure consistency, accountability, and replicability by having Agile Pods follow a well defined 
set of maturity criteria. Maturity models describe stages of growth and development towards increased maturity, quality, 
velocity, and autonomy. Each level acts as a foundation for the next and lays out a path for learning and growth. As Agile 
Pods evolve, they are equipped with the understanding and tools to accomplish goals more effectively.  
Associated  metrics  guide  improvement  efforts  and  generate  quantitative  and  qualitative  insights  to  inform  iterative 
design and planning decisions.  

Culture 

Our  culture  is  the  foundation  that  supports  and  facilitates  our  distinctive  approach.  It  can  best  be  described  as 

entrepreneurial, flexible, and team-oriented, and is built on three main motivational pillars and six core values. 

Our motivational pillars are: Autonomy, Mastery and Purpose. Through Autonomy, we empower our Globers to take 
ownership of their client projects, professional development and careers. Mastery is about constant improvement, aiming 
for excellence and exceeding expectations. Finally, we believe that only by sharing a common Purpose will build a company 
for the long term that breaks from the status quo, is recognized as a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions 
and creates value for our stakeholders. 

Globant’s core values are: 

•   Act Ethically – We know that the only way to become the greatest professionals is to be the best people. We 
believe  in  doing  business  in  an  ethical  manner  and  know  our  achievements  go  hand-  in-hand  with  the 
responsibility to improve our society. 

•   Think Big – We strongly believe that we can build a world-class company that provides Globers with a global 

career path. Our work is based on constant challenges and growth. 

•   Constantly Innovate – We confront every “impossible” - breaking paradigms is what helps us create superior 

work. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•   Aim for Excellence in Your Work – Because we love our jobs, we want to be the best at them. We know that 
problems we face now will reappear in future projects so we try to solve the obstacles that affect us today. 

•   Be a Team Player – We encourage Globers to get to know their colleagues and to support one another. Together, 
we are going to improve our profession, company and countries. We operate as one team whether it’s solving a 
problem or celebrating excellent results. We also all have the right to be heard and respected. 

•   Have Fun – Most of the time, the passion, dedication and love we invest in our lives is devoted to our profession. 
As Globers, we believe in finding pleasure in our daily tasks, creating a pleasant work atmosphere and building 
friendships among colleagues. 

In order to encourage Globers to live and work by these values, we launched StarMeUp, which allows Globers to 

recognize peers for an achievement or behavior that exemplifies one or more of our core values. 

Consistent with  our  motivational  pillars  and  core values, we  have  designed  our workspaces  to  be  enjoyable  and 
stimulating  spaces  that  are  conducive  to  social  and  professional  interaction.  Our  locations  include,  among  others, 
brainstorming rooms, music rooms and “chill-out” rooms. We also  organize  activities throughout the year, such as  sports 
tournaments, outings, celebrations, and other events that help foster our culture. We believe that we have been successful 
in building a work environment that fosters creativity, innovation and collaborative thinking, as well as enabling our Globers 
to tap into their intrinsic motivation for the benefit of our company and our clients.  

Innovation 

Innovation is at the heart of our culture, so it is critical that each and every one of our Globers be an innovator. In 
addition to offering a flexible and collaborative work environment, we also actively seek to build the capabilities required to 
sustain innovation through several ongoing processes and initiatives including: 

•  

Ideation sessions — At the outset of a client project, we frequently crowdsource ideas by organizing an ideation session 
to solve our client’s needs. We typically open ideation sessions to all Globers to maximize idea generation and capture 
the  technology  expertise  found  in  each  of  our  Studios. We  believe  that  our  ideation  sessions  help  break  down  silos, 
facilitate the sharing of knowledge and insights, and stimulate innovative thinking. 

•   Globant Labs — To help Globers stay ahead of the technology curve, we provide them with the freedom to explore and 
test new ideas and technologies in our Globant Labs — such as robotics, bioinformatics, virtual worlds, tangible interfaces 
and augmented reality that could eventually be useful to our existing and prospective clients. 

•   Think Big Sessions — We encourage Globers to participate in flip-thinking events. These are open gatherings on topics 
related to creativity, innovation and technology to which we invite thought leaders from the sciences, the arts, industry 
and technology. We believe flip-thinking contributes to our Globers’ ability to think intuitively and creatively when solving 
problems. 

•   Hackathons are events to which we invite programmers, designers and engineers from Globant and outside Globant, to 
collaborate intensively on a technology challenge. Our hackathons are typically focused on a particular programming 
language, software technology or practice. Hackathons provide attendees the opportunity to learn, try out new ideas 
and collaborate with other people in a highly energized, idea-generative environment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•   Premier  League  —  Our  Premier  League  is  an  elite  team  of  Globers, whose  mission  is  to  foster  innovation  by  cross-
pollinating their deep knowledge of emerging technologies and related market trends across our Studios and among 
our Globers. Our Premier League is comprised of our senior-most subject matter experts who are recognized as “gurus” 
in their respective domains of expertise. Approximately one percent of our Globers are members of our Premier League. 

Finally, we believe that working across several different domains on a variety of technologies for sophisticated and 
demanding clients keeps our Globers open-minded and gives them the flexibility needed to create new possibilities and 
transform ideas into everyday technology. 

Competitive Strengths 

We believe the following  strengths differentiate  Globant  and create the foundation  for continued  rapid growth in 

revenues and profitability: 

Ability to dream and build digital journeys that matter to millions of users 

Since the volcano-like explosion of new technologies, a new way to connect with consumers started to arise. It’s a 
way that is not driven by pushing messages through traditional channels like TV or radio, or just transacting online with users 
via platforms. It’s about making them become part of a digital journeys that starts long before the consumer needs to interact 
with  the  brand.  These  kinds  of  ecosystems  exceed  the  creation  of  a  website,  an  app  or  even  a  unified  omnichannel 
experience. They are relevant in every touch point and creates an emotional connection with users. We are talking about 
building memorable experiences that are personalized, time sensitive, and context and location aware. 

At  Globant, we  dream  and  build  digital  journeys  that  matter  to  millions  of  users. These  kinds  of  Digital Journeys 
exceed  the  creation  of  a website,  an  app  or  even  a  unified  omnichannel  experience.  It  involves  the  creation  of  a  deeper 
relationship  with  the  users  by  delivering  memorable  experiences  that  are  personalized,  time  sensitive,  and  context  and 
location aware. It's what we call an omnirelevant experience.    

We seek to deliver the optimal blend of engineering, design, and innovation to harness the potential of emerging 
technologies for our clients. While engineering is central to information technology, only by combining strong engineering 
capabilities with creativity and agility can we deliver innovative solutions that enhance end-user experiences while meeting 
our clients’ business needs.  

We take a dive into our customers industry, culture, challenges and goals in order to understand their business.The 
harmonious integration between future trends and existing IT, infrastructure, services and applications is a critical enabler of 
any Digital Transformation process.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deep domain expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends 

We  have  developed  strong  core  competencies  in  emerging  technologies  and  practices  such  as  mobility,  social 
media, big data, cognitive computing, wearables, Internet of Things and cloud computing. We have a deep understanding 
of market trends, including the focus on omnirelevant experiences, automation of processes, user experience, wearables, 
Internet of Things, Cognitive Computing and open collaboration. Our areas of expertise are organized in Studios, which we 
believe  provide  us  with  a  strong  competitive  advantage  and  allow  us  to  leverage  prior  experiences  to  deliver  superior 
software solutions to clients. 

Long-term relationships with blue chip clients 

We have built a roster of blue chip clients such as Google, Electronic Arts, Southwest Airlines Co. and Walt Disney 
Parks and Resorts Online, many of which themselves are at the forefront of emerging technologies. In particular, we have 
been working with Disney and Electronic Arts for more than seven and nine years, respectively. We believe that our success 
in developing these client relationships reflects the innovative and high value-added services that we provide along with our 
ability to positively impact our clients’ business. Our relationships with these enterprises provides us with an opportunity to 
access large IT, research and development and marketing budgets. These relationships have driven our growth and have 
enabled us to engage with new clients. 

Global delivery with access to deep talent pool 

As of December 31, 2016, we provided our services through a network of 35 offices in 27 cities throughout twelve 
countries. Our delivery locations are in Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, 
Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, 
Mexico; Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune and Bangalore, India; Madrid, Spain; London, UK; and San Francisco, New York and 
Seattle in the United States. We also have client management locations in the United States (Boston, New York, Orlando and 
San  Francisco),  Brazil  (São  Paulo),  Colombia  (Bogotá),  Uruguay  (Montevideo),  Argentina  (Buenos  Aires)  and  the  United 
Kingdom  (London). The  main  administrative  offices  of  our  principal  subsidiary  (which  also  include  a  delivery  center)  are 
located in Buenos Aires. All of our facilities (with the exceptions of Tucumán and Bahía Blanca) are leased. We also have two 
offices under construction in Buenos Aires and La Plata.  

Latin America  has  an  abundant  talent  pool  of  individuals  skilled  in  IT.  Over  300,000  engineering  and  technology 
students have graduated annually from 2010 – 2014 from universities in Latin America and the Caribbean region according 
to The Science and Technology Indicator Network (Red de Indicadores de Ciencia y Tecnología), a research organization that 
tracks  science  and  technology  indicators  in  the  region.  Latin  America’s  talent  pool  (including  Mexico,  Brazil,  Argentina, 
Colombia  and  Uruguay) 
is  composed  of  approximately  1,000,000  professionals  according  to  SmartPlanet  and 
NearshoreAmericas. Our highly skilled Globers come from leading universities in the regions where our delivery centers are 
located. Among our surveyed Globers, approximately 95.0% have obtained a university degree or are enrolled in a university 
while  they  are  employed  by  our  company,  approximately  3.2%  have  obtained  a  graduate  level  degree,  and  many  have 
specialized industry credentials or licensing, including in Systems Engineering, Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, 
Information  Systems  Administration,  Business  Administration  and  Graphic  and  Web  Design.  Our  time  zone  and  cultural 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
similarity have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and differentiate us on 
projects that require a high degree of client collaboration. 

A key element of our strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including increasing the number of employees 
that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. In particular, we intend to focus our recruitment efforts on 
the United States. We will continue to focus on expanding our delivery footprint both within and outside Latin America to 
gain access to additional pools of talent to effectively meet the demands of our clients and to increase the number of 
Globers that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. 

Highly experienced management team 

Our management team is comprised of seasoned industry professionals with global experience. Our management 
sets  the  vision  and  strategic  direction  for  Globant  and  drives  our  growth  and  entrepreneurial  culture.  On  average,  the 
members  of  our  senior  management  team  have  18  years  of  experience  in  the  technology  industry  giving  them  a 
comprehensive understanding of the industry as well as insight into emerging technologies and practices and opportunities 
for strategic expansion. 

Strategy 

We seek to be a leading provider of software that appeals and connects emotionally with millions of consumers. The 

key elements of Globant’s strategy for achieving this objective are as follows: 

Grow revenue with existing and new clients 

We will continue to focus on delivering innovative and high value-added solutions that drive revenues for our clients, 
thereby deepening our relationships and leading to additional revenue opportunities with them. We will continue to target 
new  clients  by  leveraging  our  engineering,  design  and  innovation  capabilities  and  our  deep  understanding  of  emerging 
technologies. We will focus on building our brand in order to further penetrate our existing and target markets where there 
is a strong demand for our knowledge and services. 

Remain at the forefront of innovation and emerging technologies 

We  believe  our  Studios  have  been  highly  effective  in  enabling  us  to  deliver  innovative  software  solutions  that 
leverage our deep domain expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends. As new technologies emerge and 
as  market  trends  change,  we  will  continue  to  add  Studios  to  remain  at  the  forefront  of  innovation,  to  address  new 
competencies that help us stay at the leading-edge of emerging technologies, and to enable us to enter new markets and 
capture additional business opportunities. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attract, train and retain top quality talent 

We place a high priority on recruiting, training, and retaining employees, which we believe is integral to our continued 
ability to meet the challenges of the most complex software development assignments. In doing so, we seek to decentralize 
our  delivery  centers  by  opening  centers  in  locations  that  may  not  have  developed  IT  services  markets  but  can  provide 
professionals  with  the  caliber  of  technical  training  and  experience  that  we  seek.  Globant  offers  highly  attractive  career 
opportunities to individuals who might otherwise have had to relocate to larger IT markets. We will continue to develop our 
scalable human capital platform by implementing resource planning and staffing systems and by attracting, training and 
developing high-quality professionals, strengthen our relationships with leading universities in different countries, and help 
universities better prepare graduates for work in our industry. We have agreements to teach, provide internships, and interact 
on various initiatives with the several universities in Argentina, Colombia, Uruguay, Mexico, Brazil and India.  

Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions 

Building on our track record of successfully acquiring and integrating complementary companies, we will continue 
to selectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities that deepen our relationship with key clients, extend our technology 
capabilities, broaden our service offerings and expand the geographic footprint of our delivery centers, including beyond 
Latin America,  in  order  to  enhance  our  ability  to  serve  our  clients.  Our  acquisitions  of WAE  in  May  2016,  Difier  and  L4  in 
November 2016, illustrate our commitment to this strategy. 

Our Services  

To  create  Digital Journeys, we  bring  together  engineering,innovation,and  design  by  implementing  an  ecosystem 

composed of 2 pillars:  

Stay Relevant: Our thought leaders help our customers stay relevant within their industries by creating and publishing 
researches, organizing SME gatherings, and participating in webinars and conferences, among other initiatives.  

Build  to  Discover:  We  believe  that  the  optimal  digital  journey  will  not  be  discovered  in  the  beginning,  it  will  be 
discovered in the making. To create digital journeys, we start building the products so that we can receive feedback 
in a rapid way to then readapt and evolve. This model allows us to solve problems, frictions in the experience, one at 
a time, and then, from real feedback, tie “solutions” together as moments in a journey. Each iteration would refine the 
moments and strengthen the overall results. This approach means that our Build process is so interlaced with our 
Discover process, that it feels like one, where tactical execution and strategic design thinking meet every day. We 
learn and adapt as we build the experiences, that's why the two activities are interlaced and simultaneous. Build to 
Discover boosts our client’s software development capabilities, at the same time as designing the next generation 
of customer and employee experience. We do this by leveraging 3 key pillars: our Studios, Agile Pods Model and 
Services over Platforms.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Studios: Our Studios are deep pockets of expertise created in order to foster creativity and innovation by focusing on 
a specific domain of knowledge.  

Agile Pods: Agile Pods are cross-functional and multidisciplinary teams that bring together design and engineering 
in order to deliver the right products. Pods are measured according to four variables: innovation, velocity, quality, and 
autonomy. We encourage pods to mature over time to become more aligned with our customers’ needs.  

Services Over Platforms: Our experience building software products allowed us to put together a set of platforms 
designed to help create Digital Journeys in an agile and innovative manner. These products have the flexibility to 
adapt to the client’s needs as we provide microservices to compliment them.  

Studios 

Our approach to create software that appeals and connects emotionally with millions of consumers, revolves around 
our  Studios  as  compared  to  traditional  IT  services  companies  that  are  primarily  organized  around  industry verticals. We 
believe our Studio model is an effective way of organizing our company into smaller operating units, fostering creativity and 
innovation while allowing us to build, enhance and consolidate expertise in emerging technologies. Each Studio has specific 
domain knowledge and delivers tailored solutions focused on specific technology challenges. This method of delivery is the 
foundation of our services offering and, we believe, of our success. 

Our Studios are as follows: 

•   Consumer Experience 

•   Gaming 

•   Big Data 

•   Quality Engineering 

•   Enterprise Consumerization 

•   UX Design 

•   Mobile 

•   Cloud Ops 

•   Wearables & Internet of Things 

•   Continuous Evolution 

•   Digital Content 

•   Cognitive Computing 

As technology continues to evolve, we will evolve by adding new Studios and areas of expertise allowing us to enter 

new markets and capitalize on emerging technologies and related market trends. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each of our technology-specialized Studios serves a broad set of industries. The Globers for each Studio include 
engineers, architects, artists and designers, business analysts, quality control analysts, marketing professionals, and project 
managers. The permanent members of a Studio maintain and enhance that Studio’s core knowledge over time, while the 
Globers who rotate through that Studio help cross-pollinate knowledge and best practices across our other Studios. 

Consumer Experience 

The online consumer experience has become critical to the  success  of most  businesses today. Companies  must 

engage and retain the most demanding online users. 

We  create  innovative,  scalable  and  appealing  internet-based  solutions  that  enhance  the  end-user’s  online 
experience. By combining our engineering capabilities with  our experience in  innovation and architecture design, we are 
able to produce scalable and appealing business-to-consumer online destinations for global audiences, enabling end-users 
to both interact and transact better, faster and more intuitively. 

Our API Management provides a  platform for the digital representation  of the company and our Seamless  Digital 
Journey  practice  provides  the  strategy  and  technology  needed  to  help  companies  deliver  a  seamless  multi-platform 
experience. We assure security, performance, scalability, and availability by integrating our suite of e-commerce solutions 
as needed. 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Consumer Experience Studio is focused on the integrated delivery 

of: 

•   API management; 

◦  
◦  

E-commerce solutions; and 
Seamless Digital Journey. 

Gaming 

Our Gaming Studio focuses on bringing interactive experiences to life. Through the use of storytelling mechanics, 
state  of  the  art  graphics,  and  game  design  we  craft  gaming  worlds  that  are  immersive  and  alive.  We  specialize  in  co-
development for the AAA gaming industry, contributing in the design and development of world-class games, along with 
social  and  digital  platforms  that  function  across  consoles,  PCs,  the  web  and  mobile  channels.  In  addition,  we  use  our 
experience in gaming to help clients outside the industry adopt gamification tools and drivers in order to increase adoption, 
retention and conversion of their software tools, and streamline their processes by creating better user experiences. 

Through early prototyping, game design, balancing, concept art, asset creation, 3D art and engineering, our teams 

are experts in bringing a vision to life, be it on a next generation console, a PC, a mobile device or a browser. 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Gaming Studio includes: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•   Co-Development for AAA games; 
•   Full SKU Game engineering; 
•   Graphics Engineering; 
•   eSports platforms; 
•   VR/AR development; 
•   Gaming experience; and 
•   Digital platform services. 

Big Data 

Our Big Data Studio provides our clients with a competitive advantage by using technology to unlock the true value 

of data to create meaningful, actionable and timely business insights. 

In our Big Data Studio, we break down internal data silos that have different data structures, velocities and volumes, 
and enriching that data with external sources, creating a scalable Enterprise Data Platform that will arise as the single version 
of the truth, democratizing the data and fostering organizational changes that will lead towards a data­-driven culture. 

Our  Data  Engineers  combine  data,  business  processes  and  state-of-the-art  IT  tools  and  algorithms  that  enables 
businesses  to  engage  in  a  deeper,  interactive  and  more  meaningful  conversation  with  their  data,  using visual  discovery 
techniques  to  reveal  hidden  patterns  and  trends  and  obtain  relevant  and  useful  business  insights  for  decision-making 
purposes. 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Big Data Studio includes: 

•   Data integration; 
•   Data architecture; 
•   Scalable platforms; 
•   Blockchain; 
•   Data visualization; and 
•   Data science. 

Quality Engineering 

Our Quality Engineering Studio provides a comprehensive suite of innovative testing services that ensure software 
applications achieve the highest standards and meet the needs of end users. The Quality Engineering Studio nurtures our 
Agile Develop model by implementing embedded testing in Agile teams, thus enabling rapid quality verifications that help 
minimize time to market. 

We provide comprehensive testing and test automation strategies with proven experience on distributed teams. Our 

flexible working model easily adapts to different customers’ methodologies and engagements. 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Quality Engineering Studio includes: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•   Testing center; 
•   Test automation; 
•   Mobile testing; and 
•   Load & performance testing. 

Enterprise Consumerization 

Our Enterprise Consumerization Studio designs and builds enterprise solutions that enable organizations to focus 
on their employees  as individual consumers. We  help  provide  new innovative  experiences to workers to  enable them  to 
achieve the company's’ business objectives. 

Employees  interact  with  innovative  technology  as  part  of  their  everyday  life  and  they  expect  their  enterprise 
ecosystem  to  follow  the  same  trends.  We  provide  robust  solutions  that  increase  adoption  and  productivity,  create 
competitive advantage, foster innovation, and bring agility to enterprise. Our Studio is in charge of bringing new technologies 
to the enterprise environment while taking care of the user experience and usability. We create products and platforms that 
would help our customers’ employees gain access to essential information, increase collaboration and improve processes. 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Enterprise Consumerization Studio includes: 

•   Enterprise operations; 
•   Collaboration solutions; 
•   Force.com & Cloud development; and 
•   Talent management. 

UX Design 

Our  UX  Design  Studio  provides  design  methodologies  and  creative  services  that  empower  our  clients  to  create 
digital products that engage with their users in new relevant ways. This Studio focuses on the observation of user behavior, 
usability, brand design and strategic design. We create solid relevant solutions that appeal to both users and businesses. 

The portfolio of services we provide through our UX Design Studio includes: 

•   Service design; 
•   User experience design; 
Industrial design; and 
•  
•   Visual design.  

Mobile 

Our Mobile Studio develops mobile product lines or mobility extensions for web-based products, using the latest 
tools and frameworks on all native platforms. From the inception of our clients’ concept for a mobile product, we help them 
establish  and  improve  their  presence  in  the  mobile  space.  Our  approach  blends  product  managers,  user  experience 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
designers,  highly  skilled  developers  and  trained  business  analysts  to  build  software  solutions  tailored  to  each  mobile 
platform, using agile development methodologies to deliver products in this rapidly evolving market. 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Mobile Studio includes: 

•   Native development; 
•   Product development; and 
•   Enterprise mobility. 

Cloud Ops 

Our Cloud Studio combines cloud technologies, Continuous Integration and Continuous Delivery's practices and our 

other capabilities to enable new and more efficient way of doing business.  

Cloud and DevOps are independent strategies from each other, but work mutually to reinforce and deliver business 

value strategies. Cloud and DevOps have evolved in response to three fundamental transformations:  

The portfolio of services we provide through our Cloud Ops Studio includes: 

•   Cloud; 
•   DevOps; 
•   Managed Services for Cloud and DevOps 

Wearables and Internet of Things 

At  the  intersection  of  electronics,  programming,  and  industrial  design,  our Wearables  &  Internet  of Things  Studio 

brings to life technology solutions for connected lifestyle. 

Thanks to the steady advances in microelectronics, digital fabrication and cloud computing technology, everyday 
objects are becoming connected and “smart.” Our Studio defines how these objects will interact between each other and 
with  our  customers  in  order  to  make  our  lives  better. With  the  products  developed  in  this  Studio, we  are  able  to  gather 
information  about  behavior,  activities  and  sensor  collected  data,  and  then  process  all  that  information  to  develop  new 
products and services. 

Our practices include: 

•   Wearable application usability and design 
•   Hardware integration 
•   Data design and management 
•   Native wearable and embedded development. 

We created the first fast prototyping laboratory in which our customers test new devices and products. This program directly 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
involves  our  customers  in  every  aspect  of  the  hardware  development,  from  proof  of  concepts,  including  small  scale 
production and large scale production, through partnerships. 

Continuous Evolution 

Our Continuous Evolution Studio focuses on evolving existing applications, helping our clients to improve the value 
of  their  software  over  time.  The  Studio  helps  our  customers  stay  aligned  to  new  business  needs  and  market  trends  by 
continuously improving their software solutions. 

Every piece of software is initially designed to meet a specific business need, but those needs are not static. Software 
evolution is key to improving value over time. Our Continuous Evolution Studio works to include new trends and technologies 
into existing products in  order to foster permanent  engagement. The Studio’s expertise in  software evolution  gives it the 
ability to support almost any kind of application after the initial implementation is complete. The team ensures quality and 
efficiency while also bringing innovation, optimization, performance improvement, and constant evolution to the products. 

•   Software evolution; 
•   Software archeology; and 
IT service management. 
•  

Digital Content 

Our  Digital  Content  Studio  focuses  on  developing  digital  online  strategies  through  the  creation  of  original  and 
customized products and solutions. We empower our clients’ businesses by taking care of the complete lifecycle of their 
digital journey and helping them promote their brands through digital media. From the development of user-friendly, easy-
to-use, and appealing content management systems to the inception and implementation of go-to-market digital strategies. 
We rely on a multi-channel approach to provide an integrated experience. 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Digital Content Studio includes: 

•   Content management systems; 
•   E-learning solutions; 
•   Digital marketing services; and 
•   Video content production. 

Cognitive Computing 

Cognitive  Computing  aims  to  provide  a  more  meaningful Journey  to  our  customers’  end  users  by  leveraging  the 
science about cognitive (how information and knowledge is developed in the brain) and emotional aspects of the person 
with  the  increased  capacity  of  machines  to  learn,  discover  and  understand  complex  patterns.  This  Journey  is  centered 
around the most scarce resource of our time, attention.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The portfolio of services we provide through our Cognitive Computing Studio includes: 

•   Maximum  emotional  engagement  through  identity  resonance:  Adapting  the  Journey  for  a  frictionless  and 

emotionally engaged experience.  

•   Minimum cognitive burden: Aid a person in decision-making by understanding the useful information - and clearing 

the noise.  

•   Minimize decision fatigue: Provide an as-good-as-a-human decision process (contextual, adaptive, etc.) to delegate 

•  

low-value-added decisions or alert when a critical decision is needed.  
Integrated Journeys, and Adaptive and Context aware: Integrate the technified human approach to other areas of 
expertise  (studios),  and  develop  tools  or  frameworks  for  context  aware  cues,  predicting  interests  and  behaviors, 
automating actions, suggesting actions or prioritizing relevant information.  

•   Cognitive facilitation. Improve client interactions and adapt content to be processed more easily in order to provide 

a streamlined and pleasant user experience.  

•   Strengthen communication considering wider aspects of communicative actions and meta-communication.  

Services over Platforms 

Currently, our portfolio of Services over Platforms includes: 

I AM AT 

It is a Digital Journey Mobile Platform that combines social media, gaming strategies, mobile technologies, Big Data 
and other inputs to augment the experiences before, during and after a mobile interaction with the consumer. This product 
offers organizations the possibility to create a mobile experience for their users in a rapid way. It leverages the power of big 
data;  takes  advantage  of  gamification  tools;  delivers  personalized  experiences  in  real  time;  promotes  motivation  and 
collaboration between users, and generates a stronger and more emotional tie with the brand. 

StarMeUp 

This platform contributes to the creation of an internal digital journey for companies’ employees. We believe that in 
order to be successful, a company shouldn’t think only about their end users. They need to nurture their inner culture and 
teams, promoting collaboration, unifying the vision and sharing goals, in order to work together towards the same dream. 

Starmeup addresses this challenge by introducing a new way to motivate and inspire collaborators, enabling a real 
time space to interact with peers. The main goal is to help spread the key values of each company culture in a collaborative 
and crowdsourcing way, encouraging  peer recognition,  sharing teams’  successes,  and enhancing  spontaneity.  StarmeUp 
integrates different features in a gamified platform. Among the platform’s features, users are able to: 

•   Reward colleagues by attributing stars according to different company values. It means that the tool allows to 

publicly acknowledge who is making a difference. 

•   Recognize peers’ expertise by giving skill stars when they stand out in a technical ability. 

•   Find the best employees with the right skills in order to ensure your company's success 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Delivery Model 

As of December 31, 2016, we provided our services through a network of 35 delivery centers in 27 cities throughout 
twelve countries. Our delivery locations are in Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía 
Blanca, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; 
Mexico City, Mexico; Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune and Bangalore, India; Madrid, Spain; London, UK; and San Francisco, 
New York and Seattle in the United States. We also have client management locations in the United States (Boston, New 
York, Orlando and San Francisco), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires) and 
the  United  Kingdom  (London).  The  main  administrative  offices  of  our  principal  subsidiary  (which  also  include  a  delivery 
center) are located in Buenos Aires. All of our facilities (with the exceptions of Tucumán and Bahía Blanca) are leased. We 
also have two offices under construction in Buenos Aires and La Plata.  Our cultural affinity with our clients enables increased 
interaction that creates close client relationships, increased responsiveness and more efficient delivery of our solutions. As 
we  grow  and  expand  our  organization,  we  will  continue  diversifying  our  footprint  by  expanding  into  additional  locations 
globally.  

We believe our presence in many countries creates a key competitive advantage by allowing us to benefit from the 

abundance of high-quality talent in the region, cultural similarities and geographic proximity to our clients.  

Availability of High-Quality Talent 

We believe that Latin America has emerged as an attractive geographic region from which to deliver a combination 
of engineering, design, and innovation capabilities for enterprises seeking to leverage emerging technologies. Latin America 
has an abundant skilled IT talent pool. According to the Science and Technology Indicator Network (Red de Indicadores de 
Ciencia y Tecnologia), over 300,000 engineering and technology students have graduated annually from 2010 – 2014 from 
universities  in  Latin  America  and  the  Caribbean  region.  Latin  America’s  talent  pool  (including  Mexico,  Brazil,  Argentina, 
Colombia  and  Uruguay)  is  composed  of  approximately  1,000,000  professionals  according  to  different  sources,  such  as 
SmartPlanet and Nearshore Americas. 

 This  labor  pool  remains  relatively  untapped  compared  to  other  regions  such  as  the  United  States,  Central  and 
Eastern  Europe  and  China.  The  region’s  professionals  possess  a  breadth  of  skills  that  is  optimally  suited  for  providing 
technology services at competitive rates. Moreover, Argentina and Brazil have been in the top ten of the Gunn Report’s Global 
Index of Creative Excellence in Advertising for the last 16 years. In addition, institutions of higher education in the region offer 
rigorous  academic  programs  to  develop  professionals  with  technical  expertise  who  are  competitive  on  a  global  scale. 
Furthermore,  Latin  America  has  a  significant  number  of  individuals  who  speak  multiple  languages,  including  English, 
Spanish,  Portuguese,  Italian,  German  and  French,  providing  a  distinct  advantage  in  delivering  engineering,  design  and 
innovation services to key markets in the United States and Europe.  

India  offers  significant  graduate  talent.    According  to  the  Strategic  Review  2013  of  The  National  Association  of 
Software and Services Companies (NASSCOM), the Indian IT-BPM Industry currently employs about 3 million directly and 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
about 9 million, indirectly.  In terms of students, more than 5 million graduates pass out every year, and almost 15% of these 
graduates are considered employable by Tier 1/Tier 2 companies. 

Government Support and Incentives 

Software companies with  operations in Argentina benefit from the Software Promotion  Law. Originally enacted in 
2004 and extended in 2011 for another five years until 2019, the Software Promotion Law established a number of incentives 
to promote Argentine enterprises engaged in the design, development and production of software. These incentives include: 

•   a ten-year fiscal  stability benefit, pursuant to which a company’s aggregate  national tax liability will not be increased 

from the date it is accepted into the program until the expiration of that ten-year period; 

•   a  60%  reduction  of  a  company’s  corporate  income  tax  liability  during  each  fiscal  period  (as  applied  to  income  from 

promoted software activities); 

•   a non-transferable tax credit for up to 70% of certain employer-paid social security taxes made annually, which may be 
offset against value-added tax liabilities. In 2011, the Software Promotion Law was amended to permit the tax credit to 
be applied to reduce corporate income tax liability by a percentage not greater than the company’s declared percentage 
of exports; and 

•   an exclusion from any restriction on import payments related to hardware and IT components. 

Since 2006, when they were notified by the Argentine government of their inclusion in the promotion regime, our 
Argentine operating subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., have benefited from a 60% reduction in their 
corporate income tax rate and a tax credit against value-added tax liability of 70% of amounts paid annually for certain social 
security taxes under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004. See “— Regulatory Overview — Argentine 
Taxation — Software Promotion Law”, “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — If the current effective 
income tax rate payable by us in any country in which we operate is increased or if we lose any country-specific tax benefits, 
then our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected” and “Operating and Financial Review and 
Prospects — Operating Results — Certain Income Statement Line Items — Income Tax Expense.” 

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., which is situated in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% 

income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax.  

Additionally,  services  provided  by  Difier  are  exempted  from  income  tax  in  Uruguay.  The  exemption  applies  to 

software development services as long as they are exported and utilized abroad. 

In India, under the Special Economic Zones Act of 2005, the services provided by export-oriented companies within 
within Special Economic Zones (each a "SEZ") are eligible for a deduction of 100% of the profits or gains derived from the 
export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the company commenced the provision of services 
and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Companies must meet the conditions under Section 10AA of 
Income Tax Act to be eligible for the benefit.  Other tax benefits are also available for registered SEZ companies. Our Indian 
subsidiary is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 34.61%, including surcharges. We expect our Indian subsidiary to 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
apply  for  registration  in  the  SEZ  in  2017.  If  the  Indian  government  changes  its  policies  after  our  Indian  subsidiary  obtains 
registration in the SEZ, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. With the growth 
of our business in the SEZ, our Indian subsidiary may be required to compute its tax liability under Minimum Alternate Tax 
("MAT") in future years as its tax liability under the general tax provisions may be lower compared to the MAT liability.  

Methodologies and Tools 

Effectively  delivering  the  innovative  software  solutions  that  we  offer  requires  highly  evolved  methodologies  and 
tools. Since inception, we have invested significant resources into developing a proprietary suite of internal applications and 
tools to assist us in developing solutions for our clients and manage all aspects of our delivery process. These applications 
and tools are designed to promote transparency, and knowledge-sharing, enhance coordination and cooperation, reduce 
risks such as security breaches and cost overruns, and provide control as well as visibility across all stages of the project 
lifecycle, for both our clients and us. Our key methodologies and tools are described below. 

Agile Development Methodologies 

At Globant, we provide a unique software product design and development model, known as the Agile Pod model.  
Agile Pods align between business and technology teams, driven by a culture of self-regulated teamwork and collaboration 
across skills, partners and country borders. 

Leveraged  across  divisions, Agile  Pods  are  dedicated  to  mature  emerging  technologies  and  market  trends,  and 
provide  a  constant  influx  of  mature  talent  and  solutions  that  create  intellectual  property  for  our  clients.  They  are  self-
organized teams that work to meet creative and production goals, make technology decisions and reduce risk. These teams 
are fully responsible for creating solutions, building and sustaining features, products or platforms.  

In addition, savings are delivered to clients due to sustained productivity boosts as Agile Pods begin to operate at a 
higher maturity level. We ensure consistency, accountability, and replicability by having Agile Pods follow a well defined set 
of  maturity  criteria.  Maturity  models  describe  stages  of  growth  and  development  towards  increased  maturity,  quality, 
velocity, and autonomy. Each level acts as a foundation for the next and lays out a path for learning and growth. As Agile 
Pods evolve, they are equipped with the understanding and tools to accomplish goals more effectively.  

Associated metrics guide improvement efforts and generate quantitative and qualitative insights to inform iterative 

design and planning decisions.  

Quality Management System 

Globant has developed and implemented a quality management system in order to document our best business 
practices, satisfy the requirements and expectations of our clients and improve the management of our projects. We believe 
that continuous process improvement produces better software solutions, which enhances our clients’ satisfaction and adds 
value to their business. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Globant’s  quality  management  system  is  certified  under  the  requirements  of  the  international  standard  ISO 
9001:2015, the CMMI Maturity Level 3 process areas (which indicates that processes are well characterized and understood, 
and are described in company standards, procedures, tools and methods) and PMI by implementing the following practices: 

•   Assuring that quality objectives of the organization are fulfilled; 

•   Defining standard processes, assets and guidelines to be followed by our project teams from the earliest stages of the 

project life cycle; 

•   Continuously evaluating the status of processes in order to identify process improvements or define new processes if 

needed; 

•   Objectively verifying adherence of services and activities to organizational processes, standards and requirements; 

•   Providing  support  and  training  regarding  the  quality  management  system  to  all  employees  to  achieve  a  culture  that 

embraces quality standards; 

•  

Informing related groups and individuals about tasks and results related to quality control improvement; 

•   Raising issues not resolvable within the project to upper management for resolution; and 

•   Periodically  gathering  and  analyzing  feedback  from  our  clients  regarding  our  services  to  learn  when  we  have  met 

expectations and where there is room for improvement. 

Since 2013, Globant certified ISO 27001, a standard that provides a model for establishing, implementing, operating, 
monitoring,  reviewing,  maintaining,  and  improving  an  information  security  management  system  (ISMS).  The  process  of 
certifying ISO 27001 ensures that ISMS is under explicit management control. In 2016, we migrated successfully to the ISO 
27001:2013 

Glow 

In order to manage our talent base, we have developed a proprietary software application called Glow. Glow is the 
central  repository  for  all  information  relating  to  our  Globers,  including  academic  credentials,  industry  and  technology 
expertise,  work  experience,  past  and  pending  project  assignments,  career  aspirations,  and  performance  assessments, 
among others. Every Glober can access Glow and regularly update his or her technical skills.  

We use Glow as a management tool to match open positions on Studio projects with available Globers, which allows 
us  to  staff  project  teams  rapidly  and  with  the  optimal  blend  of  industry,  technology  and  project  experience,  while  also 
achieving efficient utilization of our resources. We believe, based on management’s experience in the industry, that we are 
one of few companies in our industry to employ such a tool for this purpose. Accordingly, we believe Glow provides us with 
a significant competitive advantage. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nails 

Nails  is  a  framework  that  we  use  to  facilitate  the  rapid  development  of  .NET  applications.  .NET  is  a  software 
framework developed by Microsoft for applications that run primarily on Microsoft Windows. We intend to make our Nails 
framework freely available to the open source community under the Apache Software License 2.0. 

Our Nails framework provides Globers with the following advantages in developing .NET applications 

•   Rapid initiation of a new application: Traditionally, a typical software development project would require between 40 to 
120 calendar hours before producing a functional application. With Nails, the execution time can often be reduced to 
less than half an hour. 

•   Lower startup time: A new developer can usually initiate a Nails-based application in less than 15 minutes. 

•   Use  of  modular  architecture:  Nails-based  product  development  will  typically  result  in  a  modular  application,  where 
concepts  are  properly  abstracted  and  encapsulated.  Modular  architecture  will  usually  lower  development  costs  by 
letting  developers  focus  on  a  single  aspect  of  the  application  at  a  time  allowing  developers  to  be  more  productive, 
because they do not have to consider all aspects of an application at the same time. 

Clients 

At  Globant,  we  focus  on  delivering  innovative  and  high  value-added  solutions  that  drive  revenues  and  brand 
awareness  for  our  clients.  We  believe  that  our  approach  deepens  our  relationships  and  leads  to  additional  revenue 
opportunities. We also target new clients by showcasing our engineering, design and innovation capabilities along with our 
deep understanding of digital journeys, emerging technologies and related market trends. 

Our clients include primarily medium- to large-sized companies based in the United States, Europe, Asia and Latin 
America operating in a broad range of industries including Media and Entertainment, Professional Services, Technology and 
Telecommunications,  Travel  and  Hospitality,  Banks,  Financial  Services  and  Insurance,  and  Consumer,  Retail  and 
Manufacturing. We believe clients choose us based on our ability to understand their business and help them drive revenues, 
as well as our innovative and high value-added business proposals, tailored Studio-based solutions, and our reputation for 
high quality execution. We have been able to grow with and retain our clients by merging their industry knowledge with our 
expertise in the latest market trends to deliver tangible business value. 

We  typically  enter  into  a  master  services  agreement  (or  MSA)  with  our  clients,  which  provides  a  framework  for 
services  and  a  statement  of work  to  define  the  scope,  timing,  pricing  terms  and  performance  criteria  of  each  individual 
engagement under the MSA. We generate 47% of our revenue from long-term contracts with terms greater than 24 months. 

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, our ten largest clients based on revenues accounted for 46.5%, 46.7% and 43.9% of our 
revenues, respectively. Our top client for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, Southwest Airlines Co. in 2016 
and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online in 2015 and 2014, accounted for 9.7%, 12.3% and 8.7%  of our revenues, respectively. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Some of our major clients in 2016 included Google, Electronic Arts, Southwest Airlines Co. and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts 
Online, each of which was among our top ten clients by revenues for at least one Studio. 

The following table sets forth the amount and percentage of our revenues for the years presented by client location: 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

By Geography 

North America 

Europe 
Asia 
Latin America and other 

Revenues 

 $ 

 $ 

260,923    
29,306    
1,265    
31,362    
322,856    

80.8 %   $ 
9.1 %  
0.4 %  
9.7 %  

100.0 %   $ 

212,412    
13,508    
1,434    
26,442    
253,796    

83.7 %   $ 
5.3 %  
0.6 %  
10.4 %  

100.0 %   $ 

163,097    
11,704    
—    
24,804    
199,605    

81.7 % 
5.9 % 
— % 
12.4 % 

100.0 % 

The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the years presented: 

Over $5 Million 
$1 - $5 Million 
$0.5 - $1 Million 
$0.1 - $0.5 Million 
Less than $0.1 Million 

Total Clients 

Sales and Marketing 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

11    
49    
41    
88    
151    
340    

10    
41    
30    
100    
163    
344    

10  
36  
23  
83  
144  
296  

Our growth strategy is based on four pillars: (i) leveraging our broad expertise; (ii) growing within existing clients; (iii) 
acquiring new clients; and (iv) pursuing strategic acquisitions. Our expertise and Studio approach help us expand the portfolio 
and practices we offer to our clients. Our acquisitions are pursued with the aim of fulfilling strategic goals, such as growing 
into a new geography (e.g., Nextive, TerraForum, BlueStar Peru, Clarice) or the expansion of specializations (e.g. Accendra, 
Openware, Huddle, Dynaflows, WAE, L4, Difier). 

Under our multi-pronged, integrated sales and marketing strategy, our senior management, sales executives, sales 
managers, account managers and engagement managers work collaboratively to target, acquire and retain new clients and 
expand  our  work  for  existing  clients.  Our  sales  and  marketing  team,  currently  comprised  of  71  sales  personnel  and  13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
marketing personnel, has broad geographic coverage with commercial offices located in Buenos Aires, Bogotá, Montevideo, 
São Paulo, London, Madrid, Boston, New York and San Francisco. 

Beyond  leveraging  our  broad  expertise,  our  sales  strategy  is  driven  by  three  fundamentals:  retain,  develop  and 
acquire (“RDA”). The retention  (“R”) component is  focused on maintaining  our wallet share with existing  accounts through 
flawless  execution  on  our  engagements.  The  development  (“D”)  component  emphasizes  developing  existing  client 
relationships by significantly expanding our wallet share and capturing business from our competitors. The acquisition (“A”) 
component targets new client accounts. Through our RDA strategy, as well as marketing and branding events, we are able 
to acquire new or expand existing engagements in our large and growing addressable market. 

New Clients 

We  seek  to  create  relationships with  strategic  clients  through  existing  client  referrals  or  through  our  multi-tiered 
approach. Our approach begins by identifying industries and geographic locations with solid growth potential. Once potential 
clients are identified, we seek to engage the market-facing management personnel of those companies instead of their IT 
divisions,  which  allows  us  to  get  a  better  understanding  of  the  prospect’s  business  model  before  engaging  with  its  IT 
personnel. The focus on an enterprise’s revenue drivers allows us to highlight the value of our services in meeting our client’s 
business needs, thereby differentiating us. 

Our account sales teams are made up of sales executives and sales managers, and follow specific guidelines for 
managing  opportunities when contacting potential  new clients.  Before  a sales team approaches  a prospective client, we 
gather significant intelligence and insight into the client’s potential needs, creating a specific value proposition for discussion 
during the engagement process. Additional opportunities resulting from the planned targeted engagement are gathered 
and tracked. Once an appropriate opportunity has been identified and confirmed with the client, our sales team performs 
account and competition mapping and enlists internal industry and subject matter experts as well as pre-sales engineers 
from all of the participating Studios. We then generate proposals to present to and negotiate with the client. Once we have 
secured the engagement, our sales executives work closely with the Globant leadership team, partners and subject matter 
experts from our Studios to ensure that we exceed our new client’s expectations. 

From  time  to  time,  we  use  ideation  sessions  and  discovery  engagements  in  our  pre-sales  process.  During  the 
discovery  engagements  we  meet  with  clients  to  discuss  their  goals  and  develop  creative  solutions.  The  discovery 
engagement sessions help us discover our clients’ main objectives, even if those objectives are not explicitly stated. These 
sessions are critical in helping us to offer solutions that will adapt to our clients’ needs and wishes. This allows us to showcase 
our expertise in emerging technologies to the prospective client while also allowing us to generate a significant number of 
possible future client opportunities. 

Existing Clients 

Once we have established the client relationship, we are focused on driving future growth through increased client 
loyalty and retention. We leverage our historical successes with existing clients and our relationships with our clients’ key 
decision-makers to cross-sell additional services, thereby expanding the scope of our engagements to other departments 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
within  our  clients’  organizations. We  seek  to  increase  our  revenues  from  existing  clients  through  our  account  managers, 
technical directors, program managers, leadership team, Studio partners, and subject matter experts.   

In 2016, we introduced a new model that intends to reshape our go-to-market strategy to scale our company in the 
coming years,  called  50  Squared. The  main  goal  of  this  new  approach  is  to  focus  our  team  on  the  top  50  high  potential 
accounts that have the capacity to grow exponentially over time. To do so, we have appointed our most senior people from 
Sales, Technology and Operations to lead these teams . This account focus has become the most important pillar of our go-
to-market strategy and every account within Globant now has the goal to become part of this program.  

We have also implemented a customer development incentive program, which currently consists of more than 400 

employees, that is designed to improve revenues and margins.  

We  undertake  periodic  reviews  to  identify  existing  clients  that we  believe  are  of  strategic  importance  based  on, 
among  other  things,  the  amount  of  revenue  we  generate  from  the  client,  as  well  as  the  growth  potential  and  brand 
recognition that the client provides. 

Marketing 

We believe that our reputation as a premium provider of digital journeys generates additional business for us from 
inbound requests, referrals and requests for proposals. In addition, we engage in a number of initiatives that foster our brand 
and  promote  our  expertise. We work  to  develop  initiatives  to  help  our  customers  stay  relevant within  their  industries  by 
creating and publishing research, organizing SME gatherings, and participating in webinars and conferences, among other 
initiatives. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had 13 professionals in our marketing department, Stay Relevant, based in Argentina 

and the United States. This team promotes Globant’s brand through a variety of channels, including the following: 

•   Relevant  content:  Our  Stay  Relevant  team  produces  client  and  industry  research  with  the  intention  of  sharing 
information on business drivers from trusted sources, highlighting upcoming industry trends, and enabling strategic 
thinking. 

•   Thought Leadership and events: Our Stay Relevant team organizes and participates in technology- and innovation-
focused events in the United States, the United Kingdom and Latin America to enhance our position with respect to 
vanguard technologies and trends. Participation includes webinars, mobile road shows and breakfast discussions 
with our “gurus.” In November 2016, we organized Con.Verge, our second conference centered around the future of 
design and technology. In addition, members of our management team have been featured as speakers at events 
such as South by Southwest, Latam Tech Forum, WPP DAB, Ecommerce Day, IoT Emerge, Adobe Summit, Acquia 
Engage, EY Strategic Growth Forum, Council of the Americas, Wharton Latin America Conference, Agile Business 
Conference, CSO Summit, Innotribe, and at universities such as the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Stanford 
University, New York University and the University of California Los Angeles. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
◦  

Playground: Our "Playground" is an innovative space where our digital journeys are showcased in real time.  Guests 
can  explore,  touch,  play  and  discover  insights  about  each  journey.  It  also  delivers  an  atmosphere  to  build  ideas, 
transforming them into prototypes that can be explored. 

•   Awareness: Our marketing strategy includes brand positioning through targeted news coverage in print media and 
trade  publications  in  the  United  States  and  Latin America,  such  as  Bloomberg,  Dow Jones,  the  New York Times, 
TechCrunch,  and  Nearshore  Americas.    We  also  benefit  from  coverage  of  our  company  in  reports  prepared  by 
industry  analysts,  such  as  Gartner,  IDC  and  HFS  Research,  McKinsey  &  Company  and  other  third-party  industry 
observers. Finally, our company has been the subject of case studies on entrepreneurship by business schools at 
universities such as Stanford University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Harvard University. 

 Competition 

The markets in which we compete are changing rapidly. We face competition from both global IT services providers 
as well as those based in the United States. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include: the 
ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; reputation and track record 
for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients’ 
business needs; scale; financial stability; and price. 

We face competition primarily from: 

•  

large global consulting and outsourcing firms, such as Accenture, Sapient, Thoughtworks and Epam; 

•   digital agencies and design firms such as SapientRazorfish, RGA and Ideo; 

•  

•  

traditional  technology  outsourcing  IT  services  providers,  such  as  Cognizant  Technology  Solutions,  EPAM 
Systems, GlobalLogic, Aricent, Infosys Technologies, Mindtree HCL, Tata and Wipro and Luxoft; and 

in-house product development departments of our clients and potential clients. 

We believe that our focus on creating software that appeals and connect emotionally with millions of consumers 
positions us well to compete effectively in the future. However, some of our present and potential competitors may have 
substantially  greater  financial,  marketing  or  technical  resources;  may  be  able  to  respond  more  quickly  to  emerging 
technologies  or  processes  and  changes  in  client  demands;  may  be  able  to  devote  greater  resources  towards  the 
development, promotion and sale of their services than we can; and may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative 
relationships among themselves or with third parties that increase their ability to address the needs of our clients. 

Corporate and Social Responsibility 

We believe corporate and social responsibility, or CSR, is an important extension of our founders’ original vision of 
creating  a  company,  that  is  a  leader  in  the  delivery  of  innovative  software  solutions  for  global  customers,  while  also 
generating world-class career opportunities for IT professionals not just in metropolitan areas but also outlying cities within 
countries in the region. Our signature CSR program is TesteAR, an initiative we launched six years ago that seeks to increase 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
employment  opportunities  for  disadvantaged youth  in  our  surrounding  communities  ranging  from  18  to  25 years  old  by 
training them in manual software testing. 

Intellectual Property 

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, 
trade  secrets,  confidentiality  procedures  and  contractual  provisions  to  protect  the  investment  we  make  in  research  and 
development. We require our employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients to enter into written confidentiality 
agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us.  

We  customarily  enter  into  nondisclosure  agreements  with  our  clients  with  respect  to  the  use  of  their  software 
systems and platforms. Our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software solutions we deliver. Furthermore, 
we usually grant a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive, transferable and non-revocable license to our clients to 
use our preexisting intellectual property, but only to the extent necessary in order to use the software solutions we deliver. 

We have developed a number of proprietary internal tools that we use to manage our projects, build applications in 
specific  software  technologies,  and  assess  software vulnerability. These  tools  include  Glow,  Nails,  and  our  Service  Over 
Platorms (SoP).  

Our registered intellectual property consists of the trademark “Globant” (which is registered in twelve jurisdictions, 
including the United States and Argentina), certain other trademarks related to our service offerings and products, and one 
software patent granted in the United States in favor of our United States subsidiary L4 Mobile, LLC. We do not believe that 
any individual registered intellectual property right, other than our rights in our name and logo, is material to our business.  

Facilities and Infrastructure 

As of December 31, 2016, we provided our services through a network of 35 offices in 27 cities throughout twelve 
countries. Our delivery locations are in Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, 
Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, 
Mexico; Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune and Bangalore, India; Madrid, Spain; London, UK; and San Francisco, New York and 
Seattle in the United States. We also have client management locations in the United States (Boston, New York, Orlando and 
San  Francisco),  Brazil  (São  Paulo),  Colombia  (Bogotá),  Uruguay  (Montevideo),  Argentina  (Buenos  Aires)  and  the  United 
Kingdom  (London). The  main  administrative  offices  of  our  principal  subsidiary  (which  also  include  a  delivery  center)  are 
located in Buenos Aires. All of our facilities (with the exceptions of Tucumán and Bahía Blanca) are leased. We also have two 
offices under construction in Buenos Aires and La Plata.  

The table below breaks down our locations by country and city and provides the aggregate square footage of our 

locations in each city as of December 31, 2016. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Country 

Argentina 
Argentina 
Argentina 
Argentina 
Argentina 
Argentina 
Argentina 
Argentina 
Argentina 
Argentina 
Brazil 
Chile 
Colombia 
Colombia 
India 
India 
UK 
Mexico 
Peru 
Spain 
United States 
United States 
United States 
United States 
United States 
Luxembourg 
Uruguay 

Total 

City 

  Bahía Blanca 
  Buenos Aires 
  Córdoba 
  La Plata 
  Mar del Plata 
  Mendoza 
  Resistencia 
  Rosario 
  Tandil 
  Tucumán 
  Sao Paulo 
  Santiago 
  Bogotá 
  Medellín 
  Bangalore 
  Pune 
  London 
  Mexico City 
  Lima 
  Madrid 
  Boston 
  New York 
  San Francisco 
  Seattle 
  Orlando 
  Luxembourg 
  Montevideo 

Number of 
Offices 
1 
3 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

35 

Square 
Meters 

649  
10,330  
3,836  
1,449  
1,900  
300  
900  
2,090  
1,093  
2,015  
725  
766  
3,363  
3,124  
450  
9,239  
256  
4,129  
700  
649  
12  
573  
450  
988  
13  
14  
2,506  
52,519  

Regulatory Overview 

Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations and services, our operations are subject to a variety 
of rules and regulations, and several Latin America countries, the United States, Europe and India federal and state agencies 
regulate various aspects of our business. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Our business 
results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or onerous legal and 
regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate”. If we are not in compliance with applicable legal 
requirements, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and other remedial measures, which could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.”  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
We  benefit  from  certain  tax  incentives  promulgated  by  the Argentine  and  Uruguayan  governments.  See  “—  Our 

Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives.” 

Argentine Taxation 

The following is a summary of the material Argentine tax considerations relating to our operations in Argentina and 
it is based  upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings,  income tax conventions (treaties), administrative practice and judicial 
decisions in effect as of the date of this annual report. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, 
however,  be  forthcoming.  Any  such  changes  or  interpretations  could  affect  the  tax  consequences  to  us,  possibly  on  a 
retroactive basis, and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport 
to be a legal opinion or to address all tax aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Argentina. 

Software Promotion Law 

The  Software  Promotion  Law  sets  forth  a  promotion  regime  for  the  software  industry  that  remains  in  effect  until 
December 31, 2019. On September 16, 2013, the Argentine government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which 
governs the implementation of the Software Promotion Law. 

Additionally,  Resolution  No  177/2010  established  that  audits,  verifications,  inspections,  controls  and  evaluations 
related to the regime of Law No. 25,922, will be supported by the beneficiaries by paying a monthly and annual fee of 7% 
calculated on the amount of tax benefits. 

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Software Promotion Law, Argentine-incorporated companies whose activities are the 
creation, design, development, production, implementation or adjustment  (upgrade)  of developed  software  systems and 
their associated documents (in accordance with Section 4 of the Software Promotion Law) may participate in the benefits 
contemplated by this regime provided they meet at least two of the following requirements: (i) proven expenses in software 
research and development activities; (ii) proven existence of a known quality standard applicable to the products or software 
processes, or the performance of activities in order to obtain such known standard recognition; or (iii) export of software (as 
defined in Section 5 of the Software Promotion Law). 

As per Section 3 of the Software Promotion Law, Argentine-incorporated companies will be considered beneficiaries 
of the regime as from the effective date of their registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. Beneficiaries of 
the promotion regime will benefit from: 

•   Fiscal stability throughout the period that the promotion regime is in force (i.e., through December 31, 2019 as per 
Section 1 of the Software Promotion Law). In accordance with Section 7 of the Software Promotion Law, fiscal stability 
means the right to maintain the aggregate federal tax rate in effect at the time of the beneficiary’s registration in the 
National  Registry  of  Software  Producers  through  December  31,  2019.  Such  stability  does  not  comprise  import  or 
export duties nor export refunds (Section 7 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). The aggregate federal tax burden 
included under the fiscal stability benefit is that burden existing on the date of the beneficiary’s registration before 
the applicable registry, in accordance with laws and regulations in force by that time. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•   Convertion up to 70% of certain monthly social security tax (contribution) payments into a tax credit (Section 8 of the 
Software  Promotion  Law)  during  the  first  year  following  the  beneficiary’s  registration  in  the  National  Registry  of 
Software Producers. After the first year, such percentage will be determined annually by the competent authorities 
for each beneficiary, depending on the beneficiary’s degree of compliance with the regime’s requirements (Section 
9 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). This tax credit may not be transferred to third parties. The tax credit can be 
used to offset the beneficiary’s income tax liability only up to certain percentage, determined by the ratio of annual 
software and computer services exports and the aggregate annual sales resulting from promoted activities declared 
by the beneficiary (Section 8 of the Software Promotion Law). 

•   Non applicability of any value-added tax withholding or collection regimes (Section 8 bis of the Software Promotion 

Law). 

•   A 60% reduction in the total amount of corporate income tax as applied to income from the activities of creation, 
design, development, production, implementation or adjustment (upgrade) of developed software systems and their 
associated documents pursuant to Section 4 of the Software Promotion Law) due in each fiscal year beginning after 
the date of the beneficiary’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers (Section 9 of the Software 
Promotion Law, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 and General Resolution No. 3,597). This benefit will be applicable 
both to Argentine-source and non-Argentine-source income, in the terms set forth by the application authority, but 
it  would  not  be  applicable  to  foreign  source  income  obtained  by  permanent  establishments  held  abroad  by 
Argentine residents (Section 13 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). 

•  

Imports of software products by the beneficiaries are excluded from any kind of present or future restriction on the 
currency  transfers  matching  the  payments  for  such  imports,  provided  the  imported  goods  are  necessary  for  the 
software production activities (Section 12 of the Software Promotion Law). 

In the event the company does not have a known quality standard applicable to the products or software processes, 
as per Section 10 of the Software Promotion Law, it will have a three-year period as from its accreditation, to obtain the known 
standard recognition. Failure to obtain such recognition within such period will subject the company to the sanctions set forth 
in  Section  20  of  the  Software  Promotion  Law, which  range  from  temporary  suspension  to  exclusion  from  the  promotion 
regime and the obligation to return all benefits obtained, as well as permanent prohibition to apply for  registration in the 
National Registry of Software Producers. 

Argentine  Ministry  of  Economy  approved  our  subsidiaries  as  beneficiaries  of  the  Software  Promotion  Law  as 
following: (i) on October 10, 2006: IAFH Global S.A.; (ii) in January 2006: Huddle Gorup S.A. and (iii) on April 13, 2007:  Sistemas 
Globales S.A.. As a result, these subsidiaries have enjoyed fiscal stability in their federal tax burden as in effect at the time 
they were notified of their inclusion in the promotion regime. 

The Software Promotion Law was modified during 2011 through Law No. 26,692. Even though all benefits awarded 
under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 remained in effect, pursuant to Section 10 bis of the Software 
Promotion Law, IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales and Huddle Group S.A. were obliged to reapply for registration in the 
National Registry of Software Producers by July 8, 2014 in order to obtain the benefits established in the Software Promotion 
Law as described above.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced additional implementing rules, including, among other matters, further 
clarifications to qualify for the promotion regime and specific requirements to be met in order to remain registered in the 
National Registry of Software Producers during the years after such registration has taken place. These requirements include, 
among others, minimum annual revenue, minimum percentage of employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum 
aggregate  amount  spent  in  salaries  paid  to  employees  involved  in  the  promoted  activities,  minimum  research  and 
development expenses and the filing of evidence of software-related services exports. In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 
1315/2013  states  that  the  60%  reduction  in  corporate  income  tax  provided  under  the  Software  Promotion  Law  shall  only 
become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which the applicant is accepted for registration in 
the National Registry of Software Producers. The implementing regulation also provides that upon the formal approval of an 
applicant’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers, any promotional benefits previously granted to such 
person under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 shall be extinguished. Finally, Regulatory Decree 
No. 1315/2013 delegates authority to the Secretary of Industry and AFIP to adopt “complementary and clarifying” regulations 
in furtherance of the implementation of the Software Promotion Law. 

On  March  11,  2014,  AFIP  issued  General  Resolution  No.  3,597,  which  provides  that,  as  a  further  prerequisite  to 
participation in the Software Promotion Law, exporters of software and related services must register in a newly established 
Special Registry of Exporters of Services (Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios). In addition, General Resolution No. 
3,597 states that any tax credits generated under the Software Promotion Law by a participant in the Software Promotion 
Law will only be valid until September 17, 2014. 

Accordingly with the new regulation in force, on March 14, May 21 and May 28, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle 
Group  S.A.,  IAFH  Global  S.A.  and  Sistemas  Globales  S.A.,  respectively,  applied  and  were  accepted  for  registration  in  the 
Special Registry of Exporters of Services.  

On June 25, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. applied 
for  registration  in  the  National  Registry  of  Software  Producers  and  were  accepted  with  rulings  from  the  Secretary  and 
Subsecretary of Industry approving the registration as follows: (i) On March 18, 2016 to Sistemas Globales S.A. and (ii) On April 
13, 2015, to Huddle Group S.A and IAFH Global S.A. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive 
to September 18, 2014 and provided that the benefits enjoyed under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted were 
not  extinguished  until  the  ruling  goes  into  effect  (which  have  occurred  upon  its  date  of  publication  in  the  Argentine 
government’s official gazette on before mentioned dates). 

On May 7, 2015, we applied to the Subsecretary of Industry for deregistration of Huddle Group S.A. from the National 
Registry of Software Producers, as the subsidiary had discontinued activities since January 1, 2015. Consequently, Huddle 
Group S.A. is subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate since January 1, 2015. 

Income Tax 

The Argentine Income Tax Law No. 20,628, as amended (“ITL”), establishes a federal tax on the worldwide income of 
Argentine resident individuals, legal entities incorporated in Argentina and Argentine branches of foreign entities. The income 
tax is currently levied at 35% of taxable net income obtained in Argentina or abroad. As per the ITL, income taxes paid abroad 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the conduct of foreign activities may be recognized as a tax credit up to the limit of the increase in the income tax liability 
derived from the recognition of income obtained abroad. The amount of income subject to tax is calculated according to the 
regulations  of  the  ITL.  Losses  incurred  during  any  fiscal year  may  be  carried  forward  and  set  off  against  taxable  income 
obtained  during  the  following  five  fiscal  years.  Foreign  resident  individuals  and  foreign  resident  legal  entities  without  a 
permanent establishment are taxed exclusively on their Argentine source income. 

Law No. 26,893 (the “ITL Amendment Law”), published in the Argentine government's official gazette on and effective 
as of September 23, 2013, modified the ITL. According to the ITL Amendment Law, income derived from the sale, exchange 
or other disposition of shares of Argentine corporations by non-Argentine residents would be subject to income tax. Non-
Argentine  residents will  have  the  option  of  choosing  between  applying  a  13.5%  effective  income  tax  rate  over  the  gross 
amount or a 15% effective income tax rate over the net amount derived from the transaction. 

Individual Argentine residents would be exempt on the income derived from the sale of shares to the extent such 

participations are publicly traded and/or are authorized for its public offer. 

Payments from Argentina to foreign residents representing an Argentine source of income (i.e., royalties, interest, etc.) 
are generally subject to income tax withholding levied at different rates depending on the type of payment. Pursuant to the 
ITL, cross-border royalty payments are generally subject to withholding at a rate of 28%, or 21% if technology not available in 
Argentina is involved; in both cases the relevant agreement must be registered before INPI. Payments related to software 
licenses  are  in  general  subject  to  a  31.5%  tax  withholding  rate.  In  addition,  interest  payments  are  generally  subject  to 
withholding at a rate of 15.05% if the lender is a bank or financial institution controlled by the respective central bank or similar 
authority, located in jurisdictions (i) other than those considered as tax havens by Argentine law, or (ii) that have executed 
exchange  information  agreements  with  Argentina,  and  do  not  allow,  among  others,  banking  or  stock  market  secrecy 
pursuant to their domestic law, and 35% in all other cases. These rates may be reduced by application of a tax treaty for the 
avoidance of double taxation between Argentina and the receiving country. 

Argentina and Spain executed a Double Tax Treaty that entered into force on December 23, 2013. Such treaty replaces 
the  previous  double  taxation  treaty  between  Argentina  and  Spain  that  was  terminated  on  July  16,  2012  and  applies 
retroactively from January 1, 2013. 

On March 20, 2014, Argentina and Switzerland executed a new double taxation treaty. The treaty between Argentina 
and Switzerland was first approved by Argentina. Switzerland subsequently approved it in October 28, 2015. The double-
taxation treaty entered into force on November 27, 2015. 

Thus, interest payments, royalty payments and the distribution of dividends from Argentina to Switzerland, and Spain 

will be subject to the withholding rates set forth in the corresponding double taxation treaty. 

On  May  15,  2015, Argentina  and  Chile  signed  a  new  treaty  to  avoid  double  taxation.  On  September  7,  2016,  the 
Argentine Congress approved the aforementioned treaty, which was published in the Argentine government's official gazette 
on September 30, 2016 and became effective on January 1, 2017. This treaty replaces the previous double taxation treaty 
between Argentina and Chile that was terminated on July 13, 2012. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 27, 2016 the Argentine government's official gazette published Law No. 27,346 that introduce important 
amendments to the Income Tax Law. The Law creates a new tax levied on “USD Futures Market Trades” to be applied one-
time only on the profits obtained by any person. Thus, gross income derived from “positive price differences” arising from 
the buying or selling of USD Futures Market Trades will be taxed at a 15% tax rate. 

Tax on Presumed Minimum Income 

This tax applies to assets of Argentine companies. The tax is only applicable if the total value of the assets is above 
200,000 Argentine pesos at the end of the company’s fiscal year, and is levied at a rate of 1% on the total value of such assets. 
The amount of the tax paid on presumed minimum income is allowed as a credit toward income tax. Furthermore, to the 
extent that this tax cannot be credited against normal corporate income tax, it may be carried forward as a credit for the 
following ten years. Shares and other capital participations in the stock capital of entities subject to the minimum presumed 
income tax are exempted from the tax on presumed income. 

Law No 27,260, published in the Argentine government's official gazette on July 22, 2016, eliminates the Minimum 

Assumed Income Tax for fiscal years beginning on January 1, 2019. 

Value-Added Tax 

 The value-added tax applies to the sale of goods, the provision of services and importation of goods. Under certain 
circumstances, services rendered outside of Argentina, which are effectively used or exploited in Argentina, are deemed to 
be rendered in Argentina and, therefore, subject to value-added tax. The current value-added tax general rate is 21%. Certain 
sales and imports of goods, such as computers and other hardware, are, however, subject to value-added tax at a lower tax 
rate of 10.5%. The sale of the shares held in Argentine or foreign companies is not subject to value-added tax. 

Law No. 27,346 published in the Argentine government's official gazette on December 27, 2016, modifies the value-
added tax law and creates the figure of substitute taxpayer for the payment of the tax corresponding to foreign residents 
who render services in Argentina. 

Substitute taxpayers will assess and pay for value-added tax corresponding to the act, even in the cases in which it 
is impossible to withhold that tax from the foreign resident. Also, the tax paid will be considered as a tax credit if in favor of 
the substitute taxpayer. 

Tax on Debits and Credits in Bank Accounts 

This tax applies to debits and credits from and to Argentine bank accounts and to other transactions that, due to their 
special nature and characteristics, are similar or could be used in lieu of a bank account. There are certain limited exceptions 
to the application of this tax. The general tax rate is 0.6% applicable on each debit and/or credit; however there are increased 
rates of 1.2% and reduced rates of 0.075%. Taxpayers subject to this tax at the 0.6% and 1.2% rates are authorized to a tax credit 
of the tax paid (a 34% credit of the tax paid on credits levied at the 0.6% tax rate, and a 17% credit of the tax paid on transactions 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
levied at the 1.2% tax rate) against the income tax and minimum presumed income tax. The remaining amount is deductible 
for income tax purposes. 

Personal Assets Tax 

Argentine companies are required to pay the personal assets tax corresponding to Argentine resident individuals, 
foreign individuals and foreign entities for holding shares and other capital participations in such company as of December 
31 of each year. The applicable tax rate until December 31, 2015 was 0.5% and, from January 1, 2016, the applicable rate is 
0.25% (modification introduced by Law No 27,260). The tax is levied on the equity value (valor patrimonial proporcional) stated 
in the latest financial statements. Pursuant to the Argentine Personal Assets Tax Law, an Argentine company is entitled to 
seek reimbursement of such tax paid from the applicable foreign shareholders, including by withholding and/or foreclosing 
on the shares, or by withholding dividends. 

 As a result of the terminations of the double taxation treaties in force with Spain and the Republic of Chile, as well 
as the decision to end the provisional application of the double taxation treaty in force with Switzerland, the exemption from 
the personal assets tax that was available pursuant to those treaties for shares and other equity interests in local companies 
owned  by  Chilean,  Spanish  or  Swiss  residents  will  no  longer  be  applicable  after  each  of  the  corresponding  dates  of 
termination. New double taxation treaties with these countries do not include such an exemption. 

Law No. 27,260 introduced benefits for compliant taxpayers that include the exemption of personal assets tax until 
2019. Our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales S.A., Dynaflows S.A. and Globers 
Travel S.A., applied to and were accepted by the AFIP to be eligible of the exemption of personal assets tax in December, 
2016 and January, 2017. 

Tax on Dividends 

Dividends  distributions  are  not  subject  to  income  tax  withholding  apart  from  the  application  of  the  so-called 
“equalization tax,” which applies if the dividends distributed exceed the net accumulated taxable income of the distributing 
corporation. On July 22, 2016, Argentina published Law No. 27,260 in the Argentine government's official gazette, by which 
the existing 10% income tax withholding on dividends distributions was abrogated. 

Turnover Tax 

Turnover tax is a local tax levied on gross income. Each of the provinces and the City of Buenos Aires apply different 
tax rates. The tax is levied on the amount of gross income resulting from business activities carried on within the respective 
provincial jurisdictions. The provinces have signed an agreement to avoid the double taxation of activities performed in more 
than one province (Convenio Multilateral del 18 de agosto de 1977). Under this agreement, gross income is allocated between 
the  different  provinces  applying  a  formula  based  on  income  obtained  and  expenses  incurred  in  each  province.  In  the 
Province of Buenos Aires, we have received an exemption from the payment of the turnover tax for the period from 2011 
through April 13, 2017 for Sistemas Globales S.A. and through December 31, 2019 for IAFH Global S.A.. Sistemas Globales S.A. 
is renewing the exemption during March, 2017. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provincial Tax Advance Payment Regimes Applicable to Local Bank Accounts 

Certain provincial tax authorities have established advance payment regimes regarding the turnover tax that are, in 
general,  applicable  to  credits  generated  in  bank  accounts  opened  with  financial  institutions  governed  by  the Argentine 
Financial Institutions  Law. These regimes  apply to local tax payers which are included in a list distributed — usually on a 
monthly basis — by the provincial tax authorities to the financial institutions aforementioned. 

Tax rates  applicable depend  on the regulations issued by each provincial tax  authority, in a  range that,  currently, 
could amount up to 5%. For tax payers subject to these advance payment regimes, any payment applicable qualifies as an 
advance payment of the turnover tax. 

Stamp Tax 

Stamp tax is a local tax that is levied based on the formal execution of public or private instruments. Documents 
subject to stamp tax include, among others, all types of contracts, notarial deeds and promissory notes. Each province and 
the City of Buenos Aires has its own stamp tax legislation. Stamp tax rates vary according to the jurisdiction and agreement 
involved. In general, stamp tax rates vary from 1% to 4% and are applied based on the economic value of the instrument. In 
the Province of Buenos Aires, we have received an exemption from the stamp tax for one of our subsidiaries, IAFH Global 
S.A., since 2011. 

Free Good Transmission Tax 

The  Province  of  Buenos  Aires  established  this  tax  in  2009.  According  to  Law  14,200,  all  debts  accrued  up  to 
December 31, 2010 have been exempted from this tax. This tax is levied on any wealth increases resulting from free good or 
asset  transmission  (i.e.  a  donation,  inheritance,  etc.),  provided  the  beneficiary  (individual  or  company)  is  domiciled  in  the 
Province of Buenos Aires or the goods or assets are located in the Province of Buenos Aires. Moreover, according to this tax, 
shares and other securities representing capital stock, an equity interest or the equivalent which, at the time of transmission, 
are located in another jurisdiction (i.e., not in the Province of Buenos Aires) or were issued by entities or companies domiciled 
in another jurisdiction, are deemed to be situated in the Province of Buenos Aires in proportion to the assets that such entities 
or companies have in the Province of Buenos Aires. This tax will only be applicable if the benefit obtained by the individual 
or  the  company  exceeds  78,000 Argentine  pesos.  In  the  case  of  parents,  children  and  spouses,  the  threshold  amount  is 
increased up to 325,000 Argentine pesos. The tax rates are progressive and vary from 4% to 21.925%. The Province of Entre 
Ríos has enacted a tax that is similar to Law 14,200 described above. 

The tax may become applicable in the event that our Argentine subsidiaries, Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and 
Sistemas Globales S.A., receive any free transmission of goods or assets located within the Province of Buenos Aires or the 
Province of Entre Ríos. If either of the subsidiaries changes its domicile to the Province of Buenos Aires or to the Province of 
Entre Ríos, the tax will be levied upon any free transmission of goods or assets received by that subsidiary, wherever the 
goods or assets are located. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Municipal Taxes 

Municipalities may establish certain municipal taxes, provided they are not analogous with the national taxes, and 
they match  an effective  and individualized service  provisioned by the local government. It should be noted that in  many 
cases, the taxable income considered for the municipal tax will be the same as that for the turnover tax, though limited to 
the amount that belongs to the province where the municipality is located as per the agreement to avoid double taxation 
(Convenio Multilateral del 18 de agosto de 1977). 

Information Regime 

General Resolution 3293/2012 of the Argentine Federal Tax Authority sets forth the obligation to report (through the 

website of the Argentine Federal Tax Authority) the total or partial (gratuitous or onerous) transfer and/or assignment of: 

•   securities, shares, participations or equivalents in the capital of non-publicly traded Argentine companies (and certain 
other  non-publicly  traded  Argentine  entities)  whether  the  buyer  and/or  the  purchaser  is  a  foreign  or  an  Argentine 
resident; 

•   securities, shares, participations or equivalents in the capital of non-publicly traded foreign companies if the transaction 

is performed by Argentine individuals or Argentine undivided estates; and 

•  

listed securities issued by Argentine or foreign residents in case the transaction results in the change of control of the 
company. 

This obligation must be complied with concurrently by seller, purchaser and by the target company whose assets 
are being transferred. Also, the obligation applies to the notary public (if a notary public participates in the transaction). If the 
transaction is between a foreign seller and a foreign buyer, then according to guidance provided by AFIP, they are not obliged 
to comply with this information regime. The obligation remains for the local company and notary public. 

The transaction must generally be reported within ten business days after the date of the transaction. 

Related Parties’ Registry 

Pursuant to General Resolution No. 3,572, AFIP created: (i) a related parties’ registry (Registro de Sujetos Vinculados) 
and (ii) an information regime concerning transactions in the domestic market among related parties (Régimen informativo 
de operaciones en el mercado interno — Sujetos Vinculados). 

Notwithstanding that AFIP General Resolution No. 3,572 that became effective on January 3, 2014, the registration 
and  information  obligations  provided  therein  shall  be  considered  duly  complied with  by  the  following  parties within  the 
following terms: 
•   on or before April 1, 2014: national major tax-payers (Grandes Contribuyentes Nacionales) for obligations due on or before 

March 31, 2014; and 

•   on or before July 1, 2014: all other national parties for obligations due on or before June 30, 2014. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information Regime Concerning Transactions in the Domestic Market Among Related Parties 

Unlike  the  related  parties’  registry  (which  applies  to  transactions  among  related  parties  located  in Argentina  and 

abroad), the transactions’ information regime is applicable to transactions between related parties located in Argentina. 

Incoming Funds from Low or No Tax Jurisdictions 

According to the legal presumption under Article 18.1 of Law No.11,683 and its amendments, incoming funds from 
jurisdictions with low or no taxation are deemed an unjustified increase in net worth for the Argentine party, regardless of the 
nature of the operation involved. Unjustified increases in net worth are subject to the following taxes: 

(a) income tax at a 35% rate on 110% of the amount of the transfer; and 

(b) value added tax at a 21% rate on 110% of the amount of the transfer. 

The Argentine tax resident may rebut such legal presumption by proving before the Argentine Tax Authority that the 
funds arise from activities effectively performed by the Argentine taxpayer or a third party in such jurisdictions, or that such 
funds have been previously declared. 

Through Decree 589/2013, Argentina modified the rule related to the list of low or no taxation jurisdictions, stating 
that all references to low or no taxation jurisdictions shall be deemed as referring to “non-cooperative countries for purposes 
of fiscal transparency.” Cooperative countries for purposes of fiscal transparency are those countries, territories, jurisdictions 
or special regimes that execute with the Argentine government a double tax agreement with a wide exchange of information 
clause or an exchange of information agreement. Jurisdictions that initiate negotiations to enter into one of the previously 
mentioned agreements would also be considered as “cooperative.” Decree 589/2013 entitles the Argentine Tax Authority to 
publish the list of the cooperative countries for fiscal transparency purposes, which shall be published (and updated) on its 
web site. The National Tax Authority issued the list containing the jurisdictions that are considered cooperative. As of the date 
of  this  annual  report,  such  list  includes  the  following  jurisdictions:  Albania,  Germany,  Andorra,    Anguilla,  Saudi  Arabia, 
Armenia,  Aruba,  Australia,  Austria,  Azerbaijan,  Bahamas,  Barbados,  Belarus,  Belgium,  Belize,  Bermuda,  Bolivia,  Brazil, 
Bulgaria, the Cayman Islands, Canada, Cameroon, Czech Republic, Chile, Cyprus, China, Vatican City, Colombia, South Korea, 
Costa Rica, Croatia, Cuba, Curaçao, Denmark, Ecuador, El Salvador, Arab Emirates, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, United States, 
Estonia,  Faroe  Islands,  Philippines,  Finland,  France,  Gabon,  Georgia,  Ghana,  Gibraltar,  Greece,  Greenland,  Guatemala, 
Guernsey, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Isle of Man, Iceland, Italy, Jamaica, Israel, Japan, Jersey, 
Kazakhstan, Kenya,   Latvia, Liechtenstein,  Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macao, Macedonia, Malta,  Morocco,  Mauritius,  Mexico, 
Moldova,  Monaco,    Montserrat,  Nigeria,  Niue,  Norway,  New  Zealand,  Panama,  the  Netherlands,  Paraguay,  Peru,  Poland, 
Portugal, the United Kingdom, the Dominican Republic, Romania, Russia, San Marino, Saint Maarten, Senegal, Singapore, 
Seychelles,  Serbia,  South  Africa,  Sweden,  Switzerland,  Tunisia,  Turks  and  Caicos  Islands,  Turkmenistan,  Turkey,  Ukraine, 
Uganda, Uruguay, Venezuela, and British Virgin Islands. 

As of the date of this annual report, we are not liable for this tax. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange Controls 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  material  foreign  exchange  control  considerations  relating  to  our  operations  in 
Argentina, and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as 
of  the  date  of  this  annual  report.  Legislative,  judicial  or  administrative  changes  or  interpretations  may,  however,  be 
forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect us and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions 
set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all foreign exchange controls aspects 
that may be relevant to our operations in Argentina. 

Argentina 

On January 6, 2002, the Argentine Congress enacted Law No. 25,561 (as amended and supplemented, the “Argentine 
Public Emergency Law”), formally ending the regime of the Convertibility Law, abandoning over ten years of U.S. dollar-peso 
parity. With the enactment of the Argentine Public Emergency Law, Argentina declared a state of public emergency in terms 
of social, economic, administrative, financial and exchange rate conditions, and the Argentine executive branch was vested 
with the power to establish a system to determine the exchange rate between the peso and foreign currencies and to enact 
foreign  exchange  regulations.  In  February  2002,  the  Argentine  executive  branch  issued  Decree  No.  260/2002  which 
established (i) a single free foreign exchange market FX Market in which all foreign exchange transactions were to be settled, 
and (ii) that foreign exchange transactions are to be consummated at an exchange rate that is freely settled, subject to the 
requirements and regulations imposed by the Argentine Central Bank. Even when the Argentine peso was allowed to float 
freely against other currencies, the Argentine Central Bank has the power to intervene in the exchange rate market by buying 
and selling foreign currency for its own account, a practice in which it engaged in, and in which it may continue to engage 
in, on a regular basis. 

In June 2005, through the issuance  of Decree  No. 616/2005, the Argentine  government established a  number  of 
foreign exchange restrictions and regulations on inflows and outflows of funds to be settled through the local FX Market. 
With the tightening of exchange controls beginning in late 2011, in particular with the introduction of measures that allowed 
limited access to foreign currency by private companies and individuals (such as requiring an authorization of tax authorities 
to access the foreign currency exchange market), the implied exchange rate, as reflected in the quotations for Argentine 
securities in foreign markets, compared to the corresponding quotations in the local market, increased significantly over the 
official exchange rate. Within such measures, the Argentine government restricted certain local companies from obtaining 
access to the FX Market for the purpose of making payments abroad, such as dividends (including capital reductions) and 
payment for importation of services and goods. In particular, during the last few years, the Argentine Central Bank exercised 
a de facto prior approval power for certain foreign exchange transactions otherwise authorized to be carried out under the 
applicable regulations by means of regulating the amount of foreign currency available to financial institutions to conduct 
such transactions. 

Most  foreign  exchange  restrictions  and  restrictions  on  transfer  of  funds  into  and  out  of Argentina  that  had  been 
enacted since 2011, were lifted by the Macri administration by December 2015, reestablishing Argentine residents’ rights to 

 
 
 
 
 
 
purchase and remit outside of Argentina foreign currency with no maximum amount and without specific allocation or prior 
approval.  

In December 2015, in line with the economic reforms implemented by the new administration, the Argentine Ministry 
of Treasury issued Resolution No. 3/2015 which eliminated the requirement to maintain a registered, non-transferable and 
non-interest bearing deposit by reducing the amount of the deposit from 30% to 0%. Consequently, such deposit is no longer 
applicable  to,  among  other  transactions,  foreign  financial  debts,  inflows  of  funds  of  non-residents  and  repatriations  by 
residents. In addition, pursuant to Resolution No. 1-E/2017 dated January 5, 2017, the minimum period of 120 calendar days, 
imposed by Resolution No. 3/2015, for the proceeds received from any new financial indebtedness (incurred by residents 
and granted by foreign creditors) as well as portfolio investments of non-residents had to be kept in Argentina, was reduced 
to zero. The Argentine Ministry of Treasury is entitled to modify the percentage of and period that funds must be kept in 
Argentina when a change in the macroeconomic situation so requires. 

In addition, on August 6, 2016, the Argentine Central Bank issued Communication “A” 6037, which repealed most of 
the restrictions to purchase currency and those relating to the inflow and outflow of funds into and from Argentina (except 
for the obligation of Argentine exporters of goods and services to repatriate to the FX Market foreign currency proceeds from 
exportation transactions, such as receivables relating to the exportation of goods, which shall also be settled through the FX 
Market). 

The following is a description of the main aspects of the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations relating to the inflows 

and outflows of funds into and from Argentina:  

Inflows 

Pursuant to Communication “A” 5265 issued by the Argentine Central Bank, any financial debts incurred with foreign 
creditors by both the non-financial and financial private sector had to be settled through the FX Market. This requirement 
was eliminated by Communication “A” 6037, which abrogated Communication “A” 5850, dated December 17, 2015, allowing 
Argentine  borrowers  to  keep  proceeds  outside  of Argentina  and  eliminated  the  requirement  to  repatriate  and  exchange 
proceeds into pesos when repaying debts through the MULC. 

Pursuant to Resolution No. 1-E/2017, the minimum period of 120 calendar days, imposed by Resolution No. 3/2015, 

that proceeds received from foreign financial debt had to be kept in Argentina was reduced to zero. 

Outflows 

Communication  “A”  6037  abrogated  Communication  “A”  5264  and  partially  abrogated  Communication  “A”  5265, 
together  with  their  amendments  and  supplementary  regulations,  specifically  Communications  “A”  5850,  5890  and  6011; 
which regulated, among others, the requirements to access the FX Market to pay principal and interest services of foreign 
debts. 

Currently, access to the FX Market to pay interest accrued from the disbursement of funds is subject to verification 
by the relevant financial entities that the borrower accessing the MULC has duly filed, as applicable, the statement of debt 

 
 
required by Communication “A” 3602,  as amended from time to time, or the statement of direct investments provided by 
Communication “A” 4237, as amended from time to time. 

Pursuant to Resolution No. 1-E/2017, the minimum period of 120 calendar days, imposed by Resolution No. 3/2015, 
that  proceeds  from  financial  external  indebtedness  had  to  be  kept  in  Argentina,  was  reduced  to  zero,  notwithstanding 
whether or not the debt is repaid through the FX Market. Additionally, access to the FX Market for payment of principal is 
subject  to verification  by  the  relevant  financial  entity  that  the  borrower  has  duly  filed  the  statement  of  debt  required  by 
Communication “A” 3602, as amended from time to time. 

Communication “A” 6137 

Communication “A” 6137,  issued by the Argentine Central Bank on December 30, 2016, eliminated the requirement 
to repatriate  and exchange funds  obtained from the exportation  of services into Argentine pesos through the FX Market. 
Such  requirement  remains  applicable  only  for  exported  services  included  in  the  FOB  (free  on  board)  and/or  CIF  (cost 
insurance and freight) value of exported goods (which is not applicable to the types of services exported by the company). 
Consequently, we are not required to repatriate or exchange the foreign currency proceeds received from services rendered 
to non-Argentine residents outside of Argentina (which are proceeds from our exportations held in off-shore accounts, such 
as the collections of services fees in U.S. dollars). 

For additional information regarding  all current  foreign exchange restrictions  and  exchange control regulations in 
Argentina,  investors  should  consult  their  legal  advisors  and  read  the  applicable  rules  mentioned  herein,  as  well  as  any 
amendments  and  complementary  regulations,  which  are  available  at  the  Argentine  Ministry  of  Treasury’s  website: 
www.economia.gob.ar, or the Argentine Central Bank’s website: www.bcra.gob.ar. 

Colombia 

Under Colombian foreign exchange regulations, payments in foreign currency related to certain foreign exchange 
transactions  must  be  conducted  through  the  commercial  exchange  market,  by  means  of  an  authorized  financial 
intermediary, and declaring the payment to the Colombian Central Bank. This mechanism applies to payments in connection 
with, among others, imports and exports of goods, foreign loans and related financing costs, investment of foreign capital 
and the remittances  of  profits thereon, investment  in  foreign  securities and  assets and endorsements  and guarantees in 
foreign currency. Transactions through the commercial exchange market are made at market rates freely negotiated with 
the authorized intermediaries. 

In addition, the Colombian Central Bank may intervene in the foreign exchange market at its own discretion at any 
time  and  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  take  actions  that  limit  the  availability  of  foreign  currency  to  private  sector 
companies.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Colombian  Central  Bank  has  never  taken  such  action  since  the  present 
foreign exchange regime was implemented in 1991. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
India 

The prevailing foreign exchange laws in India require Indian residents to repatriate all foreign currency earnings to 
India to control the exchange of foreign currency. More specifically, Section 8 of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 
1999, requires an Indian company to take all reasonable steps to realize and repatriate into India all foreign currency earned 
by the company outside India, within such time periods and in the manner specified by the Reserve Bank of India (the “RBI”). 
The RBI has promulgated guidelines that require Indian companies to realize and repatriate such foreign currency back to 
India, including by way of remittance into a foreign currency account such as an Exchange Earners Foreign Currency (“EEFC”) 
account maintained with an authorized dealer in India. Remittance into an EEFC account is subject to the condition that the 
sum total of the accruals in the account during a calendar month should be converted into rupees on or before the last day 
of  the  succeeding  calendar  month,  after  adjusting  for  utilization  of  the  balances  for  approved  purposes  or  forward 
commitments. 

 
 
 
 
 
C. Organizational Structure 

On December 10, 2012, we incorporated our company, Globant S.A., as a société anonyme under the laws of the Grand 
Duchy of Luxembourg, as the holding company for our business. Prior to the incorporation in Luxembourg, our company was 
incorporated in Spain as a sociedad anónima, which we refer to as “Globant Spain.” As a result of the incorporation of our 
company  in  Luxembourg  and  certain  related  share  transfers  and  other  transactions,  Globant  Spain, which we  refer  to  as 
“Spain Holdco,” became a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company. 

The  following  chart  reflects  our  organization  structure,  including  our  principal  shareholders  and  our  principal 
subsidiaries, as of March 20, 2017. See “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” for more 
information  about  our  principal  shareholders  and  note  2.2  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  for  more 
information about our consolidated subsidiaries.  

Seasonality 

See  “Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  Operating  Results  —  Factors  Affecting  Our  Results  of 

Operations.” 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D. Property, Plant and Equipment 

See “—Business Overview.” 

51 

 
 
 
E. Memorandum and Articles of Association 

The following is a summary of some of the terms of our common shares, based on our articles of association. 

The following summary is not complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions 
of our articles of association, as amended, which were included as an exhibit to our report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on 
June 1, 2016, and applicable Luxembourg law, including Luxembourg Corporate Law. 

General 

We  are  a  Luxembourg  joint  stock  company  (société  anonyme  )  and  our  legal  name  is  “Globant  S.A.”  We  were 
incorporated on December 10, 2012. We are registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register ( Registre de 
Commerce  et  des  Sociétés  de  Luxembourg  )  under  number  B  173  727  and  have  our  registered  office  at  37A,  avenue  J.F. 
Kennedy, L-1855 Luxembourg. 

Share Capital 

As of December 31, 2016, our issued share capital was $41,749,483, represented by 34,791,236 common shares with 

a nominal value of $1.20 each, of which 143,593 were treasury shares held by us. 

We  had  an  authorized  share  capital,  excluding  the  issued  share  capital,  of  $6,730,321  consisting  of  5,608,601 

common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each. 

Our shareholders’ meeting has authorized  our board of directors to issue common shares within the limits  of the 
authorized share capital at such times and on such terms as our board of directors may decide during a period of five years 
starting from the date of the publication in the Luxembourg´s official gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations) 
of the decision of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 6, 2016, which publication occurred on July 
21, 2016, and ends on July 21, 2021 and which period may be renewed. Accordingly, our board of directors may currently issue 
up to 5,530,018 common shares until such date. We currently intend to seek renewals and/or extensions as required from 
time to time. 

Our authorized share capital is determined by our articles of association, as amended from time to time, and may be 
increased or reduced by amending the articles of association by approval of the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at 
a  quorate  extraordinary  general  shareholders’  meeting.  Under  Luxembourg  law,  our  shareholders  have  no  obligation  to 
provide further capital to us. 

Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of common 
shares for cash consideration. However, our shareholders have, in accordance with Luxembourg law, waived and suppressed, 
and have authorized our board of directors to waive, suppress or limit any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders 
provided by law to the extent our board of directors deems such waiver, suppression or limitation advisable for any issue or 
issues of common shares within the scope of our authorized unissued share capital. Such common shares may be issued 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
above, at or below market value as well as above, at or below nominal value by way of incorporation of available reserves 
(including premium). 

Form and Transfer of Common Shares 

Our common shares are issued in registered form only and are freely transferable under Luxembourg law and our 
articles of association. Luxembourg law does not impose any limitations on the rights of Luxembourg or non-Luxembourg 
residents to hold or vote our common shares. 

Under  Luxembourg  law,  the  ownership  of  registered  shares  is  established  by  the  inscription  of  the  name  of  the 
shareholder  and  the  number  of  shares  held  by  him  or  her  in  the  shareholder  register.  Transfers  of  common  shares  not 
deposited into securities accounts are effective towards us and third parties either through the recording of a declaration of 
transfer into the register of shares, signed and dated by the transferor and the transferee or their representatives or by us, 
upon notification of the transfer to, or upon the acceptance of the transfer by, us. Should the transfer of common shares not 
be recorded accordingly, the shareholder is entitled to enforce his or her rights by initiating the relevant proceedings before 
the competent courts of Luxembourg. 

In addition, our articles of association provide that our common shares may be held through a securities settlement 
system or a professional depositary of securities. The depositor of common shares held in such manner has the same rights 
and obligations as if such depositor held the common shares directly. Common shares held through a securities settlement 
system  or  a  professional  depositary  of  securities  may  be  transferred  from  one  account  to  another  in  accordance  with 
customary procedures for the transfer of securities in book-entry form. However, we will make dividend payments (if any) 
and any other payments in cash, common shares or other securities (if any) only to the depositary recorded in the register or 
in accordance with its instructions. 

Issuance of Common Shares 

Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law, the issuance of common shares requires the amendment of our articles of 
association by the approval of the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders’ 
meeting. However, the general meeting may approve an authorized share capital and authorize our board of directors to 
issue common shares up to the maximum amount of such authorized unissued share capital for a period ending five years 
from the date of publication in the Luxembourg´s official gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations / Recueil 
Electronique des Sociétés et Associations) of the minutes of the relevant general meeting approving such authorization. The 
general meeting may amend or renew such authorized share capital and such authorization of our board of directors to issue 
common shares. 

We have an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $6,636,021.60 and our board of directors 
is  authorized  to  issue  up  to  5,530,018  common  shares  (subject  to  stock  splits,  consolidation  of  common  shares  or  like 
transactions) with a nominal value of $1.20 per common share.  

Our articles provide that no fractional shares shall be issued or exist. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-emptive Rights 

Unless limited, waived or cancelled by our board of directors in the context of the authorized unissued share capital 
or by an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders pursuant to the provisions of the articles of association relating to 
amendments thereof, holders of our common shares have a pro rata pre-emptive right to subscribe for any new common 
shares issued for cash consideration. Our articles provide that pre-emptive rights can be waived, suppressed or limited by 
our board of directors for a period starting from the date of the publication in the Luxembourg official gazette (Mémorial C 
Recueil des Sociétés et Associations)  of the decision of the extraordinary  general  meeting  of shareholders  held on May 6, 
2016, which publication occurred on July 21, 2016 and which ends on July 21, 2021, in the event of an increase of the issued 
share capital by our board of directors within the limits of the authorized unissued share capital. 

Repurchase of Common Shares 

We cannot subscribe for our own common shares. We may, however, repurchase issued common shares or have 

another person repurchase issued common shares for our account, subject to the following conditions: 

•  

the repurchase complies with the principle of equal treatment of all shareholders; 

•   prior authorization by a simple majority vote at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders is granted, which 

authorization sets forth the terms and conditions of the proposed repurchase, including the maximum number 
of common shares to be repurchased, the duration of the period for which the authorization is given (which 
may not exceed five years) and, in the case of a repurchase for consideration, the minimum and maximum 
consideration per common share; 

•  

the repurchase does not reduce our net assets (on a non-consolidated basis) to a level below the aggregate of 
the issued share capital and the reserves that we must maintain pursuant to Luxembourg law or our articles of 
association; and 

•   only fully paid-up common shares are repurchased. 

No prior authorization by our shareholders is required for us to repurchase our own common shares if:  

•   we are in imminent and severe danger, in which case our board of directors must inform the general meeting of 

shareholders held subsequent to the repurchase of common shares of the reasons for, and aim of such 
repurchase, the number and nominal value of the common shares repurchased, the fraction of the share 
capital such repurchased common shares represented and the consideration paid for such shares; or 

•  

the common shares are repurchased by us or by a person acting for our account in view of a distribution of the 
common shares to our employees. 

On  June  18,  2014,  the  general  meeting  of  shareholders  according  to  the  conditions  set  forth  in  article  49.2  of 
Luxembourg Corporate Law granted our board  of directors the authorization to repurchase up to a  maximum  number  of 
shares  representing  20%  of  the  issued  share  capital  immediately  after  the  closing  of  our  initial  public  offering  for  a  net 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
purchase price being (i) no less than 50% of the lowest stock price and (ii) no more than 50% above the highest stock price, 
in each case being the closing price, as reported by the New York City edition of the Wall Street Journal, or, if not reported 
therein, any other authoritative sources to be selected by our board of directors, over the ten trading days preceding the 
date of the purchase (or the date of the commitment to the transaction). The authorization is valid for a period ending five 
years from the date of the general meeting or the date of its renewal by a subsequent general meeting of shareholders. 
Pursuant  to  such  authorization,  our  board  of  directors  is  authorized  to  acquire  and  sell  our  common  shares  under  the 
conditions set forth in the minutes of such general meeting of shareholders. Such purchases and sales may be carried out 
for any purpose authorized by the general meeting of Globant S.A. 

Capital Reduction 

Our  articles  of  association  provide  that  our  issued  share  capital  may  be  reduced  by  a  resolution  adopted  by  the 
requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting. If the reduction of capital 
results in the capital being reduced below the legally prescribed minimum, the general meeting of the shareholders must, 
at the same time, resolve to increase the capital up to the required level. 

General Meeting of Shareholders 

Any regularly constituted general meeting of our shareholders represents the entire body of shareholders. 

Each  of  our  common  shares  entitles  the  holder  thereof  to  attend  our  general  meeting  of  shareholders,  either  in 
person or by proxy, to address the general meeting of shareholders and to exercise voting rights, subject to the provisions 
of Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Each common share entitles the holder to one vote at a general meeting 
of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors shall adopt as it deems fit all other regulations 
and rules concerning the attendance to the general meeting. 

A general meeting of our shareholders may, at any time, be convened by our board of directors, to be held at such 
place  and  on  such  date  as  specified  in  the  convening  notice  of  such  meeting.  Our  articles  of  association  provide  that  a 
general meeting of shareholders must be convened by our board of directors, upon request in written indicating the agenda, 
addressed to our board of directors by one or more shareholders representing at least ten percent (10%) of our issued share 
capital. In such case, a general meeting of shareholders must be convened and must be held within a period of one month 
from receipt of such request. One or more shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of our issued share capital may 
request the addition of one or more items to the agenda of any general meeting of shareholders and propose resolutions. 
Such requests must be received at our registered office by registered mail at least 22 days before the date of such meeting. 

Our  articles  of  association  provide  that  if  our  common  shares  are  listed  on  a  stock  exchange,  all  shareholders 
recorded in any register of our shareholders are entitled to be admitted and vote at the general meeting of shareholders 
based on the number of shares they hold on a date and time preceding the general meeting of shareholders as the record 
date for admission to the general meeting of shareholders (the “Record Date”), which the board of directors may determine 
as specified in the convening notice. Furthermore, any shareholder, holder or depositary, as the case may be, who wishes to 
attend the general meeting must inform us thereof no later than on the fourteenth day preceding the date of such general 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
meeting, or by any other date which the board of directors may determine and as specified in the convening notice, in a 
manner to be determined by the board of directors in the convening notice. In case of common shares held through the 
operator of a securities settlement system or with a depositary designated by such depositary, a holder of common shares 
wishing to attend a general meeting of shareholders should receive from such operator or depositary a certificate certifying 
the number of common shares recorded in the relevant account on the Record Date. The certificate should be submitted to 
us no later than three business days prior to the date of such general meeting. If the shareholder votes by means of a proxy, 
the proxy must be deposited at our registered office or with any agent of ours, duly authorized to receive such proxies, at the 
same time. Our board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the certificate or the proxy in which case 
this will be specified in the convening notice. 

General meetings of shareholders shall be convened in accordance with the provisions of our articles of association 
and the 1915 Luxembourg Companies Act (the "1915 Companies Act"). Such law provides inter alia that convening notices for 
every general meeting shall contain the agenda of the meeting and shall take the form of announcements published in the 
Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations, a new official electronic platform of central publication regarding companies 
and  associations  ("RESA"),  in  a  Luxembourg  newspaper  and  in  the  media  in  a  manner  which  ensures  an  effective 
dissemination of information to the public throughout the European Economic Area and in a manner which ensures a fast 
access  to  it  on  a  non-discriminatory  basis.  Notices  by  mail  shall  also  be  sent  at  least  eight  days  before  the  meeting  to 
registered shareholders but no proof need be given that this formality has been complied with. Where all the common shares 
are in registered form, the convening notices may be made only by registered letters. 

In case an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders is convened to enact an extraordinary resolution (see below 
under  “- Voting  Rights”  for  further  background  information)  and  if  such  meeting  is  not  quorate  and  a  second  meeting  is 
convened, the second meeting will be convened by means of notices published twice, with a minimum interval of fifteen 
days between publication and at least fifteen days before the meeting, in the RESA and in two Luxembourg newspapers. 
Such convening notice shall reproduce the agenda and indicate the date and the results of the previous meeting. 

Pursuant  to  our  articles  of  association,  if  all  shareholders  are  present  or  represented  at  a  general  meeting  of 
shareholders and state that they have been informed of the agenda of the meeting, the general meeting of shareholders 
may be held without prior notice. 

Our annual general meeting is held in Luxembourg, at the registered office of the company or such other place as 
specified in the convening notice of the meeting on the fourth Friday of April of each year at 11:00 AM local time. If that day 
is a legal holiday in Luxembourg, the meeting will be held on the next following Luxembourg business day. 

Voting Rights 

Each share entitles the holder thereof to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders. 

Luxembourg law distinguishes ordinary resolutions and extraordinary resolutions. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extraordinary  resolutions  relate  to  proposed  amendments  to  the  articles  of  association  and  certain  other  limited 

matters. All other resolutions are ordinary resolutions. 

Ordinary Resolutions. Pursuant to our articles of association and the 1915 Companies Act, ordinary resolutions shall 
be adopted by a simple majority of votes validly cast on such resolution at a general meeting. Abstentions and nil votes will 
not be taken into account. 

Extraordinary Resolutions. Extraordinary resolutions are required for any of the following matters, among others: (a) 
an increase or decrease of the authorized capital or issued share capital, (b) a limitation or exclusion of preemptive rights, (c) 
approval  of a merger (fusion) or de-merger (scission),  (d) dissolution and  (e)  an  amendment to our articles of association. 
Pursuant to Luxembourg law and our articles of association, for any extraordinary resolutions to be considered at a general 
meeting,  the  quorum  must  generally  be  at  least  half  (50%)  of  our  issued  share  capital. Any  extraordinary  resolution  shall 
generally be adopted at a quorate general meeting upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. 
In case such quorum is not reached, a second meeting may be convened by our board of directors in which no quorum is 
required, and which must generally still approve the amendment with two-thirds of the votes validly cast. Abstentions and 
nil votes will not be taken into account. 

Change  in  nationality.  Pursuant  to  to  our  articles  of  association,  we  may  only  change  our  nationality  with  the 
unanimous  consent  of  all  shareholders.  Moreover,  if we  have  bondholders,  the  bondholders  must  generally  approve  the 
change of nationality at a general meeting with a quorum of at least half of the bonds issued and the resolution must be 
adopted by a two-thirds majority of the bondholder votes validly cast. 

Appointment  and  Removal  of  Directors.  Members  of  our  board  of  directors  are  elected  by  ordinary  resolution  at  a 
general meeting of shareholders. Under the articles of association, all directors are elected for a period of up to four years; 
provided, however, that directors shall be elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each 
year. Any director may be removed with or without cause and with or without prior notice by a simple majority vote at any 
general meeting of shareholders. The articles of association provide that, in case of a vacancy, our board of directors may fill 
such vacancy on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the 
next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. The directors shall be eligible for re-
election indefinitely. 

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association contain any restrictions as to the voting of our common shares 

by non-Luxembourg residents. 

Amendment to the Articles of Association 

Shareholder Approval  Requirements.  Luxembourg  law  requires  that  amendments  to  our  articles  of  association  be 
made  by  extraordinary  resolution.  The  agenda  of  the  general  meeting  of  shareholders  must  indicate  the  proposed 
amendments to the articles of association. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the 1915 Companies Act and our articles of association, for an extraordinary resolution to be considered 
at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least 50% of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution 
shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting (save as otherwise provided by mandatory law) upon a two-thirds majority of 
the votes validly cast on such resolution. If the quorum of 50% is not reached at this meeting, a second general meeting may 
be convened, in which no quorum is required, and may approve the resolution at a majority of two-third of votes validly cast. 

Formalities. Any resolutions to amend the articles of association or to approve a merger, de-merger or dissolution 
must be taken before a Luxembourg notary and such amendments must be published in accordance with Luxembourg law. 

Merger and Division 

A  merger  by  absorption whereby  one  Luxembourg  company,  after  its  dissolution without  liquidation,  transfers  to 
another company all of its assets and liabilities in exchange for the issuance of common shares in the acquiring company to 
the  shareholders  of  the  company  being  acquired,  or  a  merger  effected  by  transfer  of  assets  to  a  newly  incorporated 
company,  must,  in  principle,  be  approved  at  a  general  meeting  of  shareholders  by  an  extraordinary  resolution  of  the 
Luxembourg  company,  and  the  general  meeting  of  shareholders  must  be  held  before  a  notary.  Further  conditions  and 
formalities under Luxembourg law are to be complied with in this respect. 

Liquidation 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets remaining after allowing for the payment of all 
liabilities will be paid out to the shareholders pro rata according to their respective shareholdings. Generally, the decisions 
to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up require the passing of an extraordinary resolution at a general meeting of our shareholders, 
and such meeting must be held before a notary. 

Mandatory Takeover, Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Rights under the Luxembourg Takeover Law 

Mandatory  bid.  The  Luxembourg  law  of  May  19,  2006  implementing  Directive  2004/25/EC  of  the  European 
Parliament and the Council of April 21, 2004 on takeover bids ( the “Takeover Law”), provides that, if a person acting alone or 
in concert acquires securities of our company which, when added to any existing holdings of our securities, give such person 
voting  rights representing at least  one-third  of  all  of the voting rights attached to the  issued  shares  of  our company, this 
person is obliged to make an offer for the remaining shares of our company. In a mandatory bid situation, a “fair price” is in 
principle considered to be the highest price paid by the offeror or a person acting in concert with the offeror for the securities 
during the 12-month period preceding the mandatory bid.  

Squeeze-out  right. The Takeover  Law  provides  that, when  an  offer  (mandatory  or voluntary)  is  made  to  all  of  the 
holders of voting securities of our company and after such offer the offeror holds at least 95% of the securities carrying voting 
rights and 95% of the voting rights, the offeror may require the holders of the remaining securities to sell those securities (of 
the same class) to the offeror. The price offered for such securities must be a fair price. The price offered in a voluntary offer 
would be considered a fair price in the squeeze-out proceedings if the offeror acquired at least 90% of the company’s shares 
carrying voting  rights  that were  the  subject  of  the  offer. The  price  paid  in  a  mandatory  offer  is  deemed  a  fair  price. The 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consideration  paid in the  squeeze-out proceedings must take the same  form as the consideration  offered in the  offer  or 
consist solely of cash. Moreover, an all-cash option must be offered to the remaining shareholders. Finally, the right to initiate 
squeeze-out proceedings must be exercised within three months following the expiration of the offer.  

Sell-out right. The Takeover Law provides that, when an offer (mandatory or voluntary) is made to all of the holders of 
voting  securities of the company and if after such  offer the  offeror holds securities carrying more than  90% of the voting 
rights, the remaining security holders may require that the offeror purchase the remaining securities of the same class. The 
price offered in a voluntary offer would be considered “fair” in the sell-out proceedings if the offeror acquired at least 90% of 
the company’s shares carrying voting rights and which were the subject of the offer. The price paid in a mandatory offer is 
deemed a fair price. The consideration paid in the sell-out proceedings must take the same form as the consideration offered 
in  the  offer  or  consist  solely  of  cash.  Moreover,  an  all-cash  option  must  be  offered  to  the  remaining  shareholders  of  the 
company. Finally, the right to initiate sell-out proceedings must be exercised within three months following the expiration of 
the offer.  

We also fall under the scope of the Luxembourg law of July 21, 2012 on the squeeze-out and sell-out of securities of 
companies admitted or having been admitted to trading on a regulated market or which have been subject to a public offer 
(the “Luxembourg Mandatory Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Law”). The Luxembourg Mandatory Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Law 
provides that, subject to the conditions set forth therein being met, if any individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert 
with another, holds a number of shares or other voting securities representing at least 95% of the voting share capital and 
95%  of  the voting  rights  of  the  company:  (i)  such  holder  may  require  the  holders  of  the  remaining  shares  or  other voting 
securities to sell those remaining securities (the “Mandatory Squeeze-Out”); and (ii) the holders of the remaining shares or 
securities may require such holder to purchase those remaining shares or other voting securities (the “Mandatory Sell-Out”). 
The  Mandatory  Squeeze-Out  and  the  Mandatory  Sell-Out  must  be  exercised  at  a  fair  price  according  to  objective  and 
adequate  methods  applying  to  asset  disposals.  The  procedures  applicable  to  the  Mandatory  Squeeze-Out  and  the 
Mandatory Sell-Out are subject to further conditions and must be carried out under the supervision of the Commission de 
Surveillance du Secteur Financier (the "CSSF").  

Disclosure of transactions by persons discharging managerial responsibilities  

Pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 16, 2014 on market 
abuse and related regulations (collectively referred to as the “Market Abuse Regulation”), persons discharging managerial 
responsibilities within the company as well as persons closely associated with them, must notify the CSSF and the company 
of every transaction conducted on their own account (a concept that must be interpreted within the meaning of the Market 
Abuse  Regulation)  relating  to  our  shares  instruments  or  to  derivatives  or  other  financial  instruments  linked  thereto.  The 
obligation applies to any subsequent transaction once a total amount of EUR 5,000 has been reached within a calendar year, 
calculated by adding without netting all relevant transactions relating to the shares. The notification must be made promptly 
and no later than three business days after the date of the transaction. The company must ensure that any information on 
relevant transactions notified to it is made public promptly and no later than three business days after the transaction in a 
manner which enables fast access to this information on a non-discriminatory basis.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the purpose of the Market Abuse Regulation, a “person discharging managerial responsibilities” means a person 
who is (a) a member of the administrative, management or supervisory body of that entity; or (b) a senior executive who is 
not a member of the bodies referred to in point (a), who has regular access to inside information relating directly or indirectly 
to  that  entity  and  power  to  take  managerial  decisions  affecting  the  future  developments  and  business  prospects  of  that 
entity.   

“Persons  discharging  senior  managerial  responsibilities”  within  our  company  are  the  members  of  our  board  of 

directors and the members of our senior management identified in this report.   

Publication of regulated information  

Pursuant  to  directive  2004/109/EC  of  the  European  Parliament  and  of  the  Council  of  December  15,  2004  on  the 
harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted on trading 
on a regulated market (the “Transparency Directive”), issuers that fall within the scope of that directive are required to provide 
ongoing  and  periodic  information  which  the  directive  defines  as  “regulated  information”.  As  regards  that  regulated 
information, the Transparency Directive imposes three obligations on issuers:   

•  publish the regulated information;  
•  make this information available to an Officially Appointed Mechanism ("OAM") for the central storage of regulated 

information; and    

•  file the regulated information with the competent authority of the relevant home European Economic Area Member 

State.   

In accordance with article 20 of the Luxembourg law of January 11, 2008 implementing the Transparency Directive 
(the “Transparency Law”), issuers are required to disclose regulated information in a manner ensuring fast access to such 
information on a non-discriminatory basis. Thus, they shall use such media as may reasonably be relied upon for the effective 
dissemination of information to the public in all European Economic Area Member States.   

We are required to file the aforementioned information with the OAM in Luxembourg.    

All news and press releases issued by us are available on our website at www.globant.com in the “Investors” section.  

No Appraisal Rights 

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association provide for any appraisal rights of dissenting shareholders. 

Distributions 

Subject to Luxembourg law, if and when a dividend is declared by the general meeting of shareholders or an interim 
dividend is declared by our board of directors, each common share is entitled to participate equally in such distribution of 
funds  legally  available  for  such  purposes.  Pursuant  to  our  articles  of  association,  our  board  of  directors  may  pay  interim 
dividends, subject to Luxembourg law. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Declared  and  unpaid  distributions  held  by  us  for  the  account  of  the  shareholders  shall  not  bear  interest.  Under 
Luxembourg law, claims for unpaid distributions will lapse in our favor five years after the date such distribution became due 
and payable. 

Any  amount  payable  with  respect  to  dividends  and  other  distributions  declared  and  payable  may  be  freely 
transferred  out  of  Luxembourg,  except  that  any  specific  transfer  may  be  prohibited  or  limited  by  anti-money  laundering 
regulations, freezing orders or similar restrictive measures. 

Annual Accounts 

Under Luxembourg law, our board of directors must prepare annual accounts and consolidated accounts. Except in 
some cases provided for by Luxembourg Law, our board of directors must also annually prepare management reports on 
the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. The annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the management report 
and the auditor’s reports must be available for inspection by shareholders at our registered office at least 15 calendar days 
prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders. 

The annual accounts and consolidated accounts are audited by an approved statutory auditor (réviseur d’entreprises 

agréé). 

The  annual  accounts  and  the  consolidated  accounts,  after  approval  by  the  annual  ordinary  general  meeting  of 
shareholders, will be  filed with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre  de  Commerce  et des Sociétés of 
Luxembourg). 

Information Rights 

Luxembourg law gives shareholders limited rights to inspect certain corporate records 15 calendar days prior to the 
date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, including the annual accounts with the list of directors and 
auditors, the consolidated accounts, the notes to the annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, a list of shareholders 
whose common shares are not fully paid up, the management reports and the auditor’s report. 

In  addition,  any  registered  shareholder  is  entitled  to  receive  a  copy  of  the  annual  accounts,  the  consolidated 
accounts, the auditor’s reports and the management reports free of charge prior to the date of the annual ordinary general 
meeting of shareholders. 

Under Luxembourg law, it is generally accepted that a shareholder has the right to receive responses to questions 
concerning  items  on  the  agenda  for  a  general  meeting  of  shareholders,  if  such  responses  are  necessary  or  useful  for  a 
shareholder to make an  informed decision concerning such  agenda item, unless  a response to such  questions could be 
detrimental to our interests. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disclosure of significant ownership of our shares   

Holders  of  common  shares,  including  depositary  receipts  representing  common  shares  admitted  to  trading  on  a 
regulated  market  and  for  which  Luxembourg  is  the  home  Member  State  and  to  which  voting  rights  are  attached  (the 
“Securities”) and derivatives or other financial instruments linked to the Securities may be subject to notification obligations 
pursuant  to  the  Luxembourg  law  of  January  11,  2008  on  transparency  requirements  for  issuers,  as  amended  (the 
“Luxembourg Transparency  Law”)  and  the  Grand  ducal  regulation  of  January  11,  2008  on  transparency  requirements  for 
issuers, as amended. The following description summarizes these obligations. Our common  shareholders  are  advised to 
consult with their own legal advisers to determine whether the notification obligations apply to them.  

The Luxembourg Transparency Law provides that, if a person acquires or disposes of Securities of the Company, and 
if following the acquisition or disposal, the proportion of voting rights held by the person reaches, exceeds or falls below one 
of the thresholds of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 33 1/3%, 50% or 66 2/3% (each a “Relevant Threshold”) of the total voting rights 
existing when the situation giving rise to a declaration occurs, such person must simultaneously notify us and the CSSF of 
the proportion of voting rights held by it further to such event. The voting rights shall be calculated on the basis of all the 
common shares, including depositary receipts representing common shares, to which voting rights are attached even if the 
exercise  thereof  is  suspended.  Moreover,  this  information  shall  be  given  in  respect  of  all  the  common  shares,  including 
depositary receipts representing common  shares, which are in the  same class and to which voting rights are attached. A 
person must also notify us and the CSSF of the proportion of his or her voting rights if that proportion reaches, exceeds or 
falls below the above mentioned thresholds as a result of events changing the breakdown of voting rights and on the basis 
of the information disclosed by us.  

The same notification requirements apply to a natural person or legal entity to the extent such person or entity is 

entitled to acquire, to dispose of, or to exercise voting rights in any of the following cases or a combination of them:  

•   voting rights held by a third party with whom that person or entity has concluded an agreement, which obliges them 
to adopt, by concerted exercise of the voting rights they hold, a lasting common policy towards the management of 
the issuer;  

•   voting  rights  held  by  a  third  party  under  an  agreement  concluded  with  that  person  or  entity  providing  for  the 

temporary transfer for consideration of the voting rights in question; 

•   voting rights attaching to Securities which are lodged as collateral with that person or entity, provided the person or 

entity controls the voting rights and declares his intention of exercising them;  

•   voting rights attaching to Securities in which that person or entity has the life interest;  
•   voting rights which are held, or may be exercised within the meaning of points (a) to (d), by an undertaking controlled 

by that person or entity; 

•   voting rights attaching to Securities deposited with that person or entity which the person or entity can exercise at 

his discretion in the absence of specific instructions from the Securities holders;  
•   voting rights held by a third party in its own name on behalf of that person or entity;  
•   voting rights which that person or entity may exercise as a proxy where the person or entity can exercise the voting 

rights at his discretion in the absence of specific instructions from the Securities holders.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The above notification requirements also apply to a natural person or legal entity that holds, directly or indirectly, 

financial instruments linked to our common shares. 

Board of Directors 

Globant  S.A.  is  managed  by  our  board  of  directors which  is vested with  the  broadest  powers  to  take  any  actions 
necessary or useful to fulfill our corporate purpose with the exception of actions reserved by law or our articles of association 
to the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors must consist of at least 
seven members and no more than fifteen members. Our board of directors meets as often as company interests require. 

A majority of the members of our board of directors present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, 
and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of our board members present or represented. In the case of a tie, 
the  chairman  of  our  board  shall  have  the  deciding  vote.  Our  board  of  directors  may  also  make  decisions  by  means  of 
resolutions in writing signed by all directors. 

Directors  are  elected  by  the  general  meeting  of  shareholders,  and  appointed  for  a  period  of  up  to  four  years; 
provided, however, that directors are elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each year; 
and provided, further, that such term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the 
fourth anniversary of the appointment, and each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected. The general 
shareholders’ meeting may remove one or more directors at any time, without cause and without prior notice by a resolution 
passed by simple majority vote. If our board of directors has a vacancy, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by 
a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, 
which will resolve on a permanent appointment. Any director shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely. 

Within the limits provided for by law and our articles of association, our board of directors may delegate to one or 
more directors or to any one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, acting alone or jointly, the daily management 
of Globant S.A. and the authority to represent us in connection with such daily management. Our board of directors may also 
grant special powers to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of Globant S.A. 

Our board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a 
corporate governance and nominating committee and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of 
such committees are set up, appoint the members, determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures 
and such other rules as may be applicable thereto. 

No contract or other transaction between us and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the 
fact  that  any  one  or  more  of  our  directors  or  officers  is  interested  in,  or  is  a  director,  associate,  officer,  agent,  adviser  or 
employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise 
of any company or firm with which we shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation 
with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to 
such contract or other business. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any director having an interest in a transaction submitted for approval to our board of directors that conflicts with our 
interest, must inform our board of directors thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of 
the meeting. Such director may not take part in these deliberations and may not vote on the relevant transaction. At the next 
general meeting, before any resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of 
the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest. 

No shareholding qualification for directors is required. 

Any director and other officer, past and present, is entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted 
by law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such director in connection with any claim, action, 
suit or proceeding in which he is involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a director. We may 
purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability. 

No indemnification shall be provided against any liability to us or our shareholders by reason of willful misconduct, 
bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer. No indemnification will be provided 
with respect to any matter as to which the director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith 
and not in our interest, nor will indemnification be provided in the event of a settlement (unless approved by a court or our 
board of directors). 

Registrars and registers for the common shares 

All our common shares are in registered form only. 

We keep a register of common shares at our registered office in Luxembourg. This register is available for inspection 
by any shareholder. In addition, we may appoint registrars in different jurisdictions who will each maintain a separate register 
for the registered common  shares entered therein.  It is possible for our shareholders to elect the entry  of their common 
shares in one of these registers and the transfer thereof at any time from one register to any other, including to the register 
kept  at  our  registered  office.  However,  our  board  of  directors  may  restrict  such  transfers  for  common  shares  that  are 
registered, listed, quoted, dealt in or have been placed in certain jurisdictions in compliance with the requirements applicable 
therein. 

Our articles of association provide that the ownership of registered common shares is established by inscription in 
the  relevant  register. We  may  consider  the  person  in  whose  name  the  registered  common  shares  are  registered  in  the 
relevant register as the full owner of such registered common shares. 

In  connection  with  a  general  meeting,  our  board  of  directors  may  forbid  any  entry  in  the  relevant  register  of 
shareholders as well as any recognition of notices of transfer by us or the relevant registrar during the period starting on the 
Record Date and ending on the closing of such general meeting. Transfer to, and on, the register kept at our registered office 
may always be requested. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, with an 

address at 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, New York, NY 11219. 

Our common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOB” and on the Official List of the Luxembourg 

Stock Exchange. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
F. Subsidiaries information 

Globant S.A.U. 

  Spain 

Software Product Creation 
Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. 

  Spain 
  Colombia 

100% Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) 

100% Globant S.A.U. 
  99.99% Globant S.A.U. 
  00.01% Software Product Creation SL 

Globant, LLC 
Ratio Cypress LLC 
L4 Mobile LLC 
Sistemas Globales Uruguay 

Sistemas UK Ltd. 

  USA 
  USA 
  USA 
  Uruguay 
  England & Wales 

100% Globant S.A.U. 
100% Globant, LLC 
100% Globant, LLC 
100% Globant S.A.U. 
100% Globant S.A.U. 

We Are London Ltd. 

  England & Wales 

100% Globant SAU 

Sistemas Globales Chile 
Asesorías Ltda. 

  Chile 

  95.00% Globant S.A.U. 

Global Systems Outsourcing 
S. de R.L. de C.V. 

  Mexico 

IAFH Global S.A. 

  Argentina 

Sistemas Globales S.A. 

  Argentina 

Globant Brasil Consultoria 

  Brazil 

Huddle Investment LLP 

  England & Wales 

Huddle Group S.A. 

  Argentina 

Globant Peru S.A.C. 

  Peru 

Globers S.A. 

  Argentina 

Globant India Pvt. Ltd. 
Dynaflows S.A. 

India 
  Argentina 

  05.00% Software Product Creation S.L. 

  99.99% Globant S.A.U. 

  00.01% IAFH Global S.A. 
  99.9989% Globant S.A.U. 
  00.0011% Software Product Creation S.L. 
  99.9978% Globant S.A.U. 
  00.0022% Software Product Creation S.L. 
  99.99% Globant S.A.U. 
  00.01% Software Product Creation SL 
  93.125% Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) 
  06.875% Globant S.A.U. 
  98.60% Huddle Investment LLP 
  01.40% Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Ltda. 
  99.99% Globant S.A.U. 
  00.01% Software Product Creation S.L. 
  95.00% IAFH Global S.A. 
  05.00% Sistemas Globales S.A. 
  82.42% Globant S.A.U. 
  66.73% Sistemas Globales S.A. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 

67 

 
 
A. Operating Results 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations 

In the last few years, the technology industry has undergone a significant transformation due to the proliferation and 
accelerated adoption of several emerging technologies, including social media, mobility, cloud computing and big & fast 
data,  and  related  market  trends,  including  enhanced  user  experience,  personalization  technology,  gamification, 
consumerization of IT, wearables, internet of things and open collaboration. These technologies are empowering end users 
and are compelling enterprises to engage and collaborate with end-users in new and powerful ways. We believe that these 
changes are resulting in a paradigm shift in the technology services industry and are creating demand for service providers 
that possess a deep understanding of these emerging technologies and related market trends. 

We believe that the most significant factors affecting our results of operations include: 

•   market  demand  for  integrated  engineering,  design  and  innovation  technology  services  relating  to  emerging 

technologies and related market trends; 

•   economic  conditions  in  the  industries  and  countries  in which  our  clients  operate  and  their  impact  on  our  clients’ 

spending on technology services; 

•   our ability to continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends; 

•   expansion of our service offerings and success in cross-selling new services to our clients; 

•   our ability to obtain new clients, increase penetration levels with our existing clients and continue to add value for 

our existing clients so as to create long-term relationships; 

•  

the availability of, and our ability to attract, retain and efficiently utilize, skilled IT professionals in Latin America and 
the United States; 

•   operating costs in countries where we operate, particularly in Argentina where most of our employees are based; 

•   capital  expenditures  related  to  the  opening  of  new  delivery  centers  and  client  management  locations  and 

improvement of existing offices; 

•   our ability to increase our presence onsite at client locations; 

•  

the effect of wage inflation in countries where we operate and the variability in foreign exchange rates, especially 
relative changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso, 
Colombian peso and Indian rupees; and 

•   our ability to identify, integrate and effectively manage businesses that we may acquire. 

Our  results  of  operations  in  any  given  period  are  directly  affected  by  the  following  additional  company-specific 

factors:  

•   Pricing of and margin on our services and revenue mix. For time-and-materials contracts, the hourly rates we charge 
for our Globers are a key factor impacting our gross profit margins and profitability. Hourly rates vary by complexity 
of the project and the mix of staffing. The margin on our services is impacted by the increase in our costs in providing 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
those services, which is influenced by wage inflation and other factors. As a client relationship matures and deepens, 
we seek to maximize our revenues and profitability by expanding the scope of services offered to that client and 
winning higher profit margin assignments. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, we increased our 
revenues attributable to sales of higher profit margin technology solutions (primarily through our Mobile, Enterprise 
Consumerization, UX Design and Gaming Studios). This shift in revenue mix enabled us to achieve an adjusted gross 
profit  margin  percentage  of  42.3%,  38.9%  and  41.0%  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively, which are consistent with our targeted adjusted gross profit margin percentage in the medium term. 

•   Our ability to deepen and expand the portfolio of services we offer through our Studios while maintaining our high 
standard of quality. The breadth and depth of the services we offer through our Studios impacts our ability to grow 
revenues  from  new  and  existing  clients.  Through  research  and  development,  targeted  hiring  and  strategic 
acquisitions, we  have  invested  in  broadening  and  deepening  the  domains  of  expertise  of  our  Studios.  Our  future 
growth  and  success  depend  significantly  on  our  ability  to  maintain  the  expertise  of  each  of  our  Studios  and  to 
continue to innovate and to anticipate the needs of our clients and rapidly develop and maintain the expertise of 
each  of our Studios, including relevant domain knowledge and technological capabilities required to  meet those 
client needs, while maintaining our high standard of quality. 

•   Recruitment,  retention  and  management  of  IT  professionals.  Our  ability  to  recruit,  retain  and  manage  our  IT 
professionals  will  have  an  effect  on  our  gross  profit  margin  and  our  results  of  operations.  Our  IT  professional 
headcount was  5,219  as  of  December  31,  2016,  4,613  at  December  31,  2015  and  3,424  at  December  31,  2014. We 
manage  employee  headcount  and  utilization  based  on  ongoing  assessments  of  our  project  pipeline  and 
requirements  for  professional  capabilities. An  unanticipated  termination  of  a  significant  project  could  cause  us  to 
experience lower employee utilization resulting from a higher than expected number of idle IT professionals. Our 
ability to effectively utilize our employees is typically improved by longer-term client relationships due to increased 
predictability of client needs over the course of the relationships. 

•   Evolution of client base. In recent years, as we have expanded significantly in the technology services industry; we 
have diversified our client base and reduced client concentration. In addition, consistent with our business focus on 
pursuing clients and markets with higher profit margins, we have increased our revenues from North American and, 
in some periods, European, clients, while reducing our revenues from Latin American and other clients. Revenues 
attributable to our top ten clients increased by 35.1% from 2014 to 2015 and 26.8% from 2015 to 2016. Over the same 
period, we have increased our revenues from existing clients by expanding the scope and size of our engagements. 
The number of clients that each accounted for over $5.0 million of our annual revenues amounted to eleven in 2016, 
ten in 2015 and ten in  2014, and the number  of clients that each  accounted for at least $1.0 million  of  our  annual 
revenues increased to 60 in 2016, from 51 in 2015 and 46 in 2014. 

•  

Investments in our delivery platform. We have grown our network of locations to 35 at December 31, 2016, located in 
27 cities throughout twelve countries (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía 
Blanca, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, 
Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico; Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune and Bangalore, India; Madrid, Spain; London, UK; and 
San Francisco, New York and Seattle in the United States). We also have client management locations in the United 
States (Boston, New York, Orlando and San Francisco), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), 
Argentina  (Buenos Aires)  and  the  United  Kingdom  (London)  that  are  close  to  the  main  offices  of  key  clients.  Our 
integrated global delivery platform allows us to deliver our services through a blend of onsite and offsite methods. 

 
 
We have pursued a decentralization strategy in building our network of delivery centers, recognizing the benefits of 
expanding into other cities in Argentina and other countries in Latin America, including the ability to attract and retain 
highly  skilled  IT  professionals  in  increasing  scale.  Our  ability  to  effectively  utilize  our  robust  delivery  platform will 
significantly affect our results of operations in the future. 

•   Seasonality. Our business is seasonal and as a result, our revenues and profitability fluctuate from quarter to quarter. 
Our revenues tend to be higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year compared to the first and second quarters 
of each year due to seasonal factors. During the first quarter of each year, which includes summer months in the 
southern hemisphere, there is a general slowdown in business activities and a reduced number of working days for 
our IT professionals based in Argentina, Uruguay, Brazil, Peru, Chile and Colombia, which results in fewer hours being 
billed on client projects and therefore lower revenues being recognized on those projects. In addition, some of the 
reduction in the number of working days for our IT professionals in the first or second quarter of the year is due to 
the Easter holiday. Depending on whether the Easter holiday falls in March or April of a given year, the effect on our 
revenues and profitability due to the Easter holiday can appear either in the first or second quarter of that year. Finally, 
we implement annual salary increases in the second and fourth quarters of each year. Our revenues are traditionally 
higher,  and  our  margins  tend  to  increase,  in  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  each year, when  utilization  of  our  IT 
professionals is at its highest levels. 

•   Net  effect  of  inflation  in Argentina  and variability  in  the  U.S.  dollar  and Argentine  peso  exchange  rate.  Because  a 
substantial portion of our operations is conducted from Argentina, our results of operations are subject to the net 
effect of inflation in Argentina and the variability in exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso. 
The impact of inflation on our salary costs, or wage inflation, and thus on our statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income varies depending on the fluctuation in exchange rates between the Argentine peso and the 
U.S. dollar. In an environment where the Argentine peso is weakening against the U.S. dollar, our functional currency 
in  which  a  substantial  portion  of  our  revenues  are  denominated,  the  impact  of  wage  inflation  on  our  results  of 
operations will  decrease, whereas  in  an  environment where  the Argentine  peso  is  strengthening  against  the  U.S. 
dollar,  the  impact  of wage  inflation will  increase.  During  the year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the Argentine  peso 
experienced a 21.9% devaluation from 13.01 Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar to 15.85 Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar 
and INDEC reported from May to December an inflation rate of 16.9% while private estimates, on average, refer to 
annual rate of inflation of 41%. The combination of this devaluation and the inflation rate is not expected to have a 
significant impact on our revenues because a substantial portion of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. The 
devaluation, net of the impact of the inflation rate in the same period, has resulted in an improvement in our operating 
costs,  as  our  operating  costs  are  primarily  denominated  in  Argentine  pesos.  See  “Quantitative  and  Qualitative 
Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market 
Risk — Wage Inflation Risk.” 

Our results of operations are expected to benefit from government policies and regulations designed to foster the 
software industry in Argentina, primarily under the Software Promotion Law. For further discussion of the Software 
Promotion Law, see “Business Overview  — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives.” 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certain Income Statement Line Items 

Revenues 

Revenues are derived primarily from providing technology services to our clients, which are medium- to large-sized 
companies based in the United States, Europe and Latin America. For the year ended December 31, 2016, revenues increased 
by 27.2% to $322.9 million from $253.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 
revenues increased by 27.2% to $253.8 million from $199.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Between 2014 and 
2016, we experienced rapid growth in demand for our services and significantly expanded our business. 

We perform our services primarily under time-and-material contracts (where materials costs consist of travel and 
out-of-pocket  expenses)  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  fixed-price  contracts.  Revenues  from  our  time-and-material  contracts 
represented 92.1%, 96.2% and 90.0% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 
Revenues from our fixed-price contracts represented 7.9%, 3.7% and 9.3% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 
2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The  remaining  portion  of  our  revenues  in  each  year  was  derived  from  other  types  of 
contracts. 

We  discuss  below  the  breakdown  of  our  revenues  by  client  location,  industry  vertical  and  client  concentration. 
Revenues consist of technology services revenues net of reimbursable expenses, which primarily include travel and out-of-
pocket costs that are billable to clients. 

Revenues by Client Location 

Our revenues are sourced from three main geographic markets: North America (primarily the United States), Europe 
(primarily Spain and the United Kingdom) and Latin America  (primarily Argentina and Chile). We present our revenues by 
client location based on the location of the specific client site that we serve, irrespective of the location of the headquarters 
of the client or the location of the delivery center where the work is performed. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we 
had 340 clients. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth revenues by client location by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the 

years indicated: 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

By Geography 

North America 

Europe 
Asia 
Latin America and other 

Revenues 

 $  260,923    
29,306    
1,265    
31,362    
 $  322,856    

80.8 %   $ 
9.1 %  
0.4 %  
9.7 %  

212,412    
13,508    
1,434    
26,442    
100.0 %   $  253,796    

83.7 %   $  163,097    
11,704    
5.3 %  
—    
0.6 %  
24,804    
10.4 %  
100.0 %   $  199,605    

81.7 % 
5.9 % 
— % 
12.4 % 

100.0 % 

Revenues by Industry Vertical 

We  are  a  provider  of  technology  services  to  enterprises  in  a  range  of  industry  verticals  including  media  and 
entertainment, professional services, technology and telecommunications, travel and hospitality, banks, financial services 
and insurance and consumer, retail and manufacturing, among others. The following table sets forth our revenues by industry 
vertical by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:  

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

By Industry Vertical 
Media and Entertainment 

Travel & Hospitality 

Banks, Financial Services and 
Technology & Telecommunications   
Professional Services 

Consumer, Retail & Manufacturing 

Other Verticals 

Total 

 $ 

67,912    
63,414    
59,786    
51,378    
42,286    
28,710    
9,370    
 $  322,856    

21.0 %   $ 
19.6 %  
18.5 %  
15.9 %  
13.1 %  

61,767    
38,926    
31,981    
51,816    
36,546    
28,840    
3,920    
100.0 %   $  253,796    

8.9 %  

3.0 %  

24.3 %   $ 
15.3 %  
12.6 %  
20.4 %  
14.4 %  

45,014    
22,545    
25,236    
46,897    
32,832    
25,656    
1,425    
100.0 %   $  199,605    

11.4 %  

1.6 %  

22.6 % 
11.3 % 
12.6 % 
23.5 % 
16.4 % 

12.9 % 

0.7 % 

100.0 % 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues by Client Concentration 

We have increased our revenues by expanding the scope and size of our engagements, and we have grown our key 

client base primarily through our business development efforts and referrals from our existing clients. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  revenues  contributed  by  our  largest  client,  top  five  clients  and  top  ten  clients  by 

amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the years indicated: 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

Client concentration 
Top client 
Top five clients 
Top ten clients 
Top twenty clients 

 $ 

31,249    
108,831    
150,217    
193,057    

9.7 %   $ 
33.7 %  
46.5 %  
59.8 %  

31,095    
83,633    
118,509    
154,737    

12.3 %   $ 
33.0 %  
46.7 %  
61.0 %  

17,458    
55,512    
87,677    
121,683    

8.7 % 
27.8 % 
43.9 % 
61.0 % 

Our top ten customers for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been working with us for, on average, six years. 

Our  focus  on  delivering  quality  to  our  clients  is  reflected  in  the  fact  that  existing  clients  from  2015  and  2014 
contributed 91.7% and 80.2% of our revenues in 2016, respectively. Our existing clients from 2014 contributed 92.3% of our 
revenues in 2015. As evidence of the increase in scope of engagement within our client base, the number of clients that each 
accounted for over $5.0 million of our annual revenues increased (eleven in 2016, ten in 2015 and ten in 2014) and the number 
of clients that each accounted for at least $1.0 million of our annual revenues increased to sixty in 2016, fifty-one in 2015 and 
forty-six in 2014. The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the year presented: 

Over $5 Million 
$1 - $5 Million 
$0.5 - $1 Million 
$0.1 - $0.5 Million 
Less than $0.1 Million 

Total Clients 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

11    
49    
41    
88    
151    
340    

10    
41    
30    
100    
163    
344    

10  
36  
23  
83  
144  
296  

The volume  of work we  perform for  specific clients is likely to vary  from year to year,  as we  are typically not  any 
client’s exclusive external technology services provider, and a major client in one year may not contribute the same amount 
or percentage of our revenues in any subsequent year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Expenses 

Cost of Revenues 

The  principal  components  of  our  cost  of  revenues  are  salaries  and  non-reimbursable  travel  costs  related  to  the 
provision of services. Included in salaries are base salary, incentive-based compensation, employee benefits costs and social 
security  taxes.  Salaries  of  our  IT  professionals  are  allocated  to  cost  of  revenues  regardless  of  whether  they  are  actually 
performing services during a given period. Up to 70% of the amounts paid by our Argentine subsidiaries for certain social 
security taxes in respect of base and incentive compensation of our IT professionals is credited back to those subsidiaries 
under  the  Software  Promotion  Law,  reducing  the  effective  cost  of  social  security  taxes  from  approximately  19.0%  to 
approximately  10.0%  of  the  base  and  incentive  compensation  on  which  those  contributions  are  calculated.  For  further 
discussion of the Software Promotion Law, see “— Income Tax Expense” below and note 3.7.1.1 to our audited consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Also included in cost of revenues is the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion 

of our property and equipment and intangible assets utilized in the delivery of services to our clients. 

Our cost of revenues has increased since 2012 in line with the growth in our revenues and reflects the expansion of 
our operations in Argentina, Uruguay, Colombia, Peru, Mexico, India and the United States primarily due to increases in salary 
costs, an increase in the  number  of  our IT professionals and the  opening  of  new delivery centers. We  expect that  as  our 
revenues grow, our cost of revenues will increase. Our goal is to increase revenue per head and thereby increase our gross 
profit margin. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

Selling, general and administrative expenses represent expenses associated with promoting and selling our services 
and include such items as salary of our senior management, administrative personnel and sales and marketing personnel 
(including commissions in the case of sales and marketing personnel), occupancy costs, legal and other professional services 
expenses, Argentine transaction taxes and travel costs. The credit of up to 70% for certain social security taxes paid by our 
Argentine subsidiaries that is provided under the Software Promotion Law as described under “— Cost of Revenues” above 
also extends to payments of such social security taxes in respect of salaries of personnel included in our selling, general and 
administrative expenses, reducing the effective cost of social security taxes as described above. 

Also  included  in  selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  is  the  portion  of  depreciation  and  amortization 
expense  attributable  to  the  portion  of  our  property  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets  utilized  in  our  sales  and 
administration functions. 

Our selling, general and administrative expenses have increased primarily as a result of our expanding operations 
and the build-out of our senior and mid-level management teams to support our growth . We expect our selling, general 
and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute terms as our business expands. However, as a result of our 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
management and infrastructure investments, we believe our platform is capable of supporting the expansion of our business 
without a proportionate increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in gains in operating leverage. 

Depreciation  and  Amortization  Expense  (included  in  “Cost  of  Revenues”  and  “Selling,  General  and  Administrative 
Expenses”) 

Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of depreciation of our property and equipment (primarily 
leasehold improvements, servers and other equipment) and, to a lesser extent, amortization of our intangible assets, (mainly 
software  licenses,  acquired  intangible  assets  and  internal  developments). We  expect  that  depreciation  and  amortization 
expense will continue to increase as we open more delivery centers and client management locations. 

Impairment of Tax Credits, Net of Recoveries 

Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries represents an allowance for impairment of tax credits for estimated losses 
resulting  from  substantial  doubt  about  the  recoverability  of  our  Software  Promotion  Law  tax  credits. This  allowance was 
determined by estimating future uses of this credit against value-added tax positions. During the year ended December 31, 
2015 and 2014, we recorded gains of $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively, related to the partial reversal of the allowance 
for  impairment  of  tax  credits  after  considering  new  facts  and  circumstances  that  occurred  during  these  years.  As  of 
December 31, 2015, the remaining allowance for impairment of tax credits was offset against the carrying value of related 
Software Promotion Law tax credits.  During the year ended December 31, 2016, no further allowance was recorded.  

Gain on Transaction with Bonds 

Proceeds Received from Capital Contributions 

During  the year  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  our Argentine  subsidiaries, with  cash  proceeds  from  capital 
contributions, acquired U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). BONAR are a 
form of Argentine sovereign bond with characteristics identical to BODEN. The capital contributions during the years ended 
December 31, 2015 and 2014 were related to capital expenditures incurred by our Argentine subsidiaries to establish delivery 
centers in Bahía Blanca, Mar del Plata and Tucumán, open a new recruiting center in Buenos Aires, make initial payments for 
a new building agreed with Inversiones y Representaciones S.A. (IRSA) and finance working capital requirements. The BODEN 
and BONAR trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. We consider the Argentine market to be the principal market for 
these bonds. 

After holding the BODEN and BONAR for a certain period of time, our Argentine subsidiaries sold the BODEN and 
BONAR in the Argentine market. Because the fair value of the BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine markets, converted at 
the  U.S.  dollar  official  exchange  rate  prevailing  in  Argentina  (which  is  the  rate  used  to  convert  transactions  in  foreign 
currencies into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency, which is the U.S. dollar), during the years ended December 31, 
2015 and 2014 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. markets, we recognized a 
gain when remeasuring the fair value of the BODEN and BONAR (expressed in Argentine pesos) into U.S. dollars at the official 
exchange rate prevailing in Argentina. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The rate of exchange between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar may increase or decrease in the future. We 
cannot predict future fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar. In addition, legislative, 
judicial  or  administrative  changes  or  interpretations  may  be  forthcoming,  which  could  also  affect  the  exchange  rate. 
Accordingly, our gains reported on transactions with BODEN and BONAR during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 
2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. If in the future there is a gap 
between the quoted price of BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine markets (in Argentine pesos) and their quoted price in U.S. 
markets (in U.S. dollars) as converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, our Argentine subsidiaries may 
acquire, with cash proceeds from capital contributions, U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. debt markets 
(in U.S. dollars). 

Finance Income 

Finance income consists of foreign exchange gain on monetary assets, liabilities denominated in currencies other 
than the U.S. dollar and interest gains on time deposits, short-term securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank (Letras 
del Banco Central), foreign exchange forward contracts and mutual funds. 

Finance Expense 

Finance expense consists of interest expense on borrowings, loss arising for foreign exchange forward contracts and 

other investments, foreign exchange loss and other interests. 

Income Tax Expense 

As a global company, we are required to provide for corporate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we 
operate. We have secured special tax benefits in Argentina and Uruguay, as described below. As a result, our income tax 
expense is low in comparison to  profit before income tax expense due to the  benefit related to  profit  before income tax 
expense earned in those lower tax jurisdictions. Changes in the geographic mix, income tax regulations or estimated level 
of annual pre-tax income can also affect our overall effective income tax rate. As our operations outside of Argentina and 
Uruguay grow, it is likely that our effective tax rate will increase. 

Under  the  Software  Promotion  Law,  Argentine  companies  that  are  engaged  in  the  design,  development  and 
production of software benefit from a 60% reduction in the corporate income tax rate and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts 
paid for certain social security taxes that can be applied to offset certain national tax liabilities. When originally enacted in 
2004, the Software Promotion Law only permitted this tax credit to be offset against liability for value-added taxes. In 2011, 
the Software Promotion Law was amended to permit the tax credit to be offset as well against corporate income tax liabilities 
up to a percentage not higher than the taxpayer’s declared percentage of exports (subject to the issuance of implementing 
regulations), and to extend the reduction in corporate income tax rate and the tax credit regime through 2019. On September 
16, 2013, the Argentine Government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of the 
Software Promotion Law. Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced specific requirements to qualify for the tax benefits 
contemplated by the Software Promotion Law. In particular, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 provides that from September 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17,  2014  through  December  31,  2019  only  those  companies  that  are  accepted  for  registration  in  the  National  Registry  of 
Software Producers maintained by the  Secretary of  Industry will be entitled to participate in the benefits of the Software 
Promotion Law. On June 25, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. 
applied for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. 

On  March  26,  2015,  the  Secretary  and  Subsecretary  of  Industry  issued  rulings  approving  the  registration  in  the 
National Registry of Software Producers of Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. On April 17, 2015, the Secretary and 
Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of Huddle 
Group S.A. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive to September 18, 2014 and provided 
that the benefits enjoyed under the  Software Promotion Law  as  originally enacted were  not extinguished until the ruling 
goes into effect (which have occurred upon its date of publication in the Argentine government’s official gazette on before 
mentioned dates). 

On May 7, 2015, the Company applied to the Subsecretary of Industry for deregistration of Huddle Group S.A. from 
the  National  Registry  of  Software  Producers,  as  the  subsidiary  had  discontinued  activities  since  January  1,  2015. 
Consequently, Huddle Group S.A. is subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate since January 1, 2015. 

The operations of the Argentine subsidiaries are our most significant source of profit before income tax. 

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, which is domiciled in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% income tax rate and an exemption 
from value-added tax. The subsidiary located outside the tax-free zone has an exemption from income tax and value-added 
tax applicable to the exports of software development services.  

Until December 31, 2016, our subsidiary in Colombia was subject to federal corporate income tax at a rate of 25% and 
taxation of its Contribución Empresarial para la Equidad (CREE) at a rate of 9% plus a surcharge of 6% calculated on net income 
before  income  tax  December  31,  2016.    Law  No  1,819, which  became  effective  on January  1,  2017,  increased  the  federal 
corporate income tax rate in Colombia to 40% in 2017, 37% in 2018 and 33% in 2019. On January 1, 2017, the tax on CREE and 
its associated surcharge were eliminated.  

The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries Globant LLC and L4 Mobile LLC are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 
34%. For tax purposes, L4 Mobile LLC is considered a partnership which elected to be a disregarded entity. The profit of L4 
Mobile LLC will pass directly through the business to Globant LLC and will be taxed on Globant LLC's income tax return. 

Our subsidiaries  in England are subject to corporate income tax at the  rate  of 20%, which will be reduced to 19% 

beginning on April 1, 2017.  

On  September  29,  2014,  Law  No.  20,780  was  published  in  the  Chilean  government's  official  gazette.  This  law 
introduced significant changes to the Chilean taxation system and strengthened the powers of the Chilean tax authority to 
control and prevent tax avoidance. Effective January 1, 2017, Law No. 20,780 created two different corporate tax regimes: the 
Attributed Income Regime (Sistema de Renta Atribuida) and the Semi-Integrated Regime (Sistema Parcialmente Integrado)
.  Under  the  Attributed  Income  Regime,  shareholders  are  taxed  on  an  accrual  basis,  with  a  rate  of  25%  imposed  at  the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operating entity level, plus an additional withholding income tax  of 35%  for nonresident  shareholders.  Under this regime, 
profits are attributed to the shareholders, irrespective of whether a distribution is actually made. Under the Semi-Integrated 
Regime, shareholders are taxed on a cash basis (when profits are distributed), at a rate of 25.5% for 2017 and 27% for 2018, 
imposed at the operating entity level, plus an additional withholding income tax of 35% when profits are actually distributed. 
Under this regime, the corporate rate is creditable against the 35% withholding income tax, but 35% of such credit is required 
to  be  paid  to  the  Chilean Treasury,  so,  in  practice,  only  65%  of  the  corporate  rate  is  creditable.  However,  investors  from 
countries with which Chile has signed the Double Tax Treaty as of January 1, 2017 would be entitled to use the 100% of the 
foreign tax credit, even if at that time the agreement was not yet in force. Under such circumstances, the full tax credit would 
be  applicable  until  December  31,  2019  if  at  that  time  the  relevant  tax  treaty  had  not  yet  entered  into  force.  The  Semi-
Integrated Regime applies to Sistemas Globales Chile.  Due to its shareholders being domiciled in Spain, 100% of the income 
tax will be creditable by them. Sistemas Globales Chile was subject to a corporate income tax rate of 24% during the year 
ended December 31, 2016. Beginning on January 1, 2017, the corporate income tax rate applicable to Sistemas Globales Chile 
will increase to 25.5%  

Our subsidiary in Brazil is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 24% plus an additional 10% if its pre-tax income is 
higher than 120,000 reais.  As of December 31, 2016, our Brazilian subsidiary had a tax loss carryforward of 1.2 million. The tax 
loss carryforward will not expire, and our Brazilian subsidiary may utilize it to offset up to 30% of its taxable income in each 
carryforward year. 

On  December  31,  2014,  Peru  enacted  Law  No  30.296,  which  made  several  changes  to  the  Peruvian  tax  regime
. Among other changes, the law decreases corporate income tax rates, effective January 1, 2015, as follows: Fiscal Year 2015 
and 2016, 28%, Fiscal Year 2017 and 2018, 27%, Fiscal Year 2019, 26%. The Peruvian Congress on October 6, 2016, issued Law 
No. 30.506, which provides the Peruvian government the power to legislate regarding matters affecting economic growth, 
formal  compliance,  and  national  security  for  a  90-day  period.  Pursuant  to  the  power  granted,  the  Peruvian  government 
issued Legislative Decree No. 1261 on December 10, 2016 that increases the corporate income tax rate, effective January 1, 
2017. Because of the Decree, corporate income tax rate for Fiscal Year 2015 and 2016 is 28% and for Fiscal Year 2017 onwards 
will be 29.5%. 

Our subsidiary in Mexico is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 30%. 

Our subsidiary in India is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 34.61%. In addition, all Indian profits, including 
those generated within SEZs, are subject to the MAT at a rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges. We expect our 
Indian subsidiary to apply for registration in the SEZ in 2017.   

Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations by amount and as a percentage 
of our revenues for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial 
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. The operating results in any period are not necessarily 
indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of profit or 
loss and other comprehensive 
Revenues (1) 

Cost of revenues (2) 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative 
expenses (3) 
Impairment of tax credits, net of 

Profit from operations 
Gain on transactions with bonds (4) 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Finance (expense) income, net (5) 
Other income and expenses, net (6) 

Profit before income tax 
Income tax (7) 
Net income for the year 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

 $  322,856    

100.0  %   $  253,796    

100.0  %   $  199,605    

100.0  % 

(191,395 )  
131,461    

(59.3 )%  

40.7  %  

(160,292 )  
93,504    

(63.2 )%  

36.8  %  

(121,693 )  
77,912    

(81,889 )  
—    
49,572    
—    
16,215    
(19,227 )  

(3,012 )  
3,629    
50,189    
(14,327 )  
 $  35,862    

(25.4 )%  

—  %  

15.3  %  
—  %  
5.0  %  
(6.0 )%  

(71,594 )  
1,820    
23,730    
19,102    
27,555    
(20,952 )  
6,603    
605    
50,040    
15.4  %  
(4.4 )%  
(18,420 )  
11.0  %   $  31,620    

(1.0 )%  
1.1  %  

(28.2 )%  

0.7  %  

9.3  %  
7.5  %  
10.9  %  
(8.3 )%  

(57,288 )  
1,505    
22,129    
12,629    
10,269    
(11,213 )  

2.6  %  
0.2  %  

(944 )  
380    
34,194    
19.6  %  
(7.3 )%  
(8,931 )  
12.3  %   $  25,263    

(61.0 )% 

39.0  % 

(28.7 )% 

0.8  % 

11.1  % 
6.3  % 
5.1  % 
(5.6 )% 

(0.5 )% 
0.2  % 

17.1  % 
(4.5 )% 

12.6  % 

(1) 

Includes transactions with related parties of $6,462, $6,655 and 7,681 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 
and 2014, respectively. 

(2)  Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $4,281, $4,441 and $3,813 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively. Also includes share based compensation for $917, $735 and $35 for the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

(3)  Includes  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  of  $6,637,  $4,860  and  $4,221  for  the years  ended  December  31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Also includes share based compensation of $2,703, $1,647 and $582 for the years 
ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

(4)  Includes gain on transactions with bonds of $19,102, and $12,629 acquired with funds from capitalizations received 

by our Argentine subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

(5)  Includes foreign exchange loss, net, of $8,620, $10,136 and $2,946 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 

2014, respectively. 

(6)  Includes a gain of $418 on the remeasurement of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Clarice, a 
gain  of  $2,981  related  to  the  remeasurement  of  the  fair value  of  the  call  and  put  option  over  our  non-controlling 
interest in Dynaflows, and a gain of $225 related to the bargain business combination of Difier for the year ended  
December  31,  2016.  See  notes  27.10.1    and  27.10.2  to  our  audit  consolidated  financial  statements,  respectively. 
Includes a gain related to the valuation at fair value of our 22.7% share interest held in Dynaflows of $625 for the year 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ended December 31, 2015. Includes a gain related to the bargain business combination of Bluestar Peru of $472 for 
the year ended December 31, 2014. See note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements. 

(7)  Includes deferred tax gains of $730 and $1,102 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and a 

deferred tax charge of $370 for the year ended December 31, 2014.  

2016 Compared to 2015 

Revenues 

Revenues were $322.9 million for  2016, representing an increase  of $69.1 million,  or 27.2%, from $253.8  million for 

2015. 

Revenues from North America increased by $48.5 million, or 22.8%, to $260.9 million for 2016 from $212.4 million for 
2015. Revenues from Latin America and  other countries increased by  $4.9  million, or 18.5%, to $31.4  million for  2016 from 
$26.4 million for 2015. Revenues from Europe increased by $15.8 million, or 117.0%, to $29.3 million for 2016 from $13.5 million 
for 2015. Revenues from Asia decreased by $0.1 million, or 7.1%, to $1.3 million for 2016 from $1.4 million for 2015. 

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients decreased by $0.4 million, or 0.8%, to $51.4 for 2016 from 
$51.8 for 2015. The decrease in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to lower demand in 
gaming,  consumer  experience  services  and  the  cross-selling  capabilities  of  our  Studios.  Revenues  from  media  and 
entertainment clients increased by $6.1 million, or 9.9%, to $67.9 for 2016 from $61.8 for 2015. The increase in revenues from 
clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to a higher demand for our gaming solutions, mobile applications, 
and consumer experience practices. Revenues from professional services clients increased by $5.8 million, or 15.9%, to $42.3 
for 2016 from $36.5 for 2015. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth 
in demand for services related to enterprise consumerization, digital content and consumer experience solutions. Revenues 
from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients decreased by $0.1 million, or 0.3%, to $28.7 million for 2016 from $28.8 million 
for 2015. The decrease in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to lower demand for services 
related  to  mobile  applications,  testing  services,  user  experience  and  social  practices,  supported  by  the  cross-selling 
capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from banks, financial services and insurance clients increased by $27.8 million, or 86.9%, 
to $59.8 for 2016 from $32.0 for 2015. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable 
to higher demand for services related to high performance, analytics, cloud and mobile. Revenues from travel and hospitality 
clients increased by $24.5 million, or 63.0%, to $63.4 for 2016 from $38.9 for 2015. This increase is primarily attributable to 
large increase in demand for consumer experience and automated testing services. Revenues from clients in other verticals 
increased by $5.4 million, or 135.0%, to $9.4 for 2016 from $3.9 for 2015. 

Revenues from our top ten clients in 2016 increased by $31.7 million, or 26.8%, to $150.2 million from revenues of 
$118.5 million in 2015, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues 
from our largest client for 2015, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, decreased by $0.1 million, or 0.3%, to $31.2 million for 
2016 from $31.1 million for 2015. Revenues from our largest client for 2016, Southwest Airlines Co., increased by $16.6 million, 
or 113.7%, to $31.2 million from $14.6 million for 2015. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Revenues 

Cost of revenues was $191.4 million for 2016, representing an increase of $31.1 million, or 19.4%, from $160.3 million 
for  2015. The  increase was  primarily  attributable  to  the  net  addition  of  606  IT  professionals  since  December  31,  2015,  an 
increase of 13.1%, to satisfy growing demand for our services, which translated into an increase in salaries. Cost of revenues 
as a percentage of revenues decreased to 59.3% for 2016 from 63.2% for 2015. The decrease was primarily attributable to the 
lower variation in exchange rate lag with respect to actual salary increases in nominal Argentine pesos during 2016.  

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation, the main component of cost of 
revenues,  increased  by  $30.4  million,  or  20.7%  to  $177.4  million  for  2016    from  $147.0  million  for  2015.  Salaries,  employee 
benefits and social security taxes include a $0.9 million share-based compensation expense in 2016 and $0.7 million share-
based compensation expense in 2015. 

Depreciation and amortization expense included in the cost of revenues decreased by $0.1 million, or 2.3%, to $4.3 

million for 2016 from $4.4 million for 2015.  

Travel and housing decreased by $0.1 million, or 1.5%, to $6.6 million for 2016 from $6.7 million for 2015. The decrease 

was primarily attributable to efficiencies in the allocation of employees to projects. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

Selling, general and administrative expense was $81.9 million for 2016, representing an increase of $10.3 million from 
$71.6 million for 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to $3.7 million increase in salaries, employee benefits, social 
security taxes  and  share  based compensation related to the  addition  of a  number  of  senior  sales executives in  our main 
market, the United States; a $1.7 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense; a $2.9 million increase in office 
and rental expenses as a result of new delivery centers; and a $1.7 million increase in Travel and housing. The increases in 
office expenses, rental expenses and depreciation and amortization expense were related to the opening of our new delivery 
centers. In addition, there was a $0.1 million increase in professional fees including audit and  other  professional  services. 
Allowances for doubtful accounts increased by $0.6 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage 
of revenues decreased to 25.4% for 2016 from 28.2% for 2015. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general and 
administrative expenses accounted for $2.7 million, or 0.8%, as a percentage of revenues for 2016, and $1.6 million, or 0.6%, 
as a percentage of revenues for 2015. 

Impairment of Tax Credits, Net of Recoveries 

During  2016,  we  did  not  record  any  impairment  of  tax  credits,  compared  to  a  gain  of  $1.8  million  for  2015. As  of 
December 31, 2015, the remaining allowance for impairment of tax credits was offset against the carrying value of related 
Software Promotion Law tax credits.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on Transactions with Bonds 

Gain on transactions with bonds was zero for 2016 compared to $19.1 million for 2015 due to the fact that we did not 

engage in these types of transactions during 2016. 

Finance Income 

Finance  income  for    2016  was  $16.2  million  compared  to  $27.6  million  for  2015,  resulting  primarily  from  foreign 
exchange gains of $6.2 million as compared to $9.2 million in 2015 and gains from short-term investments, primarily related 
to forward contracts, of $3.6 million as compared to $18.4 million in 2015.  

Finance Expense 

Finance  expense  decreased  to  $19.2  million  for  2016  from  $21.0  million  for  2015,  primarily  reflecting  a  foreign 
exchange loss of $14.8 million mainly related to the impact of the weakening of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar on 
our Argentine peso-denominated monetary assets, a loss of $3.0 million arising from held-for-trading investments  $3.0 and 
interest expense of $0.8 million. Other financial expenses totaled $0.6 million.  

Other Income and Expenses, Net 

Other income and expenses, net increased to a gain of $3.6 million for 2016 from a gain of $0.6 million for 2015. Our 
2016 gain includes a gain of  $418 on the remeasurement of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Clarice 
(see note 27.10.1  of our consolidated financial statements), a gain of $2,981 related to the remeasurement at fair value of the 
call and put option over our non-controlling interest in Dynaflows and a gain of $0.2 million related to the bargain business 
combination of Difier (see note 27.10.2, of our consolidated financial statements). 

Income Tax 

Income tax expense amounted to $14.3 million for 2016, a decrease of $4.1 million from a $18.4 million income tax 
expense for 2015. The decrease in income tax expense was attributable to lower gain related to Argentine forward contracts 
and the reduced impact of the devaluation of the Argentine peso. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax gain or 
expense divided by the profit before income tax) decreased to 28.5% for 2016 from 36.8% for 2015, principally driven by the 
decrease in the taxable foreign exchange gain from the devaluation of Argentine pesos. 

Net Income for the Year 

As a result of the foregoing, we had a net income of $35.9 million for 2016, compared to $31.6 million for 2015. 

2015 Compared to 2014  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues  

Revenues were $253.8  million  for 2015, representing an  increase  of $54.2 million,  or  27.2%, from $199.6  million for 

2014. 

Revenues from North America increased by $49.3 million, or 30.2%, to $212.4 million for 2015 from $163.1 million for 
2014. Revenues from Latin America and other countries increased by $1.7  million, or 6.9%, to $26.4 million for 2015 from $24.8 
million  for  2014.  Revenues  from  Europe  increased  by  $1.8  million,  or  15.4%,  to  $13.5  million  for  2015  from  $11.7  million  for 
2014.Revenues from Asia amounted $1.4 million in 2015. 

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients increased by $4.9 million, or 10.4%, to $51.8 million for 
2015 from $46.9 million for 2014. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to 
gaming,  consumer  experience  services  and  the  cross-selling  capabilities  of  our  Studios.  Revenues  from  media  and 
entertainment clients increased by $16.8 million, or 37.3%, to $61.8 million for 2015 from $45.0 million for 2014. The increase 
in  revenues  from  clients  in  this  industry vertical was  primarily  attributable  to  a  higher  demand  for  our  gaming  solutions, 
mobile  applications,  and  consumer  experience  practices.  Revenues  from  professional  services  clients  increased  by  $3.7 
million, or 11.3%, to $36.5 million for 2015 from $32.8 million for 2014. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry 
vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to enterprise consumerization, digital content 
and consumer experience solutions. Revenues from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients increased by $3.1 million, or 
12.1%, to $28.8 million for 2015 from $25.7 million for 2014. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was 
primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to mobile applications, testing services, user experience and 
social  practices,  supported  by  the  cross-selling  capabilities  of  our  Studios.  Revenues  from  banks,  financial  services  and 
insurance clients increased by $6.8  million, or 27.0%, to  $32.0 million for  2015  from  $25.2  million for 2014. The increase in 
revenues  from  clients  in  this  industry vertical was  primarily  attributable  to  growth  in  demand  for  services  related  to  high 
performance, analytics, cloud and mobile. Revenues from travel and hospitality clients increased by $16.4 million, or 72.9%, 
to $38.9 million for 2015 from $22.5 million for 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to large increase in demand for 
consumer experience and automated testing services. Revenues from clients in other verticals increased by $2.5 million, or 
166.7%, to $4.0 million for 2015 from $1.4 million for 2014. 

Revenues from our top ten clients in 2015 increased by $30.8 million, or 35.1%, to $118.5 million from revenues of $87.7 
million in 2014, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our 
largest client for 2015, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, increased by $13.6 million, or 77.7%, to $31.1 million for 2015 from 
$17.5 million for 2014. 

Cost of Revenues 

Cost of revenues was $160.3 million for 2015, representing an increase of $38.6 million, or 31.7%, from $121.7 million 
for  2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of 1,189 IT professionals since December 31, 2014,  an 
increase  of    34.7%,  to  satisfy  growing  demand  for  our  services,  which  translated  into  an  increase  in  salaries  and  travel 
expenses. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased to 63.2% for 2015 from 61.0% for 2014. The increase was 
primarily attributable to the exchange rate lag with respect to actual salary increases in nominal Argentine pesos during 2015, 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
increasing our average cost per employee during the year ended December 31, 2015, and also driven by the growth in our 
IT´s professional´s headcount. 

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation, the main component of cost of 
revenues,  increased  by  $39.5  million,  or  36.7%  to  $147.0  million  for  2015  from  $107.5  million  for  2014.  Salaries,  employee 
benefits and social security taxes include a  $0.7 million share-based compensation expense in 2015 and $0.04 million share-
based compensation expense in 2014. 

Depreciation and amortization expense included in the cost of revenues increased by $0.6 million, or 15.8%, to $4.4 
million for 2015 from $3.8 million for 2014.The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in software licenses acquired 
in 2015 related to the delivery of our services. 

Travel and housing decreased by $1.4 million, or 17.3%,  to $6.7 million for 2015 from $8.1 million for 2014. The decrease 

was primarily attributable to efficiencies in the allocation of employees to projects. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

Selling, general and administrative expense was $71.6 million for 2015, representing an increase of $14.3 million from 
$57.3 million for 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to a $9.6 million increase in salaries, employee benefits, social 
security taxes  and  share  based compensation related to the  addition  of a  number  of  senior  sales executives in  our main 
market, the United States; a $0.7 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense; a $2.7 million increase in office 
and rental expenses as a result of new delivery centers. The increases in office expenses, rental expenses and depreciation 
and  amortization  expense were  related  to  the  opening  of  the  new  delivery  centers.  In  addition,  there was  a  $0.4  million 
increase in professional fees including audit and other professional services. Allowances for doubtful accounts increased by 
$0.1 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses as  a percentage  of revenues decreased to 28.2%  for 2015 from 
28.7% for 2014. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses accounted for $1.6 
million, or 0.6%, as a percentage of revenues for 2015, and $0.6 million, or 0.3%, as a percentage of revenues for 2014. 

Impairment of Tax Credits, Net of Recoveries 

Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries, increased by $0.3 million from $1.8 million for 2015 compared to a gain 
of $1.5 million for 2014. This increase is attributable to the recovery of a portion of a portion of the Software Promotion Law 
credit. 

Gain on Transactions with Bonds 

Gain on transactions with bonds increased by $6.5 million to $19.1 million for 2015 compared to $12.6 million for 2014. 
This increase is explained by two factors: (i) an increase in the amount of money transacted in bonds and (ii) a increase in the 
spread  between  the  implied  exchange  rate when  comparing  U.S.  dollar-denominated  bonds  purchased  in  the  U.S.  debt 
markets (in U.S. dollars) and the fair value of those same bonds in the Argentine debt markets (in Argentine pesos). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance Income 

Finance  income  for  2015  was  $27.6  million  compared  to  $10.3  million  for  2014,  resulting  primarily  from  foreign 
exchange gains of $9.2 million as compared to $6.4 million in 2014 and investment gains of $18.4 million as compared to $3.8 
million in 2014. 

Finance Expense 

Finance expense increased to $21.0 million for 2015 from $11.2 million for 2014,primarily reflecting a foreign exchange 
loss  of  $19.3  million  mainly  related  to  the  impact  of  the weakening  of  the Argentine  peso  against  the  U.S.  dollar  on  our 
Argentine peso-denominated monetary assets, and interest expense of $1.0 million. Other financial expenses totaled $0.7 
million. 

Other Income and Expenses, Net 

Other income and expenses, net decreased to a gain of $0.6 million for 2015 from a gain of $0.4 million for 2014. Our 
2015  gain was  primarily  related  to  the valuation  at  fair value  of  the  22.7%  share  interest  in  Dynaflows.  Our  2014  gain was 
primarily attributable to the business combination of BlueStar Peru. 

Income Tax 

Income tax expense amounted to $18.4 million for 2015, an increase of $9.5 million from a $8.9 million income tax 
expense for 2014. The increase in income tax expense was attributable to higher profit before income tax in the subsidiaries 
where we operate and the impact of the devaluation of the Argentine peso. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax 
gain or expense divided by the profit before income tax) increased to 36.8% for 2015 from 26.1% for 2014, principally driven 
by the increase in the taxable foreign exchange gain from the devaluation of Argentine pesos. 

Net Income for the Year 

As a result of the foregoing, we had a net income of $31.6 million for 2015, compared to $25.3 million for 2014.  

Reconciliation of Alternative Performance Measures 

Overview  

To  supplement  our  financial  measures  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS,  we  use  certain  non-IFRS  financial 
measures  including  (i)  adjusted  diluted  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”),  (ii)  adjusted  net  income,  (iii)  adjusted  gross  profit, 
(iv) adjusted selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses, and (v) adjusted profit from operations. These measures 
do  not  have  any  standardized  meaning  under  IFRS,  and  other  companies  may  use  similarly  titled  non-IFRS  financial 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
measures  that  are  calculated  differently  from  the  way  we  calculate  such  measures. Accordingly,  our  non-IFRS  financial 
measures may not be comparable to similar non-IFRS measures presented by other companies. We caution investors not to 
place undue reliance on such non-IFRS measures, but instead to consider them with the most directly comparable IFRS 
measures. Non-IFRS financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation. They 
should  be considered  as  a  supplement to,  not  a  substitute for,  or superior to, the corresponding  measures calculated in 
accordance with IFRS. Certain non-IFRS adjustments may obscure trends in our underlying performance.  

The reconciliations of these non-IFRS measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and 
presented in accordance with IFRS are shown in the tables below. We use these non-IFRS measures as key metrics in the 
evaluation  of  our performance and our consolidated financial results. We believe these non-IFRS measures are useful to 
investors in their assessment of our operating performance and the valuation of our company. In addition, these non-IFRS 
measures address questions we routinely receive from analysts and investors and, in order to assure that all investors have 
access to similar data, we have determined that it is appropriate to make this data available to all investors.   

Adjusted Diluted EPS and Adjusted Net Income 

We  utilize  non-IFRS  measures  of  adjusted  diluted  EPS  and  adjusted  net  income  for  strategic  decision  making, 
forecasting  future  results  and  evaluating  current  performance. Adjusted  diluted  EPS  and  adjusted  net  income  are  most 
directly comparable to the IFRS measures of EPS and net income, respectively. Our non-IFRS measures of adjusted diluted 
EPS  and  adjusted  net  income  exclude  the  impact  of  certain  items,  such  as  acquisition-related  costs,  impairment  of  tax 
credits, net of recoveries, share-based compensation expense and expense related to the US settlement agreement (See 
“Financial Information - Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information - Legal Proceedings”).  

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted SG&A Expenses 

We utilize non-IFRS measures of adjusted gross profit and adjusted SG&A expenses as supplemental measures for 
period-to-period comparisons. Adjusted gross profit and adjusted SG&A expenses are most directly comparable to the IFRS 
measures of gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. Our non-IFRS measures of adjusted 
gross  profit  and  adjusted  SG&A  expenses  exclude  the  impact  of  certain  items,  such  as  amortization  and  depreciation 
expense, share-based compensation expense and, only with respect to adjusted SG&A expenses, acquisition-related costs.  

Adjusted Profit from Operations 

We utilize the non-IFRS measure of adjusted profit from operations as a supplemental measure for period-to-period 
comparisons. Adjusted profit from  operations is most directly comparable to  the IFRS  measure  of profit from operations. 
Adjusted  profit  from  operations  excludes  the  impact  of  certain  items,  such  as  share-based  compensation  expense, 
impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries and acquisition-related costs.  

 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of adjusted gross profit 

Gross profit 

Adjustments 

Depreciation and amortization expense 
Share-based compensation expense 

Adjusted gross profit 
Reconciliation of adjusted selling, general and administrative 
expenses 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

 $ 131,461  

  $  93,504  

  $  77,912  

4,281  
917  
 $ 136,659  

4,441  
735  
  $ 98,680  

3,813  
35  
  $  81,760  

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

 $ (81,889 )    $  (71,594 )    $ (57,288 ) 

Adjustments 

Acquisition-related costs 
Depreciation and amortization expense 
Share-based compensation expense 

Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses 
Reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations 
Profit (Loss) from operations 

Adjustments 

Acquisition-related costs 
Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries 
Share-based compensation expense 

Adjusted profit from operations 
Reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) for the year 
Net income (loss) for the year 

Adjustments 

Acquisition-related costs 
Share-based compensation expense 
US settlement agreement, net 

Adjusted net income for the year 

Calculation of adjusted diluted EPS 

Adjusted net income 
Diluted shares 

Adjusted diluted EPS 

Other data: 

Adjusted gross profit 

Adjusted gross profit margin percentage 

—  
6,637  
2,703  

—  
4,221  
582  
 $ (72,549 )    $ (64,750 )    $ (52,485 ) 

337  
4,860  
1,647  

 $  49,572  

  $  23,730  

  $  22,129  

—  
—  
3,620  
 $  53,192  

337  
(1,820 )   
2,382  
  $  24,629  

—  
(1,505 ) 
617  
  $  21,241  

 $  35,862  

  $  31,620  

  $  25,263  

—  
3,620  
845  
 $  40,327  

337  
2,382  

—  
617  
—  
  $  25,880  

—   — 

  $  34,339  

  40,327  
35,413  
1.14 

34,339  
35,013  
0.98 

25,880  
31,867  
0.81 

  136,659  

  98,680  

42.3%   

38.9%  

81,760  
41.0% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses 

Adjusted profit from operations 

Adjusted profit from operations margin percentage 

Adjusted net income for the year 

Adjusted net income margin percentage for the year 

(72,549 )   
53,192  

16.5%   

  40,327  

(64,750 )   
24,629  
9.7% 
34,339  

12.5%   

13.5%   

(52,485 ) 
21,241  
10.6% 
25,880  
13.0% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
B. Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Capital Resources 

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities. In July 2014, we raised $40.5 million in our 
initial public offering, net of underwriting fees and expenses. For the year 2016, we derived 89.9% of our revenues from clients 
in North America and Europe pursuant to contracts that are entered into by our subsidiaries located in the United States and 
the United Kingdom. 

Our  primary  cash  needs  are  for  capital  expenditures  (consisting  of  additions  to  property  and  equipment  and  to 

intangible assets) and working capital. From time to time we also require cash to fund acquisitions of businesses. 

Our primary working capital requirements are to finance our payroll-related liabilities during the period from delivery 

of our services through invoicing and collection of trade receivables from clients. 

We  incur  capital  expenditures  to  open  new  delivery  centers,  for  improvements  to  existing  delivery  centers,  for 

infrastructure-related investments and to acquire software licenses. 

We will continue to invest in our subsidiaries. In the event of any repatriation of funds or declaration of dividends from 

our subsidiaries, there will be a tax effect because dividends from certain foreign subsidiaries are subject to taxes. 

The following table sets forth our historical capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 

2014: 

Capital expenditures 

 $ 

21,856     $ 

16,859     $ 

11,985  

Year ended December 31, 

2016(***) 

2015(**) 

2014(*) 

(In thousands) 

Excludes impact of Bluestar Peru acquisition. 

* 
**  Excludes impact of Clarice and Dynaflows acquisitions 
***  Excludes impact of WAE, Difier and L4 acquisitions 

During  2014,  we  invested  $12.0  million  in  capital  expenditures,  primarily  for  the  final  payments  related  to  the 
acquisitions  of  delivery  centers  in  Bahía  Blanca,  La  Plata,  Mar  del  Plata  and Tucumán. We  also  invested  in  new  delivery 
centers in Mexico City, Mar del Plata in Argentina, Bogotá in Colombia and client management location in New York in the 
United States. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
During  2015, we invested $16.9 million in capital expenditures, primarily in setting up our delivery centers in Mexico 
City,  Mexico,  Pune,  India,  Buenos Aires, Argentina  and  Medellin,  Colombia. We  also  invested  in  the  acquisition  of  land  in 
Tandil, Argentina, where we plan to build a new facility to consolidate our regional delivery centers. 

During 2016, we invested $21.9 million in capital expenditures, primarily to establish our delivery centers in Mexico 

City, Mexico, Pune, India and Bogota, Colombia.  

On October 10, 2014, we acquired 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Holdings. The aggregate purchase price under 
the  stock  purchase  agreement  amounted  to  $1.4  million,  equal  to  the  net working  capital  of  BlueStar  Holdings  as  of  the 
acquisition date. 

On  May  14,  2015,  we  acquired  Clarice,  an  innovation  consulting  and  software  development  firm  in  India,  for  an 
aggregate purchase price of up to $20.2 million, $10.9 million of which is payable on a deferred basis and subject to reduction 
upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events  relating,  among  other  things,  to  Clarice’  gross  revenue  and  gross  profit  for  the 
following three years. 

On May 23, 2016 we acquired WAE, a a service design consultancy, specializing in three distinct but complementary 
service offerings (Research, Strategy and Creative) for an aggregate purchase price of $19.9, of which $11.4 is payable on a 
deferred basis and subject to reduction upon the occurrence of certain events relating to, among other things,  WAE’s gross 
revenue and gross profit for the following two years. 

On November 14, 2016, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with 3C to purchase 100% of the capital stock 
of  Difier  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $0.025  million.    Difier  is  engaged  in  the  business  of  providing  information 
technology support services to 3C, which has been and remains the only customer of Difier. 

On November 14, 2016, we acquired 100% of shares of L4 Mobile, LLC (“L4”). L4 offers the digital product consulting, 
design, development and quality assurance services necessary to build and manage robust digital products. The aggregate 
purchase price amounted to $20.4 of which $9.4 is payable on a deferred basis and subject to reduction upon the occurrence 
of certain events relating, among other things, to WAE’ gross revenue and gross profit for the following two years. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $59.9 million. 

Cash Flows 

The  following  table  summarizes  our  cash  flows  from  operating,  investing  and  financing  activities  for  the  periods 

indicated: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

31,480    

(5,315 )  

14,296  

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 

(27,999 )  

5,531    

(23,681 ) 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

7,699    

1,998    

28,468  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

2,632    

311    

(1,939 ) 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 

36,720    
50,532    
13.812  

34,195    
36,720    
2.525  

17,051  
34,195  
17.144 

Operating Activities 

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  consists  primarily  of  profits  before  taxes  adjusted  for  non-cash  items, 

including depreciation and amortization expense, and the effect of working capital changes. 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to 
net cash used in operating activities of $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase of $36.8 million in 
net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to a $29.6 million increase in profit before income tax 
expense adjusted for non-cash-items, a $4.9 million increase in working capital and a $2.3 million decrease in income tax 
payments.  

Changes in working capital in the year ended December 31, 2016 consisted primarily of a  $5.8  million increase in 
trade receivables, a $17.1 million increase in other receivables, a $1.2 million decrease in trade payables, and a $1.8 decrease 
in tax liabilities, partially offset by a $3.3 million increase in payroll and social security taxes payable. The $5.8 million increase 
in trade receivables reflects our revenue growth. The $17.1 million increase in other receivables was mainly related to the 
increase  in  Software  Promotion  Regime  credit.  Payroll  and  social  security  taxes  payable  increased  to  $30.3  million  as  of  
December 31, 2016 from $25.6 million as of  December 31, 2015, primarily as a result of the growth in our headcount in line 
with our expansion. 

Net cash used in operating activities was $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to net cash 
provided by operating activities of $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This decrease of  $19.6 in net cash 
provided  by  operating  activities  was  primarily  attributable  to  $5.6  million  increase  in  profit  before  income  tax  expenses 
adjusted for non-cash items,  a  $25.6 million decrease in working capital and $0.4 million decrease in income taxes paid.  
December 31, 2015. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in working capital in the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted primarily  of  a $6.5  million  increase  in 
trade receivables, a $32.1 million increase in other receivables, primarily offset by a $6.9 million increase in payroll and social 
security taxes payable, and a $1.4 million increase in trade payables. The $6.5 million increase in trade receivables reflects 
our revenue growth. The $32.1 million increase in other receivables was mainly related to advance payments to IRSA (see 
note 20 of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report). Payroll and social security taxes payable 
increased to $25.6 million as of  December 31, 2015 from $21.0 million as of  December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of the 
growth in our headcount in line with our expansion. 

Investing Activities 

Net cash of $28.0 million was used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $5.5 
million  of  net  cash  provided  by  investing  activities  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  During  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016, we invested in mutual funds and sovereign bonds, which generated a cash flow of $20.4 million, and we 
also invested $24.0 million in fixed and intangible assets and $23.3 million in acquisition-related transactions, and we lost 
proceeds of $1.1 million from forward contracts.   

Net cash of $5.5 million was provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to 
net cash used of $23.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we invested 
in mutual funds and sovereign bonds, which generated a cash flow of $27.4 million, $17.7 million in fixed and intangible assets 
and $11.3 million in fixed and intangible assets and $7.2 million from forward contracts.  

Financing Activities 

Net cash of $7.7 million was provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 
$2.0  million  of  net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  During  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016, we received $1.9 million for the issuance of shares under our share-based compensation plan and $6.4 
proceeds from subscription agreement and paid borrowing for $0.5 million. 

Net cash of $2.0 million was provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared 
to $28.5 million provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 
2015, we received $2.2 million from the issuance of shares under our share-based compensation plan and paid borrowing 
for $0.5 million. 

Future Capital Requirements 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our 
anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. In addition, as of December 31, 2016, IAFH Global S.A. had recognized 
an aggregate of $5.7 million in value-added tax credits. We expect to monetize the value of those value-added tax credits 
by way of cash reimbursement from AFIP during 2017. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our ability to generate cash is subject to our performance, general economic conditions, industry trends and other 
factors.  If  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  operating  cash  flow  are  insufficient  to  fund  our  future  activities  and 
requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity 
securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing shareholders may occur. If we raise cash through 
the issuance of indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. We cannot assure 
you that we would be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all. 

Restrictions on Distribution of Dividends by Certain Subsidiaries 

The ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us is subject to their having satisfied requirements under 

local law to set aside a portion of their net income in each year to legal reserves, as described below. 

In  accordance  with  Argentine  and  Uruguayan  companies  law,  our  subsidiaries  incorporated  in  Argentina  and  in 
Uruguay must set aside at least 5% of their net income (determined on the basis of their statutory accounts) in each year to 
legal reserves, until such reserves equal 20% of their respective issued share capital. As of December 31, 2016, required legal 
reserves at our Argentine subsidiaries amounted to $0.9 million and had been set aside as of that date. As of that date, our 
Uruguayan subsidiary had set aside a legal reserve of $0.04 million, which was fully constituted. 

Argentina Law No. 27,260, published on July 22, 2016 in the Argentine government's official gazette, eliminated the 
10% withholding tax on distributions.  Therefore, distributions to our Spanish holding company from our Argentine subsidiaries 
are not subject to Argentine withholding tax. 

In accordance with Brazilian law, 5% of the net profit of our Brazilian subsidiary must be allocated to form a legal 
reserve, which may not exceed 20% of its capital. Our Brazilian subsidiary may refrain from allocating resources to the legal 
reserve during any fiscal year in which the balance of such reserve exceeds 30% of its capital. Our Brazilian subsidiary did not 
have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2016. 

In accordance with Colombian companies law, our Colombian subsidiary must set aside at least 10% of its net income 
(determined on the basis of its statutory accounts) in each year to legal reserves, until such reserves equal 50% of its issued 
share capital. As of December 31, 2016, its legal reserves amounted to $0.0004 million and were fully set aside. 

Colombia  Law  No  1,819,  published  on  December  29,  2016,  introduced  a  withholding  tax  of  5%  on  dividend 
distributions to non-resident. This new fiscal obligation is not applicable to our shareholder due to the tax treaty agreement 
between Colombia and Spain, entered in force on October 28, 2008.  

In accordance with Spanish companies law, our Spanish subsidiary, Globant S.A., must set aside at least 10% of its 
net income (determined on the basis of its statutory accounts) in each year to legal reserves, until such reserves equal 20% 
of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2016, no reserves had been set aside. 

In accordance with Mexican law, our Mexican subsidiary must set aside at least 5% of its net income for each year to 
a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2016, no reserves had been set 
aside. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In accordance with Peruvian law, our Peruvian subsidiary must set aside at least 10% of its net income for each year 
to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2016, no reserves had been 
set aside. 

In accordance with Chilean law, our Chilean subsidiary is not obliged to appropriate any fixed amount of profit to a 

legal reserve. As of December 31, 2016, there is no legal reserve constituted. 

In accordance with Indian law, our Indian subsidiary must set off all losses incurred by it (including carried over losses 
from the previous financial year) and make a provision for depreciation (including depreciation for the previous year if it was 
not already provided for) against the profits earned by it prior to declaring any dividends. Since the declaration of dividends 
under Indian law is discretionary, our Indian subsidiary is not required to allocate a specific portion of its annual profits to a 
designated legal reserve for purposes of declaring dividends. As of December 31, 2016, the legal reserve amounted to 0.02 
million for our Indian subsidiary. 

In addition, with respect to our Argentine subsidiaries, although the transfer of funds abroad by local companies in 
order to pay annual dividends to foreign shareholders does not require formal approval by the Argentine Central Bank, in the 
past, the decrease in availability of U.S. Dollars in Argentina had led the Argentine government to impose informal restrictions 
on local companies and individuals for purchasing foreign currency for the purpose of making payments abroad, such as 
dividends. Even when the new Argentine administration has lifted most of the foreign exchange restrictions providing greater 
flexibility and access to the foreign exchange market, the imposition of future exchange restrictions could impair or prevent 
the conversion of anticipated dividends or distributions payable to us by those subsidiaries from Argentine pesos into U.S. 
dollars. For further information on these exchange controls, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Operating in Latin America 
and Argentina — Argentina — The imposition in the future of restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation 
of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, 
our assets in Argentina.” and “Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange 
Controls.” 

Equity Compensation Arrangements 

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which 
was amended by our board of directors on May 9, 2016 to increase the number of common shares that may be issued as 
stock awards from 1,666,667 to 3,666,667.  

Under the terms of  our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, from its adoption until the date of this annual report, we  have 
granted to members of our senior management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, as well as options to 
purchase 2,220,847 common shares. Most of the options under the plan were granted with a vesting period of four years, 25% 
of the options becoming exercisable on each anniversary of the grant date. Share-based compensation expense for awards 
of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date. Upon exercise of the option, each 
employee share option converts into one common share of Globant. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time 
from the date of vesting to the date of their expiration (ten years after the grant date). 

Share-based compensation expense for awards  of equity instruments to employees is determined  based  on the 

grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 

Including our newly-issued stock options, there were 1,724,614 outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2014, 
1,933,239 outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2015 and 2,658,595 outstanding stock options as of December 31, 
2016. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, we recorded $3.6 million, $2.4 million and $0.6 million of share-based compensation expense 
related to these share option agreements, respectively. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which require us to make judgments, 
estimates and assumptions about (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities at the end of each reporting period and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting 
period. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current 
business  and  other  conditions,  and  expectations  regarding  the  future  based  on  available  information  and  reasonable 
assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources. 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognized in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and 
future years if the revision affects both current and future years. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the 
financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. When reviewing 
our consolidated financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgment 
and  other  uncertainties  affecting  the  application  of  such  policies  and  (iii)  the  sensitivity  of  reported  results  to  changes  in 
conditions and assumptions. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated 
financial statements as their application places significant demands on the judgment of our management. 

An  accounting  policy  is  considered  to  be  critical  if  it  requires  an  accounting  estimate  to  be  made  based  on 
assumptions  about  matters  that  are  highly  uncertain  at  the  time  the  estimate  is  made,  and  if  different  estimates  that 
reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, 
could materially impact our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are 
the  most  sensitive  and  require  more  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated 
financial statements. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in 
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this annual report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition 

We generate revenues primarily from the provision of software development services. We recognize revenues when 
realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; 
delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is uncertainty 
about the project completion or receipt of payment for the services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently 
resolved. 

Recognition  of  revenues  under  fixed-price  contracts  involves  significant  judgment  in  the  estimation  process 
including  factors  relating  to  the  assumptions,  risks  and  uncertainties  inherent  with  the  application  of  the  percentage  of 
completion method of accounting affecting the amounts of revenues and related expenses reported in our consolidated 
financial statements. Under this method, total contract revenue during the term of an agreement is recognized on the basis 
of the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor cost. This method is followed 
where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. A number of internal and external factors can 
affect our estimates, including labor hours and specification and testing requirement changes. 

Revisions to our estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in our 
consolidated financial statements in the periods in which they are first identified. If our estimates indicate that a contract loss 
will be incurred, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. 
Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which the estimated costs of the contract exceed the estimated total 
revenues that will be generated by the contract and are included in cost of revenues in our consolidated statement of income 
and other comprehensive income. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible 
and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of tangible and intangible assets 
involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset 
is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital. 

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit 
may  be  impaired.  When  determining  the  fair  value  of  our  cash  generation  unit,  we  utilize  the  income  approach  using 
discounted  cash  flow. The  income  approach  considers various  assumptions  including  increase  in  headcount,  headcount 
utilization rate and revenue per employee, income tax rates and discount rates. We considered the following assumptions 
as of December 31, 2016: projected cash flows for the following five years,  the average growth rate considered was 24.2% 
and the rate used to discount cash flows was 14.11%. 

Any adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and its prospects or an adverse change in market 
conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon our 
evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes 

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expense, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, involves 
significant judgment. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  estimated  future  tax  consequences  in  each  of  the  jurisdictions  where  we  operate  of 
temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary 
differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the 
provision for income taxes in the period of changes. 

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the 
extent  that  it  is  no  longer  probable  that  sufficient  taxable  profit will  be  available  to  allow  the  benefit  of  part  or  all  of  the 
deferred tax assets to be utilized. This assessment requires judgments, estimates, and assumptions by our management. In 
evaluating our ability to utilize deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including the 
level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets 
are recoverable. Our judgments regarding future taxable income are based on expectations of market conditions and other 
facts and circumstances. Any adverse change to the underlying facts or our estimates and assumptions could require that 
we reduce the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets. 

Share-based compensation plan 

Under our share-based compensation plan for employees is measured based on fair value of our shares at the grant 
date  and  recognized  as  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period,  with  a 
corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital. 

Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We calculated the fair 
value  of  each  option  award  on  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model. The  Black-Scholes  model 
requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our shares, expected volatility, expected term, 
risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. 

Fair value of the shares: For 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares is based on the quoted market 
price of our shares at the grant date. For 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as our shares were not publicly traded the fair value was 
determined using the market approach technique based on the value per share of private placements. We had gone in the 
past through a series of private placements in which new shares have been issued. We understood that the price paid for 
those new shares was a fair value of those shares at the time of the placement. In January 2012, Globant S.A.U. (Spain) had a 
capital  contribution  from  a  new  shareholder,  which  included  cash  plus  share  options  granted  to  the  new  shareholder, 
therefore, we considered that amount to reflect the fair value of their shares. The fair value of the shares related to this private 
placement resulted from the following formula: cash minus fair value of share options granted to new shareholder divided 
by number of newly issued shares. The fair value of the share options granted to the new shareholder was determined using 
the same variables and methodologies as the share options granted to the employees. After our reorganization in December 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012, shares of Globant S.A (Luxembourg) were sold by existing shareholders in a private placement to WPP. The fair value 
of the shares related to this private placement results from the total amount paid by WPP to the existing shareholders.  

Expected volatility: As we do not have sufficient trading history for the purpose of valuating the share options, the 
expected  volatility  for  our  shares  was  estimated  by  taking  the  average  historic  price  volatility  of  the  NASDAQ  100 
Telecommunication Index. 

Expected term: The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be 

outstanding. 

Risk  free  rate: The  risk-free  rate  for  periods  within  the  contractual  life  of  the  option  is  based  on  the  U.S.  Federal 

Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options. 

Dividend yield: We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends 

in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero. 

Call option over non-controlling interest 

As  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015, we  held  a  call  option  to  acquire  the  remaining  outstanding  33.27%  interest  in 
Dynaflows S.A., which could be exercised from October 22, 2020 until October 21, 2021. We calculated the fair value of this 
option using the Black-Scholes option model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, 
including the expected volatility, maturity, risk-free interest rate, value of the underlying asset and dividend yield. 

Expected volatility: We have considered annualized volatility as multiples of EBITDA and revenue of publicly traded 

companies in the technology business in the U.S., Europe and Asia since 2008. 

Maturity: The  combination  between  the  call  and  put  options  (explained  in  note  23  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements included in this annual report) implied that, assuming no liquidity restrictions at the moment that the option was 
exercisable and considering that both parties wanted to maximize their benefits, we would acquire the minority shareholders 
shares  at  the  date  that  this  option  was  exercisable. Therefore, we  have  assumed  that  the  maturity  date  of  call  option  is 
October 22, 2020. 

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option was based on BONAR with a quote 

in the U.S. market with maturities similar to the expected term of the option. 

Value of the underlying assets: We considered a multiple of EBITDA and revenue resulting from the implied multiple 

in Dynaflows adjusted by the lack of control. 

Dividend yield: We did not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an 

expected dividend yield of zero. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoverability of internally generated intangible asset 

During the year, we considered the recoverability of the internally generated intangible asset that is included in our 
consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015  with  a  carrying  amount  of  $3,904  and  $2,497, 
respectively.  

During  the year  ended  December  31,  2016, we  conducted  a  detailed  sensitivity  analysis,  in which we  considered 
revenue from customers and internal usage.  Based on our analysis, we believe that the carrying amount of the asset will be 
recovered in full. We will continue to closely monitor the recoverability of the asset, and adjustments may be made in future 
periods if market activity indicates that such adjustments are appropriate. 

Fair value measurement and valuation processes 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes. 

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, we use market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where 
Level  1  inputs  are  not  available, we  engage  third  party  qualified valuers  to  perform  the valuation.  Information  about  the 
valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair value of various assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 27.9  
to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report. 

Useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets 

We review the estimated useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets at the end of each reporting 
period. We determined that the useful lives of the assets included as property and equipment and intangible assets are in 
accordance with their expected lives. 

Provision for contingencies 

Provisions are recognized when we have a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that we will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. 

The  amount  recognized  as  a  provision  is  the  best  estimate  of  the  consideration  required  to  settle  the  present 
obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When 
a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present 
value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material). 

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third 
party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of 
the receivable can be measured reliably. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to 
make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by evaluating the relative credit-worthiness of 
each  client,  historical  collections  experience  and  other  information,  including  the  aging  of  the  receivables.  As  of 
December  31,  2016,  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  represented  less  than  0.2%  of  our  net  revenues.  If  the  financial 
condition  of  our  clients  were  to  deteriorate,  resulting  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make  payments,  additional 
allowances may be required. 

 
 
 
 
 
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc. 

See “Business Overview — Intellectual Property.” 

101 

 
 
 
D. Trend Information 

See “— Operating Results — Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations.” 

 
 
 
 
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of and for the three years ended December 31, 2016, we were not party to any off-balance sheet arrangements. 

103 

 
 
 
F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations 

Set forth below  is information concerning  our fixed  and determinable contractual  obligations  as  of  December 31, 

2016 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows. 

Borrowings 
Interest to be paid on borrowings 
Operating lease obligations (1) 
Other financial liabilities (2) 

Total 

Payments due by period 

Total 

Less than 1 
year 

  2-3 years 

4-5 years 

More than 5 
years 

 $ 

 $ 

156     $ 
12    
30,628    
31,826    
62,622     $ 

156     $ 
12    
10,401    
12,602    
23,171     $ 

—    
—    
14,427    
14,835    
29,262     $ 

—    
—    
4,970    
4,389    
9,359     $ 

—  
—  
830  
—  
830  

Includes rental obligations and other lease obligations. 

(1) 
(2)  Relates to Huddle acquisition, Clarice, Dynaflows, WAE and L4. See note 23 to our audited consolidated financial 

statements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
G. Safe harbor 

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and 
Section  21E  of  the  Exchange Act  and  as  defined  in  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act  of  1995.  See  “Cautionary 
Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” 

 
 
 
 
PART III: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 

106 

 
 
A. Directors and Senior Management 

Directors 

The table below sets forth information concerning our directors as of March 20, 2017. 

Name 

Position 

  Age   

Date of 
Appointment 

Martín Migoya 

Martín Gonzalo Umaran 

Chairman of the Board and Chief 
Executive Officer 
  Director and Chief of Staff 

  49 

  May 6, 2016 

  48 

  July 15, 2014 

Guibert Andrés 

  Director and Chief Technology 

  50 

  July 15, 2014 

Francisco Álvarez-

  Director 

Mario Eduardo Vázquez 

  Director 

Philip A. Odeen 

David J. Moore 

Marcos Galperin 

Timothy Mott 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  38 

  May 4, 2015 

  81 

  May 6, 2016 

  81 

  May 4, 2015 

  64 

  May 4, 2015 

  45 

  May 6, 2016 

  68 

  May 6, 2016 

Current Term 
Expiring  
at Annual Meeting of  
Shareholders to Be  
Held in Year 

2018 

2017 

2017 

2019 

2019 

2018 

2018 

2019 

2017 

Directors may be re-elected for one or more further four-year terms. Directors appointed to fill vacancies remain in 

office until the next general meeting of shareholders. 

Globant  S.A.  was  incorporated  in  Luxembourg  on  December  10,  2012.  References  to  the  terms  of  service  or 
appointment of our directors and senior management in the following biographies include their service to our predecessor 
companies, which were organized in Spain. 

Martín Migoya 

Mr. Migoya  has served  as Chairman  of  our board  of directors and Chief Executive Officer since 2005. Prior to co-
founding  Globant,  he  worked  as  a  trainee  and  technology  project  coordinator  at  Repsol-YPF,  a  consultant  at  Origin  BV 
Holland  and  a  business  development  director  at  Tallion.  He  founded  our  company  together  with  Messrs.  Englebienne, 
Nocetti and Umaran in 2003. Mr. Migoya is frequently invited to lecture at various conventions and at universities like MIT and 
Harvard, and has been a judge at the Endeavor Entrepreneurs panel and at La Red Innova. Mr. Migoya was selected as an 
Endeavor  Entrepreneur  in  2005  and  won  a  Konex  Award  as  one  of  the  most  innovative  entrepreneurs  of  2008.  He  was 
selected as an Argentine Creative Individual of 2009 ( Círculo de Creativos de la Argentina ) and received the Security Award 
as  one  of  the  most  distinguished  Argentine  businessmen  of  2009.  He  also  received  in  2009  the  America  Economía 
Magazine’s  “Excellence  Award”,  which  is  given  to  entrepreneurs  and  executives  that  contribute  to  the  growth  of  Latin 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
American businesses. In 2011, Latin Trade recognized Mr. Migoya as Emerging CEO of the Year. In 2013, Mr. Migoya received 
the “Entrepreneur of the Year Award” from Ernst & Young. He is a member of the Young President’s Organization and a board 
member of Endeavor Argentina. Mr. Migoya holds a degree in electronic engineering from Universidad Nacional de La Plata 
(UNLP) and a master’s degree in business administration, from the Universidad del Centro de Estudios Macroeconómicos de 
Argentina. We believe that Mr. Migoya is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our 
company  and  the  perspective,  experience,  and  operational  expertise  in  the  technology  services  industry  that  he  has 
developed during his career and as our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer. 

Martín Gonzalo Umaran 

Mr.  Umaran  has  served  as  a  member  of  our  board  of  directors  since  2012  as well  as  Chief  of  Staff  since  2013. As 
Globant’s Chief of Staff, Mr. Umaran is responsible for coordinating our back office activities, supporting executives in daily 
projects and acting as a liaison to our senior management. He is also responsible for our mergers and acquisitions process 
and for strategic initiatives. From 2005 to 2012, he served as Globant’s Chief Operations Officer and Chief Corporate Business 
Officer, in charge of managing our delivery teams and projects. Together with his three Globant co-founders, Mr. Umaran 
was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. Mr. Umaran holds a degree in mechanical engineering from Universidad 
Nacional de La Plata (UNLP). We believe that Mr. Umaran is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate 
familiarity with our company and his perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry 
that he has developed during his career as a co-founder of our company. 

Guibert Andrés Englebienne 

Mr. Englebienne has served as a member of our board of directors and as Chief Technology Officer since 2003. He is 
one of Globant’s co-founders. Prior to co-founding Globant, Mr. Englebienne worked as a scientific researcher at IBM and, 
later, as head of technology for CallNow.com Inc. As Globant’s Chief Technology Officer, Mr. Englebienne is the head of our 
Technology department and our Premier League, an elite team of Globers whose mission is to foster innovation by cross-
pollinating their deep knowledge of emerging technologies and related market trends across our Studios and among our 
Globers. Together with his three Globant co-founders, Mr. Englebienne was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. 
In addition to his responsibilities at Globant, Mr. Englebienne is President of Endeavor Argentina. In 2011, he was included in 
Globalization  Today’s  “Powerful  25”  list.  Mr.  Englebienne  holds  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  Computer  Science  and  Software 
Engineering  from  the  Universidad  Nacional  del  Centro  de  la  Provincia  de  Buenos  Aires  in  Argentina.  We  believe  that  Mr. 
Englebienne  is  qualified  to  serve  on  our  board  of  directors  due  to  his  intimate  familiarity  with  our  company  and  his 
perspective,  experience,  and  operational  expertise  in  the  technology  services  industry  that  he  has  developed  during  his 
career as a co-founder of our company. 

Francisco Álvarez-Demalde 

Mr. Álvarez-Demalde has been a member of the board since 2007. He is a founder and general partner of Riverwood 
Capital, a leading growth-capital private equity firm focused on the global technology industry, and one of the largest early 
investors in Globant. From 2005 to 2007, he was an investment executive at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., where he focused 
on  leveraged  buyouts  in  the  technology  industry  and  other  sectors.  Mr.  Álvarez-Demalde  was  also  an  investment 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
professional at Eton Park Capital Management and with Goldman Sachs & Co. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde is a former and current 
director  of  several  technology  companies,  including Alog  Data  Centers  do  Brasil,  CloudBlue  Technologies,  Inc.,  LAVCA, 
Navent, Netshoes, among several others. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde earned a bachelor’s degree in economics from Universidad 
de San Andrés, Argentina, which included an exchange program at the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We 
believe that Mr. Álvarez-Demalde is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his considerable business experience 
in the technology industry and his experience serving as a director of other companies. 

Mario Eduardo Vázquez 

Mr. Vázquez has served as a member of our board of directors and chairman of Globant’s audit committee since June 
2012. From 2003 to 2006, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Grupo Telefónica in Argentina. Mr. Vázquez worked in 
auditing for Arthur Andersen for 33 years until his retirement in 1993, including 23 years as a partner and general director in 
many  of  Globant’s  markets, including Argentina, Chile, Uruguay, and Paraguay. As former partner and  general director  of 
Arthur Andersen, Mr. Vázquez has significant experience with U.S. GAAP accounting and in assessing internal control over 
financial  reporting.  Mr. Vázquez  currently  serves  on  the  board  of  directors  of  MercadoLibre,  Inc.  Mr. Vázquez  served  as  a 
member of the board of directors of YPF, S.A. and as the president of the Audit Committee of YPF, S.A, until April 2012. He has 
also served as a member of the board of directors of Telefónica Argentina S.A., Telefónica Holding Argentina S.A., Telefónica 
Spain S.A., Banco Santander Rio S.A., Banco Supervielle Societe General S.A., and CMF Banco S.A., and as alternate member 
of the board of directors of Telefónica de Chile S.A. Mr. Vázquez received a degree in public accounting from the Universidad 
de Buenos Aires. We believe that Mr. Vázquez is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his financial expertise and 
his experience serving as a director of other companies. 

Philip A. Odeen 

Mr. Odeen has served as a member of our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Odeen has also served as a director and 
proxy director of DRS Technologies, Inc. since 2013. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Odeen served as the chairman of the board of 
directors and lead independent director of AES Corporation and as a director of AES Corporation from 2003 to 2013. From 
2008 to 2013, Mr. Odeen  served as the chairman  of the board of directors  of  Convergys Corporation and as  a director  of 
Convergys Corporation from 2000 to 2013. Mr. Odeen has served as a director of QinetiQ North America, Inc. since 2006, 
Booz Allen  Hamilton,  Inc.  since  2008  and ASC  Signal  Corporation  since  2009.  From  2006  to  2007,  Mr.  Odeen  served  as 
chairman  of  the  board  of  directors  of Avaya  Corporation.  He  served  on  the  board  of  directors  of  Reynolds  and  Reynolds 
Company from 2000 to 2007, and as its chairman from 2006 to 2007. Mr. Odeen was a director of Northrop Grumman from 
2003 to 2008. Mr. Odeen retired as chairman and chief executive officer of TRW Inc. in December 2002. We believe that Mr. 
Odeen is qualified to serve on our board due to his experience in leadership and guidance of public and private companies 
as a result of his varied global business, governmental and non-profit and charitable organizational experience. 

David J. Moore 

Mr. Moore has served as a member of our board since May 2015. He is the chairman of Xaxis and President of WPP 
Digital. He has over 35 years of experience in media and technology. He founded and led 24/7 Media’s (now Xaxis) growth 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from start-up to a leader in digital marketing and ad technology. 24/7 Media (TFSM) was listed on NASDAQ in 1998 and Mr. 
Moore led the company until it was sold to WPP in 2007. He is a member of the Interactive Advertising Bureau’s (“IAB”) Board 
of  Directors  and  Executive  Committee.  Previously  the  IAB’s  chairman  from  2009  to  2011,  Mr.  Moore  has  been  an  active 
member since 2002. He also serves on the boards of DASL and DTSI, which are both joint ventures with Dentsu in Japan and 
Korea and the board of directors of the Advertising Education Foundation. We believe that Mr. Moore is qualified to serve on 
our board due to his experience in both private and public technology companies as both an officer and director. 

Marcos Galperin 

Mr. Galperin has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. He is a co-founder of Mercadolibre, 
Inc. and has served as its chairman, president and chief executive officer since October 1999. Mr. Galperin is a board member 
of  Endeavor  Global,  Inc.,  a  non-profit  organization  that  is  leading  the  global  movement  to  catalyze  long  term  economic 
growth by selecting, mentoring and accelerating the best high impact entrepreneurs around the world. He is also a board 
member of the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Galperin received a master’s degree in business administration 
from Stanford University and graduated with honors from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe 
that Mr. Galperin is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his comprehensive knowledge and experience in the 
technology industry and experience serving as a director of other companies. 

Timothy Mott 

Mr. Mott has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2014. Mr. Mott has been an independent private 
investor since 1994. He has been a director of Ruby Seven Studios since 2012 and the managing partner of Blue Farm Wines 
since 2013. From 2008 to 2013 he served as executive chairman of Flixlab; he was executive chairman of All Covered from 
2000 to 2010; and from 1990 to 2007 he served as a director of Electronic Arts. Previously he co-founded Electronic Arts 
where he was a senior vice president from 1982 to 1990; from 1990 – 1994 he was CEO/chairman of Macromedia; he served 
on the board of directors of Edmark from 1994 to 1996; and from 1994 to 1999 he was chairman of Audible. Mr. Mott has been 
a trustee of the California College of the Arts since 2004 and previously served on several other non-profit boards. Mr. Mott 
earned  his  bachelor  of  science  degree  (with  honors)  from  Manchester  University  in  England. We  believe  that  Mr.  Mott  is 
qualified  to  serve  on  our  board  due  to  his  extensive  business  and  industry  expertise  in  the  technology  sector,  and  his 
experience as a director and senior management of other technology companies. 

Senior Management 

Our group senior management is made up of the following members: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name 

Martín Migoya 
Martín Gonzalo Umaran 
Guillermo Marsicovetere 
Guibert Andrés Englebienne 
Nestor Nocetti 
Alejandro Scannapieco 
Natalia Kanefsck 
Guillermo Willi 
Gustavo Barreiro 
Patricio Pablo Rojo 
Wanda Weigert 
Patricia Pomies 

Position 

Chief Executive Officer 
Chief of Staff 
Chief Operating Officer 
Chief Technology Officer (Global) 
Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs 
Chief Financial Officer 
Chief Accounting Officer 
Chief People Officer 
Chief Information Officer 
General Counsel 
Director of Communications & Marketing 
Chief Delivery Officer 

The  business  address  of  our  group  senior  management  is  c/o  Sistemas  Globales  S.A.,  Ing.  Butty  240,  9th  floor, 

Laminar Plaza Tower, C1101 AFB, Capital Federal, Argentina. 

The following is the biographical information of the members of our group senior management other than Messrs. 

Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne, whose biographical information is set forth in “— Directors.” 

Guillermo Marsicovetere 

Mr. Marsicovetere has been our Chief Operating Officer since July 2012. From 2007 to July 2012, Mr. Marsicovetere 
served as our Chief Business Officer. From 1993 to 2007, he worked at Sun Microsystems where he held several management 
positions including Latin America Partner and Sales Director, Southern Cone President and Managing Director, Sales Vice 
President of the United Kingdom and Ireland. As Globant’s Chief Operating Officer, he is responsible for supervising Globant’s 
product delivery. Mr. Marsicovetere holds a law degree from Universidad Central in Venezuela. 

Nestor Nocetti 

Mr. Nocetti, a co-founder of our company, has been our Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs since July 2012. 
Mr.  Nocetti  manages  our  external  affairs,  including  our  relationships  with  government  agencies,  union,  industry 
representatives and the media. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President, Innovation Labs. Together with Messrs. Migoya, 
Englebienne, and Umaran, Mr. Nocetti was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. He holds a degree in electronic 
engineering  from  Universidad  Nacional  de  La  Plata  (UNLP)  and  a  certificate  in  business  management  from  the  Business 
School (IAE) of Universidad Austral. 

Alejandro Scannapieco 

Mr. Scannapieco has been our Chief Financial Officer since 2008. From 2002 to 2008, he worked as Chief Financial 
Officer at Microsoft South Cone, headquartered in Buenos Aires, where he was responsible for the Finance & Accounting, 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business  Support  and  Procurement  &  Facilities  divisions  for  Microsoft  in Argentina,  Bolivia,  Chile,  Paraguay  and  Uruguay. 
Prior to 2002, Mr. Scannapieco worked as a senior financial analyst at JPMorgan and a senior auditor at Ernst & Young. As our 
Chief  Financial  Officer,  Mr.  Scannapieco  is  in  charge  of  corporate  finance  and  business  support,  including  mergers  and 
acquisitions, treasury, accounting and tax and delivery center expansions. Mr. Scannapieco has a post-graduate degree in 
capital  markets,  a  degree  in  public  accounting  and  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  business  administration  from  the  Pontificia 
Universidad Católica Argentina “Santa María de los Buenos Aires.” He has also completed a post-graduate degree in finance 
from Torcuato Di Tella University. 

Natalia Kanefsck 

Ms. Kanefsck has been our Chief Accounting Officer since January 2012. From 2007 to January 2012, she worked as 
a Regional Financial Controller at Bally Technologies Inc. for the Latin American region based in Buenos Aires, where she was 
responsible for finance, treasury, accounting and tax for Bally operations in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Uruguay, Peru, Central 
America and Caribbean. From 2005 to June 2007, she worked as Accounting Lead for the Mosaic Company based in Buenos 
Aires,  where  she  was  responsible  for  finance  and  accounting  for  Mosaic  Mexico.  As  our  Chief  Accounting  Officer,  Ms. 
Kanefsck is in charge of accounting, tax, external audit and reporting. Ms. Kanefsck has a degree in public accounting from 
the  Universidad  de  Buenos  Aires  and  a  post-graduate  degree  in  business  administration  from  Centro  de  Estudios 
Macroeconomicos. 

Guillermo Willi 

Mr. Willi  has  been  our  Chief  People  Officer  since  September  2011.  From  2009  to  2011,  he  served  as  the  Human 
Resources Director for Microsoft Argentina and Uruguay, where he was in charge of leading Microsoft’s human resources 
policies,  developing  internal  talent  and  maintaining  diversity  and  inclusion.  Between  2007  and  2009,  he was  the  Human 
Resources Director for Pampa Energia , and from 2002 to 2007 he served as the Human Resources Director for EDS Argentina 
and  Chile.  As  Globant’s  Chief  People  Officer,  he  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  strategy  for  talent  management  and 
development, along with the creation of organizational capabilities and culture. Mr. Willi has a bachelor’s degree in political 
science  from  the  Universidad  de  Buenos  Aires  and  has  completed  post-graduate  studies  in  management  and  human 
resources at Cornell University. 

Gustavo Barreiro 

Mr. Barreiro has been our Chief Information Officer since July 2012. From 2010 to July 2012, Mr. Barreiro served as our 
Executive Vice President, Delivery, managing our delivery partners, staffing, recruiting, project managers, and site managers. 
As Globant’s Chief Information Officer, Mr. Barreiro is responsible for our infrastructure team (IT operations and information 
security), enterprise applications, and IT services. He holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering from the Universidad 
de Buenos Aires and a master’s degree in business administration from the Instituto para el Desarollo Empresario Argentino 
(IDEA). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Patricio Pablo Rojo 

Mr. Rojo has been our General Counsel since May 2013. From 2002 to 2006 and from 2007 to 2013, he worked as a 
corporate  and  banking  law  associate  at  the  law  firm  of  Marval,  O’Farrell  &  Mairal.  Between  2006  and  2007,  he  was  an 
International Associate at the New York office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. Mr. Rojo has a law degree from the Pontificia 
Universidad  Católica  Argentina  “Santa  María  de  los  Buenos  Aires”  and  has  completed  post-graduate  studies  in  law  and 
economics at Torcuato Di Tella University. 

Wanda Weigert 

Mrs. Weigert has been our Director of Communications and Marketing since 2011. From 2007 to 2011, she served as 
a communications manager. She joined Globant in 2005 and worked for two years in the Internet marketing department as 
a senior consultant. From 2002 to 2005, she worked at Jota Group, a publishing house where she was responsible for the 
development of corporate communications tools for different multinational customers. Mrs. Weigert created and supervises 
Globant’s communications department. As our communications director, she coordinates Globant’s relationships with the 
press in Latin America, the United States and the United Kingdom. She is also responsible for developing both our internal 
and external communications strategies. Mrs. Weigert holds a bachelor’s degree in social communications from Universidad 
Austral and she completed her post-graduate studies in marketing at the Pontificia Universidad Católica Argentina “Santa 
Maria de los Buenos Aires.” 

Patricia Pomies  

Mrs. Pomies has been our Chief Delivery Officer since January 2017.  In this role, Mrs. Pomies is in charge of our overall 
strategy related to quality of service and delivery. Mrs. Pomies first joined our company in 2012 and was previously a director 
of Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and on-line, insurance and travel (OIT), two of our main business units. As such, she 
was responsible for each unit's business and operations, with particular focus on expanding the EU market. Mrs. Pomies was 
director at Educ.ar Portal from 2003 to 2013, a key initiative within Argentina’s Ministry of Education for principals, teachers, 
students and families to adopt information and communication technologies in education. Additionally, she was responsible 
for  content  production  and  tracking  of "Equality  Connect,"  a  program  directly  supported  by  the  President  of Argentina  to 
distribute more than 3.5 million netbooks within the Argentine public education system. Mrs. Pomies has been a Professor of 
Social Communication at  Maimonides University and Assistant Professor  of Communication Sciences at the University  of 
Buenos Aires. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. Compensation 

Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management 

The total fixed and variable remuneration of our directors and senior management for the years ended December 31, 

2016, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $4.4 million, $4.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively.  

We adopted an equity incentive plan in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. See “— 2014 
Equity Incentive Plan”. From the adoption of this plan until the date of this annual report we granted to members of our senior 
management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, as well as options to purchase 2,220,847 common shares 
at an  exercise price equal to the  fair value  of the awards at the grant date. In  addition, we replaced  our  existing variable 
compensation arrangements with a new short-term incentive plan providing for the payment of cash bonuses based on the 
achievement of certain financial and operating performance measures. 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan 

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which 
was amended by our board of directors on May 9, 2016 to increase the number of common shares that may be issued as 
stock awards from 1,666,667 to up to 3,666,667. The following description of the plan is qualified in its entirety by the full text 
of the plan, which has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement previously filed in connection with 
our initial public offering and incorporated by reference herein. 

Purpose. We believe that the plan will promote our long-term growth and profitability by (i) providing key people with 
incentives to improve shareholder value and to contribute to our growth and financial success through their future services, 
and (ii) enabling us to attract, retain and reward the best-available personnel. 

Eligibility; Types of Awards. Selected employees, officers, directors and other individuals providing bona fide services 
to us or any of our affiliates, are eligible for awards under the plan. The administrator of the plan may also grant awards to 
individuals in connection with hiring, recruiting or otherwise before the date the individual first performs services; however, 
those awards will not become vested or exercisable before the date the individual first performs services. The plan provides 
for  grants  of  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  or  unrestricted  stock  awards,  restricted  stock  units, 
performance awards and other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing. 

Common Shares Subject to the Plan. The number of common shares that we may issue with respect to awards granted 
under the plan will not exceed an aggregate of 3,666,667 common shares. This limit will be adjusted to reflect any stock 
dividends, split ups, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, share exchanges, and similar transactions. If any award, or 
portion of an award, under the plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable, is settled in cash without 
delivery of common shares,  or  is forfeited or  otherwise terminated or cancelled as to any common  shares, the common 
shares subject to such award will thereafter be available for further awards under the plan. Common shares used to pay the 
exercise price of an award or tax obligations will not be available again for other awards under the plan. 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Administration.  The  plan  is  administered  by  our  board  of  directors  or  a  committee  appointed  by  our  board.  The 
administrator has the full authority and discretion to administer the plan and to take any action that is necessary or advisable 
in connection with the administration of the plan, including without limitation the authority and discretion to interpret and 
construe  any  provision  of  the  plan  or  any  agreement  or  other  documents  relating  to  the  plan.  The  administrator’s 
determinations will be final and conclusive. 

Awards.  The  plan  provides  for  grants  of  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  or  unrestricted  stock 

awards, restricted stock units, performance awards and other stock-based awards. 

Stock Options. The plan allows the administrator to grant incentive stock options, as that term is defined in section 
422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or non-statutory stock options. Only our employees or employees of our subsidiaries may 
receive incentive stock option awards. Options must have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of 
the underlying common shares on the date of grant and not lower than the par value of the underlying common shares. The 
option holder may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, by tendering common shares, by a combination of cash and 
common shares, or by any other means that the administrator approves. The options have a maximum term of ten years; 
however, the options will expire earlier if the optionee’s service relationship with the company terminates. 

Stock Appreciation Rights. The plan allows the administrator to grant awards of stock appreciation rights which entitle 
the holder to receive a payment in cash, in common shares, or in a combination of both, having an aggregate value equal to 
the product of the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of the underlying common shares over the base price 
of the common shares specified in the grant agreement, multiplied by the number of common shares specified in the award 
being exercised. 

Stock Awards. The plan allows the administrator to grant awards denominated in common shares or other securities, 
stock equivalent units or restricted stock units, securities or debentures convertible into common shares or any combination 
of the foregoing, to eligible participants. Awards denominated in stock equivalent units will be credited to a bookkeeping 
reserve account solely for accounting purposes. The awards may be paid in cash, in common shares or in a combination of 
common shares or other securities and cash. 

Performance Awards. The plan allows the  administrator to grant performance awards including those intended to 
constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue 
Code. The administrator may establish performance goals relating to any of the following, as it may apply to an individual, 
one or more business units, divisions or subsidiaries, or on a company-wide basis, and in either absolute terms or relative to 
the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies: revenue; earnings before 
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); operating income; pre- or after-tax income; cash flow; cash flow per 
share; net earnings; earnings per share; price-to-earnings ratio; return on equity; return on invested capital; return on assets; 
growth in assets; share price performance; economic value added; total shareholder return; improvement in or attainment of 
expense  levels;  improvement  in  or  attainment  of  working  capital  levels;  relative  performance  to  a  group  of  companies 
comparable to the company, and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on the company’s 
meeting specified goals relating to revenue, market penetration, business expansion, costs or acquisitions or divestitures. 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance targets may include minimum, maximum, intermediate and target levels of performance, with the size of the 
performance-based stock award or the lapse of restrictions with respect thereto based on the level attained. 

A performance target may be stated as an absolute value or as a value determined relative to prior performance, 
one or more indexes, budget, one or more peer group companies, any other standard selected by the administrator, or any 
combination thereof. The administrator shall be authorized to make adjustments in the method of calculating attainment of 
performance measures and performance targets in recognition of: (A) extraordinary or non-recurring items; (B) changes in 
tax laws; (C) changes in accounting policies; (D) charges related to restructured or discontinued operations; (E) restatement 
of  prior  period  financial  results;  and  (F)  any  other  unusual,  non-recurring  gain  or  loss  that  is  separately  identified  and 
quantified in our financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator may, in its sole discretion, modify the 
performance results upon which awards are based under the plan to offset any unintended results arising from events not 
anticipated when the performance measures and performance targets were established. 

Change in Control. In the event of any transaction resulting in a “change in control” of Globant S.A. (as defined in the 
plan), outstanding stock options and other awards that are payable in or convertible into our common shares will terminate 
upon  the  effective  time  of  the  change  in  control  unless  provision  is  made  in  connection  with  the  transaction  for  the 
continuation, assumption, or substitution of the awards by the surviving or successor entity or its parent. In the event of such 
termination, the holders of stock options and other awards under the plan will be permitted immediately before the change 
in control to exercise  or convert all  portions of such  stock  options or awards that  are exercisable or convertible or which 
become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the change in control. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the vesting schedule of all of the outstanding stock options granted to certain senior 
executives will  be  accelerated  in  the  event  of  a  transaction  resulting  in  a  change  in  control  if  (i)  no  provision  is  made  in 
connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of the relevant executive's outstanding options by, or for 
the substitution of the equivalent awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof, or (ii) the relevant executive 
is dismissed without cause within a two-year period following the change in control. 

Amendment and Termination. No award will be granted under the plan after the close of business on the day before 
the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the plan. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time. 
Shareholder approval is required to reprice underwater options. 

Director Compensation 

Independent  members  of  our  board  of  directors  receive  cash  compensation  for  their  services  as  directors  and 
reimbursement  of  reasonable  and  documented  costs  and  expenses  incurred  by  them  in  connection  with  attending  any 
meetings of our board of directors or any committees thereof. Members of our senior management who are members of our 
board of directors (Messrs. Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne) have received and will continue receiving cash compensation 
for their services as executive officers. See “— Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management.” 

In 2016, we  paid an aggregate  of $287,500 in director  fees to certain  members  of  our board of directors who  are 

considered independent. 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Members of our senior management who are members of our board of directors and the directors who continue to 
provide services to, or are affiliated with WPP, will not receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. 
Accordingly, Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne and Moore will not receive compensation from us for their service on our 
board of directors. Only those directors who are considered independent directors under the corporate governance rules of 
the NYSE will be eligible, subject to our shareholders’ approval, to receive compensation from us for their service on our 
board of directors.  Messrs. Galperin,  Odeen, Álvarez-Demalde and Vázquez  and  other independent directors will be  paid 
annually a cash amount ranging between $50,000 and $100,000. 

In 2016, we granted options to purchase our common shares to Martin Migoya, Martin Umaran, Guibert Englebienne 
and Francisco Alvarez-Demalde in the amounts of 120,000, 25,000, 40,000 and 27,000, respectively, vesting in equal parts 
over four years commencing on the first anniversary of the date of each grant.  

Benefits upon Termination of Employment 

Neither we nor our subsidiaries maintain any directors’ service contracts providing for benefits upon termination of 
service. On December 27, 2012, we entered into noncompetition agreements with our founders. Under such agreements, the 
founders agreed that during their employment with our company, and for a period of two years from the termination of such 
employment, they will not directly or indirectly perform any kind of activity or provide any service in other companies that 
provide  the  same  kinds  of  services  as  those  provided  by  us.  In  consideration  of  these  noncompetition  covenants,  the 
founders will receive compensation equal to 24 times the highest monthly compensation paid to them during the 12-month 
period immediately  preceding the date  of termination  of their employment. This compensation will  be  paid  in two equal 
installments. 

In 2016, our compensation committee approved an amendment to Martín Migoya's noncompetition agreement to 
increase  his  compensation  to  36  times  the  highest  monthly  compensation  paid  to  him  during  the  12-month  period 
immediately preceding the date of termination of his employment. In addition, our compensation committee approved an 
amendment each founder's noncompetition agreement so that the compensation calculation will include the proportional 
amount of any variable annual cash compensation payable to each founder, at target amounts, and that each founder will 
be entitled to receive continued health coverage and life insurance after the termination of their employment and for a period 
of 36 months in the case of Martín Migoya and 24 months for the other founders.   

In  addition,  our  compensation  committee  approved  the  execution  of  a  noncompetition  agreement  with  Mr. 
Marsicovetere, our Chief Operating Officer, under substantially similar terms and conditions to those applicable to those of 
Messrs. Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti.  

Pension, Retirement or Similar Benefits 

We do not pay or set aside any amounts for pension, retirement or other similar benefits for our officers or directors. 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C. Board Practices 

Globant  S.A.  is  managed  by  our  board  of  directors which  is vested with  the  broadest  powers  to  take  any  actions 
necessary or useful to fulfill our corporate purpose with the exception of actions reserved by law or our articles of association 
to the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors must consist of at least 
seven members and no more than fifteen members. Our board of directors meets as often as company interests require. 

A majority of the members of our board of directors present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, 
and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of our board members present or represented. In the case of a tie, 
the  chairman  of  our  board  shall  have  the  deciding  vote.  Our  board  of  directors  may  also  make  decisions  by  means  of 
resolutions in writing signed by all directors. 

Directors  are  elected  by  the  general  meeting  of  shareholders,  and  appointed  for  a  period  of  up  to  four  years; 
provided, however, that directors are elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each year; 
and provided, further, that such term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the 
fourth anniversary of the appointment, and each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected. The general 
shareholders’ meeting may remove one or more directors at any time, without cause and without prior notice by a resolution 
passed by simple majority vote. If our board of directors has a vacancy, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by 
a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, 
which will resolve on a permanent appointment. Any director shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely. 

Within the limits provided for by law and our articles of association, our board of directors may delegate to one or 
more directors or to any one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, acting alone or jointly, the daily management 
of Globant S.A. and the authority to represent us in connection with such daily management. Our board of directors may also 
grant special powers to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of Globant S.A. 

Our board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a 
corporate governance and nominating committee and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of 
such committees are set up, appoint the members, determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures 
and such other rules as may be applicable thereto. 

No contract or other transaction between us and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the 
fact  that  any  one  or  more  of  our  directors  or  officers  is  interested  in,  or  is  a  director,  associate,  officer,  agent,  adviser  or 
employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise 
of any company or firm with which we shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation 
with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to 
such contract or other business. 

Any director having an interest in a transaction submitted for approval to our board of directors that conflicts with our 
interest, must inform our board of directors thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of 
the meeting. Such director may not take part in these deliberations and may not vote on the relevant transaction. At the next 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
general meeting, before any resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of 
the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest. 

No shareholding qualification for directors is required. 

Any director and other officer, past and present, is entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted 
by law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such director in connection with any claim, action, 
suit or proceeding in which he is involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a director. We may 
purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability. 

No indemnification shall be provided against any liability to us or our shareholders by reason of willful misconduct, 
bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer. No indemnification will be provided 
with respect to any matter as to which the director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith 
and not in our interest, nor will indemnification be provided in the event of a settlement (unless approved by a court or our 
board of directors). 

Board Committees 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance 

and nominating committee. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees. 

Audit Committee 

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, our 

audit committee: 

•  

is responsible for the appointment, compensation and retention of our independent auditors and reviews and 
evaluates the auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance; 

•   oversees our auditors’ audit work and reviews and pre-approves all audit and non-audit services that may be 

performed by them; 

•  

reviews and approves the planned scope of our annual audit; 

•   monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law; 

•  

•  

reviews our financial statements and discusses with management and our independent auditors the results of 
the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements; 

reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; 

•   oversees the adequacy of our accounting and financial controls; 

•   annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance; 

•  

reviews and approves related-party transactions; and 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•   establishes and oversees procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding 
accounting, internal controls or auditing matters and oversees enforcement, compliance and remedial 
measures under our code of conduct. 

The current members of our audit committee are Messrs. Mott, Odeen and Vázquez, with Mr. Vázquez serving as the 
chairman of our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under applicable SEC rules. 
Each of Messrs. Vázquez, Mott and Odeen satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of 
the corporate governance rules of the NYSE as well us under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. 

On May 13, 2014, our board of directors adopted a written charter for our audit committee, which is available on our 

website at http://www.globant.com. 

Compensation Committee 

Our compensation committee reviews, recommends and approves policy relating to compensation and benefits of 
our officers and directors, administers our common shares option and benefit plans and reviews general policy relating to 
compensation and benefits. Duties of our compensation committee include: 

•  

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our directors, chief 
executive officer and other members of senior management; 

•   evaluating the performance of the chief executive officer and other members of senior management in light of 

those goals and objectives; 

•   based on this evaluation, determining and approving the compensation of the chief executive officer and other 

members of senior management; 

•   administering the issuance of common shares options and other awards to members of senior management 

•  

and directors under our compensation plans; and 
reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, 
including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter. 

The  current  members  of  our  compensation  committee  are  Mr.  Vázquez,  Odeen  and  Galperin,  with  Mr.  Vázquez 
serving  as chairman. Each of Messrs. Vázquez, Odeen and Galperin satisfies the “independence” requirements within the 
meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. 

Effective as of July 23, 2014, our board of directors adopted a written charter for our compensation committee, which 

is available on our website at http://www.globant.com. 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee 

Our  corporate  governance  and  nominating  committee  identifies  individuals  qualified  to  become  directors; 
recommends to our board of directors director nominees for each election of directors; develops and recommends to our 
board  of  directors  criteria  for  selecting  qualified  director  candidates;  considers  committee  member  qualifications, 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
appointment and removal; recommends corporate governance guidelines applicable to us; and provides oversight in the 
evaluation of our board of directors and each committee. 

The  current  members  of  our  corporate  governance  and  nominating  committee  are  Mssrs.  Galperin,  Odeen  and 
Vázquez, with Mr. Vázquez serving as chairman. Each of Messrs. Galperin, Vázquez and Odeen satisfies the “independence” 
requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. 

Effective  as  of July  23,  2014,  our  board  of  directors  adopted  a  written  charter  for  our  corporate  governance  and 

nominating committee, which is available on our website at www.globant.com. 

121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
D. Employees 

Our Globers 

People  are  one  of  Globant's  most  valuable  assets. Attracting  and  retaining  the  right  employees  is  critical  to  the 
success of our business and is a key factor in our ability to meet our client's needs and the growth of our client and revenue 
base. 

As  of  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  on  a  consolidated  basis,  we  had    5,631,  5,041  and  3,775  employees, 

respectively. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had 68 Globers, principally at our delivery center located in Rosario, Argentina, who are 

covered by a collective bargaining agreement with FAECYS, which is renewed on an annual basis 

The  following  tables  show  our  total  number  of  full-time  employees  as  of  December  31,  2016  broken  down  by 

functional area and geographical location: 

Technology 
Operations 
Sales and Marketing 
Management and administration 

Total 

Argentina 
Brazil 
Colombia 
Chile 
United Kingdom 
Uruguay 
United States 
Mexico 
Peru 
India 
Spain 

Total 

122 

Number of 
employees 
4,867  
352  
82  
330  
5,631  

Number of 
employees 
2,746  
44  
842  
101  
37  
477  
437  
371  
77  
469  
30  
5,631  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  2007,  we  commenced  shifting  from  a  Buenos  Aires-centric  delivery  model  to  a  distributed  organization  with 
locations across Argentina, Latin America and Asia, and elsewhere. We believe that decentralizing our workforce and delivery 
centers improves our access to talent and could mitigate the impact of IT professionals’ attrition on our business. Additionally, 
we provide employees with more choices of where to work, which improves satisfaction and helps us retain our Globers. We 
continue to draw talent primarily from Latin America and Asia’s abundant skilled talent base. 

We believe our relations with our employees are good and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes 

or work stoppages. 

Recruitment and Retention 

We seek employees who embrace our “think big” core value and are motivated to be part of a leading company that 
delivers best-in-class innovative software solutions to leading global companies. We hire highly qualified, experienced IT 
professionals  and  recruit  students  from  leading  technical  institutions  in  countries where  our  delivery  centers  are  based, 
including: the University of Buenos Aires, the Technological Institute of Buenos Aires, the National University of Córdoba and 
the National University of Tucumán in Argentina; Universidad Estadual de São Paulo, Brazil; and ORT University in Montevideo, 
Uruguay. Of our employee base, approximately 95.0% have obtained a university degree or are enrolled in a university while 
they are employed by our company, approximately 3.2% have obtained a graduate level degree, and many have specialized 
industry credentials or licensing, including in Systems Engineering, Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, Information 
Systems Administration,  Business Administration  and  Graphic  and Web  Design.  Since  our  inception, we  believe we  have 
become  a  preferred  employment  option  for  IT  university  graduates  in  the  countries  where  we  have  operations.  Our 
participation in a broad range of technology seminars and close involvement with the institutions of higher education in our 
region help foster  our profile among  our target  audience and contribute to  our  recruitment efforts.  Our de-centralization 
strategy has also yielded positive results by expanding and diversifying our sources of talent within the region. 

Employee retention is one of our main priorities and a key driver of operational efficiency and productivity. We seek 
to  retain  top  talent  by  providing  the  opportunity  to work  on  cutting-edge  projects  for world-class  clients,  a  flexible work 
environment, training and development programs, and non-traditional benefits. The total attrition rate among our Globers 
was 19.3%, 17.7% and 20.2% for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Training and Development 

We dedicate significant resources to the development and professional growth of our employees through training 

programs, career plans, mentoring, talent assessment, succession planning and performance management. 

In  2015,  Globant Academy was  launched.    Globant Academy  is  a  continuous  training  program  in which  all  of  our 
training  efforts  are  consolidated  and  formalized  within  four  distinct  schools  (Technology,  Leadership,  Institutional  and 
Languages). 

The  Technology  School  was  created  to  promote  science,  technology,  engineering,  software  development  and 
design.  The  Leadership  School  is  for  self-development,  which  facilitates  training  on  social  skills  in  order  to  become  a 

123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
successful  leader.  The  Corporate  School  was  created  to  educate  our  employees  about  our  internal  processes  and 
procedures.  The Language School is to support learning and practicing the most popular languages in the industry. 

Depending on the requirements  of the particular program, we employ various training  methodologies  such  as e-

learning, virtual learning, face-to-face and blended learning. 

We also utilize specific programs to recruit, train and develop our employees. Bootcamps is a program to select, train 
and hire talented employees. Through Our U-Grow is a program to educate university students about technologies, processes 
and  methodologies  while  they  intern  with  us.  This  program  also  serves  as  a  recruitment  source  of  junior-level 
employees.  Acamica is an e-learning platform to provide technical training through in-person courses and videos. 

Compensation 

We offer our Globers a compensation package consisting of salary and, for the top five percent of performers, an 
annual  performance  bonus.  Also,  depending  on  the  Glober’s  position,  they  are  eligible  to  participate  in  our  short  term 
incentive plan, which includes three potential bonus payments. Based on the Glober’s position, bonus payments under the 
short  term  incentive  plan  are  contingent  on  the  accomplishment  of  key  performance  metrics  included  within  three 
categories  of  bonuses:  (a)  the  Globant  bonus,  (b)  a  performance  bonus  and  (c)  a  manager  feedback  bonus.  The  key 
performance  metrics  are  (i)  our  overall  revenue  and  EBITDA  for  the  Globant  bonus,  (ii)  project/account  revenue  or 
project/account gross margin, depending on the Glober’s role, for the performance bonus and (iii) several additional metrics 
such as CSat, participation in mandatory trainings, process adherence metrics, and manager feedback amongst others, for 
the management feedback bonus. We offer our key employees a long-term incentive program in the form of share-based 
compensation. 

We  also  offer  several  non-traditional  benefits  including:  subsidized  company  trips,  flex-time  policies,  extended 
maternity  and  paternity  leave,  competitive  health  plans,  corporate  discount  programs,  yoga  classes,  stretching 
classes,among others. 

124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E. Share Ownership 

Share Ownership 

The total number of shares of the company beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers, as of the date 
of  this  annual  report,  was  2,076,130  (includes  common  shares  subject  to  options  currently  exercisable  and  options 
exercisable within 60 days of March 20, 2017), which represents 5.88% of the total shares of the company. See table in “Major 
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.” 

Share Options 

See “— Compensation — Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management — 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.” 

125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
F. OTHER CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES 

Corporate Governance Practices 

Our corporate governance practices are governed by Luxembourg law (particularly the law of August 10th, 1915 on 

commercial companies as amended) and our articles of association. 

The Ten Principles of Corporate Governance of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (the "Ten  Principles") include: (1) 
mandatory principles, (2) "comply or explain" recommendations and (3) non-binding guidelines. As of the date of this Annual 
Report, we comply with the mandatory principles in all respects. In certain instances, we have elected to not comply with 
certain of the recommendations because we comply with similar corporate governance rules of the NYSE as further set out 
in the following paragraphs, or, other procedures which we have determined to be sufficient. 

As a Luxembourg company listed on the NYSE, we are not required to comply with all of the corporate governance 
listing standards of the NYSE for U.S. listed companies. We, however, believe that our corporate governance practices meet 
or exceed, in all material respects, the corporate governance standards that are generally required by the NYSE for U.S. listed 
companies. Below is a summary of the significant ways that our corporate governance practices differ from the corporate 
governance standards required for listed U.S. companies by the NYSE (provided that our corporate governance practices 
may differ in non-material ways from the standards required by the NYSE that are not detailed here)  

Majority of Independent Directors 

Under  NYSE  standards,  U.S.  listed  companies  must  have  a  majority  of  independent  directors.  There  is  no  legal 
obligation under Luxembourg law to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors; however, the Ten 
Principles recommend that the board of directors includes an appropriate number of independent directors. 

Non-management Directors’ Meetings 

Under NYSE standards, non-management directors must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without 
management present and, if such group includes directors who are not independent, a meeting should be scheduled once 
per year including only independent directors. Luxembourg law does not require holding of such meetings. For additional 
information, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Directors and Senior Management.” 

Audit Committee 

Under NYSE standards, listed U.S. companies are required to have an audit committee composed of independent 
directors that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act of 1934. Luxembourg law also 
provides for an audit committee and related rules. Our articles of association provide that the board of directors may set up 
an  audit  committee. The  board  of  directors  has  set  up  an Audit  Committee  and  has  appointed  Messrs.  Mott,  Odeen  and 
Vázquez,  with  Mr.  Vázquez  serving  as  the  chairman  of  our  audit  committee.  Each  of  Messrs.  Mott,  Odeen  and Vázquez 
satisfies  the  “independence”  requirements within  the  meaning  of  Section  303A  of  the  corporate  governance  rules  of  the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NYSE as well as under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. For additional information, see “Directors, Senior Management 
and Employees—Board Practices”. 

Under NYSE standards, all audit committee members of listed U.S. companies are required to be financially literate 
or must acquire such financial knowledge within a reasonable period and at least one of its members shall have experience 
in accounting or financial administration. In addition, if a member of the audit committee is simultaneously a member of the 
audit  committee  of  more  than  three  public  companies,  and  the  listed  company  does  not  limit  the  number  of  audit 
committees  on  which  its  members  may  serve,  then  in  each  case  the  board  must  determine  whether  the  simultaneous 
service would prevent such member from effectively serving on the listed company’s audit committee and shall publicly 
disclose its decision. Under Luxembourg law, at least one member of the audit committee must be financially literate. 

Standards for Evaluating Director Independence 

Under  NYSE  standards,  the  board  is  required,  on  a  case  by  case  basis,  to  express  an  opinion with  regard  to  the 
independence or lack of independence of each individual director. Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association 
require the board to express such an opinion; however, to be considered independent under the Ten Principles, a director 
must not have any significant business relationship with the company, close family relationship with any executive manager 
or any other relationship with the company, its controlling shareholders or executive managers which is liable to impair the 
independence of the director's judgment. 

Audit Committee Responsibilities 

The NYSE requires certain matters to be set forth in the audit committee charter of U.S. listed companies. Our audit 
committee charter provides for many of the responsibilities that are expected from such bodies under the NYSE standard; 
however,  the  charter  does  not  contain  all  such  responsibilities,  including  provisions  related  to  setting  hiring  policies  for 
employees or former employees of independent auditors. 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee 

The  NYSE  requires  that  a  listed  U.S.  company  has  a  corporate  governance  and  nominating  committee  of 
independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. 

The  board  of  directors  has  set  up  corporate  governance  and  nominating  committee  and  has  appointed  Mssrs. 
Galperin,  Odeen  and  Vázquez,  with  Mr.  Vázquez  serving  as  chairman  of  our  corporate  governance  and  nominating 
committee. Each of Messrs. Galperin, Vázquez and Odeen satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of 
Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. For additional information, see “Directors, Senior Management 
and Employees— Board Practices”. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation Committee 

The  NYSE  requires  that  a  listed  U.S.  company  have  a  compensation  committee  of  independent  directors  and  a 

committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. 

The current members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Vázquez, Odeen and Galperin, with Mr. Vázquez 
serving  as chairman. Each of Messrs. Vázquez, Odeen and Galperin satisfies the “independence” requirements within the 
meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. For additional information, see “Directors, Senior 
Management and Employees—Board Practices”. 

Shareholder Voting on Equity Compensation Plans 

Under  NYSE  standards,  shareholders  of  U.S.  listed  companies  must  be  given  the  opportunity  to  vote  on  equity 
compensation plans and material revisions thereto, except for employment inducement awards, certain grants, plans and 
amendments in the context of mergers and acquisitions, and certain specific types of plans. Neither Luxembourg corporate 
law nor our articles of incorporation require shareholder approval of equity based compensation plans. Luxembourg law only 
requires approval of the board of directors for the adoption of equity based compensation plans.   

The Ten Principles recommend that the criteria for compensation of the executive management in whichever form 
be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  shareholders.  However,  as  permitted  by  the Ten  Principles,  we  have  decided  that  the 
approval  of  our  compensation  committee,  which  is  comprised  of  independent  members,  is  sufficient  to  set  the 
compensation  criteria  for  our  executive  management  team  and  that  it  is  not  necessary  to  seek  approval  from  our 
shareholders for such matters. We believe that the members of our compensation committee have a strong understanding 
of  the  achievements  and  failures  of  each  executive  because  the  compensation  committee  monitors  the  performance  of 
executive management as part of the responsibilities delegated to it by our board of directors and shareholders. 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics 

Under  NYSE  standards,  listed  companies  must  adopt  and  disclose  a  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  for 
directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. Effective 
as of July 23, 2014 we adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and 
accounting  officers  and  all  persons  performing  similar  functions.  A  copy  of  that  code  is  available  on  our  website  at 
www.globant.com. 

Chief Executive Officer Certification 

A chief executive officer of a U.S. company listed on NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any 
violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance standards. In accordance with NYSE rules applicable to foreign 
private issuers, our chief executive officer is not required to provide NYSE with this annual compliance certification. However, 
in accordance with NYSE rules applicable to all listed companies, our chief executive officer must promptly notify NYSE in 
writing after any of our executive officers becomes aware of any noncompliance with any applicable provision of NYSE’s 
corporate governance standards. In addition, we must submit an executed written affirmation annually and an interim written 
affirmation each time a change occurs to the board or the audit committee. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS 

A. Major Shareholders 

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common shares as of March 20, 2017, 

by:  

•   each of our directors and members of senior management individually;  

•   all directors and members of senior management as a group; and  

•   each shareholder whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common shares.  

As  of  March  20,  2017,  we  had  34,869,819  issued  and  outstanding  common  shares.  Beneficial  ownership  for  the 
purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally 
provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting 
thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof, to receive the economic benefit of ownership of the securities, or has 
the  right  to  acquire  such  powers  within  60  days.  Common  shares  subject  to  options,  warrants  or  other  convertible  or 
exercisable securities that are currently convertible or exercisable or convertible or exercisable within 60 days of March 20, 
2017 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such securities. Common shares issuable 
pursuant  to  share  options  or  warrants  are  deemed  outstanding  for  computing  the  percentage  ownership  of  the  person 
holding  such  options  or  warrants  but  are  not  outstanding  for  computing  the  percentage  of  any  other  person.  To  our 
knowledge,  except  as  indicated  in  the  footnotes  to  this  table  and  pursuant  to  applicable  community  property  laws,  the 
persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our common shares. As of March 20, 
2017, we had 123 holders of record in the United States with approximately 70.55 % of our issued and outstanding common 
shares. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and Senior Management 
Francisco Álvarez-Demalde (1) 
Gustavo Barreiro (2) 
Guibert Englebienne (3) 
Marcos Galperin (4) 
Natalia Kanefsck (5) 
Guillermo Marsicovetere (6) 
Martín Migoya (7) 
Timothy Mott (8) 
Nestor Nocetti (9) 
Philip A. Odeen (10) 
Patricio Pablo Rojo (11) 
Alejandro Scannapieco (12) 
Martín Umaran (13) 
Mario Vázquez (14) 
Guillermo Willi (15) 
David Moore 
Wanda Weigert (16) 
Patricia Pomies (17) 
All executive officers and directors as a group 
*Less than 1% 
5% or More Shareholders: 
WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.á.r.l.  (18) 
Capital World Investors  (19) 
GIC Private Limited (20) 
BlackRock, Inc. (21) 
JPMorgan Chase & Co. (22) 
Entities affiliated with Morgan Stanley (23) 

  Number 

Percent 

3,175  
53,885  
365,508    
22,170  
3,735  
39,465  
402,633  
22,200  
407,343  
22,170  
81,249  
60,122  
512,161  
22,170  
47,102  
-  
7,500  
3,542  

* 
* 
1.05 % 
* 
* 
* 
1.15% 
* 
1.17% 
* 
* 
* 
1.47% 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 

2,076,130  

5.95% 

  6,687,548    
3,778,613    
  2,514,950    
1,800,418    
2,200,137    
1,751,560    

19.18 % 
10.84 % 
7.21 % 
5.16 % 
6.31 % 
5.02 % 

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 
(7) 

Represents  3,175  common  shares  held  by  NPI  Group  Family  Limited  Partnership,  a  family  investment  vehicle 
controlled by Mr. Alvarez-Demalde, who indirectly holds shared voting and dispositive power over the 3,175 common 
shares held by such company.   
Includes 8,124 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.  
Includes 36,250 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.  
Represents 22,170 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.  
Represents 3,735 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.  
Includes 39,166 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.  
Includes 96,374 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and 207,040 common shares held by a 
revocable trust formed under New Zealand law (the “Revocable Migoya Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Migoya that 
was established for the benefit of Mr. Migoya, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust 

 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
(8) 
(9) 

transferred its Revocable Migoya Trust Shares to a Uruguayan company wholly owned by the trust. New Zealand 
Trust  Corporation  Limited  acts  as  the  independent  trustee  of  the  trust.  Marcelo  Cabrera  Errandonea  is  the  sole 
director of the Uruguayan company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 207,040 common shares held 
by such company.  
Includes 22,170 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.  
Includes  6,250  common  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of vested  options  and  272,770  common  shares  held  by  a 
revocable trust formed under New Zealand law (the “Revocable Nocetti Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Nocetti that 
was established for the benefit of Mr. Nocetti, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust 
transferred its Revocable Nocetti Trust Shares to a Uruguayan company wholly owned by the trust. New Zealand 
Trust  Corporation  Limited  acts  as  the  independent  trustee  of  the  trust.  Marcelo  Cabrera  Errandonea  is  the  sole 
director of the Uruguayan company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 212,770 common shares held 
by such company.  

(10)  Represents 22,170 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.  
(11) 
(12) 
(13) 

Includes 51,249 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.  
Includes 6,250 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.  
Includes 30,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and 359,241 common shares held by a 
revocable trust formed under New Zealand law (the “Revocable Umaran Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Umaran that 
was established for the benefit of Mr. Umaran, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust 
transferred its Revocable Umaran Trust Shares to a Uruguayan company wholly owned by the trust. New Zealand 
Trust  Corporation  Limited  acts  as  the  independent  trustee  of  the  trust.  Marcelo  Cabrera  Errandonea  is  the  sole 
director of the Uruguayan company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 359,241 common shares held 
by such company.  

Includes 37,368 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.  

(14)  Represents 22,170 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.  
(15) 
(16)  Represents 7,500 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.  
(17)  Represent 3,542 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.  
(18)  The ultimate parent of WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.a r.l. is WPP plc, a company incorporated in Jersey. Paul 
W.G. Richardson, Group Finance Director of WPP plc, holds voting and dispositive power over the 6,687,548 common 
shares indirectly held by WPP plc.  

(19)  Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017. Capital World Investors, in its capacity as an 
investment adviser in accordance with Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E) of the Exchange Act and as a division of Capital Research 
and Management Company, beneficially owns 3,778,613 of our common shares and has sole voting and dispositive 
power with respect to all 3,778,613 shares.  

(20)  Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 3, 2017. GIC Private Limited beneficially owns 2,514,950 
of our common shares and has sole and dispositive power with respect to 1,928,677 of such shares and shared voting 
and dispositive power with respect to 586,273 of such shares.  

(21)  Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 30, 2017.  BlackRock, Inc., in its capacity as a parent holding 
company under Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(G) of the Exchange Act, beneficially owns 1,800,418 of our common shares and has 
sole voting power with respect to 1,766,471 of such shares and sole dispositive power with respect to all 1,800,418 
shares  

 
 
(22)  Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 25, 2017. JPMorgan Chase & Co., in its capacity as a parent 
holding company under Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(G) of the Exchange Act, beneficially owns 2,200,137 of our common shares 
and has sole voting power with respect to 2,051,030 of such shares, shared voting and dispositive power with respect 
to 5,707 of such shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 2,194,430 of such shares. 

(23)  Based on a Schedule 13G filed jointly by Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. ("MSIM") 
with the  SEC  on February 10, 2017. Each of Morgan Stanley  and MSIM  beneficially own 1,751,560  of our common 
shares and has sole voting power with respect to 1,427,173 of such shares, shared voting power with respect to 174 of 
such  shares  and  sole  dispositive  power  with  respect  to  all  1,751,560  shares.  The  securities  being  reported  upon 
by Morgan Stanley, in its capacity as a parent holding company under Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(G) of the Exchange Act, are 
owned, or may be deemed to be beneficially owned, by MSIM, an investment adviser in accordance with Rule 13d-
1(b)(1)(ii)(E) of the Exchange Act. MSIM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley.   

 
 
 
 
B. Related Party Transactions  

Registration Rights Agreement  

On July 23, 2014, we entered into  a registration rights agreement with  Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne  and 
Nocetti (collectively, the “Founders”), Kajur International S.A. (“Kajur”), Mifery S.A. (“Mifery”), Gudmy S.A. (“Gudmy”), Noltur S.A. 
(“Noltur”), Etmyl S.A. (“Etmyl”), Ewerzy S.A.  (“Ewerzy”), Fudmy Corporation S.A. (“Fudmy”), Gylcer International S.A. (together 
with Kajur, Mifery, Gudmy, Noltur, Etmyl, Ewerzy and Fudmy, the “Uruguayan Entities”), Paldwick S.A., Riverwood Capital LLC, 
Riverwood  Capital  Partners  (Parallel-B)  L.P.,  Riverwood  Capital  Partners  L.P.  and  Riverwood  Capital  Partners  (Parallel-A) 
(collectively, the “Riverwood Entities”) and the FTV Partnerships and WPP (collectively, the “Registration Rights Holders”) and 
Endeavor Global, Inc. and Endeavor Catalyst Inc. The registration rights agreement replaced the registration rights granted 
under  the  Shareholders  Agreement  and  WPP’s  joinder  agreement.  Under  the  registration  rights  agreement,  we  are 
responsible, subject to certain exceptions, for the expenses of any offering of our common shares held by the Registration 
Rights Holders other than underwriting fees, discounts and selling commissions. Additionally, under the registration rights 
agreement we may not grant superior registration rights to any other person without the consent of the Registration Rights 
Holders. The registration rights agreement contains customary indemnification provisions.  

Demand Registration Rights  

Under the registration rights agreement each of (i) the Riverwood Entities (acting as a group), (ii) the FTV Partnerships 
(acting  as  a  group),  (iii) WPP  and  (iv)  the  Founders  and  the  Uruguayan  Entities  (acting  as  a  group)  and  any  two  of  (i)  the 
Riverwood Entities, (ii) the FTV Partnerships, (iii) WPP and (iv) the Founders and the Uruguayan Entities (acting as a group) 
may require us to effect a registration under the Securities Act for the sale of their common shares of our company. We are 
therefore obliged to effect up to five such demand registrations in total with respect to the common shares owned by such 
shareholders. However, we are not obliged to effect any such registration when (1) the request for registration does not cover 
that number of common shares with an anticipated gross offering price of at least $10.0 million, or (2) the amount of common 
shares to be sold in such registration represents more than 15% of our share capital. If we have been advised by legal counsel 
that such registration would require a special audit or the disclosure of a material impending transaction or other matter and 
our board of directors determines reasonably and in good faith that such disclosure would have a material adverse effect on 
us, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. We 
will not be required to effect a demand registration if we intend to effect a primary registration of our securities within 60 
days of receiving notice of a demand registration, provided that we file such intended registration statement within the 60-
day period. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with the date of 
filing of, and ending 120 days following the completion of, a primary registered offering of our securities, except if any of the 
Registration  Rights  Holders  had  requested  “piggyback”  registration  rights  in  connection  with  such  offering.  In  any  such 
demand registration, the managing underwriter will be selected by the majority of the shareholders exercising the demand.  

In February 2015, we received a demand request from the Riverwood Entities and the FTV Partnerships. In April 2015 
we  closed  a  secondary  public  offering  of  our  common  shares  through which  they  and  certain  selling  shareholders  sold 
3,994,390 common shares. Subsequently, in June 2015, we received a second demand request from Riverwood Entities. In 

133 

 
 
 
 
 
 
July 2015, we  closed the  second  secondary  public  offering  of  our  common  shares through which  they  and  certain  other 
selling shareholders sold 4,025,000 common shares. 

Shelf Registration Rights  

We will use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities pursuant to Form 
F-3, and each Registration Rights Holder may make one written request that we register the offer and sale of their common 
shares on a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form F-3 so long as 
the request covers at least that number of common shares with an anticipated aggregate offering sale of at least $5,000,000.  

Piggyback Registration Rights  

If we propose to register for sale to the public any of our securities, in connection with the public offering of such 
securities, the Registration Rights Holders will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights in connection with such 
public offering, allowing them to include their common shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, 
whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration 
related to a company equity incentive plan and (2) a registration related to the exchange of securities in certain corporate 
reorganizations or certain other transactions or in other instances where a form is not available for registering securities for 
sale to the public, the Registration Rights Holders will be entitled to written notice of the registration and will have the right, 
subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of common shares included in the registration, to 
include their common shares in the registration.  

Termination  

As to each party to the Registration Rights Agreement, the rights of such party thereunder terminate upon the earlier 
to occur of the fifth anniversary of the date of the agreement or the date upon which the percentage of our total outstanding 
common shares held by such party ceases to be at least one percent.  

Tag-Along Agreement  

On July 23, 2014, the Founders, the Uruguayan Entities, Paldwick S.A., the Riverwood Entities, the FTV Partnerships, 
Endeavor Global, Inc. and Endeavor Catalyst Inc. (collectively, the “Selling Shareholders”) entered into a tag-along agreement 
pursuant to which if, during a period of four years as from the date our registration statement filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission was declared effective, any of the Selling Shareholders proposes to make a transfer of our shares to 
any other Selling Shareholder or WPP, each of (i) the Founders and the Uruguayan Entities (individually and/or acting as a 
group), (ii) the RW Entities (individually and/or acting as a group), (iii) the FTV Partnerships (individually and/or acting as a 
group), and (v) Endeavor, shall have the right to participate in such sale with respect to any shares held by them on a pro rata 
basis, and on the same terms and conditions and the same total consideration, as those offered to the corresponding Selling 
Shareholder in the applicable transfer.  

134 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Related-Party Transactions  

 For a summary of our revenue and expenses and receivables and payables with related parties, please see note 21 

to our audited consolidated financial statements.  

Procedures for Related Party Transactions  

On July  23,  2014, we  adopted  a written  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  for  our  company, which  is  publicly 
available on our website at www.globant.com. The code of conduct and ethics was not in effect when we entered into the 
related party transactions discussed above. Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and 
directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must 
report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our corporate counsel who 
then  will  review  and  summarize  the  proposed  transaction  for  our  audit  committee.  Pursuant  to  its  charter,  our  audit 
committee is required to then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In 
approving  or  rejecting  such  proposed  transactions,  the  audit  committee  is  required  to  consider  the  relevant  facts  and 
circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, 
benefits,  costs,  availability  of  other  comparable  services  or  products  and,  if  applicable,  the  impact  on  a  director’s 
independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are 
not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.  

On November 5, 2015, we adopted a related party transactions policy. This policy indicates, based on certain specific 

parameters, which transactions should be submitted for approval by either our Audit Committee or our general counsel.  

135 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART V: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

A. Control and procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

As of December 31, 2016, our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, conducted an evaluation pursuant to  Rule 13a-15  promulgated under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  of the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  including  the  possibility  of  human  error  and  the  circumvention  or  overriding  of  the 
controls  and  procedures.  Accordingly,  even  effective  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  can  only  provide  reasonable 
assurance of achieving their control objectives.  

Based  on  such  evaluation,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that  Company’s 

disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016. 

b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting 
as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934.  Our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  is  a  process  designed  under  the  supervision  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  that: 
(i)  pertains  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions  of  the  Company’s  assets;  (ii)  provides  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  reporting  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management 
and directors; and (iii) provides reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, 
use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedure  may 
deteriorate. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has assessed 
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.  In making this assessment, our 
management used the criteria established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”).    As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  our  management  has 
determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016. 

136 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our management has excluded We Are London Limited, Difier S.A. and L4 Mobile, LLC, which were acquired on 

May 23, 2016, November 14, 2016 and November 14, 2016, respectively, from its assessment of internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2016  In aggregate, the financial statements of each of the aforementioned entities constitute 
2% of our total consolidated assets and 2% of related consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016.  

c) Changes in internal control over financial reporting 

As required by Rule 13a-15(d), under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, our management, including 
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting 
to  determine  whether  any  change  occurred  during  the  period  covered  since  the  last  annual  report  that  has  materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, it 
has been determined that there has been no change during the period covered by this annual report that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

137 

 
 
 
 
B. Legal Proceedings 

In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to certain contingent liabilities with respect to existing potential 
claims,  lawsuits  and  other  proceedings,  including  those  involving  tax  and  labor  lawsuits  and  other  matters.  We  accrue 
liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such cost can be reasonably estimated.  

In Argentina, we are engaged in  several legal proceedings, including tax and  labor lawsuits. In the opinion  of  our 
management, the ultimate disposition of any threatened or pending matters, either individually or on a combined basis, will 
not have a material effect on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.  

On February 10, 2012, Federacion Argentina de Empleados de Comercio y Servicios (‘‘FAECYS’’) filed a lawsuit against 
our  Argentine  subsidiary,  Sistemas  Globales  S.A.,  in  which  FAECYS  is  demanding  the  application  of  its  collective  labor 
agreement to the employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, Sistemas Globales should have withheld and 
transferred to FAECYS an amount of 0.5% of the gross monthly salaries of Sistemas Globales’s employees from October 2006 
through October 2011.  

Although we believe Sistemas Globales has meritorious defenses to this lawsuit, no assurance can be provided as 
to what the ultimate outcome of this matter will be. In the opinion of our management and our legal advisors, an adverse 
outcome from this claim is not probable. Consequently, no amount has been accrued at December 31, 2016. We estimate 
that  the  amount  of  possible  loss  as  of  the  date  of  issuance  of  these  financial  statements  ranges  between  $0.7  and  $0.8 
million, including legal costs and expenses.  

In December 2015, we received a civil investigative demand from the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Northern District 
of Texas (the “US DOJ”) for the production of records in connection with an investigation relating to alleged non-compliance 
with laws governing the application for and use of B visas during the period January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2015 (the 
“Relevant Period”).  

In order to avoid the inconvenience and expense of litigation, we settled this matter by entering into a Settlement 
Agreement with the US DOJ (“Settlement Agreement”) on March 15, 2017.  Under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, we 
denied the US DOJ’s allegations and all liability in connection with the conduct alleged by the US DOJ to have involved 21 
employees from June 2010 through December 2012. Under the Settlement Agreement, we agreed, among other things, to 
pay an amount equal to $1.0 million.  Of that amount, $500,000 is attributable to penalties connected to the above-described 
conduct and $500,000 is attributable to reimbursement of the US DOJ’s investigative costs. In return, the US DOJ has agreed, 
among other things, to release us and/or our affiliates from any civil or administrative monetary claim that the US DOJ has 
for  the  above-described  conduct  during  the  Relevant  Period  with  respect  to  the  foreign  nationals  referenced  in  the 
Settlement Agreement, subject to customary exceptions.  

Our U.S. subsidiary, Globant LLC, is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding 
payroll and employment taxes primarily in connection with services performed by employees of certain of our subsidiaries 
in the United States from 2013 to 2015. Such examination is currently in progress and, at this stage, we cannot make any 
predictions about the final outcome of this matter.  

138 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016, we are a party in certain labor claims where the risk of loss is considered possible. The final 

resolution of these claims is not likely to have a material effect on our financial position or on our results of operations.  

Our U.S. subsidiary,  Globant LLC, was  under examination for  fiscal year 2012 by the IRS  regarding transfer pricing 
matters and others related to the activities performed by our  subsidiaries in the United States.  On August 31, 2016, the IRS 
issued a final outcome of the audit which resulted in no adjustment to the originally reported profit of us on our 2012 income 
tax return.  

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  some  labor  claims  where  the  Company  was  involved  came  to  final 

resolution and a utilization of the provision for contingencies was recorded for an amount of 400. 

139 

 
 
 
 
 
C. Material Contracts 

We have not entered into any material contracts during the preceding two years which were outside the ordinary 
course of business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the preceding year and up to the date of this annual report, we 
have  issued  shares  under  certain  subscription  agreements  we  entered  into,  which  include,  among  other  terms,  certain 
transferability restrictions on the shares issued thereunder, as set forth below:   

•  

•  

•  

In May 2016, we issued 75,221 common shares in favor of the sellers of WAE (the "WAE Subscribers") pursuant to the 
terms of certain subscription agreements entered into by us and the WAE Subscribers during that same month. As 
of the date of this annual report, such common shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions under the terms of 
the relevant subscription agreements, whereby the WAE Subscribers have agreed, among other terms, during a one-
year period from the date of issuance of the common shares, not to offer, pledge, sell, announce the intention to sell, 
contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right 
or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, the common shares subscribed for 
under  the  subscription  agreements,  provided,  however,  that  the  foregoing  restrictions  are  subject  to  a  range  of 
exceptions.   

In July 2016, we issued 23,508 common shares to the sellers of Clarice (the "Clarice Subscribers") pursuant to the 
terms of certain subscription agreements entered into by us and the Clarice Subscribers during that same month. As 
of the date of this annual report, such common shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions under the terms of 
the relevant subscription agreements, whereby the Clarice Subscribers have agreed, among others, during a one-
year period from the date of issuance of the common shares, not to offer, pledge, sell, announce the intention to sell, 
contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right 
or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, the common shares subscribed for 
under  the  subscription  agreements,  provided,  however,  that  the  foregoing  restrictions  are  subject  to  a  range  of 
exceptions.   

In  November  2016,  we  issued  70,380  common  shares  in  favor  of  the  sellers  of  L4  Mobile  (the  "L4  Subscribers") 
pursuant to the terms of certain subscription agreements entered into by us and the L4 Subscribers during that same 
month. As of the date of this annual report such common shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions under the 
terms of the relevant subscription agreements, whereby the L4 Subscribers have agreed, among others, during a 
one-year period from the date of issuance of the common shares, not to offer, pledge, sell, announce the intention 
to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any 
option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, the common shares 
subscribed for under the subscription agreements, provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions are subject to 
a range of exceptions.   

•  

In February 2017, we issued 34,309 common shares in favor of the sellers of Ratio (the "Ratio Subscribers") pursuant 
to the terms of certain subscription agreements entered into by us and the Ratio Subscribers during that same month. 
As of the date of this annual report such common shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions under the terms 
of the relevant subscription agreements, whereby the Ratio Subscribers have agreed, among others, during a one-

140 

 
 
 
 
 
 
year period from the date of issuance of the common shares, not to offer, pledge, sell, announce the intention to sell, 
contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right 
or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, the common shares subscribed for 
under  the  subscription  agreements,  provided,  however,  that  the  foregoing  restrictions  are  subject  to  a  range  of 
exceptions.   

141 

 
 
D. Dividend Policy 

We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, 

and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.  

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net income per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve 
until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls 
below the 10% threshold, 5% of net income again must be allocated toward the reserve until such reserve returns to the 10% 
threshold. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced. The legal reserve 
is not available for distribution.  

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than ownership of shares in Spain Holdco, and their 
direct and indirect ownership of our operating subsidiaries. Spain Holdco is a holding entity with no material assets other 
than their direct and indirect ownership of shares in our operating subsidiaries. If we were to distribute a dividend at some 
point in the future, we would cause the operating subsidiaries to make distributions to Spain Holdco which in turn would 
make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover any such dividends. 

142 

 
 
 
 
 
A. Offering and listing details. 

Our ordinary shares began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOB” in connection with our IPO on July 18, 2014. 
Before then, there was no public market for our ordinary shares. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the 
high and low closing prices of our ordinary shares as reported by the NYSE since July 18, 2014.  

Our ordinary shares began trading on the Lux SE under the International Securities Identification Number (ISIN) code 

“LU0974299876” on August 11, 2016.  

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices of our ordinary shares as 

reported (i) by the NYSE since July 18, 2014 and (ii) by the Lux SE since August 11, 2016.  

143 

 
 
 
 
NYSE 

LUXSE 

High 

Low 

High 

Low 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

12.99  
13.25  
14.78  
14.19  
14.31  
15.85  

15.50  
16.89  
22.37  
25.71  
26.66  
33.02  
35.00  
32.98  
33.96  
36.80  
38.16  
38.23  

37.86  
31.96  
32.65  
35.91  
40.14  
41.23  
42.96  

44.81 

42.35  
47.19  
45.73  
34.51  

10.65  
11.26  
12.50  
11.86  
11.98  
12.76  

13.17  
13.24  
17.01  
20.54  
20.55  
25.85  
27.15  
25.34  
25.67  
28.62  
32.44  
32.60  

28.90  
22.50  
28.27  
30.11  
33.60  
35.90  
38.76  

37.50 

38.03  
41.66  
31.64  
31.22  

43.52 

42.05  
46.83  
45.09  
34.31  

37.71 

38.40  
41.80  
34.56  
31.91  

Period 

2014 

July 18 - July 31 

August 

September 

October 

November 

December 

2015 

January 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 

September 

October 

November 

December 

2016 

January 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 
August  
With respect to Lux SE, 
this reflects trading from 
August 

September 

October 

November 

December 

2017 

144 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 

February 

March 1 - March 20 

35.52  
37.48  
37.57  

30.90  
32.11  
35.51  

35.10  
36.96  
37.07  

31.19  
32.53  
35.70  

As of March 20, 2017, we had 176 holders of record of our common shares. 

145 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E. Taxation 

The following is a summary of the material Luxembourg and U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders 
(as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. This summary is based upon Luxembourg tax 
laws  and U.S. federal  income tax laws  (including the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”),  final, 
temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, rulings, judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements), all currently 
in  effect  as  of  the  date  hereof  and  all  of which  are  subject  to  change  or  changes  in wording  or  administrative  or  judicial 
interpretation  occurring  after  the  date  hereof,  possibly with  retroactive  effect. To  the  extent  that  the  following  discussion 
relates to matters of Luxembourg tax law, it represents the opinion of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg, our Luxembourg 
counsel, and to the extent that the discussion relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, it represents the opinion of 
DLA Piper LLP (US), our U.S. counsel. 

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of one or more of our common shares: 

(a)  that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes one of the following: 

(i)  an individual citizen or resident of the United States, 

(ii)  a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or 

organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or 

(iii)  an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; 

(b)  who holds the common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes; 

(c)  who owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10% of the share capital or voting shares of Globant; 

and 

(d)  whose holding is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment in Luxembourg. 

This summary does not address all of the tax considerations that may apply to holders that are subject to special tax 
rules, such as U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, certain financial institutions, persons subject 
to  the  alternative  minimum  tax,  dealers  and  certain  traders  in  securities,  persons  holding  common  shares  as  part  of  a 
straddle, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction, persons who acquired their common shares pursuant to the 
exercise of employee shares options or otherwise as compensation, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships 
for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Such holders may be subject 
to U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. In addition, this summary does not address all 
of the Luxembourg tax considerations that may apply to holders that are subject to special tax rules. 

If a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the 
partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership, or partner in a partnership, that holds common shares is urged to 
consult its own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of owning and disposing of the common shares. 

Potential investors in our common shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the specific Luxembourg 
and U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares in light of their 
particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction. 

146 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Luxembourg Tax Considerations 

Introduction 

The following is an overview of certain material Luxembourg tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing 
of the common shares issued by us. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all possible tax situations that may be 
relevant to a decision to purchase, own or deposit our common shares. It is included herein solely for preliminary information 
purposes and is not intended to be, nor should it construed to be, legal or tax advice. Prospective purchasers of our common 
shares should consult their own tax advisers as to the applicable tax consequences of the ownership of our common shares, 
based on their particular circumstances. The following description of Luxembourg tax law is based upon the Luxembourg 
law and regulations as in effect and as interpreted by the Luxembourg tax authorities as of the date of this annual report and 
is subject to any amendments in law (or in interpretation) later introduced, whether or not on a retroactive basis. Please be 
aware  that  the  residence  concept  used  under  the  respective  headings  below  applies  for  Luxembourg  tax  assessment 
purposes only. Any reference in this section to a tax, duty, levy impost or other charge or withholding of a similar nature refers 
to Luxembourg tax laws and/or concepts only. Also, please note that a reference to Luxembourg income tax encompasses 
corporate  income  tax  (impôt  sur  le  revenu  des  collectivités),  municipal  business  tax  (impôt  commercial  communal),  a 
solidarity surcharge (contribution au fonds pour l’emploi) and personal income tax (impôt sur le revenu) generally. Corporate 
taxpayers may further be subject to net worth tax (impôt sur la fortune), as well as other duties, levies or taxes. Corporate 
income tax, municipal business tax, as well as the solidarity surcharge invariably applies to most corporate taxpayers resident 
of  Luxembourg  for  tax  purposes.  Individual  taxpayers  are  generally  subject  to  personal  income  tax  and  to  the  solidarity 
surcharge. Under certain circumstances, where an individual taxpayer acts in the course of the management of a professional 
or business undertaking, municipal business tax may apply as well. 

Taxation of the company 

Income tax 

As the company is a fully-taxable Luxembourg company, its net taxable profit is as a rule subject to corporate income 

tax (“CIT”) and municipal business tax (“MBT”) at ordinary rates in Luxembourg. 

The taxable profit as determined for CIT purposes is applicable, with minor adjustments, for MBT purposes. CIT is 
levied  at  an  effective  maximum  rate  of  20.33%  in  2017  and  19.26%  as  from  2018  (inclusive  of  the  7%  surcharge  for  the 
employment fund). MBT is levied at a variable rate according to the municipality in which the company is located (6.75% in 
the City of Luxembourg). The maximum aggregate CIT and MBT rate consequently amounts to 27.08% in 2017 and 26.01% as 
from 2018 for companies located in the City of Luxembourg. 

Dividends  and  other  payments  derived  from  shares  by  the  company  are  subject  to  income  taxes,  unless  the 
conditions  of  the  participation  exemption  regime,  as  described  below,  are  satisfied. A  tax  credit  is  generally  granted  for 
withholding taxes levied at source within the limit of the tax payable in Luxembourg on such income, whereby any excess 
withholding tax is not refundable. 

147 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the participation exemption regime (subject to the relevant anti-abuse rules), dividends derived from shares 
may be exempt from income tax if (i) the distributing company is a qualified subsidiary (“Qualified Subsidiary”) and (ii) at the 
time the dividend is  put at the company’s disposal, the company  has held or commits itself to  hold for an uninterrupted 
period of at least 12 months shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of the Qualified Subsidiary (i) of at 
least 10% or of (ii) an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million. A Qualified Subsidiary means (a) a Luxembourg resident fully-
taxable company limited by share capital (société de capitaux), (b) a company covered by Article 2 of the Council Directive 
2011/96/EU  of  November  30,  2011  (the  “EU  Parent-Subsidiary  Directive”)  or  (c)  a  non-resident  company  limited  by  share 
capital (société de capitaux) liable to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg CIT.   

Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. If the 
conditions of the participation exemption regime are not met, dividends derived by the company from Qualified Subsidiaries 
may be exempt for 50 % of their gross amount if they are received from (i) a Luxembourg resident fully-taxable company 
limited  by  share  capital,  or  (ii)  a  company  limited  by  share  capital  resident  in  a  State  with  which  the  Grand  Duchy  of 
Luxembourg  has  concluded  a  double  tax  treaty  and  liable  to  a  tax  corresponding  to  Luxembourg  CIT,  or  (iii)  a  company 
resident in a EU Member State and covered by Article 2 of the EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive. 

Capital gains realized by the company on shares are subject to CIT and MBT at ordinary rates, unless the conditions 
of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. Under the participation exemption regime, capital 
gains realized on shares of a Qualified Subsidiary may be exempt from CIT and MBT at the level of the company if at the time 
the capital gain is realized, the company has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months 
shares  representing  a  direct  participation  in  the  share  capital  of  the  Qualified  Subsidiary  (i)  of  at  least  10%  or  of  (ii)  an 
acquisition price of at least €6 million. Taxable gains are defined as being the difference between the price for which shares 
have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value. 

Withholding tax 

Dividends  paid  by  us  to  the  holders  of  our  common  shares  are  as  a  rule  subject  to  a  15%  withholding  tax  in 
Luxembourg, unless a reduced withholding tax rate applies pursuant to an applicable double tax treaty or an exemption 
pursuant to the application of the participation exemption, and, to the extent withholding tax applies, we are responsible for 
withholding amounts corresponding to such taxation at its source. 

If the company and a U.S. relevant holder are eligible for the benefits of the tax treaty concluded between the United 
State  and  Luxembourg  (the  “Treaty”),  the  rate  of withholding  on  distributions  is  15%,  or  5%  if  the  U.S.  relevant  holder  is  a 
qualified resident company as defined in Article 24 of the Treaty that owns at least 10% of our the company’s voting stock. 

A withholding tax exemption may apply under the participation exemption if cumulatively (i) the holder of our shares 
is an eligible parent (an “Eligible Parent”) and (ii) at the time the income is made available, the holder of our shares has held 
or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months a direct participation of at least 10% of our share 
capital or a direct participation of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). 
Holding a participation through an entity treated as tax transparent from a Luxembourg income tax perspective is deemed 

148 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to be a direct participation in proportion to the net assets held in this entity. An Eligible Parent includes (a) a company covered 
by Article 2 of the EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof, (b) a company resident 
in  a  State  having  a  double  tax  treaty  with  Luxembourg  and  subject  to  a  tax  corresponding  to  Luxembourg  CIT  or  a 
Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof, (c) a company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) or a cooperative 
society (société coopérative) resident in the European Economic Area other than an EU Member State and liable to a tax 
corresponding to Luxembourg CIT or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof or (d) a Swiss company limited by 
share capital (société de capitaux) which is effectively subject to corporate income tax in Switzerland without benefiting from 
an exemption.  

No withholding tax is levied on capital gains and liquidation proceeds. 

Net wealth tax 

The  company  is  as  a  rule  subject  to  Luxembourg  net wealth  tax  (“NWT”)  on  its  net  assets  as  determined  for  net 
wealth tax purposes. NWT is levied at the rate of 0.5% on net assets not exceeding EUR 500 million and at the rate of 0.05% 
on the portion of the net assets exceeding EUR 500 million. Net worth is referred to as the unitary value (valeur unitaire), as 
determined  at  1  January  of  each  year.  The  unitary  value  is  in  principle  calculated  as  the  difference  between  (i)  assets 
estimated at their fair market value (valeur estimée de réalisation), and (ii) liabilities vis-à-vis third parties.  

Under the participation exemption regime, a qualified shareholding held by the company in a Qualified Subsidiary is 

exempt for net wealth tax purposes. 

As from 1 January 2016, a minimum net wealth tax (“MNWT”) is levied on companies having their statutory seat or 
central administration in Luxembourg. For entities for which the sum  of  fixed financial assets, receivables against related 
companies, transferable securities and cash at bank exceeds 90% of their total balance sheet and EUR 350,000, the MNWT 
is set at EUR 4,815. For all other companies having their statutory seat or central administration in Luxembourg which do not 
fall within the scope of the EUR 4,815 MNWT, the MNWT ranges from EUR 535 to EUR 32,100, depending on the company’s 
total balance sheet. 

Other taxes 

The issuance of our common shares and any other amendment of our articles of association are currently subject to 
a €75 fixed registration duty. The disposal of our common shares is not subject to a Luxembourg registration tax or stamp 
duty, unless recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise registered in Luxembourg. 

Taxation of the holders of commons shares 

Luxembourg tax residency of the holders of our common shares 

149 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A holder of our common shares will not become resident, nor be deemed to be resident, in Luxembourg by reason 
only of the holding and/or disposing of our common shares or the execution, performance or enforcement of his/her rights 
thereunder. 

Income tax 

Luxembourg resident holders  

Luxembourg individual residents  

Dividends  and  other  payments  derived  from  our  common  shares  by  resident  individual  holders  of  our  common 
shares, who act in the course of the management of either their private wealth or their professional or business activity, are 
subject  to  income  tax  at  the  ordinary  progressive  rates.  A  tax  credit  may  be  granted,  under  certain  circumstances,  for 
Luxembourg withholding tax levied. 50% of the gross amount of dividends received from the company by resident individual 
holders of our common shares are exempt from income tax. 

Capital gains realized on the disposal of our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, 
who act in the course of the management of their private wealth, are not subject to income tax, unless said capital gains 
qualify either as speculative gains or as gains on a substantial participation. Capital gains are deemed to be speculative and 
are subject to income tax at ordinary rates if our common shares are disposed of within six months after their acquisition or 
if their disposal precedes their acquisition. Speculative gains are subject to income tax as miscellaneous income at ordinary 
rates. A participation is deemed to be substantial where a resident individual holder of our common shares holds or has held, 
either alone or together with his spouse or partner and / or minor children, directly or indirectly at any time within the five 
years preceding the disposal, more than 10% of the share capital of the company whose common shares are being disposed 
of. A holder of our common shares is also deemed to alienate a substantial participation if he acquired free of charge, within 
the  five years  preceding  the  transfer,  a  participation  that was  constituting  a  substantial  participation  in  the  hands  of  the 
alienator  (or  the  alienators  in  case  of  successive  transfers  free  of  charge within  the  same  five-year  period).  Capital  gains 
realized on a  substantial  participation more than  six months after the acquisition thereof  are taxed according to the  half-
global rate method, (i.e. the average rate applicable to the total income is calculated according to progressive income tax 
rates and half of the average rate is applied to the capital gains realized on the substantial participation). A disposal may 
include a sale, an exchange, a contribution or any other kind of alienation of the participation. 

Capital gains realized on the disposal of our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, 
who act in the course of their professional or business activity, are subject to income tax at ordinary rates. Taxable gains are 
determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower 
of their cost or book value. 

Luxembourg fully-taxable corporate residents 

Dividends and other payments derived from our common shares by Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable companies 
are subject to CIT and MBT, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. A 

150 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
tax credit may, under certain circumstances, be granted for any Luxembourg withholding tax levied. If the conditions of the 
participation exemption regime are not met, 50% of the gross amount of dividends received by Luxembourg-resident, fully-
taxable companies from our common shares are exempt from CIT and MBT. 

Under the participation exemption regime, dividends derived from our common shares may be exempt from CIT and 
MBT at the level of the holder of our common shares if cumulatively (i) the holder of our common shares is a Luxembourg-
resident, fully-taxable company and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the holder of our common shares’ disposal, the 
holder of our common shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months a qualified 
shareholding (“Qualified Shareholding”). A Qualified Shareholding means common shares representing a direct participation 
of at least 10% in the share capital of the company or a direct participation in the company of an acquisition price of at least 
€1.2 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and 
may be exempt under the same conditions. Common shares held through a tax-transparent entity are considered as being 
a direct participation proportionally to the percentage held in the net assets of the transparent entity. 

Capital gains realized by a Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable company on our common shares are subject to CIT 
and MBT at ordinary rates, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. 
Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on our common shares may be exempt from income tax at 
the level of the holder of our common shares if cumulatively (i) the holder of our common shares is a Luxembourg fully-
taxable  corporate  resident  and  (ii)  at  the  time  the  capital  gain  is  realized,  the  holder  of  our  common  shares  has  held  or 
commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months our common shares representing a direct participation 
in the share capital of the company of at least 10% or a direct participation in the company of an acquisition price of at least 
€6 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the 
price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value. 

Luxembourg residents benefiting from a special tax regime 

Holders of our common shares who are either (i) an undertaking for collective investment governed by the amended 
law of December 17, 2010, (ii) a specialized investment fund governed by the amended law of February 13, 2007, (iii) a family 
wealth management company governed by the amended law of May 11, 2007 and (iv) a reserved alternative investment fund 
treated as a specialized investment fund for Luxembourg tax purposes governed by the law of July 23, 2016, are exempt 
from  income  tax  in  Luxembourg.  Dividends  derived  from  and  capital  gains  realized  on  our  common  shares  are  thus  not 
subject to income tax in their hands. 

Luxembourg non-resident holders 

Non-resident  holders  of  our  common  shares  who  have  neither  a  permanent  establishment  nor  a  permanent 
representative  in  Luxembourg  to which  or whom  our  common  shares  are  attributable,  are  not  liable  to  any  Luxembourg 
income  tax  on  income  and  gains  derived  from  our  common  shares  except  capital  gains  realised  on  (i)  a  substantial 
participation before the acquisition or within the first six months of the acquisition thereof, or (ii) a substantial participation 
more than six months after the acquisition thereof by a holder of our common shares who has been a former Luxembourg 
resident  for  more  than  fifteen years  and  has  become  a  non-resident,  at  the  time  of  transfer,  less  than  five years  ago. A 

151 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
participation is deemed to be substantial where a  shareholder holds  or  has  held, either  alone or, in case  of  an individual 
shareholder, together with his/her spouse or partner and/or minor children, directly or indirectly at any time within the five 
years preceding the disposal, more than 10% of the share capital of the company whose common shares are being disposed 
of. A shareholder is also deemed to alienate a substantial participation if he acquired free of charge, within the five years 
preceding the transfer, a participation that was constituting a substantial participation in the hands of the alienator (or the 
alienators in case of successive transfers free of charge within the same five-year period).. 

If the company and a U.S. relevant holder are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, such U.S. relevant holder generally 
should  not  be  subject  to  Luxembourg  tax  on  the  gain  from  the  disposal  of  such  common  shares  unless  such  gain  is 
attributable to a permanent establishment of such U.S. relevant holder in Luxembourg. 

Non-resident holders of our common shares which have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative 
in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are attributable, must include any income received, as well as any 
gain  realized,  on  the  sale,  disposal  or  redemption  of  our  common  shares,  in  their  taxable  income  for  Luxembourg  tax 
assessment purposes, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. If the 
conditions  of  the  participation  exemption  regime  are  not  fulfilled,  50%  of  the  gross  amount  of  dividends  received  by  a 
Luxembourg permanent  establishment  or permanent representative  may  be, however, exempt  from income tax. Taxable 
gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which the common shares have been disposed of and 
the lower of their cost or book value.  

Under the participation exemption regime, dividends derived from our common shares may be exempt from income 
tax  if  cumulatively  (i)  our  common  shares  are  attributable  to  a  qualified  permanent  establishment  (“Qualified  Permanent 
Establishment”) and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the disposal of the Qualified Permanent Establishment, it has held 
or commits itself to hold a Qualified Shareholding for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months. A Qualified Permanent 
Establishment  means  (a)  a  Luxembourg  permanent  establishment  of  a  company  covered  by Article  2  of  the  EU  Parent-
Subsidiary Directive, (b) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) 
resident  in  a  State  having  a  tax  treaty with  Luxembourg,  and  (c)  a  Luxembourg  permanent  establishment  of  a  company 
limited  by  share  capital  (société  de  capitaux)  or  a  cooperative  society  (société  coopérative)  resident  in  the  European 
Economic Area  other  than  a  EU  Member  State.  Liquidation  proceeds  are  assimilated  to  a  received  dividend  and  may  be 
exempt under the same conditions. Common shares held through a tax transparent entity are considered as being a direct 
participation proportionally to the percentage held in the net assets of the transparent entity.  

Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on our common shares may be exempt from income 
tax if (i) our common shares are attributable to a Qualified Permanent Establishment and (ii) at the time the capital gain is 
realized, the Qualified Permanent Establishment has held or commits itself to hold, for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 
months, our common shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of the company of at least 10% or a direct 
participation  in  the  company  of  an  acquisition  price  of  at  least  €6  million  (or  an  equivalent  amount  in  another  currency). 
Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed 
of and the lower of their cost or book value. 

152 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Wealth Tax 

Luxembourg resident holders of our common shares, as well as non-resident holders of our common shares who 
have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are 
attributable, are subject to Luxembourg net wealth tax on our common shares, except if the holder is (i) a resident or non-
resident individual taxpayer, (ii) a securitization company governed by the amended law of March 22, 2004 on securitization, 
(iii)  a  company  governed  by  the  amended  law  of  June  15,  2004  on  venture  capital  vehicles,  (iv)  a  professional  pension 
institution governed by the amended law of July 13, 2005, (v) a specialized investment fund governed by the amended law 
of  February  13,  2007,  (vi)  a  family  wealth  management  company  governed  by  the  amended  law  of  May  11,  2007,  (vii)  an 
undertaking for collective investment governed by the amended law of December 17, 2010 or (viii) a reserved alternative 
investment fund governed by the law of July 23, 2016. However, (i) a securitization company governed by the amended law 
of March 22, 2004 on securitization, (ii) a company governed by the amended law of June 15, 2004 on venture capital vehicles, 
(iii) a professional pension institution governed by the amended law of July 13, 2005 and (iv) a reserved alternative investment 
fund treated as a venture capital vehicle for Luxembourg tax purposes and governed by the law of July 23, 2016, remain 
subject to minimum net wealth tax. 

Under the participation exemption, a Qualified Shareholding held in the company by an Eligible Parent or attributable 
to a Qualified Permanent Establishment may be exempt. The net wealth tax exemption for a Qualified Shareholding does 
not require the completion of the 12-month holding period. 

Other Taxes 

Under Luxembourg tax law, where an individual holder of our common shares is a resident of Luxembourg for tax 
purposes  at  the  time  of  his  or  her  death,  our  common  shares  are  included  in  his  or  her  taxable  basis  for  inheritance  tax 
purposes. On the contrary, no inheritance tax is levied on the transfer of our common shares upon the death of an individual 
holder in cases where the deceased was not a resident of Luxembourg for inheritance purposes. 

Gift tax may be due on a gift or donation of our common shares, if the gift is recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed 

or otherwise registered in Luxembourg. 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations 

Taxation of dividends 

Distributions received by a U.S. Holder on common shares, including the amount of any Luxembourg taxes withheld, 
other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares to all shareholders, will constitute foreign source dividend income 
to  the  extent  paid  out  of  our  current  or  accumulated  earnings  and  profits  (as  determined  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax 
purposes).  Because  Globant  does  not  maintain  calculations  of  its  earnings  and  profits  under  U.S.  federal  income  tax 
principles, it is expected that such distributions (including any Luxembourg taxes withheld) will be reported to U.S. Holders 
as dividends. Although it is Globant’s intention, if it pays any dividends, to pay such dividends in U.S. dollars, if dividends are 
paid in euros, the amount of the dividend a U.S. Holder will be required to include in income will equal the U.S. dollar value 

153 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of the euro, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the payment is received by the U.S. Holder, 
regardless of whether the payment is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt. If the dividend is converted to U.S. 
dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of 
the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after 
the date of its receipt. If a U.S. Holder realizes gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of euro, it will be U.S. source ordinary 
income  or  loss.  Corporate  U.S.  Holders  will  not  be  entitled  to  claim  the  dividends  received  deduction  with  respect  to 
dividends paid by Globant. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders of 
common  shares  will  generally  be  taxable  at  the  reduced  rate  that  otherwise  applies  to  long-term  capital  gains.  Non-
corporate U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that 
limit their ability to be taxed at this favorable rate. Certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares to all shareholders are not 
generally subject to U.S. federal income tax. 

Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may elect to deduct foreign taxes (including any Luxembourg taxes) in 
computing its taxable income,  subject to  generally applicable limitations. An election to deduct  foreign taxes  (instead  of 
claiming foreign tax credits) applies to all taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year to foreign countries and possessions of 
the United States. The limitations on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes 
of income. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex. Therefore, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors 
regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances. 

Taxation upon sale or other disposition of common shares 

A U.S. Holder will recognize U.S. source capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of common shares, which 
will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held such common shares for more than one year. The amount of 
the U.S. Holder’s gain or loss will be equal to the difference between such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares sold 
or otherwise disposed of and the amount realized on the sale or other disposition. 

Passive foreign investment company rules 

Globant believes that it will not be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes 
for its current taxable year and does not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. However, because PFIC status 
depends upon the composition of a Globant’s income and assets and the market value of its assets (including, among others, 
less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time, there can be no assurance that Globant will not be considered 
a PFIC for any taxable year. Because Globant has valued its goodwill based on the market value of its equity, a decrease in 
the price  of common  shares  may also result in  Globant becoming  a PFIC. The composition  of  Globant’s income and our 
assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, Globant spends its cash. Under circumstances where the cash is not 
deployed for active purposes,  Globant’s  risk  of  becoming a PFIC  may increase. If Globant were treated as  a PFIC for any 
taxable year during which a U.S. Holder  held common  shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to the U.S. 
Holder. 

If  Globant  were  treated  as  a  PFIC  for  any  taxable  year  during  which  a  U.S.  Holder  held  common  shares,  gain 
recognized  by  a  U.S.  Holder  on  a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  a  common  shares would  be  allocated  ratably  over  the  U.S. 

154 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Holder’s holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition 
and to any year before Globant became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other 
taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest 
charge would be imposed on the resulting tax liability. The same treatment would apply to  any distribution in respect of 
common shares to the extent it exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on common shares received by the 
U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter. Certain elections may 
be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of the common shares. 

In addition, if Globant were treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which it pays a dividend or in the prior taxable year, 

the reduced rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply. 

Information reporting and backup withholding 

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related 
financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder is a 
corporation  or  other  exempt  recipient  or,  in  the  case  of  backup withholding,  the  U.S.  Holder  provides  a  correct  taxpayer 
identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from 
a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle 
such U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service. 

155 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
G. Documents on Display 

As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange 
Act  as  applicable.  Accordingly,  we  are  required  to  file  reports,  including  this  annual  report  on  Form  20-F,  and  other 
information  with  the  SEC.  However,  we  are  allowed  four  months  to  file  our  annual  report  with  the  SEC  instead  of 
approximately three, and we are not required to disclose certain detailed information regarding executive compensation that 
is  required  from United  States domestic issuers. In  addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic 
reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities 
are registered under the Exchange Act. Also, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act 
prescribing  the  furnishing  of  proxy  statements  to  shareholders,  and  our  senior  management,  directors  and  principal 
shareholders  are  exempt  from  the  reporting  and  short-swing  profit  recovery  provisions  contained  in  Section  16  of  the 
Exchange Act.  

As  a  foreign  private  issuer,  we  are  also  exempt  from  the  requirements  of  Regulation  FD  (Fair  Disclosure)  which, 
generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before 
other investors. We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5. 
Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by other 
United States domestic reporting companies, our shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general 
should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount, and at the same time, as information is received from, 
or provided by, other United States domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations 
of the SEC which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer.  

You  may  review  and  copy  the  registration  statement,  reports  and  other  information  we  file  at  the  SEC’s  Public 
Reference  Room  at  100  F  Street,  N.E.,  Washington,  DC  20549.  You  may  also  request  copies  of  these  documents  upon 
payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC.  

For  further  information  on  the  Public  Reference  Room,  please  call  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  Our  SEC  filings, 
including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. This site contains 
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The 
information on that website is not part of this annual report. 

156 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART VI: RISK FACTORS 

A. Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks 

Our market risk exposure results primarily from concentration of credit risk, fluctuations in interest rates and foreign 

currency rates and inflation. We do not engage in trading of derivative instruments for speculative purposes. 

Concentration of Credit and Other Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash 
and bank balances, short-term investments and trade receivables. These financial instruments approximate fair value due 
to  short-term  maturities.  We  maintain  our  cash  and  bank  balances  and  short-term  investments  with  high  credit  quality 
financial institutions. Our investment portfolio is primarily comprised of time deposits and corporate and treasury bonds. We 
believe that our credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. We do not anticipate non-performance by 
the counterparties and, accordingly, do not require collateral. 

Trade receivables are generally dispersed across our clients in proportion to the revenues we generate from them. 
For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our top five clients accounted for 33.7%, 33.0% and 27.8%, respectively, 
of our net revenues. Our top clients for the years ended December 31, 2016, Southwest Airlines Co. and Walt Disney Parks 
and Resorts Online in 2015 and 2014 , accounted for 9.7%, 12.3% and 8.7% of our revenues, respectively. As of December 31, 
2016, accounts receivable from Southwest Airlines Co. represented 9.9% of our total accounts receivable; whereas accounts 
receivable from Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online in 2015 and 2014, represented  11.2% and 5.7% of our total accounts 
receivable, respectively. 

Credit  losses  and write-offs  of  trade  receivable  balances  have  historically  not  been  material  to  our  consolidated 

financial statements. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and bank balances and our 
credit  facilities.  Our  credit  lines  in Argentina  bear  interest  at  fixed  rates  ranging  from  15.25%  and  15.50%  in  local  currency 
(equivalent to an interest rate around 3.75% and 4% in USD). We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge our risk 
of interest rate volatility. 

Based on our debt position as of December 31, 2016, if we needed to refinance our existing debt, a 1% increase in 

interest rates would not materially impact us. 

We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future financial 

costs related to borrowings may increase and our financial income may decrease due to changes in market interest rates. 

157 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange Risk 

Our exchange rate risk arises in the ordinary course of our business primarily from our foreign currency expenses 
and, to a lesser extent, revenues. We are also exposed to exchange rate risk on the portion of our cash and bank balances, 
investments  and trade receivables that  is denominated in currencies  other than the U.S. dollar  and  on other receivables, 
such as Argentine tax credits. 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  U.S.  dollars.  Because  the  majority  of  our  operations  are 
conducted in Latin America and Asia, we incur the majority of our operating expenses and capital expenditures in non-U.S. 
dollar currencies, primarily the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Colombian peso, Mexican peso, Indian rupees and Brazilian 
real. 90.0%  of  our revenues for the year ended December  31, 2016 was generated in U.S. dollars, with  the balance  being 
generated primarily in Euros and, to a lesser extent, other currencies (including the Argentine peso, the Colombian peso and 
the Brazilian real). The following table shows the breakdown of our revenues by the currencies in which they were generated 
during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

By Currency 
USD 

EUR 

GBP 

Others 

Revenues 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

 $ 290,636    
12,060    
4,988    
15,172    
 $ 322,856    

90.0 %   $  236,788    
2,168    
3,661    
11,179    
100.0 %   $  253,796    

3.7 %  
1.5 %  
4.8 %  

93.3 %   $  184,380    
2,320    
0.9 %  
1,631    
1.4 %  
11,274    
4.4 %  
100.0 %   $ 199,605    

92.4 % 
1.2 % 
0.8 % 
5.6 % 

100.0 % 

Until December 31, 2016, when our Argentine subsidiaries received payments in U.S. dollars for services performed 
under our client contracts, we were required by Argentine law to convert such amounts into Argentine pesos, as a result of 
which the portion of our cash and bank balances that we held in Argentina was exposed to the fluctuations in the official 
exchange  rate  between  the  Argentine  peso  and  the  U.S.  dollar.  This  exposure  was  short  term,  as  these  funds  were 
immediately  used  to  pay  salaries  and  capital  expenditures  primarily  in  Argentina.  The  Argentine  peso  has  fluctuated 
significantly against the U.S. dollar since the end of Argentine peso/U.S. dollar parity in 2002 and experienced periods of 
strong devaluation. Historically, we have been able to mitigate the risk of devaluation on our cash balances and investments 
denominated  in  Argentine  pesos  through  purchases  of  U.S.  dollars.  From  October  2011  to  December  2015,  as  Cristina 
Fernández de Kirchner was re-elected as Argentina’s president, the Argentine government adopted policies that made it 
more difficult for Argentine enterprises to freely purchase U.S. dollars and remit U.S. dollars abroad. However, since salaries 
and capital expenditures were paid in Argentine pesos, there was currently limited free cash-flow generated in Argentina. 
Most foreign exchange restrictions and restrictions on transfer of funds into and out of Argentina that had been enacted since 
2011 were lifted by the Macri administration in December 2015, May 2016, August 2016 and December 2016, reestablishing 
Argentine  residents’  rights  to  purchase  and  remit  outside  of  Argentina  foreign  currency  with  no  maximum  amount  and 
without specific allocation or prior approval. In particular, Communication “A” 6137, issued by the Argentine Central Bank on 
December 30, 2016, eliminated the requirement to repatriate and exchange funds obtained from the export of services into 

158 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Argentine pesos through the FX Market. Such requirement remains applicable only for exported services included in the 
FOB (free on board) and/or CIF (cost insurance and freight) value of exported goods (which is not applicable to the types of 
services  exported  by  the  company).  Consequently,  we  are  not  required  to  repatriate  or  exchange  the  foreign  currency 
proceeds received from services rendered to non-Argentine residents outside of Argentina (which are proceeds from our 
exports held in off-shore accounts, such as the collections of services fees in U.S. dollars). 

A small percentage of our trade receivables is generated from net revenues earned in non-U.S. dollar currencies 
(primarily Euros, British pounds sterling, the Brazilian real, the Uruguayan peso, the Colombian peso and the Argentine peso). 

Our results of operations can be affected if the Argentine peso, Colombian peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso, 

Reais, Euros or British pound appreciate or depreciate against the U.S. dollar. 

A 30% depreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $39.7 million decrease in 
our  operating  costs.  Given  that  we  have  a  greater  amount  of Argentine  peso-denominated  assets  than Argentine  peso-
denominated  liabilities,  a  30.0%  depreciation  of  the Argentine  peso  against  the  U.S.  dollar would  have  resulted  in  a  $1.9  
million loss. As a result, the combined effect on our income statement would have been a $37.8 million increase in our net 
income for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

A 30% appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $51.6 million increase in 
our  operating  costs.  Given  that  we  have  a  greater  amount  of Argentine  peso-denominated  assets  than Argentine  peso-
denominated liabilities, a 30% appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $2.5 million 
gain. As a result, the combined effect on our income statement would have been a $49.1 million decrease in our net income 
for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

We  periodically  evaluate  the  need  for  hedging  strategies  with  our  board  of  directors,  including  the  use  of  such 
instruments  to  mitigate  the  effect  of  foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations.  During  the year  ended  December  31,  2016,  our 
principal  Argentine  operating  subsidiaries,  Sistemas  Globales  S.A.  and  IAFH  Global  S.A.,  entered  into  foreign  exchange 
forward contracts to reduce their risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the 
foreign exchange forward contracts were recognized, according to IAS 39, as financial assets at fair value through profit or 
loss. We may in the future, as circumstances warrant, decide to enter into derivative transactions to reduce our exposure to 
appreciation or depreciation in the value of certain foreign currencies. 

Wage Inflation Risk 

Argentina has experienced significant levels of inflation in recent years. According to the INDEC, the consumer price 
index increased 10.8% in 2012, 10.9% in 2013, 21.7% in 2014 and 23.9% in 2015. Inflation data released by the INDEC has been 
criticized by economists and investors as understating inflation in Argentina. In November 2015, the INDEC suspended the 
publication of the CPI. According to the most recent publicly available information based on data from the Province of San 
Luis, the CPI grew by 31.6% in 2015 and by 31.4% in 2016. According to the most recent publicly available information based 
on  data  from  the  City  of  Buenos Aires,  the  CPI  grew  by  26.9%  in  2015  and  by  41.0%  in  2016. After  implementing  certain 
methodological reforms and adjusting certain  macroeconomic  statistics based of these reforms, in June 2016 the INDEC 

159 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
resumed  its  publication  of  the  CPI.  According  to  the  INDEC,  Argentina’s  rate  of  inflation  for  May,  June,  July,  August, 
September, October, November and December 2016 was 4.2%, 3.1%, 2%, 0.2%, 1.1%, 2.4%, 1.6% and 1.3%, respectively. See “Key 
Information  —  Risk  Factors  —  Risks  Related  to  Operating  in  Latin  America  and  Argentina  —  Argentina  —  Our  results  of 
operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina.” and “Key Information — Risk 
Factors  —  Risks  Related  to  Operating  in  Latin America  and Argentina  —  Argentina  —  The  credibility  of  several Argentine 
economic indexes has been called into question, which may lead to a lack of confidence in the Argentine economy and may 
in turn limit our ability to access the credit and capital markets.” The impact of inflation on our salary costs, or wage inflation, 
and thus on our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income varies depending on the fluctuation in exchange 
rates between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. In an environment where the Argentine peso is weakening against the 
U.S.  dollar,  the  impact  of  wage  inflation  will  be  partially  offset,  whereas  in  an  environment  where  the Argentine  peso  is 
strengthening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will be increased. As of December 2016, approximately 
48.8%  of  our  employees were  based  in Argentina, where wages  can  be  influenced  by  current  inflation  rates. Assuming  a 
constant exchange rate and no ability to increase prices, for every 10.0% increase in wage inflation in Argentina we would 
experience an estimated decrease of approximately $6.8 million in net income for the year. 

160 

 
 
 
B. Risk Factors 

You  should  carefully  consider  the  risks  and  uncertainties  described  below,  together  with  the  other  information 
contained in this annual report, before making any investment decision. Any of the following risks and uncertainties could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. The market price of 
our  common  shares  could  decline  due  to  any  of  these  risks  and  uncertainties,  and  you  could  lose  all  or  part  of  your 
investment. The risks described below are those that we currently believe may materially affect us. 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry 

If we  are  unable  to  maintain  current  resource  utilization  rates  and  productivity  levels,  our  revenues,  profit  margins  and 
results of operations may be adversely affected. 

Our profitability and the cost of providing our services are affected by our utilization rate of the Globers in our Studios. 
If we are not able to maintain appropriate utilization rates for our professionals, our profit margin and our profitability may 
suffer. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:  

•   our ability to transition Globers from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and integrate new 

employees; 

•   our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our 

delivery centers; 

•   our ability to manage the attrition of our IT professionals; and 

•   our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other activities that cannot be 

billed to our clients. 

Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employees to satisfy 
demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our contractual commitments in a timely manner and cause 
us to pay penalties or lose contracts or clients. In addition, we could incur increased payroll costs, which would negatively 
affect our utilization rates and our business. 

Increases in our current levels of attrition may increase our operating costs and adversely affect our future business 

prospects. 

The total attrition rate among our Globers was 19.3%, 17.7% and 20.2% for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 
and  2014,  respectively.  If  our  attrition  rate were  to  increase,  our  operating  efficiency  and  productivity  may  decrease. We 
compete for talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, 
such as software services, engineering services and financial services companies, among others, and there is a limited pool 
of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow our company. High attrition rates of qualified personnel 
could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business, as well as cause us to incur greater personnel expenses 
and training costs. 

161 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the pricing structures that we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions 
regarding  the  cost  and  complexity  of  performing  our work,  our  contracts  could  be  unprofitable, which  could  adversely 
affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operation. 

We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts (where materials costs consist of travel and 
out-of-pocket expenses). We charge out the services performed by our Globers under these contracts at hourly rates that 
are agreed to at the time the contract is entered into. The hourly rates and other pricing terms negotiated with our clients are 
highly  dependent  on  the  complexity  of  the  project,  the  mix  of  staffing we  anticipate  using  on  it,  internal  forecasts  of  our 
operating costs and predictions of increases in those costs influenced by wage inflation and other marketplace factors. Our 
predictions are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Typically, we do not have the ability to increase 
the hourly rates established at the outset of a client project in order to pass through to our client increases in salary costs 
driven by wage inflation and other marketplace factors. Because we conduct a substantial part of our operations through our 
operating subsidiaries located in Argentina, we are subject to the effects of wage inflation and other marketplace factors in 
Argentina, which have increased significantly in recent years. If increases in salary and other operating costs at our Argentine 
subsidiaries exceed our internal forecasts, the hourly rates established under our time-and-materials contracts might not be 
sufficient  to  recover  those  increased  operating  costs,  which  would  make  those  contracts  unprofitable  for  us,  thereby 
adversely affecting our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations. 

In addition to our time-and-materials contracts, we undertake some engagements on a fixed-price basis. Revenues 
from  our  fixed-price  contracts  represented  approximately  7.9%,  3.7%  and  9.3%  of  total  revenues  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our pricing in a fixed-price contract is highly dependent on our assumptions 
and forecasts about the costs we will incur to complete the related project, which are based on limited data and could turn 
out to be inaccurate. Any  failure by us accurately to estimate the resources and time required to complete a fixed-price 
contract on time and on budget or any unexpected increase in the cost of our Globers assigned to the related project, office 
space or materials could expose us to risks associated with cost overruns and could have a material adverse effect on our 
business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  In  addition,  any  unexpected  changes  in  economic  conditions  that 
affect any of the foregoing assumptions and predictions could render contracts that would have been favorable to us when 
signed unfavorable. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  achieve  anticipated  growth,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  revenues,  results  of 
operations, business and prospects. 

We  intend  to  continue  our  expansion  in  the  foreseeable  future  and  to  pursue  existing  and  potential  market 
opportunities.  As  we  add  new  Studios,  introduce  new  services  or  enter  into  new  markets,  we  may  face  new  market, 
technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and we may not be able to mitigate these 
risks and challenges to successfully grow those services or markets. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth, 
which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects. 

162 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to effectively manage the rapid growth of our business, our management personnel, systems and resources 
could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We have experienced, and continue to experience, rapid growth in our headcount, operations and revenues, which 
has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial infrastructure. 
Additionally,  the  longer-term  transition  in  our  delivery  mix  from  Argentina-based  staffing  to  increasingly  decentralized 
staffing in Latin America, the United States and India has also placed additional operational and structural demands on our 
resources. Our future growth depends on recruiting, hiring and training technology professionals, growing our international 
operations,  expanding  our  delivery  capabilities,  adding  effective  sales  staff  and  management  personnel,  adding  service 
offerings, maintaining existing clients and winning new business. Effective management of these and other growth initiatives 
will require us to continue to improve our infrastructure, execution standards and ability to expand services. Failure to manage 
growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the execution of our engagements, our ability to 
attract and retain IT professionals and our business, results of operations and financial condition.   

If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive 
position, client relationships, revenues and results of operation may be adversely affected. 

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key 
employees. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of our founders, members of our senior management 
team or other key employees. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue 
in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily, on a timely 
basis or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense, and we may be 
unable to retain our senior executives and key employees or attract and retain new senior executives and key employees in 
the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted. 

If any of our senior management team or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may 
lose clients, suppliers, know-how and key IT professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our sales executives or 
other sales personnel, who generally maintain a close relationship with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing 
company, we may lose clients to that company, and our revenues may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, there 
could  be  unauthorized  disclosure  or  use  of  our  technical  knowledge,  practices  or  procedures  by  such  personnel.  If  any 
dispute arises between any members of our senior management team or key employees and us, any noncompetition, non-
solicitation and nondisclosure agreements we have with our founders, senior executives or key employees might not provide 
effective protection to us in light of legal uncertainties associated with the enforceability of such agreements. 

If we are unable to attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, we may not be able to maintain client relationships 
and grow effectively, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Our business is labor intensive and, accordingly, our success depends upon our ability to attract, develop, motivate, 
retain and effectively utilize highly-skilled IT professionals. We believe that there is significant competition for technology 
professionals  in  Latin  America,  the  United  States,  Europe,  Asia  and  elsewhere  who  possess  the  technical  skills  and 
experience necessary to deliver our services, and that such competition is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. As a 

163 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
result,  the  technology  industry  generally  experiences  a  significant  rate  of  turnover  of  its workforce.  Our  business  plan  is 
based  on  hiring  and  training  a  significant  number  of  additional  technology  professionals  each  year  in  order  to  meet 
anticipated  turnover  and  increased  staffing  needs.  Our  ability  to  properly  staff  projects,  to  maintain  and  renew  existing 
engagements and to win new business depends, in large part, on our ability to hire and retain qualified IT professionals. 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to recruit and train a sufficient number of qualified professionals or that 
we will be  successful in retaining current or future  employees. Increased  hiring by technology companies, particularly  in 
Latin America, the United States, Asia and Europe, and increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals 
may lead to a shortage in the availability of qualified personnel in the locations where we operate and hire. Failure to hire and 
train or retain qualified technology professionals in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
results of operations and financial condition. 

If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may 
lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our revenues and results of operations to suffer. 

Our  success  depends  on  delivering  digital  journeys  that  leverage  emerging  technologies  and  emerging  market 
trends to drive increased revenues and effective communication with customers. Technological advances and innovation 
are constant in the technology services industry. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and 
development to stay abreast of technology developments so that we may continue to deliver digital journeys that our clients 
will wish to purchase. If we are unable to anticipate technology developments, enhance our existing services or develop and 
introduce  new  services  to  keep  pace with  such  changes  and  meet  changing  client  needs, we  may  lose  clients  and  our 
revenues  and  results  of  operations  could  suffer.  Our  results  of  operations  would  also  suffer  if  our  innovations  are  not 
responsive to the needs of our clients, are not appropriately timed with market opportunities or are not effectively brought 
to market. Our competitors may be able to offer engineering, design and innovation services that are, or that are perceived 
to be, substantially similar or better than those we offer. This may force us to compete on other fronts in addition to the quality 
of our services and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive, which we may be unable to do. 

If  the  current  effective  income  tax  rate  payable  by  us  in  any  country  in which we  operate  is  increased  or  if we  lose  any 
country-specific tax benefits, then our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. 

We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our consolidated effective income 
tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including changes in the amount of income taxed by or 
allocated to the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates; changing tax laws, regulations 
and  interpretations  of  such  tax  laws  in  multiple  jurisdictions;  and  the  resolution  of  issues  arising  from  tax  audits  or 
examinations and any related interest or penalties. 

We  report  our  results  of  operations  based  on  our  determination  of  the  amount  of  taxes  owed  in  the  various 
jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  We  have  transfer  pricing  arrangements  among  our  subsidiaries  in  relation  to  various 
aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales and delivery functions. Transfer pricing regulations require 
that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be on arm’s-length terms. We consider the transactions 
among our subsidiaries to be on arm’s-length terms. The determination of our consolidated provision for income taxes and 

164 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
other tax liabilities requires estimation, judgment and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. 
Our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by authorities in various jurisdictions.  

Under Argentina’s Law No. 25,922 (Ley de Promoción de la Industria de Software), as amended by Law No. 26,692 (the 
“Software Promotion Law”), our operating subsidiaries in Argentina benefit from a 60% reduction in their corporate income 
tax rate (as applied to income from promoted software activities) and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain 
social  security  taxes  (contributions)  that  may  be  offset  against  value-added  tax  liabilities.  Law  No.  26,692,  the  2011 
amendment  to  the  Software  Promotion  Law  (“Law  No.  26,692”),  also  allows  such  tax  credits  to  be  applied  to  reduce  our 
Argentine subsidiaries’ corporate income tax liability by a percentage not higher than the subsidiaries’ declared percentage 
of exports and extends the tax benefits under the Software Promotion Law until December 31, 2019. 

On September 16, 2013, the Argentine government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the 
implementation  of  the  Software  Promotion  Law.  Regulatory  Decree  No.  1315/2013  introduced  specific  requirements  to 
qualify for the tax  benefits contemplated by the Software Promotion Law. In  particular, Regulatory  Decree No. 1315/2013 
provides that from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019, only those companies that are accepted for registration 
in  the  National  Registry  of  Software  Producers  (Registro  Nacional  de  Productores  de  Software  y  Servicios  Informaticos) 
maintained by the Assistant Secretary of Technological and Productive Services (Subsecretaría de Servicios Tecnológicos y 
Productivos) - former Secretary of Industry (Secretaria de Industria del Ministerio de Industria)- will be entitled to participate in 
the benefits of the Software Promotion Law.  

On  March  11,  2014,  the  Argentine  Federal  Administration  of  Public  Revenue  (Administración  Federal  de  Ingresos 
Publicos, or “AFIP”) issued General Resolution No. 3,597 (“General Resolution No. 3,597”). This measure provides that, as a 
further prerequisite to participation in the benefits of the Software Promotion Law, exporters of software and related services 
must register in a newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services (Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios). 
In  addition,  General  Resolution  No.  3,597  states  that  any  tax  credits  generated  under  the  Software  Promotion  Law  by  a 
participant in the Software Promotion Law will only be valid until September 17, 2014. 

According to the  abovementioned regulations, on  March 14, May 21 and May 28, 2014, our Argentine  subsidiaries 
Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A., respectively, were accepted for registration in the Special 
Registry of Exporters of Services.   

On June 25, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. applied 

for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers.  

The  Secretary  and  Subsecretary  of  Industry  issued  rulings  approving  the  registration  in  the  National  Registry  of 
Software Producers of our subsidiaries as follows: (i) Sistemas Globales S.A. on March 18, 2015 and (ii) Huddle Group and 
IAFH Global S.A. on April 13, 2015. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive to September 
18,  2014  and  provided  that  the  benefits  enjoyed  under  the  Software  Promotion  Law  as  originally  enacted  were  not 
extinguished until the ruling goes into effect (which have occurred upon its date of publication in the Argentine government’s 
official gazette on before mentioned dates). 

165 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  May  7,  2015,  Huddle  Group  deregistered  from  the  National  Registry  of  Software  Producers  before  the 
Subsecretary of Industry, as the subsidiary had discontinued activities since January 1, 2015. As a result of the deregistration, 
Huddle  Group  S.A.,  the Argentine  subsidiary  of  the  Huddle  Group,  became  subject  to  a  35%  corporate  income  tax  rate 
effective January 1, 2015. 

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., which is situated in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% 

income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax.  

Additionally, services provided by Difier are exempted from income tax in Uruguay. The exemption applies to 

software development services as long as they are exported and utilized abroad.  

In India, under the Special Economic Zones Act of 2005, the services provided by export-oriented companies within 
within Special Economic Zones (each a "SEZ") are eligible for a deduction of 100% of the profits or gains derived from the 
export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the company commenced the provision of services 
and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Companies must meet the conditions under Section 10AA of 
Income Tax Act to be eligible for the benefit.  Other tax benefits are also available for registered SEZ companies. Our Indian 
subsidiary is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 34.61%, including surcharges. We expect our Indian subsidiary to 
apply  for  registration  in  the  SEZ  in  2017.  If  the  Indian  government  changes  its  policies  after  our  Indian  subsidiary  obtains 
registration in the SEZ, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. With the growth 
of our business in the SEZ, our Indian subsidiary may be required to compute its tax liability under Minimum Alternate Tax 
("MAT") in future years as its tax liability under the general tax provisions may be lower compared to the MAT liability.  

If these tax incentives in Argentina, India and Uruguay are changed, terminated, not extended or made unavailable, 
or comparable new tax incentives are not introduced, we expect that our effective income tax rate and/or our operating 
expenses  would  increase  significantly,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  See  “Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  Operating  Results  —  Certain  Income  Statement  Line 
Income  Tax  Expense”  and  “Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  Liquidity  and  Capital 
Items  — 
Resources — Future Capital Requirements.” 

If  any  of  our  largest  clients  terminates,  decreases  the  scope  of,  or  fails  to  renew  its  business  relationship  or  short-term 
contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected. 

We generate a significant portion of our revenues from our ten largest clients. During the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014, our largest customers based on revenues, Southwest Airlines Co. in 2016 and Walt Disney Parks and 
Resorts Online in 2015 and 2014, accounted for 9.7%, 12.3% and 8.7% of our revenues, respectively. During the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our ten largest clients accounted for 46.5%, 46.7% and 43.9% of our revenues, respectively.  

Our ability to maintain close relationships with these and other major clients is essential to the growth and profitability 
of our business. However, most of our client contracts are limited to short-term, discrete projects without any commitment 
to a specific volume of business or future work, and the volume of work performed for a specific client is likely to vary from 
year to year, especially since we are generally not our clients’ exclusive technology services provider. A major client in one 

166 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
year may not provide the same level of revenues for us in any subsequent year. The technology services we provide to our 
clients,  and  the  revenues  and  income  from  those  services,  may  decline  or  vary  as  the  type  and  quantity  of  technology 
services  we  provide  changes  over  time.  In  addition,  our  reliance  on  any  individual  client  for  a  significant  portion  of  our 
revenues  may  give  that  client  a  certain  degree  of  pricing  leverage  against  us  when  negotiating  contracts  and  terms  of 
service. 

In  addition,  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  following,  other  than  our  performance  could  cause  the  loss  of  or 

reduction in business or revenues from a client and these factors are not predictable: 

•   our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other activities that cannot be 

billed to our clients. 

•  

the business or financial condition of that client or the economy generally; 

•   a change in strategic priorities by that client, resulting in a reduced level of spending on technology services; 

•   a demand for price reductions by that client; and 

•   a decision by that client to move work in-house or to one or several of our competitors. 

The loss or diminution in business from any of our major clients could have a material adverse effect on our revenues 

and results of operations. 

Our  revenues,  margins,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  may  be  materially  adversely  affected  if  general 
economic conditions in the United States, Europe or the global economy worsen. 

We  derive  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  from  clients  located  in  the  United  States  and,  to  a  lesser  extent, 
Europe. The technology services industry is particularly sensitive to the economic environment, and tends to decline during 
general economic downturns. If the U.S. or European economies weaken or slow, pricing for our services may be depressed 
and our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may, in turn, lower the demand for 
our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability. 

The  new  U.S.  administration  has  called  for  changes  to  domestic  and  foreign  policy,  including  but  not  limited  to 
changes to existing trade agreements, import and export regulations, immigration, tariffs and customs duties, tax regulations, 
environmental regulations and other areas that become subject to significant changes.  We cannot predict the impact, if any, 
the policies adopted by the new U.S. administration will have on our business.  Such policies, should they occur, could result 
in general business interruptions, delays from difficulties in obtaining export licenses for certain technology, tariffs and other 
barriers and restrictions, longer payment cycles, increased taxes, restrictions on the repatriation of funds and the burdens of 
complying with a variety of foreign laws, any of which could ultimately have a material adverse effect on our business.   

The ongoing financial crisis in Europe (including concerns that certain European countries may default in payments 
due on their national debt) and the resulting economic uncertainty could adversely impact our operating results unless and 
until economic conditions in Europe improve and the prospect of national debt defaults in Europe decline. To the extent that 
these adverse economic conditions continue or worsen, they will likely have a negative effect on our business.  In addition, 

167 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
if the U.K.’s recent referendum to exit from the E.U., known as Brexit, is implemented, its effects on us will depend on the 
resulting agreements regarding trade and travel made between the United Kingdom and European Union.   

If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions affecting the markets in which 
we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan for or respond to those changes, and our results of operations could be 
adversely affected. 

We  face  intense  competition  from  technology  and  IT  services  providers,  and  an  increase  in  competition,  our  inability  to 
compete successfully, pricing pressures or loss of market share could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of 
operations and financial condition. 

The market for technology and IT services is intensely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change 
and evolving industry standards and we expect competition to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors 
that we face are the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; reputation 
and  track  record  for  high-quality  and  on-time  delivery  of  work;  effective  employee  recruiting;  training  and  retention; 
responsiveness to clients’ business needs; scale; financial stability; and price. 

We face competition primarily from large global consulting and outsourcing firms, digital agencies and design firms, 
traditional  technology  outsourcing  providers,  and  the  in-house  product  development  departments  of  our  clients  and 
potential clients. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources and greater 
name  recognition  than we  do. As  a  result,  they  may  be  able  to  compete  more  aggressively  on  pricing  or  devote  greater 
resources to the development and promotion of technology and IT services. Companies based in some emerging markets 
also present significant price competition due to their competitive cost structures and tax advantages.  

In addition, there are relatively few barriers to entry into our markets and we have faced, and expect to continue to 
face, competition from new technology services providers. Further, there is a risk that our clients may elect to increase their 
internal resources to satisfy their services needs as opposed to relying on a third-party vendor, such as our company. The 
technology  services  industry  is  also  undergoing  consolidation,  which  may  result  in  increased  competition  in  our  target 
markets  in  the  United  States  and  Europe  from  larger  firms  that  may  have  substantially  greater  financial,  marketing  or 
technical resources, may be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands, 
and  may  be  able  to  devote  greater  resources  to  the  development,  promotion  and  sale  of  their  services  than  we  can. 
Increased competition could also result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of our market share. We 
cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  compete  successfully  with  existing  or  new  competitors  or  that  competitive 
pressures will not materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Our business depends on a strong brand and corporate reputation, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our 
brand,  our  ability  to  expand  our  client  base  will  be  impaired  and  our  business  and  operating  results  will  be  adversely 
affected. 

Since  many  of  our  specific  client  engagements  involve  highly  tailored  solutions,  our  corporate  reputation  is  a 
significant factor in our clients’ and prospective clients’ determination of whether to engage us. We believe the Globant brand 

168 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our competitors and 
also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented IT professionals. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible 
to damage by actions or statements made by current or former employees or clients, competitors, vendors, adversaries in 
legal proceedings and government regulators, as well as members of the investment community and the media. There is a 
risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect 
our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential 
or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our 
recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of our Globant 
brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us and result in a decline in the price of our common shares. 

We  are  seeking  to  expand  our  presence  in  the  United  States,  which  entails  significant  expenses  and  deployment  of 
employees on-site with our clients. If we are unable to manage our operational expansion into the United States, it may 
adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects. 

A  key  element  of  Globant’s  strategy  is  to  expand  our  delivery  footprint,  including  by  increasing  the  number  of 
employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. In particular, we intend to focus our recruitment 
efforts on the United States. Client demands, the availability of high-quality technical and operational personnel at attractive 
compensation rates, regulatory environments and other pertinent factors may vary significantly by region and our experience 
in the markets in which we currently operate  may  not  be applicable to  other  regions. As  a result, we may not  be able to 
leverage our experience to expand our delivery footprint effectively into our target markets in the United States. If we are 
unable to manage our expansion efforts effectively, if our expansion plans take longer to implement than expected or if our 
costs  for  these  efforts  exceed  our  expectations,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  prospects  could  be  materially 
adversely affected. 

If a significant number of our Globers were to join unions, our labor costs and our business could be negatively affected. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had 68 Globers, 60 working at our delivery center located in Rosario, Argentina, who 
are  covered  by  a  collective  bargaining  agreement  with  the  Federación  Argentina  de  Empleados  de  Comercio  y  Servicios 
(“FAECYS”), which is renewed on an annual basis. In addition, our primary Argentine subsidiary is defending a lawsuit filed by 
FAECYS  in  which  FAECYS  is  demanding  the  application  of  its  collective  labor  agreement  to  unspecified  categories  of 
employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, our principal Argentine subsidiary would have been required to 
withhold  and  transfer  to  FAECYS  an  amount  equal  to  0.5%  of  the  gross  monthly  salaries  of  that  subsidiary’s  payroll  from 
October  2006  to  October  2011.  Furthermore,  FAECYS’  claim  may  be  increased  to  cover withholdings  from  October  2006 
through the date of a future judgment. Several Argentine technology companies are facing similar lawsuits filed by FAECYS 
which have been decided in favor of both the companies and FAECYS. Under Argentine law, judicial decisions only apply to 
the particular case at hand. There is no stare decisis and courts’ decisions are not binding on lower courts even in the same 
jurisdiction  although  they  may  be  used  as  guidelines  on  other  similar  cases.  See  “Financial  Information  —  Consolidated 
Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings” and the notes to our consolidated financial statements. If 
a  significant  additional  number  of  our  Globers were  to  join  unions,  our  labor  costs  and  our  business  could  be  negatively 
affected. 

169 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our revenues are dependent on a limited number of industries, and any decrease in demand for technology services in these 
industries could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our results of operations. 

A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in the following industries: media and entertainment; travel and 
hospitality;  banks,  financial  services  and  insurance;  and,  technology  and  telecommunications  which  industries,  in  the 
aggregate, constituted 75.0%, 72.6% and 70.0% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively. Our business growth largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients in these industries 
and other industries that we may target in the future, as well as on trends in these industries to purchase technology services 
or to move such services in-house. 

A downturn in any of these or our targeted industries, a slowdown or reversal of the trend to spend on technology 
services in any of these industries could result in a decrease in the demand for our services and materially adversely affect 
our revenues, financial condition and results of operations. For example, a worsening of economic conditions in the media 
and  entertainment  industry  and  significant  consolidation  in  that  industry  may  reduce  the  demand  for  our  services  and 
negatively affect our revenues and profitability. 

Other developments in the industries in which we operate may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services 
in  these  industries,  and we  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  anticipate  and  prepare  for  any  such  changes.  For  example, 
consolidation in any of these industries or acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may adversely affect our business. 
Our clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on their profitability. 
This, in turn, may result in increasing pressure on us from clients in these key industries to lower our prices, which could 
adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition. 

We have a relatively short operating history and operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate 
our future prospects, may increase the risk that we will not continue to be successful and, accordingly, increases the risk of 
your investment. 

Our company was founded in 2003 and, therefore, has a relatively short operating history. In addition, the technology 
services industry itself is continuously evolving. Competition, fueled by rapidly changing consumer demands and constant 
technological developments, renders the technology services industry one in which success and performance metrics are 
difficult  to  predict  and  measure.  Because  services  and  technologies  are  rapidly  evolving  and  each  company  within  the 
industry can vary greatly in terms of the services it provides, its business model, and its results of operations, it can be difficult 
to predict how any company’s services, including ours, will be received in the market. While enterprises have been willing to 
devote significant resources to incorporate emerging technologies and related market trends into their business models, 
enterprises may not continue to spend any significant portion of their budgets on our services in the future. Neither our past 
financial  performance  nor  the  past  financial  performance  of  any  other  company  in  the  technology  services  industry  is 
indicative of how our company will fare financially in the future. Our future profits may vary substantially from those of other 
companies, and those we have achieved in the past, making investment in our company risky and speculative. If our clients’ 
demand for our services declines, as a result of economic conditions, market factors or shifts in the technology industry, our 
business would suffer and our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. 

170 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are investing substantial cash in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability and cash flows could 
be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately. 

We  have  made  and  continue  to  make  significant  contractual  commitments  related  to  capital  expenditures  on 
construction  or  expansion  of  our  delivery  centers. We  may  encounter  cost  overruns  or  project  delays  in  connection with 
opening new facilities. These expansions will likely increase our fixed costs and if we are unable to grow our business and 
revenues proportionately, our profitability and cash flows may be negatively affected. 

If we cause disruptions in our clients’ businesses or provide inadequate service, our clients may have claims for substantial 
damages against us, which could cause us to lose clients, have a negative effect on our corporate reputation and adversely 
affect our results of operations. 

If  our  Globers  make  errors  in  the  course  of  delivering  services  to  our  clients  or  fail  to  consistently  meet  service 
requirements of a client, these errors or failures could disrupt the client’s business, which could result in a reduction in our 
revenues or a claim for substantial damages against us. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement 
could seriously damage our corporate reputation and limit our ability to attract new business. 

The  services we  provide  are  often  critical  to  our  clients’  businesses.  Certain  of  our  client  contracts  require  us  to 
comply with security obligations including maintaining network security and backup data, ensuring our network is virus-free, 
maintaining business continuity planning procedures, and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by 
conducting background checks. Any failure in a client’s system or breach of security relating to the services we provide to 
the client could damage our reputation or result in a claim for substantial damages against us. Any significant failure of our 
equipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in 
which we  operate, could  impede  our  ability to provide services to  our clients, have a  negative impact  on our reputation, 
cause us to lose clients, and adversely affect our results of operations. 

Under our client contracts, our liability for breach of our obligations is in some cases limited pursuant to the terms of 
the contract. Such limitations may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages. In addition, 
certain liabilities, such as  claims  of third  parties for which we may be required to indemnify  our clients, are generally not 
limited under our contracts. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us in amounts greater than those 
covered by our current insurance policies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees. 

We may face losses or reputational damage if our software solutions turn out to contain undetected software defects. 

A significant amount of our business involves developing software solutions for our clients as part of our provision of 
technology services. We are required to make certain representations and warranties to our clients regarding the quality and 
functionality of our software. Any undetected software defects could result in liability to our clients under certain contracts 
as well as losses resulting from any litigation initiated by clients due to any losses sustained as a result of the defects. Any 
such liability or losses could have an adverse effect on our financial condition as well as on our reputation with our clients 
and in the technology services market in general. 

171 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our client relationships, revenues, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected if we experience 
disruptions in our Internet infrastructure, telecommunications or IT systems. 

Disruptions in telecommunications, system failures, Internet infrastructure or computer virus attacks could damage 
our reputation and harm our ability to deliver services to our clients, which could result in client dissatisfaction and a loss of 
business  and  related  reduction  of  our  revenues.  We  may  not  be  able  to  consistently  maintain  active  voice  and  data 
communications  between  our  various  global  operations  and  with  our  clients  due  to  disruptions  in  telecommunication 
networks and power supply, system failures or computer virus attacks. Any significant failure in our ability to communicate 
could result in a disruption in business, which could hinder our performance and our ability to complete projects on time. 
Such failure to perform on client contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and 
financial condition.  

If our computer system is or becomes vulnerable to security breaches, or if any of our employees misappropriates data, we 
may face reputational damage, lose clients and revenues, or incur losses. 

We often have access to or are required to collect and store confidential client and customer data. Many of our client 
contracts do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality. If any person, including any of our Globers or former 
Globers,  penetrates  our  network  security  or  misappropriates  data  or  code  that  belongs  to  us,  our  clients,  or  our  clients’ 
customers, we could be subject to significant liability from our clients or from our clients’ customers for breaching contractual 
confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. 

Unauthorized  disclosure  of  sensitive  or  confidential  client  and  customer  data,  whether  through  breach  of  our 
computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of confidential information or intellectual property belonging to our clients 
or our clients’ customers, or otherwise, could damage our reputation, cause us to lose clients and revenues, and result in 
financial and other potential losses by us. 

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or 
onerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate. 

Since we provide services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, 
legal requirements on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, 
sanctions, government affairs, anti-bribery, whistle blowing, internal and disclosure control obligations, data protection and 
privacy and labor relations. Our failure to comply with these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, 
penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of profits, prohibitions on doing business and adverse 
impact on our reputation. Our failure to comply with these regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations 
to our clients could also result in liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, 
restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual 
obligations. Due to the varying degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws 
might be insufficient to defend us and preserve our rights. 

172 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due to  our operating in a  number of countries in  Latin America, the United States, Europe  and India, we are also 
subject to risks relating to compliance with a variety of national and local laws including multiple tax regimes, labor laws, 
employee health safety and wages and benefits laws. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative 
actions resulting from claims against us by current or former Globers individually or as part of class actions, including claims 
of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct. We may 
also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of breach of 
noncompete and confidentiality provisions of our employees’ former employment agreements with such third parties. Our 
failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations and financial condition. 

We may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property and our intellectual property rights may not 
be adequate to protect our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition. 

Our success depends in part on certain methodologies, practices, tools and technical expertise our company utilizes 
in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and other proprietary intellectual capital. In order to 
protect our rights in this intellectual capital, we rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements 
as well as trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with 
our employees, consultants, clients and potential clients and limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. 

We  hold  several  trademarks  and  intend  to  submit  additional  U.S.  federal  and  foreign  trademark  applications  for 
developments  relating  to  additional  service  offerings  in  the  future. We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  successful  in 
maintaining existing or obtaining future intellectual property rights or registrations. There can be no assurance that the laws, 
rules, regulations and treaties in the countries in which we operate in effect now or in the future or the contractual and other 
protective measures we take are adequate to protect us from misappropriation or unauthorized use of our intellectual capital 
or that such laws, rules, regulations and treaties will not change. 

We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  detect  unauthorized  use  of  our  intellectual  property  and  take 
appropriate steps to enforce our rights or that any such steps will be successful. We cannot assure you that we have taken 
all necessary steps to enforce our intellectual property rights in every jurisdiction in which we operate and we cannot assure 
you that the intellectual property laws of any jurisdiction in which we operate are adequate to protect our interest or that any 
favorable judgment obtained by us with respect thereto will be enforced in the courts. Misappropriation by third parties of, 
or other failure to protect, our intellectual property, including the costs of enforcing our intellectual property rights, could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition. 

If  we  incur  any  liability  for  a  violation  of  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  others,  our  reputation,  business,  financial 
condition and prospects may be adversely affected. 

Our  success  largely  depends  on  our  ability  to  use  and  develop  our  technology,  tools,  code,  methodologies  and 
services without infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and 
trademarks. We may be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property 
rights of third parties. We typically indemnify clients who purchase our services and solutions against potential infringement 

173 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of intellectual property rights, which subjects us to the risk of indemnification claims. These claims may require us to initiate 
or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits of these claims and are often not 
subject to liability limits or exclusion of consequential, indirect or punitive damages. If any of these claims succeed, we may 
be forced to pay damages on behalf of our clients, redesign or cease offering our allegedly infringing services or solutions, 
or obtain licenses for the intellectual property such services or solutions allegedly infringe. If we cannot obtain all necessary 
licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our clients may stop using our services or solutions. 

Further, our current and former Globers could challenge our exclusive rights to the software they have developed in 
the course of their employment. In certain countries in which we operate, an employer is deemed to own the copyright work 
created by its employees during the course, and within the scope, of their employment, but the employer may be required 
to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use and dispose of such works. While we believe that we 
have  complied with  all  such  requirements,  and  have  fulfilled  all  requirements  necessary  to  acquire  all  rights  in  software 
developed by our independent contractors, these requirements are often ambiguously defined and enforced. As a result, 
we  cannot  assure you  that we  would  be  successful  in  defending  against  any  claim  by  our  current  or  former  Globers  or 
independent contractors challenging our exclusive rights over the use and transfer of works those Globers or independent 
contractors created or requesting additional compensation for such works. 

We are subject to additional risks as a result  of  our recent and possible future acquisitions  and the  hiring  of new 
employees who may misappropriate intellectual property from their former employers. The developers of the technology 
that we have acquired or may acquire may not have appropriately created, maintained or enforced intellectual property rights 
in such technology. Indemnification and other rights under acquisition documents may be limited in term and scope and 
may therefore provide little or no protection from these risks. Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an 
injunction  to  prevent  us  from  delivering  our  services  or  using  technology  involving  the  allegedly  infringing  intellectual 
property. Intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention from our 
business. A successful infringement claim against us, whether with or without merit, could, among others things, require us 
to  pay  substantial  damages,  develop  substitute  non-infringing  technology,  or  rebrand  our  name  or  enter  into  royalty  or 
license agreements that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and would require us to cease making, licensing 
or  using  products  that  have  infringed  a  third  party’s  intellectual  property  rights.  Protracted  litigation  could  also  result  in 
existing  or  potential  clients  deferring  or  limiting  their  purchase  or  use  of  our  software  product  development  services  or 
solutions until resolution of such litigation, or could require us to indemnify our clients against infringement claims in certain 
instances. Any intellectual property claim or litigation, whether we ultimately win or lose, could damage our reputation and 
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may not be able to recognize revenues in the period in which our services are performed and the costs of those services 
are incurred, which may cause our margins to fluctuate. 

We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts (where our materials costs consist of travel 
and  out-of-pocket  expenses)  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  fixed-price  contracts.  All  revenues  are  recognized  pursuant  to 
applicable accounting standards. 

174 

 
 
 
 
 
 
We  recognize  revenues  when  realized  or  realizable  and  earned,  which  is  when  the  following  criteria  are  met: 
persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has  occurred,  the  sales  price  is  fixed  or  determinable  and 
collectability is reasonably assured. If there is uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the services, 
revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved. 

We  recognize  revenues  from  fixed-price  contracts  based  on  the  percentage  of  completion  method.  In  instances 
where final acceptance of the product, system or solution is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance 
criteria  have  been  met.  In  the  absence  of  a  sufficient  basis  to  measure  progress  towards  completion,  revenues  are 
recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client. 

Uncertainty  about  the  project  completion  or  receipt  of  payment  for  our  services  or  our  failure  to  meet  all  the 
acceptance  criteria,  or  otherwise  meet  a  client’s  expectations,  may  result  in  our  having  to  record  the  cost  related  to  the 
performance of services in the period that services were rendered, but delay the timing of revenue recognition to a future 
period in which all acceptance criteria have been met, which may cause our margins to fluctuate. 

Our  cash  flows  and  results  of  operations  may  be  adversely  affected  if we  are  unable  to  collect  on  billed  and  unbilled 
receivables from clients. 

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for 
work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We 
maintain provisions against receivables. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate 
and,  as  a  result,  we  may  need  to  adjust  our  provisions.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  accurately  assess  the 
creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as a potential credit crisis in the global financial system, 
could  also  result  in  financial  difficulties  for  our  clients,  including  limited  access  to  the  credit  markets,  insolvency  or 
bankruptcy. Such conditions could cause clients to delay payment, request modifications of their payment terms, or default 
on their payment obligations to us, all of which could increase our receivables balance. Timely collection of fees for client 
services also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and subsequently bill for and collect our 
contractual service fees. If we are unable to meet our contractual obligations, we might experience delays in the collection 
of  or  be  unable  to  collect  our  client  balances, which  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  In 
addition,  if  we  experience  an  increase  in  the  time  required  to  bill  and  collect  for  our  services,  our  cash  flows  could  be 
adversely affected, which could affect our ability to make necessary investments and, therefore, our results of operations. 

If we are faced with immigration or work permit restrictions in any country where we currently have personnel onsite at a 
client location or would like to expand our delivery footprint, then our business, results of operations and financial condition 
may be adversely affected. 

A key part of Globant’s strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including by increasing the number of employees 
that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. Therefore, we must comply with the immigration, work permit 
and visa laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate or plan to operate. Our future inability to obtain or renew 
sufficient work  permits  and/or visas  due  to  the  impact  of  these  regulations,  including  any  changes  to  immigration, work 

175 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
permit and visa regulations in jurisdictions such as the United States and Europe, could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “– Legal proceedings”. 

If  we  are  unable  to  maintain  favorable  pricing  terms  with  current  or  new  suppliers,  our  results  of  operations  would  be 
adversely affected. 

We rely to a limited extent on suppliers of goods and services. In some cases, we have contracts with such parties 
guaranteeing us favorable pricing terms. We cannot guarantee our ability to maintain such pricing terms beyond the date 
that pricing terms are fixed pursuant to a written agreement. Furthermore, should economic circumstances change, such 
that suppliers find it beneficial to change or attempt to renegotiate such pricing terms in their favor, we cannot assure you 
that we would be able to withstand an increase or achieve a favorable outcome in any such negotiation. Any change in our 
pricing terms would increase our costs and expenses, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations. 

If  our  current  insurance  coverage  is  or  becomes  insufficient  to  protect  against  losses  incurred,  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. 

We provide technology services that are integral to our clients’ businesses. If we were to default in the provision of 
any contractually agreed-upon services, our clients could suffer significant damages and make claims upon us for those 
damages. Although we believe that we have adequate processes in place to protect against defaults in the provisions of 
services, errors and omissions may occur. We currently carry errors and omissions liability coverage, of $7.5 million per event 
and $15 million in the aggregate, for all of the services we provide. To the extent client damages are deemed recoverable 
against us in amounts substantially in excess of our insurance coverage, or if our claims for insurance coverage are denied 
by our insurance carriers for any reason including, but not limited to a client’s failure to provide insurance carrier-required 
documentation  or  a  client’s  failure  to  follow  insurance  carrier-required  claim  settlement  procedures,  there  could  be  a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Strategic acquisitions to complement and expand our business have been and will likely remain an important part of our 
competitive strategy. If we fail to acquire companies whose prospects, when combined with our company, would increase 
our value, or if we acquire and fail to efficiently integrate such other companies, then our business, results of operations, 
and financial condition may be adversely affected. 

We have expanded, and may continue to expand, our operations through strategically targeted acquisitions focused 
on deepening our relationships with key clients, extending our technological capacities including services over platforms, 
broadening  our  service  offering  and  expanding  the  geographic  footprint  of  our  delivery  centers,  including  beyond  Latin 
America. We completed two acquisitions in 2008, one in 2011, two in 2012, one in 2013, one in 2014, two in 2015 and three in 
2016.  Financing  of  any  future  acquisition  could  require  the  incurrence  of  indebtedness,  the  issuance  of  equity  or  a 
combination of both. There can be  no  assurance that we will be able to identify, acquire  or profitably  manage additional 
businesses or successfully integrate any acquired businesses without substantial expense, delays or other operational or 
financial  risks  and  problems.  Furthermore,  acquisitions  may  involve  a  number  of  special  risks,  including  diversion  of 
management’s attention, failure to retain key acquired personnel, unanticipated events or legal liabilities and amortization of 
acquired intangible assets. In addition, any client satisfaction or performance problems within an acquired business could 

176 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
have a material adverse impact on our company’s corporate reputation and brand. We cannot assure you that any acquired 
businesses would achieve anticipated revenues and earnings. Any failure to manage our acquisition strategy successfully 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We have incurred significant share-based compensation expense in the past, and may in the future continue to incur share-
based compensation expense, which could adversely impact our profits or the trading price of our common shares. 

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which 
was amended by our board of directors on May 9, 2016 to increase the number of common shares that may be issued as 
stock awards from 1,666,667 to up to 3,666,667.      

From  the  adoption  of  the  plan  until  the  date  of  this  annual  report  we  have  granted  to  members  of  our  senior 
management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, as well as options to purchase 2,220,847 common shares. 
Most  of  the  options were  granted with  a vesting  period  of  four years,  25%  of  the  options  becoming  exercisable  on  each 
anniversary of the grant date. The remaining options were granted with a vesting period agreed with those employees. Share-
based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value of the awards at the 
grant  date.  Upon  exercise  of  the  option,  each  employee  share  option  converts  into  one  common  share  of  Globant.  No 
amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting 
rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiration (ten years after the grant 
date). 

For  the years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014, we  recorded  $3.6,  $2.4  and  $0.6  million  of  share-based 

compensation expense related to these share option agreements, respectively.  

The expenses associated with share-based compensation may reduce the attractiveness of issuing equity awards 
under our equity incentive plan. However, if we do not grant equity awards, or if we reduce the number of equity awards we 
grant, we  may  not  be  able  to  attract  and  retain  key  personnel.  If we  grant  more  equity  awards  to  attract  and  retain  key 
personnel,  the  expenses  associated  with  such  additional  equity  awards  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations and the trading price of our common shares. 

Our  ability  to  expand  our  business  and  procure  new  contracts  or  enter  into  beneficial  business  arrangements  could  be 
affected to the extent we enter into agreements with clients containing noncompetition clauses. 

Some of our services agreements restrict our ability to perform similar services for certain of our clients' competitors 
under specific circumstances. We may in the future enter into additional agreements with clients that restrict our ability to 
accept assignments from, or render similar services to, those clients’ customers, require us to obtain our clients’ prior written 
consent to provide services to their customers or restrict our ability to compete with our clients, or  bid for  or  accept any 
assignment for which those clients are bidding or negotiating. These restrictions may hamper our ability to compete for and 
provide services to other clients in a specific industry in which we have expertise and could materially adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

177 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina 

  Our  largest  operating  subsidiary  is  based  in Argentina  and we  have  subsidiaries  in  Chile,  Colombia,  Uruguay,  Peru, 
Mexico and Brazil. There are significant risks to operating in those countries that should be carefully considered before making 
an investment decision. 

Latin America 

Latin America has experienced adverse economic conditions that may impact our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Our business is dependent to a certain extent upon the economic conditions prevalent in Argentina as well as the 
other  Latin  American  countries  in  which  we  operate,  such  as  Chile,  Colombia,  Uruguay,  Peru,  Mexico  and  Brazil.  Latin 
American countries have historically experienced uneven periods of economic growth, as well as recession, periods of high 
inflation  and  economic  instability.  Currently,  as  a  consequence  of  adverse  economic  conditions  in  global  markets  and 
diminishing commodity prices, the economic growth rates of the economies of many Latin American countries have slowed 
and  some  have  entered  mild  recessions. Adverse  economic  conditions  in  any  of  these  countries  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Latin  American  governments  have  exercised  and  continue  to  exercise  significant  influence  over  the  economies  of  the 
countries  where  we  operate,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and 
prospects. 

Historically, governments in Latin America have frequently intervened in the economies of their respective countries 
and  have  occasionally  made  significant  changes  in  policy  and  regulations.  Governmental  actions  to  control  inflation  and 
other policies and regulations have often involved, among others, price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and 
tariffs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by: 

•   changes in government policies or regulations, including such factors as exchange rates and exchange control 

policies; 

inflation rates; 

interest rates; 

tariff and inflation control policies; 

•  

•  

•  

•   price control policies; 

•  

liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets; 

•   electricity rationing; 

•  

tax policies, royalty and tax increases and retroactive tax claims; and 

•   other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting the countries where we operate. 

178 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inflation, and government measures to curb inflation in Latin America, may adversely affect the economies in the countries 
where we operate in Latin America, our business and results of operations. 

Some of the countries in which we operate in Latin America have experienced, or are currently experiencing, high 
rates of inflation. Although inflation rates in many of these countries have been relatively low in the recent past, we cannot 
assure you that this trend will continue. The measures taken by the governments of these countries to control inflation have 
often included maintaining a tight monetary policy with high interest rates, thereby restricting the availability of credit and 
retarding economic growth. Inflation, measures to combat inflation and public speculation about possible additional actions 
have also contributed significantly to economic uncertainty in many of these countries and to heightened volatility in their 
securities  markets. Periods  of  higher inflation  may  also  slow the growth  rate  of local economies. Inflation is also likely to 
increase some of our costs and expenses, which we may not be able to fully pass on to our clients, which could adversely 
affect our operating margins and operating income. 

We face the risk of political and economic crises, instability, terrorism, civil strife, expropriation and other risks of doing 
business in Latin America, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We  conduct  our  operations  primarily  in  Latin  America.  Economic  and  political  developments  in  Latin  America, 
including future economic changes or crises (such as inflation, currency devaluation or recession), government deadlock, 
political instability, terrorism, civil strife, changes in laws and regulations, restrictions on the repatriation of dividends or profits, 
expropriation or nationalization of property, restrictions on currency convertibility, volatility of the foreign exchange market 
and exchange controls could impact our operations or the market value of our common shares and have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Argentina 

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange 
rates (most notably between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso). 

We conduct a substantial portion of our operations outside the United States, and our businesses may be impacted 
by significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Our consolidated financial statements and those of most of 
our subsidiaries are presented in U.S. dollars, whereas some of our subsidiaries’ operations are performed in local currencies. 
Therefore, the resulting exchange differences arising from the translation to our presentation currency are recognized in the 
finance gain or expense item or as a separate component of equity depending on the functional currency for each subsidiary. 
Fluctuations in exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar could impair the comparability of our results from period to period 
and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

In addition, our  results  of  operations and financial condition are  particularly sensitive to changes in the Argentine 
peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate because a significant part of our operations are conducted in Argentina and therefore our 
costs are incurred, for the most-part, in Argentine pesos, while the substantial portion of our revenues are generated outside 
of Argentina  in U.S. dollars. Consequently, appreciation  of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine  peso, to the extent  not 

179 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
offset by inflation in Argentina, could result in favorable variations in our operating margins and, conversely, depreciation of 
the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso could impact our operating margins negatively. 

In recent years, the Argentine peso has suffered significant devaluations against the U.S. dollar and has continued to 
devaluate against the U.S. dollar. As a result of this economic instability, Argentina’s foreign debt rating has been downgraded 
on  multiple  occasions  based  upon  concerns  regarding  economic  conditions  and  rising  fears  of  increased  inflationary 
pressures. This uncertainty may also adversely impact Argentina’s ability to attract capital. 

The increasing level of inflation in Argentina has generated pressure for further depreciation of the Argentine peso. 
After several years of relatively moderate variations in the nominal exchange, the Argentine peso depreciated against the 
U.S. dollar by 14.4% in 2012, 32.5% in 2013, 31.2% in 2014, 52.1% in 2015 and 21.9% in 2016, based on the official exchange rates 
published by the Argentine Central Bank. 

The significant restrictions on the purchase of foreign currency beginning in late 2011 gave rise to the development 
of an implied rate of exchange, as reflected in the quotations of Argentine securities that trade in foreign markets, compared 
to the corresponding quotations in the local markets in Argentine pesos. See “— Item 4.B - Business Overview —  Regulatory 
Overview —  Foreign Exchange Controls —  Argentina.” Most foreign exchange restrictions have been lifted since December 
2015  and,  as  a  result,  the  gap  between  the  official  rate  and  the  implied  rate  derived  from  securities  transactions  has 
substantially decreased compared to the previous years. However, the implied rate of exchange may increase or decrease 
in the future. We cannot predict future fluctuations in the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate. As a result, fluctuations 
in the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar may have a material impact on the value of an investment in our common shares. 
Because  a  significant  part  of  our  operations  are  located  in  Argentina,  large  variations  in  the  comparative  value  of  the 
Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our business. 

Despite the positive effects of the depreciation of the Argentine peso on the competitiveness of certain sectors of 
the Argentine economy, including our business, it has also had a negative impact on the financial condition of many Argentine 
businesses  and  individuals.  The  devaluation  of  the  Argentine  peso  has  had  a  negative  impact  on  the  ability  of  certain 
Argentine businesses to honor their foreign currency-denominated debt, and has also led to very high inflation initially and 
significantly reduced real wages. The devaluation has also negatively impacted businesses whose success is dependent on 
domestic market demand, and adversely affected the Argentine government’s ability to honor its foreign debt obligations. If 
the Argentine peso is significantly devalued, the Argentine economy and our business could be adversely affected. 

A  significant  appreciation  of  the Argentine  peso  against  the  U.S.  dollar  could  also  adversely  affect  the Argentine 
economy  as  well  as  our  business.  Our  results  of  operations  are  sensitive  to  changes  in  the  Argentine  peso/U.S.  dollar 
exchange rate because the majority of our operations are conducted in Argentina and therefore our costs are incurred, for 
the most-part, in Argentine pesos. In the short term, a significant appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar 
would adversely affect exports and the desire of foreign companies to purchase services from Argentina. Our business is 
dependent to a certain extent on maintaining our labor and other costs competitive with those of companies located in other 
regions  around  the world  from which  technology  and  IT  services  may  be  purchased  by  clients  in  the  United  States  and 
Europe. We  periodically  evaluate  the  need  for  hedging  strategies with  our  board  of  directors,  including  the  use  of  such 
instruments to mitigate the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 

180 

 
 
 
 
 
 
our Argentine operating subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., entered into foreign exchange forward 
contracts to reduce their risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. We may in the future, as circumstances warrant, 
decide to enter into derivative transactions to hedge our exposure to the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate. If we do 
not hedge such exposure or we do not do so effectively, an appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar may 
raise our costs, which would increase the prices of our services to our customers, which, in turn, could adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Government intervention in the Argentine economy  could adversely affect the economy and our results of operations or 
financial condition. 

During  recent years,  the Argentine  government  has  increased  its  level  of  intervention  in  the Argentine  economy, 

including through the implementation of expropriation policies or nationalizations.  

For example, in April 2012, the Argentine government provided for the nationalization of YPF S.A., the main Argentine 
oil company. In February 2014, the Argentine government and Repsol, from whom YPF was expropriated, announced that 
they had reached agreement on the terms of the compensation payable to Repsol for the expropriation of the YPF shares, 
which  agreement  settled  the  claim  filed  by  Repsol  with  International  Centre  for  Settlement  of  Investment  Disputes  (the 
“ICSID”).  Such  compensation  amounted  to  US$5  billion,  payable  in  the  form  of  Argentine  sovereign  bonds  with  various 
maturities. 

There are other examples of government intervention. In December 2012 and August 2013, the Argentine Congress 
established  new  regulations  relating  to  domestic  capital  markets.  Such  regulations  generally  provide  for  increased 
intervention in the capital markets by the government, authorizing, for example, the Comisión Nacional de Valores (“CNV”) to 
appoint observers with the ability to veto the decisions of the board of directors of companies admitted to the public offering 
regime under certain circumstances and suspend the board of directors for a period of up to 180 days. In November, 2016, 
the Argentine executive branch sent a bill to the Argentine Congress  to reform the current Capital Markets Law No. 26,831 
which, among other changes, proposes the abrogation of this power granted to the CNV and generally seeks to modernize 
the entire regulatory framework applicable to the Argentine capital market, incorporating current international practices to 
contribute to its development. However, as of the date of this annual report, such bill has not yet been passed. 

Expropriations and other interventions by the Argentine government such as the one relating to YPF can have an 
adverse impact on the level of foreign investment in Argentina, the access of Argentine companies to the international capital 
markets and Argentina’s commercial and diplomatic relations with other countries and, consequently, could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The  impact  of  the  recent  congressional  and  presidential  elections  on  the  future  economic  and  political  environment  of 
Argentina is uncertain. 

  Argentine  presidential,  congressional,  municipal  and  state  government  elections  were  held  in  October  2015. 
Presidential elections were won by the opposing political party, led by Mauricio Macri. The president of Argentina and its 
Congress  each  have  considerable  power  to  determine  governmental  policies  and  actions  that  relate  to  the  Argentine 

181 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
economy and, consequently, affect our results of operations or financial condition. The new administration, in office since 
December 10, 2015, has announced and adopted several significant economic and policy reforms: 

•   Foreign Exchange Reforms: The new Argentine administration has introduced substantial changes to the foreign 
exchange restrictions reverting most of the measures adopted since 2011, thus providing greater flexibility and 
access to the foreign exchange market. On August 8, 2016, the Argentine Central Bank issued Communication 
“A” 6037, which substantially modified the applicable foreign exchange regulations and eliminated the access 
restrictions  to  the Argentine  Single  Free  Foreign  Exchange  Market  (Mercado  Único y  Libre  de  Cambios,  or  “FX 
Market” or "MULC"). In addition, on December 30, 2016, the Argentine Central Bank issued Communication “A” 
6137, pursuant to which the mandatory repatriation and exchange of funds received from the export of services 
into Pesos through the FX Market was eliminated. See “Item 4.B — Business overview — Regulatory Overview — 
Foreign Exchange Controls — Argentina”.  

•   Foreign  Trade  Reforms:  The  new  Argentine  administration  eliminated  or  reduced  export  duties  on  several 

agricultural products and eliminated export duties on most industrial and mining products. 

•   National  Institute  of  Statistics  and  Census  (Instituto  Nacional  de  Estadísticas  y  Censos,  or  “INDEC”)  Information 
Reforms: On January 8, 2016, based on the determination that the INDEC has failed to produce reliable statistical 
information,  particularly  with  respect  to  the  the  Consumer  Price  Index  (“CPI”),  Gross  Domestic  Product  (“GDP”), 
poverty and foreign trade data, the new Argentine administration declared the national statistical system and the 
INDEC  in  a  state  of  administrative  emergency  through  December  31,  2016.  As  a  result,  the  INDEC  ceased 
publishing  certain  key  statistical  data  until  a  rearrangement  of  its  technical  and  administrative  structure  is 
finalized. In June 2016, the INDEC resumed its  publication  of the CPI. As  of the date of this  annual report, the 
INDEC has begun publishing certain revised data, including GDP, foreign trade and balance of payment statistics, 
although it remains in a state of administrative emergency.  

•   Financial Policy. The new Argentine administration has settled the majority of outstanding claims with holdout 
creditors and has issued sovereign bonds in the international capital markets. See “—Argentina’s ability to obtain 
financing from international markets may be limited, which may in turn impair its ability to implement reforms 
and public policies and foster economic growth and could impact the ability of Argentine companies to obtain 
financing outside of Argentina.” 

•   Electrical System State of Emergency: The Argentine administration declared a state of emergency with respect 
to  the  national  electrical  system,  which  will  remain  effective  until  December  31,  2017.  Under  this  state  of 
emergency, the Argentine government will be permitted to take actions designed to guarantee the supply of 
electricity.  In  this  context,  subsidy  policies  were  reexamined  and  new  electricity  tariffs  went  into  effect  with 
varying increases depending on geographical location and consumption levels. In addition, through Resolution 
No. 31/2016 of the Ministry of Energy and Mining, the government announced the elimination of certain natural 
gas subsidies and adjustments to natural gas rated. 

We can offer no assurances or predictions as to the impact that these policies or any future polices implemented by 
the new Argentine administration will have on the Argentine economy as a whole or on our business, results of operation or 
financial condition, in particular. Moreover, there is uncertainty as to which other measures announced during the presidential 
campaign will be actually implemented and when. Some of the measures proposed by the new Argentine administration 

182 

 
 
 
may  also  generate  political  and  social  opposition,  which  may  in  turn  prevent  the  new  government  from  adopting  such 
measures as proposed. In addition, political parties opposed to the new government retained a majority of the seats in the 
Argentine  Congress  in  the  recent  elections,  which  will  require  the  new  government  to  seek  political  support  from  the 
opposition for its economic proposals and creates further uncertainty in the ability of the new government to pass these or 
other measures. 

Argentina’s upcoming mid-term elections, scheduled to take place in October 2017, will renew half the seats in the 
country’s Chamber of Deputies (lower house) and a third of the seats in the Senate (upper house), as well as two provincial 
governor posts. While it is unlikely that the government coalition will overcome its current minority status in Congress, a weak 
performance  in  October  may  debilitate  Macri’s  political  capital  going  forward  and  his  ability  to  implement  some  of  the 
proposed measures, as well as invigorate political and social opposition. 

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina. 

In  the  past,  inflation  has  materially  undermined  the  Argentine  economy  and  the  government’s  ability  to  create 
conditions  that  would  permit  stable  growth.  High  inflation  may  also  undermine  Argentina’s  foreign  competitiveness  in 
international  markets  and  adversely  affect  economic  activity  and  employment,  as  well  as  our  business  and  results  of 
operation. In particular, the margin on our services is impacted by the increase in our costs in providing those services, which 
is influenced by wage inflation in Argentina, as well as other factors.  

According to data published by the INDEC, the CPI increased 23.9% in 2014 and 11.9% as of October 2015 (for the first 
nine months of year 2015). In November 2015, the INDEC suspended the publication of the CPI. According to the most recent 
publicly available information based on data from the Province of San Luis, the CPI grew by 31.6% in 2015 and by 31.4% in 
2016. According to the most recent publicly available information based on data from the City of Buenos Aires, the CPI grew 
by  29.6%  in  2015  and  by  41.0%  in  2016.  After  implementing  certain  methodological  reforms  and  adjusting  certain 
macroeconomic statistics based on these reforms, in June 2016 the INDEC resumed its publication of the CPI. According to 
the INDEC, Argentina’s rate of inflation for May, June, July, August, September, October, November and December 2016 was 
4.2%, 3.2%, 2.2%, 0.2%, 1.3%, 2.6%, 1.8% and 1.4%, respectively, based on the CPI. Private estimates, on average, refer to annual 
rates of inflation substantially in excess of those published by the INDEC. For example, opposition lawmakers in Argentina 
reported an inflation rate of 41%, 25.0% and 38.5% for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Uncertainty  surrounding  future  inflation  rates  may  have  an  adverse  impact  for Argentina  in  the  long-term  credit 

market. 

The INDEC implemented certain methodological reforms and adjusted certain indexes based on these reforms.  The 
lack of accuracy in the INDEC’s indexes could result in a further decrease in confidence in Argentina’s economy, which could, 
in  turn,  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  access  the  international  credit  markets  at  market  rates  to  finance  our 
operations and growth. See “—The credibility of several Argentine economic indexes has been called into question, which 
may lead to a lack of confidence in the Argentine economy and may in turn limit our ability to access the credit and capital 
markets." 

183 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inflation rates could escalate, and there is uncertainty regarding the effects that the measures taken, or that may be 
taken,  by  the  Argentine  government  to  control  inflation  could  have.  If  inflation  remains  high  or  continues  to  increase, 
Argentina’s economy may be negatively impacted and our results of operations could be materially affected. 

The credibility of several Argentine economic indexes has been called into question, which may lead to a lack of confidence 
in the Argentine economy and may in turn limit our ability to access the credit and capital markets.   

Since 2007, the inflation index  has  been  extensively discussed  in the Argentine economy. The intervention  of the 
former Argentine government in the INDEC in 2007 and the change in the way the inflation index was measured have resulted 
in disagreements between the former Argentine government and private consultants as to the actual annual inflation rate. 
The former Argentine government imposed fines on private consultants reporting inflation rates higher than the INDEC data. 
As a result, private consultants typically shared their data with Argentine lawmakers who opposed the previous government, 
who released such data from time to time. This could result in a further decrease in confidence in Argentina’s economy. 

Reports  published  by  the  International  Monetary  Fund  (“IMF”)  in  the  past  state  that  the  IMF  staff  uses  alternative 
measures of inflation to monitor macroeconomic conditions, including data produced by private sources, which have shown 
considerably higher inflation rates than those published by the INDEC since 2007. The IMF has also faulted Argentina for not 
taking sufficient remedial measures to address the quality of its official data, including inflation and GDP data, as required 
under the Articles of Agreement of the IMF.  

In February 2014, the INDEC released a new inflation index, known as National Urban Consumer Price Index (Índice 
de Precios al Consumidor Nacional Urbano) that measured the prices of goods across the country and replaces the previous 
index that only measured inflation in the urban sprawl of the City of Buenos Aires. Pursuant to these calculations, such new 
consumer price index rose 23.9% in 2014 and 11.9% during the ten-month period ended October 31, 2015. Even though the 
new methodology brought inflation  statistics closer  to those estimated by  private sources, material differences between 
recent official inflation data and private estimates remained during 2015. 

However, during December 2015 and January 2016, the new government declared the national statistical system and 
the INDEC to be in a state of administrative emergency through December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the new head of the INDEC 
announced the temporary suspension of the publication of official data of prices, poverty, unemployment and GDP until the 
completion of a full review of INDEC’s policies. Shortly thereafter, the new administration released an alternative CPI index 
based on data from the City of Buenos Aires and the Province of San Luis. The INDEC resumed its publication of the CPI in 
June 2016, after implementing certain methodological reforms and adjusting certain macroeconomic statistics on the basis 
of those reforms. The INDEC also revised GDP data from 2004 through 2015. Among other adjustments, in calculating GDP 
for 2004, the INDEC made changes to the composition of GDP that resulted in a negative adjustment of approximately 12% 
for that year. To calculate real GDP for subsequent years based on the revised 2004 GDP, the INDEC used deflators that are 
consistent with its revised methodology to calculate inflation. By previously understating inflation, the INDEC had overstated 
economic growth in real terms. The adjustments made by the INDEC lead to a determination of real GDP growth of 48.6% for 
the period of 2004 to 2015, as opposed to 65% growth in real terms for the same period resulting from the information used 
prior  to June  2016.  Despite  these  reforms,  uncertainty  remains  as  to whether  official  data  and  measurement  procedures 
sufficiently reflect inflation in Argentina, and what effect these reforms will have on the Argentine economy. 

184 

 
 
As  of  the  date  of  this  annual  report,  the  impact  that  these  measures  and  any  future  measures  taken  by  the  new 
administration with respect to the INDEC will have on the Argentine economy and investors’ perception of the country cannot 
be predicted. 

Argentina’s ability to obtain financing from international markets may be limited, which may in turn impair its ability to 
implement reforms and public policies and foster economic growth and could impact the ability of Argentine companies to 
obtain financing outside of Argentina. 

Argentina’s 2001 sovereign default and its failure to fully restructure its sovereign debt and negotiate with the holdout 
creditors  has  limited  and  may  continue  to  limit  Argentina’s  ability  to  access  international  financing.  In  2005,  Argentina 
completed the restructuring of a substantial portion of its indebtedness and settled all of its debt with the IMF. Additionally, 
in June 2010, Argentina completed the restructuring of a significant portion of the defaulted bonds that were not exchanged 
in the 2005 restructuring. As a result of debt exchanges carried out in 2005 and 2010, Argentina restructured approximately 
93% of its defaulted debt that was eligible for restructuring. However, holdout bondholders that declined to participate in the 
restructuring, filed lawsuits against Argentina in several countries, including the United States. Since late 2012, rulings from 
courts in the United States favorable to holdout bondholders aggravated investors’ concerns regarding investment in the 
country. 

In November 2012, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in re: “NML Capital, Ltd. v. 
Republic of Argentina”, ratified and amended the injunction order issued in February 2012, which held that Argentina violated 
the pari passu clause with respect to the bondholders that had not participated in the sovereign debt restructuring in 2005 
and 2010. Pursuant to such ruling, Argentina was required to pay 100% of the amounts due to the plaintiffs, simultaneously 
with the payment of the amounts due on the next maturity date of the bonds to the bondholders who participated in the 
debt restructuring. In June 2014, the U.S. Supreme Court denied Argentina’s petition for a writ of certiorari of the U.S. Second 
Circuit Court of Appeals’ ruling affirming the U.S. District Court’s judgment. Later that month, the U.S. District Court ruled that 
funds deposited with the Bank of New York Mellon, the trustee which manages bond payments for Argentina's bonds issued 
in the 2005 and 2010 debt restructuring, should not be delivered to the holders of restructured debt in the absence of a prior 
agreement with  the  holdout  bondholders  (the  plaintiffs  in  this  case).  In June  2015,  the  U.S.  District  Court  granted  partial 
summary judgment to a group of “me-too” plaintiffs in 36 separate lawsuits, finding that, consistent with the previous ruling 
of such court, Argentina violated the pari passu clause in the bonds issued to the “me-too” bondholders.  

In  February  2016,  the  new  Argentine  administration  entered  into  settlement  agreements  with  certain  holdout 
bondholders to settle these claims, which were subject to the approval of the Argentine Congress and the lifting of the pari 
passu injunctions. In March 2016, after the U.S. District Court agreed to vacate the pari passu injunctions subject to certain 
conditions,  the  Argentine  Congress  ratified  these  settlement  agreements  through  Law  No.  27,249  and  repealed  the 
provisions of the so called Lock Law No. 26,017 and the Sovereign Payment Law No. 26,984, which prohibited Argentina from 
offering holdout bondholders more favorable terms than those offered in the 2005 and 2010 debt restructuring. In recent 
months, the Argentine National Government has reached settlement agreements with holders of a significant portion of the 
defaulted bonds and has repaid the majority of the holdout creditors with the proceeds of a US$16.5 billion international 
offering of 3-year, 5-year, 10-year and 30-year bonds on April 22, 2016. Although the size of the claims involved has decreased 
significantly,  litigation  initiated  by  bondholders  that  have  not  accepted Argentina’s  settlement  offer  continues  in  several 
jurisdictions. 

185 

 
Additionally, foreign shareholders of several Argentine companies have filed claims with the ICSID alleging that the 
emergency measures adopted by the Argentine National Government since the crisis in 2001 and 2002 differ from the just 
and equal treatment standards set forth in several bilateral investment treaties to which Argentina is a party. ICSID has ruled 
against Argentina with respect to many of these claims. 

Litigation involving holdout creditors, claims with ICSID and other claims against the Argentine National Government, 
resulted  and  may  result  in  material  judgments  against  the  government,  lead  to  attachments  of  or  injunctions  relating  to 
Argentina’s assets, or could cause Argentina to default under its other obligations, and such events may prevent Argentina 
from obtaining favorable terms or interest rates when accessing international capital markets or from accessing international 
financing at all. Our ability to obtain U.S. dollar-denominated financing has been adversely impacted by these factors. During 
2014, 2015 and 2016, it became increasingly difficult for Argentine companies to obtain financing in U.S. dollars, and loans in 
the local currency carried significantly higher interest rates. The termination of the injunctions issued by the United States 
courts preventing bondholders from receiving their interest payments on the bonds issued pursuant to the 2005 and 2010 
exchange offers, and the related subsequent events, have paved the way for the Argentine National Government to regain 
access  to  the  international  capital  markets.  Nonetheless, Argentina’s  ability  to  obtain  international  or  multilateral  private 
financing or direct foreign investment may be limited, which may in turn impair its ability to implement reforms and public 
policies to foster economic growth. In addition, Argentina’s ongoing litigation with the remaining holdout creditors as well as 
ICSID and other claims against the Argentine National Government, or any future defaults of its financial obligations, may 
prevent us from accessing the international capital markets or cause the terms of any such transactions less favorable than 
those provided to companies in other countries in the region, potentially impacting our financial condition. 

Lack of access to international or domestic financial markets could affect the projected capital expenditures for our 
operations in Argentina, which, in turn, may have an adverse effect on the results of our operations and on the market price 
of our common shares. 

A continued decline in the global prices of Argentina’s main commodity exports could have an adverse effect on Argentina’s 
economic growth. 

High commodity prices have contributed significantly to the increase in Argentine exports since 2002 as well as in 
governmental revenues from export taxes. However, relying on the export of certain commodities, such as soy, has made 
the  Argentine  economy  more  vulnerable  to  fluctuations  in  the  prices  of  commodities.  Since  the  beginning  of  2015, 
international commodity prices of Argentina’s primary commodity exports have declined, which has had an adverse effect 
on Argentina’s economic growth. If international commodity prices continue  to decline, the Argentine  economy could be 
adversely  affected.  In  addition,  adverse weather  conditions  can  affect  the  production  of  commodities  by  the  agricultural 
sector, which account for a significant portion of Argentina’s export revenues.   

These  circumstances  would  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  levels  of  government  revenues,  available  foreign 
exchange and the government’s ability to service its sovereign debt, and could either generate recessionary or inflationary 
pressures, depending on the government’s reaction. Either of these results would adversely impact Argentina’s economic 
growth and, therefore, our financial condition and results of operations. 

186 

 
Argentine exchange controls and restrictions on capital inflows and outflows have limited, and may continue to limit, the 
availability  of  international  credit  and  access  to  capital  markets,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial condition and business. 

In 2001 and 2002, Argentina imposed exchange controls and transfer restrictions substantially limiting the ability of 
enterprises  to  retain  or  obtain  foreign  currency  or  make  payments  abroad.  Although  some  of  these  restrictions  were 
subsequently eased, in June 2005, the Argentine government issued Decree No. 616/2005, which established new controls 
on capital inflows that could result in reduced availability of international credit, including the requirement, subject to certain 
exceptions, that 30% of all funds remitted to Argentina remain deposited in a domestic financial institution for 365 days in a 
non-interest bearing account. In addition, since the second half of 2011, the Argentine government increased certain controls 
on the incurrence of foreign currency-denominated indebtedness, the acquisition of foreign currency and foreign assets by 
local residents. For example, the Argentine Central Bank adopted regulations that (i) shortened the period for a borrower to 
convert foreign currency-denominated indebtedness into Argentine pesos, (ii) shortened a borrower’s window of access to 
the local foreign exchange market in connection with a prepayment of scheduled interest payments in respect of foreign 
currency-denominated indebtedness and (iii) suspended the ability of local residents to access the local exchange market 
for the acquisition of foreign currency. 

In December 2015, the new Argentine administration lifted several exchange control restrictions, and in August 2016, 
the  Argentine  Central  Bank  issued  new  regulations  which  repealed  most  of  the  restrictions  for  the  purchase  of  foreign 
currency and the inflow and outflow of funds from Argentina, providing greater flexibility and access to the foreign exchange 
market. See “Information on the Company — Business Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls”. 

Notwithstanding the measures adopted by the new Argentine administration, which lifted virtually all exchange and 
capital controls (except for the obligation of Argentine exporters of goods to repatriate to the FX Market foreign currency 
proceeds from exportation transactions, such as receivables relating to the exportation of goods, which shall also be settled 
through the FX Market), the Argentine government may impose or increase exchange controls or transfer restrictions in the 
future  in  response  to  capital  flight  or  a  significant  depreciation  of  the  Argentine  peso.  Additional  controls  could  have  a 
negative effect on the ability of Argentine entities to access the international credit or capital markets, the Argentine economy 
and our financial condition and business. 

The imposition in the future of restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina 
may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina. 

Beginning in December 2001, the Argentine government implemented a number of monetary and foreign exchange 
control measures that included restrictions on the free disposition of funds deposited with banks and on the transfer of funds 
abroad  without  prior  approval  by  the  Argentine  Central  Bank,  most  of  which  have  been  lifted.  See  “Information  on  the 
Company — Business Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls”. 

Although  the  transfer  of  funds  abroad  by  local  companies  in  order  to  pay  annual  dividends  only  to  foreign 
shareholders does not require formal approval by the Argentine Central Bank, in the past, the decrease in availability of U.S. 
dollars  in  Argentina  has  led  the  Argentine  government  to  impose  informal  restrictions  on  certain  local  companies  and 

187 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
individuals  for  purchasing  foreign  currency  for  the  purpose  of  making  payments  abroad,  such  as  dividends,  capital 
reductions, and payment for importation of goods and services. 

Although  the  new Argentine  administration  has  lifted  most  of  the  foreign  exchange  restrictions  providing  greater 
flexibility and access to the foreign exchange market, the imposition of future exchange controls could impair or prevent the 
conversion of anticipated dividends, distributions, or the proceeds from any sale of equity holdings in Argentina, as the case 
may be, from Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars and the remittance of the U.S. dollars abroad. These restrictions and controls 
could interfere with the ability of our Argentine subsidiaries to make distributions in U.S. dollars to us and thus our ability to 
pay dividends in the future. The domestic revenues of our Argentine subsidiaries (excluding intercompany revenues to other 
Globant subsidiaries, which are eliminated in consolidation) were $10.2 million in 2016, $7.6 million in 2015 and $4.2 million in 
2014, representing 3.2%, 3.0% and 2.1% of our annual consolidated revenues, respectively. 

The Argentine government could adopt restrictive measures in the future. If that were the case, a foreign shareholder, 
such as ourselves, may be prevented from converting the Argentine pesos it receives in Argentina into U.S. dollars. If the 
exchange rate fluctuates significantly during a time when we cannot convert the foreign currency, we may lose some or all 
of the value of the dividend distribution or sale proceeds. 

These restrictions and requirements could adversely affect our financial condition and the results of our operations, 

or the market price of our common shares. 

The  imposition  in  the  future  of  regulations  on  proceeds  from  the  export  of  services  collected  outside  of  Argentina  for 
services rendered to non-Argentine residents or of export duties and controls could have an adverse effect on us. 

In December 30, 2016, by means of Communication “A” 6137, the Argentine Central Bank eliminated the requirement 
to  repatriate  and  exchange  funds  obtained  from  the  exportation  of  services  into  pesos  through  the  FX  Market.  Such 
requirement remains applicable only for exported services included in the FOB (free on board) and/or CIF (cost insurance 
and freight) value of exported goods (which is not applicable to the types of services exported by us). Consequently, we are 
not  required  to  repatriate  or  exchange  the  foreign  currency  proceeds  received  from  services  rendered  to  non-Argentine 
residents outside of Argentina (which are proceeds from our exportations held in off-shore accounts, such as the collections 
of  services  fees  in  U.S.  dollars).   Additionally,  the  applicable  regulations  do  not  prohibit  or  regulate  the  receipt  of  in-kind 
payments by an exporter. 

However, in the past, Argentine law (including Communication “A” 5264 of the Argentine Central Bank, as amended), 
required Argentine  residents  to  transfer  the  foreign  currency  proceeds  received  for  services  rendered  to  non-Argentine 
residents  into  a  local  account  with  a  domestic  financial  institution  and  to  convert  those  proceeds  into  Argentine  pesos 
through the FX Market. Argentine law does not require exporters of services to be paid only in foreign currency.  During 2013, 
our U.S. subsidiary agreed to make payment for a portion of the services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries by delivery 
of U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN purchased in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN were then delivered to 
our  Argentine  subsidiaries  as  payment  for  a  portion  of  the  services  rendered  and,  after  being  held  by  our  Argentine 
subsidiaries for between, on average, 10 to 30 days, were sold in the Argentine market for Argentine pesos. Because the fair 
value of the BODEN based on the quoted Argentine peso price in the Argentine markets during the year ended December 

188 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31, 2013 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) converted at the 
official  exchange  rate  prevailing  in Argentina  (which  is  the  rate  used  to  convert  transactions  in  foreign  currency  into  our 
Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency), we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value (expressed in Argentine 
pesos) of the BODEN into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina. 

During  the years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014, we  did  not  participate  in  any  BODEN  transactions  in 
connection with payment by our U.S. subsidiary for services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries. If in the future we decide 
to resume those transactions, we cannot assure you that the Argentine government will not restrict exporters from receiving 
in-kind payment, require them to repatriate those payments received through the FX Market, or make any other legislative, 
judicial,  or  administrative  changes  or  interpretations,  any  of which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
results of operations and financial condition.    

Transactions with bonds acquired as proceeds from the capitalization of our Argentine subsidiaries increase our exposure 
to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the 
market price of our common shares. The imposition in the future of regulations on proceeds collected outside Argentina for 
capitalization of our Argentine subsidiaries could also have an adverse effect on us. 

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries, through cash received from capital 
contributions, acquired Argentine sovereign bonds, including BODEN and Bonos Argentinos (“BONAR”), in the U.S. market 
denominated in U.S. dollars.  

After acquiring these bonds and after holding them for a certain period of time, our Argentine subsidiaries sold those 
bonds in the Argentine market. The fair value of these bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the years 
ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S dollars) converted at the official 
exchange  rate  prevailing  in  Argentina,  which  is  the  rate  used  to  convert  these  transactions  in  foreign  currency  into  our 
Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency, thus, as a result, we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the 
bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.  

We  cannot  assure you  that  the  quoted  price  of  the  BODEN  and/or  BONAR  in Argentine  pesos  in  the Argentine 
markets will be higher than the quoted price in the U.S. debt markets in U.S. dollars converted at the official exchange rate 
prevailing in Argentina. 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we did not engage in the above described transactions. Although, as of 
the date of this annual report, we are not obliged to settle proceeds received from capitalizations abroad through the FX 
Market, if in the future we decide to make additional capital contributions to our Argentine subsidiaries, we cannot assure 
you that the Argentine government will not require Argentine companies to repatriate such proceeds through the FX Market, 
or  make  any  other  legislative,  judicial,  or  administrative  changes  or  interpretations,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  See  note  3.18to  our  audited  consolidated 
financial statements, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — 2016 Compared to 2015”, 
“Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — 2015 Compared to 2014” and “Certain Income 
Statement Line Items — Gain on Transaction with Bonds.”  

189 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Argentine government may order salary increases to be paid to employees in the private sector, which could increase 
our operating costs and adversely affect our results of operations. 

In the past, the Argentine government has passed laws, regulations and decrees requiring companies in the private 
sector  to  increase  wages  and  provide  specified  benefits  to  employees,  and  may  do  so  again  in  the  future.  Argentine 
employers, both in the public and private sectors, have experienced significant pressure from their employees and labor 
organizations to increase wages and to provide additional employee benefits. Due to the high levels of inflation, employees 
and labor organizations are demanding significant wage increases. In August 2012, the Argentine government established a 
25% increase in minimum monthly salary to 2,875 Argentine pesos, effective as of February 2013. The Argentine government 
increased the minimum salary to 3,300 Argentine pesos in August 2013, to 3,600 Argentine pesos in January 2014, to 4,400 
Argentine pesos in September 2014, to 4,716 Argentine pesos in January 2015, to 5,588 Argentine pesos in August 2015, to 
6,060 Argentine pesos in January 2016, to 6,810 Argentine pesos in June 2016 and 7,560 Argentine pesos in September 2016. 
Recently,  the  INDEC  published  data  regarding  the  evolution  of  salaries  in  the  private  and  public  sectors,  which  reflects 
approximately  32,91%  and  32,58%  salary  increase  in  the  private  and  public  sectors,  respectively,  for  the  period  from 
November 2015 through December 2016.  

Due to high levels of inflation and full employment in the high tech industry, we expect to raise salaries in line with 
the market. During the year ended December 31, 2016, labor unions agreed with employers´ associations on annual salary 
increases between 27% and 37%. If future salary increases in the Argentine peso exceed the pace of the devaluation of the 
Argentine peso, such salary increases could have a material and adverse effect on our expenses and business, results of 
operations and financial condition and, thus, on the trading prices for our common shares. 

Our  operating  cash  flows  may  be  adversely  affected  if  there  is  a  delay  in  obtaining  reimbursement  of value-added  tax 
credits from AFIP. 

In 2016, our Argentine operating subsidiary IAFH Global S.A. has recognized an aggregate of $5.7 million in value-
added  tax  credits.  These  tax  credits  may  be  monetized  by  way  of  cash  reimbursement  from  AFIP.  Obtaining  this  cash 
reimbursement requires submission of a written request to AFIP, which is subject to its approval. In the event that AFIP delays 
its approval of the request for reimbursement of these value-added tax credits, our ability to monetize the value of those 
credits would be delayed, which could adversely affect the timing of our cash flows from operations. 

Changes in Argentine tax laws may adversely affect the results of our operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

In 2012, the Argentine government terminated the application of the treaties for the avoidance of double taxation 
that were in force with the Republic of Chile and Spain. As a result of the termination of the double taxation treaties in force 
with Spain and the Republic of Chile, as well as the decision to end the provisional application of the double taxation treaty 
in force with Switzerland, the exemption from the personal assets tax that was available pursuant to those treaties for shares 
and other equity interests in local companies owned by Chilean, Spanish or Swiss residents are no longer applicable after 
each  of  the  corresponding  dates  of  termination.  New  double  taxation  treaties  with  Chile,  Switzerland  and  Spain  do  not 
include a similar exemption. A new treaty with Spain entered into force on December 23, 2013 and applied retroactively from 

190 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 1, 2013. This treaty replaces the previous double taxation treaty between Argentina and Spain that was terminated 
on July 16, 2012. According to the new treaty, the tax applicable on dividends distributed by our Argentine Subsidiaries to the 
Spanish Holdco, in excess of their cumulative taxable income (so called "Equalization Tax") could be limited to10% on the 
gross amount of dividends distributed and income tax withholding on financial interest could be limited to 12%. 

On March 20, 2014, Argentina and Switzerland executed a double taxation treaty that entered into force on November 

27, 2015. 

On  May  15,  2015,  Argentina  and  Chile  signed  a  new  treaty  to  avoid  double  taxation.  On  September  7,  2016,  the 
Argentine Congress approved the aforementioned treaty, which was published in the Argentine government's official gazette 
on September 30, 2016 and became effective on January 1, 2017.   

On  September  23,  2013, Argentine  Law  No.  26,893  amending  the  income  tax  law was  enacted. According  to  the 
amendments, the distribution of dividends by Argentine companies were subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10% unless 
dividends are distributed to Argentine corporate entities, and the sale, exchange or disposition of shares and other securities 
not trading in, or listed on, capital markets and securities exchanges is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 13.5% over the 
gross  amount  or  15%  over  the  net  amount  when  gains  are  recognized  by  any  Argentine  resident  individual  or  foreign 
beneficiary. However, a procedure has not been enacted to calculate the 15% over the net amount, thus, in practice, the 13.5% 
rate is normally applied.   

On July 22, 2016, Argentina published Law No. 27,260 in the Argentine government's official gazette, which makes 
significant changes to the Argentine tax laws and establishes new tax regimes. The law was enacted on July 21, 2016. Under 
this law, the Argentine Government established the “Voluntary and extraordinary disclosure regime of national and foreign 
currency holding and other assets, within Argentina and abroad” (Tax Amnesty) and a moratorium for tax, social security and 
customs obligations.  

Additionally the 10% withholding established by Law No. 26,893 that was applied by companies on the distribution 
of dividends and profits was abrogated and compliant taxpayer obtained the exemption from  personal assets tax payable 
by Argentine resident companies as a substitute taxpayer on the participation held by their shareholders. The exemption is 
applicable until December 31, 2019. 

Exposure to multiple provincial and municipal legislation and regulations could adversely affect our business or results of 
operations. 

Argentina is a federal country with 23 provinces and one autonomous city (City of Buenos Aires), each of which, under 
the Argentine national constitution, has full power to enact legislation concerning taxes and other matters. Likewise, within 
each province, municipal governments have broad powers to regulate such matters. Due to the fact that our delivery centers 
are  located  in  multiple  provinces,  we  are  also  subject  to  multiple  provincial  and  municipal  legislation  and  regulations. 
Although we have not experienced any material adverse effects from this, future developments in provincial and municipal 
legislation  concerning  taxes,  provincial  regulations  or  other  matters  may  adversely  affect  our  business  or  results  of 
operations. 

191 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Shares 

The price of our common shares may be highly volatile. 

The market price of our common shares may be volatile and may be influenced by many factors, some of which are 

beyond our control, including: 

•  

the failure of financial analysts to cover our common shares or changes in financial estimates by analysts; 

•   actual or anticipated variations in our operating results; 

•   changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, 
or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our common shares or the shares 
of our competitors; 

•   announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions; 

•  

•  

future sales of our common shares; and 

investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate. 

In addition, the equity markets in general have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often 
been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and 
industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance. In 
the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation 
has  been  instituted  against  these  companies.  This  litigation,  if  instituted  against  us,  could  adversely  affect  our  financial 
condition or results of operations. 

Holders of our common shares may experience losses due to increased volatility in the U.S. capital markets. 

The U.S. capital markets have recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and 
continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated 
or  disproportionate  to  the  operating  performance  or  results  of  operations  of  those  companies.  These  broad  market 
fluctuations,  as  well  as  general  economic,  political  and  market  conditions  such  as  recessions,  interest  rate  changes  or 
international currency fluctuations, as well as volatility in international capital markets, may cause the market price of our 
common shares to decline. 

In addition, on August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (“S&P”) lowered the long-term  sovereign credit 
rating of the U.S. government debt obligations from AAA to AA+. On November 28, 2011, Fitch Ratings downgraded its U.S. 
Government rating outlook to negative and stated that a downgrade of the U.S. sovereign credit rating would occur without 
a credible plan in place by 2013 to reduce the U.S. Government's deficit. These actions initially have had an adverse effect 
on capital markets in the United States and elsewhere, contributing to volatility and decreases in prices of many securities 
trading on the U.S. national exchanges, such as the NYSE. Further downgrades to the U.S. Government's sovereign credit 
rating  by  any  rating  agency,  as  well  as  negative  changes  to  the  perceived  creditworthiness  of  U.S.  Government-related 

192 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
obligations, could have a material adverse impact on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and 
worldwide. Any volatility in the capital markets in the United States or in other developed countries, whether resulting from 
a downgrade of the sovereign credit rating of U.S. debt obligations or otherwise, may have an adverse effect on the price of 
our common shares. 

We may be classified by the Internal Revenue  Service as a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), which may 
result in adverse tax consequences for U.S. investors. 

We believe that we will not be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year and do not 
expect  to  become  one  in  the  foreseeable  future.  However,  because  PFIC  status  depends  upon  the  composition  of  our 
income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) 
from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Because we have 
valued goodwill based on the market value of our equity for purposes of taxation, a decrease in the price of our common 
shares may also result in us becoming a PFIC. The composition of our income and our assets will also be affected by how, 
and how quickly, we spend the cash. Under circumstances where the cash is not deployed for active purposes, our risk of 
becoming a PFIC may increase. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor held common 
shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to such U.S. investor. See “Additional Information — Taxation — U.S. 
Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive foreign investment company rules.” 

We may need additional capital and we may not be able to obtain it. 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our 
anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed 
business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If 
these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or 
obtain  another  credit  facility.  The  sale  of  additional  equity  securities  could  result  in  dilution  to  our  shareholders.  The 
incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating 
and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. 

Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including: 

•  

investors’ perception of, and demand for, securities of technology services companies; 

•   conditions of the U.S. capital markets and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds; 

•   our future results of operations and financial condition; 

•   government regulation of foreign investment in the United States, Europe, and Latin America; and 

•   global economic, political and other conditions in jurisdictions in which we do business. 

193 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and principal shareholders may prevent new 
investors from influencing significant corporate decisions or adversely affect the trading price of our common shares. 

As  of  March  20,  2017,  our  directors  and  executive  officers,  entities  affiliated  with  them  and  greater  than  5% 
shareholders, beneficially own approximately 58.98% of our outstanding common shares, of which 1.17% represents common 
shares subject to options currently exercisable and options exercisable within 60 days of March 20, 2017. As a result, these 
shareholders  continue  to  have  substantial  control  over  us  and  be  able  to  exercise  significant  influence  over  all  matters 
requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will 
have significant influence over our management and policies. This concentration of influence could be disadvantageous to 
other shareholders with interests different from those of our officers, directors and principal shareholders. For example, our 
officers, directors and principal shareholders could delay or prevent an acquisition or merger even if the transaction would 
benefit other shareholders. In addition, this significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading 
price of our common shares because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning shares in companies with principal 
shareholders. 

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by the increased strain on our resources from complying 
with the reporting, disclosure, and other requirements applicable to public companies in the United States promulgated by 
the U.S. government, NYSE or other relevant regulatory authority. 

Compliance  with  existing,  new  and  changing  corporate  governance  and  public  disclosure  requirements  adds 
uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance. Changing laws, regulations and standards 
include  those  relating  to  accounting,  corporate  governance  and  public  disclosure,  including  the  Dodd-Frank Wall  Street 
Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations and NYSE listing guidelines. 
These laws, regulations and guidelines may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in 
practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. In particular, our efforts to 
comply with certain sections of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and the related regulations 
regarding required assessment of internal controls over financial reporting and our external auditor’s audit of that assessment 
requires  the  commitment  of  significant  financial  and  managerial  resources. Testing  and  maintaining  internal  controls  can 
divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We also expect 
the regulations to increase our legal  and financial compliance costs, make it  more difficult to attract  and retain  qualified 
officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more 
difficult, time consuming and costly. 

Existing,  new  and  changing  corporate  governance  and  public  disclosure  requirements  could  result  in  continuing 
uncertainty  regarding  compliance  matters  and  higher  costs  of  compliance  as  a  result  of  ongoing  revisions  to  such 
governance standards. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards have resulted in, and are likely 
to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention 
from  revenue-generating  activities  to  compliance  activities.  In  addition,  new  laws,  regulations  and  standards  regarding 
corporate governance may make it more difficult for our company to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, 
our  board  members  and  senior  management  could  face  an  increased  risk  of  personal  liability  in  connection  with  their 
performance  of  duties. As  a  result, we  may  face  difficulties  attracting  and  retaining  qualified  board  members  and  senior 

194 

 
 
 
 
 
management, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations and standards 
differ, our business and reputation may be harmed. 

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 could have a material adverse 
effect on our business and common share price. 

As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the 
requirements  of  Section  404, which will  require  management  assessments  and  certifications  of  the  effectiveness  of  our 
internal control over financial reporting. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be 
able to remedy in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing 
basis  that  we  have  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  accordance  with  Section  404.  In  addition,  our 
independent registered public accounting firm is required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting but may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified report. If we conclude that our internal control over financial 
reporting  is  not  effective, we  cannot  be  certain  as  to  the  timing  of  remediation  actions  and  testing  or  their  effect  on  our 
operations because there is presently no precedent available by which to measure compliance adequacy. 

If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, our independent auditors 
are unable to provide us with an unqualified report as required by Section 404, or we are required to restate our financial 
statements, we may fail to meet our public reporting obligations and investors could lose confidence in our reported financial 
information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common shares. 

Our exemption as a “foreign private issuer” from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws may result in less information 
about us being available to investors than for U.S. companies, which may result in our common shares being less attractive 
to investors. 

As a “foreign private issuer” in the United States, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws and 
are permitted to file less information with the SEC than U.S. companies. As a “foreign private issuer,” we are exempt from 
certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that impose certain disclosure 
obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, 
directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 
16 of the Exchange Act  and the  rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and  sales  of our common 
shares.  Moreover,  we  are  not  required  to  file  periodic  reports  and  financial  statements  with  the  SEC  as  frequently  or  as 
promptly  as  companies  that  are  not  foreign  private  issuers  whose  securities  are  registered  under  the  Exchange  Act.  In 
addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. 
As a result, our shareholders may not have access to information they may deem important, which may result in our common 
shares being less attractive to investors. 

We do not plan to declare dividends, and our ability to do so will be affected by restrictions under Luxembourg law. 

We have not declared dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common shares in 
the foreseeable future. In addition, both our articles of association and the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on commercial 

195 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
companies as amended from time to time ( loi du 10 août 1915 sur les sociétés commerciales telle que modifiée ) (“Luxembourg 
Corporate Law”) require a general meeting of shareholders to approve any dividend distribution except as set forth below. 

Our  ability  to  declare  dividends  under  Luxembourg  law  is  subject  to  the  availability  of  distributable  earnings  or 
available reserves, including share premium. Moreover, if we declare dividends in the future, we may not be able to pay them 
more  frequently  than  annually.  As  permitted  by  Luxembourg  Corporate  Law,  our  articles  of  association  authorize  the 
declaration of dividends more frequently than annually by our board of directors in the form of interim dividends so long as 
the amount of such interim dividends does not exceed total net income made since the end of the last financial year for 
which  the  annual  accounts  have  been  approved,  plus  any  net  income  carried  forward  and  sums  drawn  from  reserves 
available for this purpose, less the aggregate of the prior year’s accumulated losses, the amounts to be set aside for the 
reserves required by law or by our articles of association for the prior year, and the estimated tax due on such earnings. 

We are a holding company and depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our 
financial obligations and to make dividend payments, which they may not be able to do. 

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations. We have no relevant assets other than 
the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and 
their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by covenants in 
our or their financing agreements or by the law of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. If we are unable to obtain 
funds from our subsidiaries, we will be unable to distribute dividends. We do not intend to seek to obtain funds from other 
sources to pay dividends. See “— Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina — Argentina — The imposition 
in the  future  of restrictions  on transfers  of foreign currency and the  repatriation  of capital from Argentina may impair our 
ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina.” 

Our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a U.S. corporation, 
which could adversely impact trading in our common shares and our ability to conduct equity financings. 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and the laws of Luxembourg, including the laws 
governing joint stock companies. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of our directors and officers under 
Luxembourg law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States. There may be less 
publicly  available  information  about  us  than  is  regularly  published  by  or  about  U.S.  issuers.  In  addition,  Luxembourg  law 
governing the  securities  of Luxembourg companies may  not be as extensive  as those in effect in the United States, and 
Luxembourg  law  and  regulations  in  respect  of  corporate  governance  matters  might  not  be  as  protective  of  minority 
shareholders  as  state  corporation  laws  in  the  United  States.  Therefore,  our  shareholders  may  have  more  difficulty  in 
protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by our directors and officers or our principal shareholders than 
they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States. 

Neither our articles of association nor Luxembourg law provides for appraisal rights for dissenting shareholders in 
certain extraordinary corporate transactions that may otherwise be available to shareholders under certain U.S. state laws. 
As  a  result  of  these  differences,  our  shareholders  may  have  more  difficulty  protecting  their  interests  than  they would  as 
shareholders of a U.S. issuer. 

196 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Holders of our common shares may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive subscription rights and may suffer dilution of 
their shareholding in the event of future common share issuances. 

Under Luxembourg Corporate Law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance 
of common shares for cash consideration. However, in accordance with Luxembourg law, our articles of association authorize 
our  board  of  directors  to  suppress,  waive  or  limit  any  pre-emptive  subscription  rights  of  shareholders  provided  by 
Luxembourg  law  to  the  extent  our  board  deems  such  suppression,  waiver  or  limitation  advisable  for  any  issuance  or 
issuances of common shares within the scope of our authorized share capital. Such common shares may be issued above, 
at or below market value as well as by way of incorporation of available reserves (including a premium). This authorization is 
valid from the date of the publication in the Luxembourg 's official gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations) 
of the decision of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 6, 2016, which publication occurred on July 
21, 2016, and ends on July 21, 2021. In addition, a shareholder may not be able to exercise the shareholder’s pre-emptive right 
on  a  timely  basis  or  at  all,  unless  the  shareholder  complies with  Luxembourg  Corporate  Law  and  applicable  laws  in  the 
jurisdiction  in  which  the  shareholder  is  resident,  particularly  in  the  United  States.  As  a  result,  the  shareholding  of  such 
shareholders may be materially diluted in the event common shares are issued in the future. Moreover, in the case of an 
increase in capital by a contribution in kind, no pre-emptive rights of the existing shareholders exist. 

We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce 
judgments or bring original actions against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States. 

We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The majority of our assets are located outside 
the United States. Furthermore, the majority of our directors and officers and some experts named in this annual report reside 
outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. Investors may not 
be able to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons or to enforce judgments obtained 
against us or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the 
U.S. federal  securities laws. Likewise, it may also be difficult for an investor to enforce in U.S. courts judgments  obtained 
against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including judgments predicated upon 
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. It may also be difficult for an investor to bring an original action 
in a Luxembourg court predicated upon the civil liability provisions  of the U.S. federal securities laws against  us  or these 
persons. Furthermore, Luxembourg law does not recognize a shareholder’s right to bring a derivative action on behalf of the 
company except in limited cases. 

As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial 
matters  between  the  United  States  and  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Luxembourg,  courts  in  Luxembourg  will  not  automatically 
recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court. A valid judgment in civil or commercial matters obtained 
from  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in  the  United  States  may  be  entered  and  enforced  through  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction  in  Luxembourg,  subject  to  compliance  with  the  enforcement  procedures  (exequatur).  The  enforceability  in 
Luxembourg  courts  of  judgments  rendered  by  U.S.  courts  will  be  subject  prior  any  enforcement  in  Luxembourg  to  the 
procedure and the conditions set forth in the Luxembourg procedural code, which conditions may include the following as 
of the date of this annual report (which may change): 

197 

 
 
 
 
 
 
•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

the judgment of the U.S. court is final and enforceable (exécutoire) in the United States; 

the U.S. court had jurisdiction over the subject matter leading to the judgment (that is, its jurisdiction was in 
compliance both with Luxembourg private international law rules and with the applicable domestic U.S. federal or 
state jurisdictional rules); 

the U.S. court has applied to the dispute the substantive law that would have been applied by Luxembourg courts; 

the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear and, if it 
appeared, to present a defense, and the decision of the foreign court must not have been obtained by fraud, but in 
compliance with the rights of the defendant; 

the U.S. court has acted in accordance with its own procedural laws; 

the judgment of the U.S. court does not contravene Luxembourg international public policy; and 

the U.S. court proceedings were not of a criminal or tax nature. 

Under  our  articles  of  association  and  also  pursuant  to  separate  indemnification  agreements,  we  indemnify  our 
directors for and hold them harmless against all claims, actions, suits or proceedings brought against them, subject to limited 
exceptions. The  rights  and  obligations  among  or  between  us  and  any  of  our  current  or  former  directors  and  officers  are 
generally governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and subject to the jurisdiction of the Luxembourg courts, 
unless such rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities listed above. Although there is doubt as to 
whether  U.S.  courts  would  enforce  such  provision  in  an  action  brought  in  the  United  States  under  U.S.  federal  or  state 
securities  laws,  such  provision  could  make  enforcing  judgments  obtained  outside  Luxembourg  more  difficult  to  enforce 
against our assets in Luxembourg or jurisdictions that would apply Luxembourg law. 

Luxembourg insolvency laws may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws. 

As  a  company  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Luxembourg  and  with  its  registered  office  in 
Luxembourg, we are subject to Luxembourg insolvency laws in the event any insolvency proceedings are initiated against 
us including, among other things, Council Regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000 on insolvency proceedings. Should 
courts in another European country determine that the insolvency laws of that country apply to us in accordance with and 
subject to such EU regulations, the courts in that country could have jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings initiated 
against us Insolvency laws in Luxembourg or the relevant other European country, if any, may offer our shareholders less 
protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws and make it more difficult for them to recover the amount they 
could expect to recover in a liquidation under U.S. insolvency laws. 

198 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT 

In accordance with Article 3(2) c) of the Luxembourg law of 11 January 2008 relative aux obligations de transparence 
concernant l’information sur les émetteurs dont les valeurs mobilières sont admises à la négociation sur un marché réglementé 
(as amended) the undersigned confirm that to the best of their knowledge, the consolidated financial statements of Globant 
S.A.  presented  in  this  annual  financial  report  for  the  financial  year  ended  December  31,  2016  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and give a true and fair 
view  of  the  assets,  liabilities,  financial  position,  profit  or  loss  of  Globant  S.A.  and  of  the  undertakings  included  in  the 
consolidation taken as a whole.  

The  undersigned  declare  that  the  management  report  relating  to  the  financial  year  ended  December  31,  2016 
includes  a  fair  review  of  the  development  and  performance  of  the  business  and  position  of  Globant  S.A.  and  of  the 
undertakings  included  in  the  consolidation  taken  as  a  whole,  together  with  a  description  of  the  principal  risks  and 
uncertainties that they face.  

_______________________ 

________________________ 

Chief Executive Officer 
Martín Migoya 
March 29, 2017 

Chief Financial Officer 
Alejandro Scannapieco 
March 29, 2017 

199 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

200 

 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the two years in 
the period ended December 31, 2016 
Report of the independent auditors 
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

2 

5 

7 
9 
11 
14 

201 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Globant S.A. 

Consolidated Financial Statements as 
of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for 
each of the two years in the period 
ended December 31  2016 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Report to be included 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 

 
 
March 29, 2017 

Deloitte & Co. S.A. 

/s/ Eddy R Termaten 
Partner 

Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee, and its 
network of member firms, each of which is a legally separate and independent entity. Please see www.deloitte.com/about 
for a detailed description of the legal structure of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited and its member firms. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS 
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenues (1) 
Cost of revenues (2) (4) 
Gross profit 

  For the year ended December 31, 

  Notes 

2016 

2015 

2014 

5.1 

322,856    
(191,395 )  
131,461    

253,796    
(160,292 )  
93,504    

199,605  
(121,693 ) 
77,912  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (3) (4) 
Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries 

5.2 
  3.7.1.1 

Profit from operations 

(81,889 )  
—    
49,572    

(71,594 )  
1,820    
23,730    

(57,288 ) 
1,505  
22,129  

Gain on transactions with bonds 

  3.18 

—    

19,102    

12,629  

Finance income 
Finance expense 

Finance (expense) income, net 

Other income and expenses, net (5) 
Profit before income tax 

Income tax 

Net income for the year 

6 
6 

7.1 

16,215    
(19,227 )  

(3,012 )  

3,629    
50,189    

27,555    
(20,952 )  
6,603    

605    
50,040    

10,269  
(11,213 ) 

(944 ) 

380  
34,194  

(14,327 )  
35,862    

(18,420 )  
31,620    

(8,931 ) 
25,263  

Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and 
- Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
- Net fair value gain on available-for-sale financial assets 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Net income attributable to: 
Owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 

Net income for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to: 
Owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

1,103    
(52 )  
36,913    

(1,353 )  
52    
30,319    

(433 ) 
—  
24,830  

35,876    
(14 )  
35,862    

31,653    
(33 )  
31,620    

36,927    
(14 )  
36,913    

30,352    
(33 )  
30,319    

25,201  
62  
25,263  

24,768  
62  
24,830  

5 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
 
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS 
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) 

For the year ended December 31, 

  Notes 

2016 

2015 

2014 

Earnings per share 
Basic 
Diluted 
Weighted average of outstanding shares (in thousands) 
Basic 
Diluted 

8 
8 

8 
8 

1.04    
1.01    

0.93    
0.90    

0.81  
0.79  

34,402    
35,413    

33,960    
35,013    

30,926  
31,867  

(1) 
(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Includes  transactions  with  related  parties  for  6,462,  6,655  and  7,681  as  of    December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively. See note 21.1. 
Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 4,281, 4,441 and 3,813 for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. See note 
5. 
Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 6,637, 4,860 and 4,221 for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. See note 
5. 
Includes share-based compensation expense of 917, 735 and 35 under cost of revenues; and 2,703, 1,647 and 582 under 
selling, general and administrative expenses for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. See note 5. 
In 2016 includes a gain of  418 on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of Clarice explained in note 27.10.1 
and the gain of 2,981 related to the remeasurement at fair value of the call and put option over non-controlling interest 
explained in note 27.10.2. In 2015 includes a gain of 625 related to valuation at fair value of the 22.7% of share interest 
held in Dynaflows as explained in note 23. In  2016 and 2014 includes the gain of 225 and 472 related to the bargain 
business combination of Difier S.A. and Bluestar Energy S.A.C., respectively, explained in note 23.  

The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

6 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investments 
Trade receivables (1) 
Other receivables 
Other financial assets 
Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Other receivables 
Deferred tax assets 
Investment in associates 
Other financial assets 
Property and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Total non-current assets 
TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade payables 
Payroll and social security taxes payable 
Borrowings 
Other financial liabilities 
Tax liabilities 
Other liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Other financial liabilities 
Other liabilities 
Provisions for contingencies 
Total non-current liabilities 
TOTAL LIABILITIES 

Capital and reserves 

Issued capital 
Additional paid-in capital 
Other reserves 

  As of December 31, 

  Notes 

2016 

2015 

9.1 
10 
11 
23 

11 
7.2 
  9.2 
23 
12 
13 
14 

15 
16 
17 
23 
18 

17 
23 

19 

50,532    
9,355    
54,170    
18,869    
900    
133,826    

27,465    
7,691    
800    
319    
35,676    
13,791    
65,180    
150,922    
284,748    

5,603    
30,328    
217    
12,602    
6,249    
—    
54,999    

—    
19,224    
20    
1,945    
21,189    
76,188    

36,720  
25,660  
45,952  
18,570  
900  
127,802  

20,122  
7,983  
300  
1,221  
25,720  
7,209  
32,532  
95,087  
222,889  

4,436  
25,551  
280  
6,240  
10,225  
9  
46,741  

268  
15,045  
—  
650  
15,963  
62,704  

41,576    
62,790    
(961 )  

41,050  
51,854  
(2,012 ) 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Retained earnings 

Total equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 

105,119    
208,524    
36    
208,560    
284,748    

69,243  
160,135  
50  
160,185  
222,889  

(1) 

Includes balances due from related parties of 575 and 1,593 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. See note 21.1. 
The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars except number of shares issued) 

Number of 
Shares 
Issued 

Issued 
capital 

Additional 
paid-in 
capital 

Retained 
earnings 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 

Investment 
revaluation 
reserve 

Attributable 
to owners of 
the Parent 

c

Balance at January 1, 2014 

  28,995,158 

34,794 

12,468 

12,389 

(278 )  

Issuance of shares in connection with 
the initial public offering (see note 29.1) 
Issuance of shares under share-based 
compensation plan (see note 29.1) 
Share-based compensation plan (see 
note 22) 
Other comprehensive income for the 
year 
Acquisition of non-controlling interest 
(see note 23) 
Recall of call and put option over non-
controlling interest  (see note 23) 

Net income for the year 

4,350,000 

5,220 

32,513 

258,742 

310 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

780 

3,541 

— 

(96 )  

1,070 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(433 )  

— 

— 

— 

— 

25,201 

Balance at December 31, 2014 

  33,603,900 

40,324 

50,276 

37,590 

(711 )  

Issuance of shares under share-based 
compensation plan (see note 29.1) 
Issuance of shares under subscription 
agreement  (see note 29.1) 
Share-based compensation plan (see 
note 22) 
Other comprehensive income for the 
year 
Acquisition of non-controlling interest 
(see note 23) 
Call of call and put option over non-
controlling interest  (see note 23) 

Net income for the year 

560,649 

43,857 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

673 

53 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,878 

847 

5,903 

— 

— 

(7,050 )  

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

31,653 

— 

— 

(1,353 )  

— 

— 

— 

Balance at December 31, 2015 

  34,208,406 

41,050 

51,854 

69,243 

(2,064 )  

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

52 

— 

— 

— 

52 

59,373 

37,733 

1,090 

3,541 

(433 )  

(96 )  

1,070 

25,201 

127,479 

2,551 

900 

5,903 

(1,301 )  

— 

(7,050 )  

31,653 

160,135 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars except number of shares issued) 

Number of 
Shares 
Issued (1) 

Issued 
capital 

Additional 
paid-in 
capital 

Retained 
earnings 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 

Investment 
revaluation 
reserve 

Attributable 
to owners of 
the Parent 

c

Balance at January 1, 2016 

  34,208,406 

41,050 

51,854 

69,243 

(2,064 )  

Issuance of shares under share-based 
compensation plan  (see note 29.1) 
Issuance of shares for payments of 
Huddle minority interest (note 29.1) 
Issuance of shares under subscription 
agreement (see note 29.1) 
Share-based compensation plan (see 
note 22) 
Other comprehensive income for the 
year 

Net income for the year 

258,915 

11,213 

169,109 

— 

— 

— 

311 

13 

202 

— 

— 

— 

1,867 

292 

6,218 

2,559 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

35,876 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

  34,647,643 

41,576 

62,790 

105,119 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,103 

— 

(961 )  

52 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(52 )  

— 

— 

160,135 

2,178 

305 

6,420 

2,559 

1,051 

35,876 

208,524 

(1) 

Includes the effect of the retroactive application of 1-for-12 reverse share split. See note 29.2.  Excluding Treasury 
Shares of 143,593,169,806 and 228,059 as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively 

The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net income for the year 
Adjustments to reconcile net income for the year to net cash flows 
from operating activities: 

Share-based compensation expense 
Current income tax 
Deferred income tax 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Allowance for claims and lawsuits 
Gain on remeasument of contingent consideration (note 27.10.1) 
Gain from bargain business combination (note 23) 
Gain on remeasurement of valuation of call and put option over non-
controlling interest (note 27.10.2) 
Accrued interest 
Allowance for impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries (note 3.7.1.1)   
Gain on transactions with bonds 
Net gain arising on financial assets classified held-for-trading 
Net gain arising on financial assets classified held-to-maturity 
Net gain arising on financial assets classified as available for sale 
Exchange differences 

Changes in working capital: 

Net increase in trade receivables 
Net increase in other receivables 
Net (decrease) increase in trade payables 
Net increase in payroll and social security taxes payable 
Net (decrease) increase in tax liabilities 
Utilization of provision of contingencies 
Net decrease in other liabilities 

 Cash provided by operating activities 

Income tax paid 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Acquisition of property and equipment (2) 
Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment 
Acquisition of intangible assets (3) 
(Payments) proceeds related to forward contracts 
Acquisition of held-for-trading investments 
Proceeds from held-for-trading investments 
Acquisition of held-to-maturity investments 
Proceeds from held-to-maturity investments 
Acquisition of available-for-sale investments 

11 

For the year ended December 31, 
2014 
2015 
2016 

35,862   

31,620    

25,263  

3,620   
15,057   
(730 )  
6,290   
4,628   
928   
999   
(418 )  
(225 )  

(2,981 )   
757   
—   
—   
(653 )  
—   
(6,325 )   
5,959   

(5,847 )  
(17,067 )  
(1,219 )  
3,316   
(1,846 )  
(400 )  
(9 )  
39,696   
(8,216 )  
31,480   

(17,660 )  
50   
(6,374 )  
(1,126 )  
(220,391 )  
222,759   
—   
—   
(201,931 )   

2,382    
19,522    
(1,102 )  
5,872    
3,429    
205    
237    
—    
(625 )  

— 
880    
(1,820 )  
(19,102 )  
(13,453 )  
(4,941 )  
—    
10,136    

(6,525 )  
(32,121 )  
1,386    
6,850    
2,752    
(91 )  
(237 )  
5,254    
(10,569 )  
(5,315 )  

(13,595 )  
88    
(4,222 )  
7,152    
(122,087 )  
128,822    
(96,601 )  
98,156    
—    

617  
8,561  
370  
4,902  
3,132  
130  
529  
—  
(472 ) 

— 
378  
(1,505 ) 
(12,629 ) 
(3,813 ) 
—  
—  
2,148  

(6,336 ) 
(5,679 ) 
2,905  
4,231  
2,375  
—  
148  
25,255  
(10,959 ) 
14,296  

(11,391 ) 
—  
(2,481 ) 
(1,069 ) 
(87,602 ) 
72,782  
—  
—  
—  

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Proceeds from available-for-sale investments 
Payments to acquire investments in associates 
Acquisition of bonds 
Proceeds from sale of bonds 
Acquisition of business, net of cash (note 23) (1) 
Seller financing 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from issuance of shares in connection with the initial public 
offering (4) 

Proceeds from the issuance of shares under the share-based 
Proceeds from subscription agreement 

Repayment of borrowings 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Payment of offering costs 

Cash provided by financing activities 

Interest paid 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 

219,924    
(500 )  
—   
—   
(16,584 )  
(6,166 )  
(27,999 )  

—    
—    
(46,788 )  
65,890    
(10,569 )  
(715 )  
5,531    

—  
(568 ) 
(30,648 ) 
43,277  
218  
(6,199 ) 

(23,681 ) 

For the year ended December 31, 
2014 
2015 
2016 

— 
1,863   
6,420   
(543 )  
—   
—   
7,740   
(41 )  
7,699   

2,632   
13,812   

36,720   
50,532   

— 
2,236    
900    
(505 )  
—    
—    
2,631    
(633 )  
1,998    

311    
2,525    

34,195    
36,720    

40,455 
1,090  
—  

(9,690 ) 
34  

(3,101 ) 
28,788  
(320 ) 
28,468  

(1,939 ) 
17,144  

17,051  
34,195  

(1) Cash paid for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of subsidiaries (note 23): 

Supplemental information 

Cash paid 

Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired 

Total consideration paid net of cash and cash equivalents acquired   

19,525   
(2,941 )   
16,584    

10,726    
(157 )  
10,569    

1,357  
(1,575 ) 

(218 ) 

(2)  In  2016,  2015  and  2014,  there  were  478,  26  and  1,207  of  acquisition  of  property  and  equipment  financed  with  trade 
payables, respectively. In  2014, there were 223 of acquisition  of property and equipment financed with borrowings. In 
2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid 2,224, 1,207 and 3,533 related to property and equipment acquired in 2015, 2014 
and 2013, respectively. 

(3)  In 2016, 2015 and 2014 there were 7, 439 and 216 of acquisition of intangibles financed with trade payables, respectively. 

In 2016 and  2015 , the Company paid 439 and 216 related to intangibles acquired in 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

(4)  Proceeds from the Initial Public Offering are disclosed in the statements of changes in Equity net of related expenses 

which amount 2,722. 

The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

13 

 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

14 

 
 
 
 
NOTE 1 – COMPANY OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION 

Globant S.A. is a company organized in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, primarily engaged in building digital journeys that 
matter  to  millions  of  users  through  its  subsidiaries  (hereinafter  the  “Company”  or  “Globant  Lux”  or  “Globant  Group”).  The 
Company specializes in providing innovative software solutions by leveraging emerging technologies and trends.   

The Company’s principal operating subsidiaries and countries of incorporation as of December 31, 2016  were the following:   
Sistemas UK Limited and We are London Limited in the United Kingdom, Globant LLC and L4 Mobile LLC in the United States 
of America (the “U.S.”), Sistemas Globales S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Dynaflows S.A. in Argentina, Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. in 
Colombia, Global Systems Outs S.R.L. de C.V. in Mexico, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. and Difier S.A. in Uruguay, Globant 
Brasil Consultoria Ltda. in Brazil; Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. in Chile, Globant Peru S.A.C. in Peru, Globant India Private 
Limited in India and Software Product Creation in Spain.   

The  Globant  Group  provides  services  from  development  and  delivery  centers  located  in  Buenos  Aires,  Tandil,  Rosario, 
Tucumán,  Mendoza,  Córdoba,  Resistencia,  Bahía  Blanca,  Mar  del  Plata  and  La  Plata  in Argentina;  Montevideo,  Uruguay; 
Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo,  Brazil;  Mexico City,  Mexico;  Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune  and Bangalore, 
India;  Madrid,  Spain;  London,  UK;  and  San  Francisco,  New  York  and  Seattle  in  the  United  Statesand  it  also  has  client 
management centers in United States (Boston, New York, Orlando and San Francisco), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), 
Uruguay  (Montevideo),  Argentina  (Buenos  Aires)  and  the  United  Kingdom  (London).  The  Company  also  has  centers  of 
software engineering talent and educational excellence, primarily across Latin America.  

Substantially all revenues are generated in the U.S. and United Kingdom, through subsidiaries located in those countries. 
The  Company´s  workforce  is  mainly  located  in  Argentina  and  to  a  lesser  extent  in  Latin  America,  India  and  U.S.  

The Company’s changed its registered office address since January 30, 2016 from 5 rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882, Luxembourg 
to 37A, avenue J.F. Kennedy,L-1855 Luxembourg, Luxembourg. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 2 – BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) as adopted by European Union ("EU"). These consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of United 
States  dollars  (“U.S.  dollars”)  and  have  been  prepared  under  the  historical  cost  convention  except  as  disclosed  in  the 
accounting policies below. 

2.1 – Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards 

•   Adoption of new and revised standards 

The Company has adopted all of the new and revised standards and interpretations issued by the IASB that are relevant to 
its operations and that are mandatorily effective at December 31, 2016. The application of these amendments has had no 
impact on the disclosures or amounts recognized in the Company´s consolidated financial statements. 

•   New accounting pronouncements 

The  Company  has  not  applied  the  following  new  and  revised  IFRSs  that  have  been  issued  but  are  not  yet  mandatorily 
effective:  

     Financial Instruments1  
     Revenue from contracts with customer1  
     Revenue from contracts with customer1 | 
     Leases2  

IFRS 9 
IFRS 15 
Amendment to IFRS 15 
IFRS 16  
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28           Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its   
     Associate or Joint Venture3  
     Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses4  
                   Financial reporting disclosure4  

Amendment to IAS 12 
Amendment to IAS 7 
Amendments to IFRS 2                               Share-based payments1  
Amendments to IFRS 1, 12 and IAS 28 
IFRIC 22                                     

    Annual improvements 2014 -2016 Cycle1- 4  
    Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration1  

1 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted.  
2 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted if IFRS 15 has also been 
applied.  
3 Effective date deferred indefinitely.  
4 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted.  

•  

In  November  2009,  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB)  issued  IFRS  9,  which  introduced  new 
requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was subsequently amended in October 
2010 to include requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for derecognition, and 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

in November 2013 to include the new requirements for general hedge accounting. On July 24, 2014, the IASB published 
the final version of IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'. IFRS 9, as revised in July 2014, introduces a new expected credit loss 
impairment  model.    The  expected  credit  loss  model  requires  an  entity  to  account  for  expected  credit  losses  and 
changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. 
In other words, it is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognised. Also 
limited changes to the classification and measurement requirements for  financial assets by  introducing  a ‘fair value 
through other comprehensive income’ (FVTOCI) measurement category for certain simple debt instruments.   

Based on the analysis of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities as of December 31, 2016 on the basis of 
the  facts  and  circumstances  that  exists  at  that  date,  the  directors  of  the  Company  have  performed  a  preliminary 
assessment of the impact of IFRS 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements as follows:  

◦   Classification and measurement: all financial assets and financial liabilities will continue to be measured on the 

same bases as is currently adopted under IAS 39.   
Impairment: no financial assets are measured at amortized cost.  

◦  
◦   Hedge accounting: the management of the Company does not anticipate that the application of the IFRS 9 Hedge 

accounting requirements will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

It should be noted that the above assessment were made base on an analysis of the Company’s financial assets and 
financial liabilities as of December 31, 2016 on the bases of the facts and circumstances that existed at that date. As 
facts and circumstances may change during the period leading up to the initial date of application of IFRS 9, which is 
expected to be January 1, 2018 as the Company does not intend to early apply the standard, the assessment of the 
potential impact is subject to change.This new standard is effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.  
This standard has been endorsed by the EU on November 22, 2016. 

•   On May 28, 2014 the IASB published its new revenue Standard, IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. IFRS 
15  provides  a  single  comprehensive  model  for  entities  to  use  in  accounting  for  revenue  arising  from  contracts with 
customers.  IFRS  15  will  supersede  the  current  revenue  recognition  guidance  including  IAS  18  Revenue,  IAS  11 
Construction Contracts and the related interpretations when it becomes effective. The core principle of IFRS 15 is that 
an entity should recognise revenue to depict the transfer or promised goods or services to customers in an amount 
that  reflects  the  consideration  to which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services. 
Specifically, the standard introduces a five-step approach to revenue recognition:  

•   Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer  
•   Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract  
•   Step 3: Determine the transaction price  
•   Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contracts  
•   Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  

On April  12,  2016  the  IASB  has  published  amendments  with  clarifications  to  IFRS  15  'Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers'. The amendments address the following topics: identifying performance obligations, principal versus agent 
considerations, and licensing, and provide some transition relief for modified contracts and completed contracts.   

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognises revenue when  or as performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when control  of the 
goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer. Far more prescriptive 
guidance has been added in IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required 
by IFRS 15. The new standard is effective for  annual periods beginning  on  or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption is 
permitted. The standard permits a modified retrospective approach for the adoption. Under this approach entities will 
recognize transitional adjustments in retained earnings on the date of initial application (e.g. January 1, 2017), i.e. without 
restating the comparative period. They will only need to apply the new rules to contracts that are not completed as of 
the date of initial application. The Management do not intend to early apply the standard and intend to use the modified 
retrospective method upon adoption.  This standard has been endorsed by the EU on September 22, 2016. 

The Company has completed an initial impact assessment of the new standard by completing a survey of all businesses 
identifying  the  likely  impact  of  IFRS  15. This  was  a  tailored  questionnaire  based  on  the  known  impacts  of  the  new 
standard  on  technology  services  companies.  Management  is  still  in  the  process  of  assessing  the  full  impact  of  the 
application  of  IFRS  15  on  the  Company´s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  it  is  not  practicable  to  provide  a 
reasonable financial estimate of the effect until the management complete the detail review, including, but not limited 
to, variable  consideration  contracts  and  performance  obligations where  multiple  services  are  provided  in  individual 
contracts.  

•   On January 13, 2016, the IASB issued the IFRS 16 which specifies how an IFRS reporter will recognize, measure, present 
and disclose leases. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, with the distinction between operating 
and finance leases removed, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 
12  months  or  less  or  the  underlying  asset  has  a  low value  to  be  accounted  for  by  simply  recognizing  an  expense, 
typically straight line, over the lease term. Lessors continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with IFRS 16’s 
approach to lessor accounting substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17. IFRS 16 supersedes IAS 17 and 
related interpretations. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 16. As of December 31, 2016, the Group 
has non–cancellable operating lease commitment of $30,628 for office space and office equipment. IAS 17 does not 
require the recognition of any right-of-use or liability for future payments for these leases; instead, certain information 
is disclosed as operating lease commitment in note 26. If these arrangements meet the definition of a lease under IFRS 
16, the Company will recognize a right–of–use asset and a liability in respect of them unless they qualify of a low value 
or short–term leases upon the application of IFRS 16. In contrast, for finance leases where the Company is a lessee, the 
Company  will  recognize  an  asset  and  a  related  finance  lease  liability  for  the  lease  arrangement.  Management  are 
currently  assessing  its  potential  impact  of  the  application  of  IFRS  16.  It  is  not  practicable  to  provide  a  reasonable 
estimate of the financial effect  on the amounts recognized in the Company´s consolidated financial statements until 
the management complete the review. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 
2019, with earlier application being permitted if IFRS 15 has also been applied. The Company has not opted for early 
application.  This standard has not been endorsed by the EU yet. 

•   On September 11, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28. These amendments clarify the treatment 

of the sale or contribution of assets from an investor to its associate or joint venture, as follows:  

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

◦  

◦  

require full recognition in the investor's financial statements of gains and losses arising on the sale or contribution 
of assets that constitute a business (as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations);  
require the partial recognition of gains and losses where the assets do not constitute a business, i.e. a gain or loss 
is recognised only to the extent of the unrelated investors’ interests in that associate or joint venture.  

These requirements apply regardless of the legal form of the transaction, e.g. whether the sale or contribution of assets 
occurs  by  an  investor  transferring  shares  in  any  subsidiary  that  holds  the  assets  (resulting  in  loss  of  control  of  the 
subsidiary),  or  by  the  direct  sale  of  the  assets  themselves.  On  December  17,  2015  the  IASB  issued  an  amendment 
that defers the effective date of the September 2014 amendments to these standards indefinitely until the research 
project on the equity method has been concluded. Earlier application of the September 2014 amendments continues 
to be permitted. These amendments have not been endorsed by the EU yet. 

•   On January 19, 2016, the IASB issued the amendment IAS 12 Income Taxes to clarify the following aspects:  

◦   Unrealised losses on debt instruments measured at fair value and measured at cost for tax purposes give rise to 
a  deductible  temporary  difference  regardless  of  whether  the  debt  instrument's  holder  expects  to  recover  the 
carrying amount of the debt instrument by sale or by use.  
The carrying amount of an asset does not limit the estimation of probable future taxable profits.  
Estimates for  future taxable profits  exclude tax deductions resulting  from the reversal  of deductible temporary 
differences.  

◦  
◦  

◦   An entity assesses a deferred tax asset in combination with other deferred tax assets. Where tax law restricts the 
utilisation of tax losses, an entity would assess a deferred tax asset in combination with other deferred tax assets 
of the same type.  

The directors of the Company do not anticipate that the application of these amendments will have a material impact 
on the Group's consolidated financial statements. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2017, with earlier application being permitted.  This amendment has not been endorsed by the EU yet. 

•   On January 29, 2016, the IASB published amendments to IAS 7 as part of its disclosure initiative (i.e., projects to improve 
the  effectiveness  of  financial  reporting  disclosures). The  objective  of  the  amendments  is  to  clarify  IAS  7  to  improve 
information provided to financial statement users about an entity’s financing activities. The amendments require that 
an entity disclose, to the extent necessary to meet the disclosure objective, the following changes in liabilities arising 
from financing activities:  
◦  
◦  
◦  
◦  
◦  

changes from financing cash flows;  
changes arising from obtaining or losing control of subsidiaries or other businesses; 
the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates;  
changes in fair values; and  
other changes.  

The IASB defines liabilities arising from financing activities as liabilities “for which cash flows were, or future cash flows 
will be, classified in the statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.” The amendments indicate that 
the new disclosure requirements also apply to changes in financial assets that meet this definition. The amendments 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

state that one way to meet the new disclosure requirements is to provide “a reconciliation between the opening and 
closing balances in the statement of financial position for liabilities arising from financing activities. The directors of the 
Company  do  not  anticipate  that  the  application  of  these  amendments  will  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Group's 
consolidated financial statements.  The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 
2017. Earlier application is permitted.  This amendment has not been endorsed by the EU yet. 

•   On  June  20,  2016,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IFRS  2  (share-based  payments).  The  amendments  clarify  the 
accounting for cash-settled share-based payment transactions that include a performance condition, the classification 
of  share-based  payment  transactions with  net  settlement  features,  and  the  accounting  for  modifications  of  share-
based payment transactions from cash-settled to equity-settled. The directors of the Company do not anticipate that 
the application of these amendments will have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements. The 
amendments  are  effective  prospectively  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after January  1,  2018.  Early  adoption  is 
permitted.  This amendment has not been endorsed by the EU yet. 

•   On  December  8,  2016,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  the  following  standards  as  result  of  the  IASB's  annual 

improvements 2014-2016 project:  
◦  

◦  

◦  

IFRS 1 (First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards): Deletes the short-term exemptions in 
paragraphs E3–E7 because they have now served their intended purpose.  
IFRS 12 (Disclosure of interests in other entities): Clarifies the scope of the standard by specifying that the disclosure 
requirements  in  the  standard,  except  for  those  in  paragraphs  B10–B16,  apply  to  an  entity’s  interests  listed  in 
paragraph 5 that are classified as held for sale, as held for distribution or as discontinued operations in accordance 
with IFRS 5 (Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations).  
IAS 28 (Investments in associates and joint ventures): Clarifies that the election to measure at fair value through 
profit  or  loss  an  investment  in  an  associate  or  a  joint venture  that  is  held  by  an  entity  that  is  a venture  capital 
organisation,  or  other  qualifying  entity,  is  available  for  each  investment  in  an  associate  or  joint  venture  on  an 
investment-by- investment basis, upon initial recognition. 

The directors of the Company do not anticipate that the application of these amendments will have a material impact 
on the Group's consolidated financial statements. The amendments to IFRS 1 and IAS 28 are effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and the amendment to IFRS 12 for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 
2017. Early adoption is permitted. These amendments have not been endorsed by the EU yet. 

•   On December 8, 2016, the IASB published IFRIC 22, which was developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee to 
clarify  the  accounting  for  transactions  that  include  the  receipt  or  payment  of  advance  consideration  in  a  foreign 
currency. The interpretation is being issued to reduce diversity in practice related to the exchange rate used when an 
entity reports transactions that are denominated in a foreign currency in accordance with IAS 21 in circumstances in 
which consideration is received or paid before the related asset, expense, or income is recognized.  

The interpretations are effective prospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption 
is permitted.  This interpretation has not been endorsed by the EU yet. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

The Management  of the  Company do not  anticipate that the application  of these  amendments will  have a material 
impact on the Group's Financial Statements.  

2.2 – Basis of consolidation 

These consolidated financial statements include the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of 
the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Control is achieved where the company has the power over the investee; 
exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and the ability to use its power over the investee 
to affect the amount of the returns. All intercompany transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries 
have been eliminated in the consolidation process. 

Non-controlling interest in the equity of consolidated subsidiaries is identified separately from the Company’s net liabilities 
therein. Non-controlling interest consists of the amount of that interest at the date of the original business combination and 
the  non-controlling  share  of  changes  in  equity  since  the  date  of  the  consolidation.  Losses  applicable  to  non-controlling 
shareholders  in  excess  of  the  non-controlling  interest  in  the  subsidiary’s  equity  are  allocated  against  the  interest  of  the 
Company, except to the extent that the non-controlling interest has a binding obligation and is able to make an additional 
investment to cover the losses. 

Acquired companies are accounted for under the acquisition method whereby they are included in the consolidated financial 
statements from their acquisition date. 

Detailed  below  are  the  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  whose  financial  statement  line  items  have  been  included  in  these 
consolidated financial statements. 

Company 

Sistemas UK Limited 

Globant LLC 

Country 
of 
incorporation 

United 
Kingdom 

United States 
of America 

Sistemas Globales Buenos 
Aires S.R.L. (1) 
4.0 S.R.L. (1) 

Argentina 

Argentina 

Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. 

Colombia 

Global Systems Outsourcing 
S.R.L. de C.V. 

Software Product Creation 
S.L. 

Mexico 

Spain 

Main 
Activity 

Customer referral 
services and 
software 
Customer referral 
services and 
software 

Investing activities 

Investing activities 

Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 
consultancy 
Software 
development and 

21 

Percentage ownership 
As of December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Company 

Globant S.A. 

Country 
of 
incorporation 
Spain 

Sistemas Globales Uruguay 
S.A. 

Uruguay 

Sistemas Globales S.A. 

Argentina 

IAFH Global S.A. 

Argentina 

Sistemas Globales Chile 
Ases. Ltda. 

Chile 

Globers S.A. 

Argentina 

Main 
Activity 

Investing activities 

Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 
Travel organization 
services 

Percentage ownership 
As of December 31, 
2015 
100.00% 

2016 
100.00% 

2014 
100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

Globant Brasil Participações 
Ltda. (2) 

Brazil 

Investing activities 

- 

- 

100.00% 

Globant Brasil Consultoria 
Ltda. (3) 
Huddle Investment LLP 

Brazil 

United 

Huddle Group S.A. 

Argentina 

Huddle Group S.A. (4) 

Chile 

Huddle Group Corp. (5) 

United States 

Globant Peru S.A.C. 

Globant India Privated 
Limited (6) 

Peru 

India 

Dynaflows S.A. (7) 

We Are London Limited (8) 

L4 Mobile LLC (9) 

Argentina 

United 
Kingdom 
United  States 
of America 

Difier S.A. (10) 

Uruguay 

Software 
development and 
Investing activities 

Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 
consultancy 
Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 
Service design 
consultancy 
Software 
development and 
Software 
development and 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

- 

- 

- 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

- 

66.73% 

66.73% 

22.75% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

100.00% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1)  As from January 1, 2015, Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L. and 4.0 S.R.L. were merged into Sistemas Globales S.A. 

and IAFH Global S.A., respectively. 

(2)  As of December 31, 2015, Globant Brasil Participações Ltda. was merged into Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda. (formerly 

TerraForum Consultoria Ltda.). 

(3)  As of March 23, 2016, TerraForum Consultoría Ltda. was renamed  Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda.. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

(4)  As of December 31, 2015, Huddle Group S.A. from Chile was merged into Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. 
(5)  As of October 31, 2016, Huddle Group a.Corp. from United States was merged into Globant LLC.  
(6)  Globant India Private Limited (formerly “Clarice Technologies Pvt. Ltd”) was acquired on May 14, 2015 (see note 23). 
(7)  On  October  22,  2015,  the  Company  has  increased  its  participation  in  Dynaflows  S.A.  obtaining  the  control  over  this 

company (see note 23).  

(8)  We are London Limited and We are Experience LLC were acquired on May 23, 2016 (see note 23). On October 31, 2016, 

We are Experience LLC was merged into Globant LLC. 

(9)  L4 Mobile LLC was acquired on November 14, 2016 (see note 23). 
(10) Difier S.A. was acquired on November 14, 2016 (see note 23). 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

24 

 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.1 – Business combinations 

Acquisitions  of  businesses  are  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method.  The  consideration  transferred  in  a  business 
combination  is  measured  at  fair  value,  which  is  calculated  as  the  sum  of  the  acquisition  date  fair  values  of  the  assets 
transferred to the Company, liabilities incurred by the Company to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests 
issued by the Company in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognized in profit or loss as 
incurred. 

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognized at their fair value, except 
that: 

•   deferred tax assets or liabilities, and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements are recognized and 

measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively; and 

•  

liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree or share-based payment 
arrangements of the Company entered into to replace share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree are 
measured in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment at the acquisition date. 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests 
in the acquired business, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquired business (if any) 
over  the  net  of  the  acquisition  date  amounts  of  the  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed.  If,  after 
reassessment, the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds 
the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquired business and the fair 
value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquired business (if any), the excess is recognized immediately 
in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain. 

Non-controlling interests that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the entity’s 
net  assets  in  the  event  of  liquidation  may  be  initially  measured  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-controlling  interests’ 
proportionate share of the recognized amounts of the acquired business identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement 
basis is made on a transaction-by-transaction basis.  

When the consideration transferred by the Company in a business combination includes assets or liabilities resulting from a 
contingent  consideration  arrangement,  the  contingent  consideration  is  measured  at  its  acquisition-date  fair  value  and 
included  as  part  of  the  consideration  transferred  in  a  business  combination.  Changes  in  the  fair value  of  the  contingent 
consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments 
against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during 
the  ‘measurement  period’  (which  cannot  exceed  one year  from  the  acquisition  date)  about  facts  and  circumstances  that 
existed at the acquisition date. 

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement 
period adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

equity  is  not  remeasured  at  subsequent  reporting  dates  and  its  subsequent  settlement  is  accounted  for  within  equity. 
Contingent  consideration  that  is  classified  as  an  asset  or  a  liability  is  remeasured  at  subsequent  reporting  dates  in 
accordance  with  IAS  39,  or  IAS  37  Provisions,  Contingent  Liabilities  and  Contingent  Assets,  as  appropriate,  with  the 
corresponding gain or loss being recognized in profit or loss. 

When  a  business  combination  is  achieved  in  stages,  the  Company’s  previously  held  equity  interest  in  the  acquiree  is 
remeasured to its acquisition-date fair value and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in profit or loss. Amounts 
arising  from  interests  in  the  acquiree  prior  to  the  acquisition  date  that  have  previously  been  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive  income  are  reclassified  to  profit  or  loss where  such  treatment would  be  appropriate  if  that  interest were 
disposed of. 

Arrangements that include remuneration of former owners of the acquiree for future services are excluded of the business 
combinations and will be recognized in expense during the required service period.  

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.2 – Goodwill 

Goodwill  arising  in  a  business  combination  is  carried  at  cost  as  established  at  the  acquisition  date  of  the  business  less 
accumulated  impairment  losses,  if  any.  For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  goodwill  is  allocated  to  a  unique  cash 
generating unit (CGU). 

Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that 
the business may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the business is less than its carrying amount, the impairment 
loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the business and then to the other assets 
of the business pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the business. Any impairment loss for goodwill 
is  recognized  directly  in  profit  or  loss  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  income  and  other  comprehensive  income.  An 
impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period. 

The Company has not recognized any impairment loss in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.3 – Revenue recognition 

The Company generates revenue primarily from the provision of software development, testing, infrastructure management, 
application maintenance, outsourcing services, consultancy and Services over Platforms (SoP). SoP is a new concept for the 
services industry that aims deliver digital journeys in more rapid manner providing specific platforms as a starting point and 
then customizing them to the specific need of the customers. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable. 

The Company’s services are performed under both time-and-material (where materials costs consist of travel and out-of-
pocket  expenses)  and  fixed-price  contracts.  For  revenues  generated  under  time-and-material  contracts,  revenues  are 
recognized as services are performed with the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of revenues 
when incurred. The majority of such revenues are billed on an hourly, daily or monthly basis whereby actual time is charged 
directly to the client. 

The Company recognizes revenues from fixed-price contracts based on the percentage of completion method. Under this 
method, revenue is recognized in the accounting periods in which services are rendered. In instances where final acceptance 
of the product, system or solution is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been 
met. In absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenues are recognized upon receipt of final 
acceptance from the client. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period 
in which the change in estimate becomes known. Fixed-price contracts generally corresponds for services over a period of 
12 months or less. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.4 – Leasing 

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.  

Finance leases which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased 
item, are capitalized at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present 
value  of  the  minimum  lease  payments.  Lease  payments  are  apportioned  between  finance  charges  and  reduction  of  the 
lease  liability  so  as  to  achieve  a  constant  rate  of  interest  on  the  remaining  balance  of  the  liability.  Finance  charges  are 
recognized in finance costs in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. A leased asset 
is depreciated  over the useful life  of the  asset. However,  if there is no  reasonable certainty that the Company will  obtain 
ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and 
the lease term. 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has recognized some agreements related to computer 
leases as finance leases, considering all the factors mentioned above. 

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another 
systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. 
Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. 

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognized as a liability. 
The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognized as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where 
another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are 
consumed. The Company did not receive any lease incentives in any of the years presented. 

There are no situations in which the Company qualifies as a lessor. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.5 – Foreign currencies 

Except  in  the  case  of  Globant  Brasil  Consultoría  Ltda.  (formerly TerraForum  Consultoria  Ltda.),  Globers  S.A.  and   We  are 
London  Limited,    the  Company  and  the  other  subsidiaries’  functional  currency  is  the  U.S.  dollar.  In  preparing  these 
consolidated financial statements, transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (“foreign currencies”) are recognized 
at the  rates  of exchange  prevailing at the dates  of  the transactions. At the end  of each reporting period, monetary  items 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items that are measured 
in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are kept at the original translated cost. Exchange differences are recognized 
in profit and loss in the period in which they arise. 

Globant  Brasil  Consultoría  Ltda.,  Globers  S.A.  and We  are  London  Limited,  functional  currency  is  the  Brazilian  Real,    the 
Argentine Peso and the Great Britain Pound, respectively. Assets and liabilities are translated at current exchange rates, while 
income and expense are translated at the date of the transaction rate. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustment 
is recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the equity. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.6 – Borrowing costs 

The Company does not have borrowings attributable to the construction or production of assets. All borrowing costs are 
recognized in profit and loss under finance loss. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.7 – Taxation 

3.7.1 – Income taxes – current and deferred 

Income tax expense represents the estimated sum of income tax payable and deferred tax. 

3.7.1.1 – Current income tax 

The current income tax payable is the sum of the income tax determined in each taxable jurisdiction, in accordance with 
their respective income tax regimes.  

Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income 
because  taxable  profit  excludes  items  of  income  or  expense  that  are  taxable  or  deductible  in  future years  and  it  further 
excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current income tax is calculated using tax 
rates  that  have  been  enacted  or  substantively  enacted  as  of  the  balance  sheet  dates. The  current  income  tax  charge  is 
calculated on the basis of the tax laws in force in the countries in which the consolidated entities operate. 

Globant S.A, the Luxembourg company, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 20% or 21% if taxable income is lower or 
higher than EUR 15,000, respectively. The tax increased by a 7% surcharge for contribution to the unemployment fund. Thus, 
Luxembourg's effective corporate income tax rate of 22.47% (meaning the previous rate of 21% that was increased by 7%) and 
the municipal business tax. For the year 2017, the corporate income tax rate will be 19%. 

In 2008, Globant S.A. (Spain) elected to be included in the Spanish special tax regime for entities having substantially all of 
their  operations  outside  of  Spain,  known  as  “Empresas  Tenedoras  de Valores  en  el  Exterior”  (“ETVE”),  on  which  dividends 
distributed from its foreign subsidiaries as well as any gain resulting from disposal are tax free. In order to be entitled to the 
tax exemption, among other requirements, Globant Spain’s main activity must be the administration and management of 
equity instruments from non-Spanish entities and such entities must be subject to a tax regime similar to that applicable in 
Spain for non-ETVEs companies. During 2016 and 2015,  the Company’s Uruguayan, Colombian and Argentinian subsidiaries 
distributed dividends to Globant S.A. for  a total  amount  of  85,064  and 4,511, respectively. If this tax exemption would  not 
applied, the applicable tax rate should be 25%. The Company´s Spanish subsidiary Software Product Creation S.L. is subject 
to a 25% corporate income tax rate. 

From  a  taxable  income  perspective,  the  Argentine  subsidiaries  represent  the  Company’s  most  significant  operations. 
Argentine companies are subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate. In January 2006, Huddle Group S.A. (“Huddle Argentina”) 
and,  in  May  2008,  IAFH  Global  S.A.  and  Sistemas  Globales  S.A.  were  notified  by  the Argentine  Government  through  the 
Ministry of Economy and Public Finance that they had been included within the promotional regime for the software industry 
established under Law No. 25,922 (the “Software Promotion Regime”). 

Under  Argentina’s  Software  Promotion  Law  No.  25,922  (Ley  de  Promoción  de  la  Industria  de  Software),  our  operating 
subsidiaries in Argentina benefit from a 60% reduction in their corporate income tax rate (as applied to income from promoted 
software activities) and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes (contributions) that may be 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

offset against value-added tax liabilities. Law No. 26,692, the 2011 amendment to the  Software Promotion  Law (“Law  No. 
26,692”), also allows such tax credits to be applied to reduce our Argentine subsidiaries’ corporate income tax liability by a 
percentage not higher than the subsidiaries’ declared percentage of exports and extends the tax benefits under the Software 
Promotion Law until December 31, 2019. 

On  May  21,  2010,  Ministry  of  Industry  and  Tourism  published  Resolution  No  177/2010    which  establishes  that  audits, 
verifications,  inspections,  controls  and  evaluations  related  to  the  regime  of  Law  No.  25,922,  will  be  supported  by  the 
beneficiaries by paying a monthly and annual fee of 7% calculated on the amount of tax benefits. 

On  September  16,  2013,  the  Argentine  Government  published  Regulatory  Decree  No.  1315/2013,  which  governs  the 
implementation  of  the  Software  Promotional  Regime,  established  by  Law  No.  25,922,  as  amended  by  Law  No.  26,692. 
Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, introduced the specific requirements needed to obtain the fiscal benefits contemplated 
under  the  Software  Promotion  Regime,  as  amended  by  Law  No.  26,692.  Those  requirements  include,  among  others, 
minimum  annual  revenue,  minimum  percentage  of  employees  involved  in  the  promoted  activities,  minimum  aggregate 
amount  spent  in  salaries  paid  to  employees  involved  in  the  promoted  activities,  minimum  research  and  development 
expenses and the filing of evidence of software-related services exports. 

Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 further provides that: 

•  

from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019, only those companies that are accepted for registration in the 
National  Registry  of  Software  Producers  (Registro  Nacional  de  Productores  de  Software y  Servicios  Informáticos) 
maintained  by  the  Secretary  of  Industry  (Secretaria  de  Industria  del  Ministerio  de  Industria)  will  be  entitled  to 
participate in the benefits of the Software Promotion Regime; 

•   applications for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers must be made to the Secretary of Industry 
within 90 days after the publication in the Official Gazette (Boletín Oficial) of the relevant registration form (which 
period expired on July 8, 2014);  

•  

the  60%  reduction  in  corporate  income  tax  provided  under  the  Software  Promotion  Regime  shall  only  become 
effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which the applicant is accepted for registration in the 
National Registry of Software Producers; and  

•   upon the Secretary of Industry’s formal approval of an applicant’s registration in the National Registry of Software 
Producers, any promotional benefits previously granted to such person under Law No. 25,922 shall be extinguished.  

In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 delegates authority to the Secretary of Industry and the Federal Administration 
of  Public  Revenue  (Administración  Federal  de  Ingresos  Publicos,  or  AFIP)  to  adopt  ‘‘complementary  and  clarifying’’ 
regulations in furtherance of the implementation of the Software Promotion Regime.  

On  March  11,  2014,  AFIP  issued  General  Resolution  No.  3,597.  This  resolution  provides  that,  as  a  further  prerequisite  to 
participation in the Software Promotion Regime, a company that exports software and related services must register in a 
newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services (Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios). On March 14, 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

May 21 and May 28, 2014, the Company´s Argentine subsidiaries, Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales 
S.A., respectively, applied  and were  accepted for registration in the  Special Registry  of Exporters  of  Services. In  addition, 
General Resolution No. 3,597 states that any tax credits generated under Law No. 25,922 by a participant in the Software 
Promotion Regime was only valid until September 17, 2014.  

The  Company’s  Argentine  subsidiaries  submitted  their  applications  for  registration  in  the  National  Registry  of  Software 
Producers on June 25, 2014.   

As  of  December  31,  2013,  based  on  its  interpretation  of  Regulatory  Decree  No.  1315/2013,  and  considering  the  facts  and 
circumstances  available  until  the  date  of  issuance  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  then  ended, 
management believed that any tax credits generated under Law No. 25,922 would only be valid until the effective date of 
registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and, consequently, due to the uncertainty regarding the actual 
date of registration in such registry, that there was a substantial doubt as to the recoverability of the tax credit generated by 
its Argentine subsidiaries under Law No. 25,922. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2013 the Company recorded a valuation 
allowance of 9,579 to reduce the carrying value of such tax credit to its estimated net realizable value.  

On March 26, 2015 and April 17, 2015, the Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in 
the  National  Registry  of  Software  Producers  of  Sistemas  Globales  S.A.  and  IAFH  Global  S.A.  and  Huddle  Group  S.A., 
respectively. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive to September 18, 2014 and provided 
that the benefits enjoyed under the  Software Promotion Law  as  originally enacted were  not extinguished until the ruling 
goes into effect (which have occurred upon its date of publication in the Argentine government’s official gazette).  

On  May  7,  2015,  the  Company  applied  to  the  Subsecretary  of  Industry  for  deregistration  of  Huddle  Group  S.A.  from  the 
National  Registry  of  Software  Producers,  as  the  subsidiary  had  discontinued  activities  since  January  1,  2015.  As  a 
consequence, Huddle Group S.A. is subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate since January 1, 2015.  

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a gain of 1,820 and 1,505, respectively related to the partial reversal 
of  the  allowance  of  impairment  of  tax  credit  generated  under  the  abovementioned  regime  up  to  the  date  of  the 
reaccreditation of the Argentine subsidiary (Sistemas Globales S.A.) by the Secretary of Industry who stated in the respective 
resolutions that the tax benefits under the previous regime expired on the date of the reaccreditation. After the date of the 
reaccreditation under the new law, the Company has not recognized any benefit under the law 25,922. 

Regarding the rest of the Company's Argentine subsidiaries, Globers Travel and Dynaflows, as they are not in included within 
the Software Promotion Regime, are subject to a corporate income tax rate of 35%. 

The Company’s Uruguayan subsidiary Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. is domiciled in a tax free zone and has an indefinite 
tax relief of 100% of the income tax rate and an exemption from VAT. Aggregate income tax relief arising under Sistemas 
Globales Uruguay S.A. for years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were 1,231, 1,175, 469, respectively. The Company’s 
Uruguayan subsidiary Difier S.A. is located outside tax-free zone and according to Article 163 bis of Decree No. 150/007  the 
software development services performed are exempt from income tax and value-added tax applicable as long as they are 
exported and utilized abroad. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

The Company’s Colombian subsidiary Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. is subject to federal corporate income tax at the rate of 31% 
and the CREE (“Contribución Empresarial para la Equidad”) at the rate of 9% calculated on net income before income tax, 
applicable since January 1, 2016. On December 29, 2016, Law No 1,819 of  2016 was passed introducing significant changes 
in the Colombian tax system for corporates and individuals and became effective on January 1, 2017. Since January 1, 2017, 
the CREE is deleted and the Company´s will be subject to federal corporate income tax at the rate of 40% for the year 2017. 

The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries Globant LLC and L4 Mobile LLC are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 34%. For 
tax purposes, L4 Mobile LLC is considered a partnership which elected to be a disregarded entity. The profit of L4 Mobile 
LLC will passed directly through the business to Globant LLC and will be taxed on its income tax return.  

The Company’s English subsidiaries Sistemas UK Limited, We are London Limited and Huddle Investment LLP, are subject 
to corporate income tax at the rate of 20%. For the year 2015, the corporate income tax rate was 21%.  

The Company’s Chilean subsidiary Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 24%. 
For the year 2015, the corporate income tax rate was 22.5% and for 2017 it will be 25.5%. 

The  Company’s  Brazilian  subsidiary  Globant  Brasil  Consultoría  Ltda.  (formerly  Terraforum  Consultoría  Ltda.),  applies  the 
taxable income method called “Lucro real”. Under this method, taxable income is based upon a percentage of profit accrued 
by the Company, adjusted according to the add-backs and exclusions provided in the relevant tax law. The rate applicable 
to the taxable income derived from the subsidiary’s activity is 24% plus 10% if the net income before income tax is higher 
than 240,000 reais for the year 2016 and 120,000 reais for the year 2015.   

The Company’s Peruvian subsidiary, Globant Peru S.A.C. is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 28%. For the year 
2015, the corporate income tax rate was 30% and it will be 29.5% for the next year. 

The Company’s Mexican subsidiary, Global Systems Outsourcing S.R.L. de C.V., is subject to corporate income tax at the rate 
of 30%.   

The Company’s Indian subsidiary Globant India Private Limited is primarily export-oriented and is eligible for certain income 
tax holiday benefits granted by the government of India for export activities conducted within Special Economic Zones, or 
SEZs. The  services  provided by our Pune development center are eligible for a deduction  of 100%  of the profits or gains 
derived from the export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the center commenced the provision 
of services and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further 
five years subject to the center meeting defined conditions. Indian profits ineligible for SEZ benefits are subject to corporate 
income  tax  at  the  rate  of  34.61%.  In  addition,  all  Indian  profits,  including  those  generated within  SEZs,  are  subject  to  the 
Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT), at the current rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges.  

3.7.1.2 – Deferred tax 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Deferred  tax  is  recognized  on  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax 
liabilities  are  generally  recognized  for  all  taxable  temporary  differences,  and  deferred  tax  assets  including  tax  loss  carry 
forwards are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits 
will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such deferred assets and liabilities 
are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business 
combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. In 
addition, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill.  

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, except 
where the entities are able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with 
such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits 
against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. 
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability 
is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
balance sheet date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow 
from the manner in which the Company expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets 
and liabilities.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends 
to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.  

Current  and  deferred  tax  are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss,  except when  they  relate  to  items  that  are  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive  income  or  directly  in  equity,  in  which  case,  the  current  and  deferred  tax  are  also  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. The Company has not recorded any current or deferred income tax 
in other comprehensive income or equity in any each of the years presented.  

Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in 
the accounting for the business combination.  

Under IFRS, deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are classified as non-current assets (liabilities).  

The Company does not have unrecognized tax benefits or reserve for uncertain tax positions that require disclosure in its 
consolidated financial statements.  

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.8 – Property and equipment 

Fixed assets are valued at acquisition cost, net of the related accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, 
if any.  

Depreciation is recognized so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives, 
using the straight-line method.  

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with 
the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.  

Lands  and  properties  under  construction  are  carried  at  cost,  less  any  recognized  impairment  loss.  Properties  under 
construction are classified to the appropriate categories of property and equipment when completed and ready for intended 
use. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other property assets, commences when the assets are ready for 
their intended use. Land is not depreciated.  

An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to 
arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property and 
equipment  is  determined  as  the  difference  between  the  sales  proceeds  and  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  and  is 
recognized in profit or loss.  

The value of fixed assets, taken as a whole, does not exceed their recoverable value. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.9 – Intangible assets 

Intangible assets include licenses, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. The accounting policies for the 
recognition and measurement of these intangible assets are described below. 

3.9.1 – Intangible assets acquired separately 

Intangible  assets  with  finite  useful  life  that  are  acquired  separately  (licenses)  are  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortization  and  accumulated  impairment  losses. Amortization  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  intangible 
assets estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each annual 
reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimates being accounted for on a prospective basis. 

3.9.2 – Intangible assets acquired in a business combination 

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination (trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreements) 
are  recognized  separately  from  goodwill  and  are  initially  recognized  at  their  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date  (which  is 
regarded as their cost).  

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated 
amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately. 

3.9.3 – Internally-generated intangible assets 

Intangible assets arising from development are recognized if, and only if, all the following have been demonstrated:  
- the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;  
- the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;  
- the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;  
- how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;  
-  the  ability  of  adequate  technical,  financial  and  other  resources  to  complete  the  development  and  to  use  or  sell  the 
intangible asset, and  
- the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.  

The amount initially recognized for internally-generated assets is the sum of expenditure incurred from the date when the 
intangible  asset  first  meets  the  recognition  criteria  listed  above. Where  no  internally-generated  intangible  asset  can  be 
recognized, development expenditure is recognized in profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred.  

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets  are reported at cost less  accumulated amortization and accumulated 
impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.9.4 – Derecognition of intangible assets 

An intangible asset is derecognized on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. 
Gains  or  losses  arising  from  derecognition  of  an  intangible  asset,  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  net  disposal 
proceeds  and the carrying amount  of the asset,  and are recognized in profit  or loss when the asset is  derecognized.  No 
intangible asset has been derecognized in the last three years.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.10 – Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill 

At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine 
whether  there  is  any  indication  that  those  assets  have  suffered  an  impairment  loss.  If  any  such  indication  exists,  the 
recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not 
possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating unit or the business, as the case may be.  

The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, 
the  estimated  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects  current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash 
flows have not been adjusted.  

If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is 
reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in the statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income for the year.  

As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, no impairment losses were recorded. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.11 – Provisions for contingencies 

The Company has existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings. Provisions are recognized when the Company 
has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Company will be required to 
settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.  

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at 
the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation, and the advice  of the 
Company’s legal advisors.  

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, 
the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the 
receivable can be measured reliably. The amount of the recognized receivable does not exceed the amount of the provision 
recorded.  

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.12 – Financial assets 

Financial  assets  are  classified  into  the  following  specified  categories:  “held-to-maturity”  investments,  “available-for-sale” 
(“AFS”) financial assets, “fair value through profit or loss” (“FVTPL”) and “loans and receivables”. The classification depends on 
the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition. 

3.12.1 – Effective interest method 

The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of  calculating  the  amortized  cost  of  an  instrument  and  of  allocating  interest 
income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts 
(including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and 
other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the instrument, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net 
carrying amount on initial recognition. 

3.12.2 – Financial assets at FVTPL 

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL when the financial asset is either held for trading or it is designated as at FVTPL. 
A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:  

It has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in the near term; or  

- 
-  On initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that the Company manages together 

and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or  
It is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.   

- 

A financial asset other than a financial asset held for trading may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:  

-  Such  designation  eliminates  or  significantly  reduces  a  measurement  or  recognition  inconsistency  that  would 

otherwise arise; or   

-  The financial asset forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its 
performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the Company’s documented risk management or 
investment strategy, and information about the grouping is provided internally on that basis; or   
It forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives, and IAS 39 permits the entire combined 
contract to be designated as at FVTPL.  

- 

Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognized in profit or 
loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and 
is included in the ‘Finance income’ line.  

3.12.3 – Available-for-sale financial assets (AFS financial assets) 

AFS financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated as AFS or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, 
(b) held-to-maturity investments or (c) FVTPL.  

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Listed redeemable notes held by the Company that are traded in an active market are classified as AFS and are stated at fair 
value at the end of each reporting period. Fair value is determined in the manner described in note  27.8. Changes in the 
carrying amount of AFS financial assets relating to changes in foreign currency rates, interest income calculated using the 
effective interest method are recognized in profit or loss. Other changes in the carrying amount of AFS financial assets are 
recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of investment revaluation reserve.  

The AFS financial assets denominated in a foreign currency is determined in that foreign currency and translated at the spot 
rate prevailing at the end of the reporting period. The foreign exchange gains and losses that are recognized in profit or loss 
are determined based on the amortized cost of the monetary asset. Other foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized 
in other comprehensive income. 

3.12.4 - Held-to-maturity investments 

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial  assets with  fixed  or determinable payments and  fixed  maturity 
dates that the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Subsequent to initial recognition, held-to-maturity 
investments are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less any impairment. During December, 
2015, the Company has reclassified its held-to-maturity investments as available-for-sale investments, as described in note 
27.8. 

3.12.5 - Derivative financial instruments 

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the 
derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at the end of each reporting period. The 
resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss. 

Trade receivables, loans, and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market are classified as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective 
interest method, less any impairment. 

3.12.6 – Loans and receivables 

Trade receivables, loans, and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market are classified as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective 
interest method, less any impairment.  

Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition 
of interest would be immaterial.  

3.12.7 – Investment in associates 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

An associate is an entity over which the Company has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate 
in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies.  

The  results  and  assets  and  liabilities  of  associates  are  incorporated  in  these  consolidated  financial  statements  using  the 
equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, an investment in associate is initially recognized in the consolidated 
statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Company’s share of the profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income of the associate.  

3.12.8 – Other Financial Assets 

Call option over non-controlling interest in subsidiary  

On October 22, 2015, the Company was granted with a call option to acquire the remaining 33.27% interest in Dynaflows S.A, 
which can be exercised from October 22, 2020 till October 21, 2021. At the same moment, the Company has also agreed on 
a put option with the non-controlling shareholders which gives them the right to sell its remaining 33.27% interest on October 
22, 2018 or October 22, 2020. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company accounted for the call option at its fair value 
of 319 and 321, respectively, in a similar way to a call option over an entity’s own equity shares and the initial fair value of the 
option was recognized in equity.  

Clarice Subscription agreement  

On May 14, 2015, the Company signed a subscription agreement as described in note 23. According to this agreement, the 
Company will receive a fix amount of money in exchange of a variable number of shares of the Company. According to IAS 
32:11, a financial asset has been recognized in order to reflect the contractual right to receive cash. As of December 31, 2016 
and 2015, the Company has recorded 900 as current financial asset. As of December 31, 2015 the Company recorded 900 as 
non-current financial asset.  

3.12.9– Impairment of financial assets 

Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period. 
Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that 
occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have been 
affected.  

For AFS equity investments, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost considered to 
be objective evidence of impairment. When an AFS financial asset is considered to be impaired, cumulative gains or losses 
previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss in the period.  

In respect of AFS equity securities, impairment losses previously recognized in profit or loss are not reversed through profit 
or loss. Any increase in the fair value subsequent to an impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. In 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

respect of AFS debt securities, impairment losses are subsequently reversed through profit or loss if an increase in the fair 
value of the investment can be objectively related to an event occurring after the recognition of the impairment loss.  

For financial assets measured at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment loss recognized is the difference between 
the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original 
effective interest rate. 

For financial assets measured at amortized cost, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases 
and  the  decrease  can  be  related  objectively  to  an  event  occurring  after  the  impairment was  recognized,  the  previously 
recognized impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss to the extent that the carrying amount of the investment at the 
date the impairment is reversed does not exceed what the amortized cost would have been had the impairment not been 
recognized.  

For all other financial assets, objective evidence of impairment could include:  

-  Significant financial difficulty to the issuer or counterparty;  
-  Breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;  
It becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization; or  
- 
-  The disappearance of an active market for the financial asset because of financial difficulties.  

Trade receivables carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is 
considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously 
written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are 
recognized in profit and loss. 

3.12.10 – Derecognition of financial assets 

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it 
transfers  the  financial  asset  and  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the  asset  to  another  party.  If  the 
Company  neither  transfers  nor  retains  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  and  continues  to  control  the 
transferred asset, the Company recognizes its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may 
have to pay. If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the 
Company  continues  to  recognize  the  financial  asset  and  also  recognizes  a  collateralised  borrowing  for  the  proceeds 
received.  

On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the 
consideration received and receivable and the cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive 
income and accumulated in equity is recognized in profit or loss.  

On derecognition of a financial asset other than in its entirety (e.g. when the Company retains an option to repurchase part of 
a transferred asset), the Company allocates the previous carrying amount of the financial asset between the part it continues 
to recognize under continuing involvement, and the part it no longer recognizes on the basis of the relative fair values of 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

those parts on the date of the transfer. The difference between the carrying amount allocated to the part that is no longer 
recognized and the sum of the consideration received for the part no longer recognized and any cumulative gain or loss 
allocated to it that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is recognized in profit or loss. A cumulative gain or 
loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is allocated between the part that continues to be recognized 
and the part that is no longer recognized on the basis of the relative fair values of those parts.  

46 

 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.13 – Financial liabilities and equity instruments 

3.13.1 – Classification as debt or equity 

Debt and equity instruments issued by the Company and its subsidiaries are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity 
in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity 
instrument. 

3.13.2 – Equity instruments 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences  a residual  interest in the assets  of  an entity after  deducting all  of its 
liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognized at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.  

Repurchase  of  the  Company’s  own  equity  instruments  is  recognized  and  deducted  directly  in  equity.  No  gain  or  loss  is 
recognized in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments.  

3.13.3 – Financial liabilities 

Financial  liabilities,  including  trade  payables,  other  liabilities  and  borrowings,  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value,  net  of 
transaction costs.  

Financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense 
recognized on an effective yield basis.  

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest 
expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments 
through the expected life of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial 
recognition. 

3.13.4 – Derecognition of financial liabilities 

The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, the Company’s obligations are discharged, cancelled 
or they expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid 
and payable is recognized in profit or loss. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.14 – Cash and cash equivalents 

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks and short-
term highly liquid investments (original maturity of less than 90 days). In the consolidated statements of financial position, 
bank overdrafts are included in borrowings within current liabilities.  

Cash and cash equivalents as shown in the statement of cash flows only includes cash and bank balances.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.15 – Reimbursable expenses 

Out-of-pocket  and  travel  expenses  are  recognized  as  expense  in  the  statements  of  income  for  the  year.  Reimbursable 
expenses are billed to customers and recorded net of the related expense. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.16 - Deferred Offering Costs 

Deferred offering costs consisted primarily of direct incremental accounting and legal fees related to the Company’s initial 
public offering (“IPO”) of its common shares that took place after the effectiveness of the Company’s form F-1 filed with the 
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on July 23, 2014. Upon completion of the Company’s IPO on July 23, 2014, 
this amount was offset against the proceeds of the offering and included in equity. For further explanation see note 29.1. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.17 - Share-based compensation plan 

The Company has a share-based compensation plan for executives and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant 
date. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set forth in note 22. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis 
over  the  vesting  period,  based  on  the  Company’s  estimate  of  equity  instruments  that  will  potentially  vest,  with  a 
corresponding increase in equity.  

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
3.18 – Gain on transactions with bonds - Proceeds received by Argentine subsidiaries through capital contributions 

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Argentine subsidiaries of the Company, through cash received from 
capital contributions, acquired Argentine sovereign bonds, including BODEN and Bonos Argentinos (“BONAR”), in the U.S. 
market denominated in U.S. dollars. These bonds trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. The Company considers the 
Argentine market to be the principal market for these bonds. 

After acquiring these bonds and after holding them for a certain period of time, the Argentine subsidiaries, sell those bonds 
in the Argentine market. The fair value of these bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the years ended 
December  31, 2015  and 2014 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S.  market (in U.S. dollars) converted at the  official 
exchange  rate  prevailing  in  Argentina,  which  is  the  rate  used  to  convert  these  transactions  in  foreign  currency  into  the 
Company’s functional currency; thus, generating a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into 
U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.  

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014  the  Company  recorded  a  gain  amounting  to  19,102  and  12,629, 
respectively,  due  to  the  above-mentioned  transactions  that were  disclosed  under  the  caption  “Gain  on  transactions with 
bonds” in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not engage in the above described transaction. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.19 – Components of other comprehensive income 

Components of other comprehensive income are items of income and expense that are not recognized in profit or loss as 
required  or  permitted  by  other  IFRSs.  The  Company  included  gains  and  losses  arising  from  translating  the  financial 
statements of a foreign operation and the income related to the valuation at fair value of the financial assets classified as 
available for sale. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 4 – CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 

In  the  application  of  the  Company’s  accounting  policies, which  are  described  in  note  3,  the  Company’s  management  is 
required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not 
readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other 
factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.  

The  estimates  and  underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Revisions  to  accounting  estimates  are 
recognized in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and 
future years if the revision affects both current and future years.  

The critical accounting estimates concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the 
reporting year that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next year are the following:  

1.  Revenue recognition 

The  Company  generates  revenues  primarily  from  the  provision  of  software  development  services. The  Company 
recognizes revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive 
evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability 
is reasonably assured. If there is an uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the consulting 
services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved. 

Recognition  of  revenues  under  fixed-price  contracts  involves  significant  judgment  in  the  estimation  process 
including factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the percentage-
of-completion  method  of  accounting  affecting  the  amounts  of  revenues  and  related  expenses  reported  in  the 
Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements.  Under  this  method,  total  contract  revenue  during  the  term  of  an 
agreement is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the 
total expected labor cost. This method is followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs 
can  be  made.  A  number  of  internal  and  external  factors  can  affect  these  estimates,  including  labor  hours  and 
specification and testing requirement changes.  

Revisions to these estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in the 
consolidated  financial  statements  in  the  periods  in which  they  are  first  identified.  If  the  estimates  indicate  that  a 
contract loss will be incurred, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and 
reasonably estimable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which the estimated costs of the contract 
exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract and are included in cost of revenues in 
the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. Contract losses for the periods presented 
in these consolidated financial statements were immaterial.  

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

2.  Goodwill impairment analysis 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible 
and  intangible  assets  acquired  less  liabilities  assumed.  The  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  and 
intangible assets involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the 
cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.   

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that 
the unit may be impaired. When determining the  fair value  of the Company’s cash  generating unit, the Company 
utilizes  the  income  approach  using  discounted  cash  flow.  The  income  approach  considers  various  assumptions 
including  increase  in  headcount,  headcount  utilization  rate  and  revenue  per  employee,  income  tax  rates  and 
discount rates. The assumptions considered by the Company as of December 31, 2016 are the following: projected 
cash flows for the following five years,  the average growth rate considered was 24.2% and the rate used to discount 
cash flows was 14.11%.  

Any adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and their prospects or an adverse change in market 
conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon 
the Company’s evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

3. 

Income taxes 

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expenses, deferred income tax assets and liabilities requires 
significant  judgment. The  provision  for  income  taxes  includes  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  taxes.  Deferred  tax 
assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences in each of the jurisdictions where the 
Company operates of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective 
tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable 
income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates 
would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes.  

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of 
the  deferred  tax  assets  to  be  utilized.  This  assessment  requires  judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  by 
management.  In  evaluating  the  Company’s  ability  to  utilize  its  deferred  tax  assets,  the  Company  considers  all 
available positive and negative evidence, including the level of historical taxable income and projections for future 
taxable  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  recoverable.  The  Company’s  judgments 
regarding future taxable income are based on expectations of market conditions and other facts and circumstances. 
Any adverse change to the underlying  facts  or the  Company’s estimates and assumptions could require that the 
Company reduces the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

4.  The allowance for doubtful accounts 

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its 
clients to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by evaluating the relative 
credit-worthiness of each client, historical collections experience and other information, including the aging of the 
receivables. If the financial condition of customers of the Company were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of 
their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. 

5.  Share-based compensation plan 

The Company’s grants under its share-based compensation plan with employees are measured based on fair value 
of the Company’s shares at the grant date and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over 
the requisite service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.  

Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgments. The Company calculated 
the  fair value  of  each  option  award  on  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model. The  Black-
Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s shares, 
expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.  

Fair value of the shares: For 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares is based on the quote market price 
of the Company’s shares at the grant date. For 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as the Company’s shares were not publicly 
traded the fair value was determined using the market approach technique based on the value per share of private 
placements. The Company had gone in the past through a series of private placements in which new shares have 
been issued. The Company understood that the price paid for those new shares was a fair value of those shares at 
the time of the placement. In January 2012, Globant S.A.U. (Spain) had a capital contribution from a new shareholder, 
which included cash plus share options granted to the new shareholder, therefore, the Company considered that 
amount to reflect the fair value of their shares. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement resulted 
from the following formula: cash minus fair value of share options granted to new shareholder divided by number of 
newly issued shares. The fair value of the share options granted to the new shareholder was determined using the 
same  variables  and  methodologies  as  the  share  options  granted  to  the  employees.  After  the  reorganization  in 
December 2012, shares of Globant S.A (Luxembourg) were sold by existing shareholders in a private placement to 
WPP. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement results from the total amount paid by WPP to the 
existing shareholders.   

Expected volatility: As the Company does not have sufficient trading history for the purpose of valuating the share 
options, the expected volatility for their  shares was  estimated by taking the  average  historic price volatility of the 
NASDAQ 100 Telecommunication Index.  

Expected term: The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be 
outstanding.  

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Risk  free  rate: The  risk-free  rate  for  periods  within  the  contractual  life  of  the  option  is  based  on  the  U.S.  Federal 
Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.  

Dividend yield: The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash 
dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.  

6.  Call option over non-controlling interest 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company held a call option to acquire the 33.27% of the remaining interest in 
Dynaflows S.A., which could be exercised from October 22, 2020 till October 21, 2021. The Company calculated the 
fair value of this option using the Black-Scholes option model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly 
subjective  assumptions,  including  the  expected volatility,  maturity,  risk-free  interest  rate, value  of  the  underlying 
asset and dividend yield.  

Expected volatility: The Company has considered annualized volatility as multiples of EBITDA and Revenue of publicly 
traded companies in the technology business in the U.S., Europe and Asia from 2008.  

Maturity: The combination between the call and put options (explained in note 23) implied that, assuming no liquidity 
restrictions as part of the Company at the moment that the option was exercisable and considering that both parties 
wanted to maximize their benefits, the Company would acquire the minority shareholders shares at the date that this 
option was  exercisable. Therefore, the  Company  has assumed that the  maturity date of call option  is  October 22, 
2020.  

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option was based on the Argentinean 
bonds (BONAR) with a quote in the US market with maturities similar to the expected term of the option.  

Value of the underlying assets: The Company considered a multiple of EBITDA and Revenue resulting from the implied 
multiple in Dynaflows adjusted by the lack of control.  

Dividend yield: The Company did not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, 
the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.  

7.  Recoverability of internally generated intangible asset 

During the year, the Company considered the recoverability of its internally generated intangible asset which are 
included in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 with a carrying amount of 3,904 
and 2,497, respectively. 

Detailed sensitivity analysis has been carried out by the Company, considering both, revenue from customers in case 
of  the  assets  sold  to  third  parties  and  internal  usage  for  those  assets  that  are  use  internally,  and,  as  a  result,  the 
Company  believes  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  will  be  recovered  in  full.  This  situation  will  be  closely 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

monitored,  and  adjustments  made  in  future  periods  if  future  market  activity  indicates  that  such  adjustments  are 
appropriate. 

8.  Fair value measurement and valuation processes 

Certain assets and liabilities of the Company are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes.  

In estimating the  fair value of an asset or  a liability, the Company  uses market-observable data to the extent it is 
available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, the Company engages third party qualified valuers to perform the 
valuation. Information about the valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair value of various assets 
and liabilities are disclosed in note 27.9. 

9.  Useful lives of property, equipment and intangible assets 

The Company reviews the estimated useful lives of property, equipment and intangible assets at the end of each 
reporting period. The Company determined that the useful lives of the assets included as property, equipment and 
intangible assets are in accordance with their expected lives.  

10.  Provision for contingencies 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past 
event, it is probable that the Company will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made 
of the amount of the obligation.  

The  amount  recognized  as  a  provision  is  the  best  estimate  of  the  consideration  required  to  settle  the  present 
obligation  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  taking  into  account  the  risks  and  uncertainties  surrounding  the 
obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying 
amount is the present value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material).  

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third 
party,  a  receivable  is  recognized  as  an  asset  if  it  is virtually  certain  that  reimbursement will  be  received  and  the 
amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 5 – COST OF REVENUES AND SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES 

5.1 - Cost of revenues 

Average number of employees 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

5,219    

4,047    

3,168  

Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes 

(176,490 )  

(146,271 )  

(107,481 ) 

Shared-based compensation expense 

Depreciation and amortization expense 

Travel and housing 

Office expenses 

Professional services 

Recruiting, training and other employee expenses 

Taxes 

TOTAL 

5.2 - Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Average number of employees 

(917 )  

(4,281 )  

(6,586 )  

(1,084 )  

(1,754 )  

(216 )  

(67 )  

(735 )  

(4,441 )  

(6,673 )  

(1,504 )  

(361 )  

(227 )  

(80 )  

(35 ) 

(3,813 ) 

(8,099 ) 

(1,399 ) 

(679 ) 

(138 ) 

(49 ) 

(191,395 )  

(160,292 )  

(121,693 ) 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

412    

371    

337  

Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes 

(30,603 )  

(28,029 )  

(19,396 ) 

Shared-based compensation expense 

Rental expenses 

Office expenses 

Professional services 

Travel and housing 

Taxes 

Depreciation and amortization expense 

Promotional and marketing expenses 

Charge to allowance for doubtful accounts 

TOTAL 

(2,703 )  

(12,032 )  

(10,200 )  

(7,599 )  

(5,054 )  

(5,010 )  

(6,637 )  

(1,123 )  

(928 )  

(1,647 )  

(9,945 )  

(9,448 )  

(7,463 )  

(3,435 )  

(4,908 )  

(4,860 )  

(1,654 )  

(205 )  

(582 ) 

(8,830 ) 

(7,809 ) 

(7,085 ) 

(3,380 ) 

(4,215 ) 

(4,221 ) 

(1,640 ) 

(130 ) 

(81,889 )  

(71,594 )  

(57,288 ) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

5.3 - Fees paid to the auditor 

The following table provides information on the aggregate fees billed by the independent auditor, classified by type 

of service rendered for the periods indicated, in thousands of dollars: 

Audit Fees (1) 
Audit Related Fees (2) 
Tax Fees (3) 
Others (4) 
Total 

2016 

2015 

2014 

($ in thousands) 
1,204    
24    
111    
—    
1,339    

932    
86    
30    
13    
1,061    

60  
825  
70  
—  
955  

(1)  “Audit Fees” includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant in connection with the 
audit  of  the  annual  financial  statements,  certain  procedures  regarding  our  quarterly  financial  results,  services  in 
connection with statutory and regulatory filings. 

(2)  “Audit Related Fees” includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant and not included 
under the prior category. These services include, among others, due diligence related to mergers and acquisitions and 
internal control reviews. 

(3)  “Tax Fees” includes fees billed for services related to transfer pricing and assistance with assessing compliance with tax 

regulations. 

(4)  "Others" includes other fees billed that do not apply to the other type of classifications included above.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 6 – FINANCE INCOME / EXPENSE 

Finance income 
Interest gain 
Gain arising for held-for-trading investments 
Gain arising for held-to-maturity investments 
Gain arising for available-for-sale investments (*) 
Foreign exchange gain 

Subtotal 

Finance expense 
Interest expense on borrowings 
Loss arising for held-for-trading investments 
Foreign exchange loss 
Other interest 
Other 

Subtotal 

TOTAL 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

60    
3,619    
—    
6,325    
6,211    
16,215    

(41 )  
(2,966 )   
(14,831 )  
(776 )  
(613 )  

(19,227 )  

(3,012 )  

8    
13,453    
4,941    
—    
9,153    
27,555    

(108 )  
—    
(19,289 )  
(888 )  
(667 )  

(20,952 )  
6,603    

99  
3,813  
—  
—  
6,357  
10,269  

(455 ) 
—  
(9,303 ) 
(973 ) 
(482 ) 

(11,213 ) 

(944 ) 

(*) As of December 31, 2016  includes 52 related to the gain recognized as Other comprehensive income as of December 31, 
2015. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 7 – INCOME TAXES 

7.1 – INCOME TAX RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS 

Tax expense: 

     Current tax expense 
     Deferred tax gain 

TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(15,057 )  
730    
(14,327 )  

(19,522 )  
1,102    
(18,420 )  

(8,561 ) 
(370 ) 

(8,931 ) 

Substantially all revenues are generated in the U.S. and United Kingdom, through subsidiaries located in those countries. 
The Company´s workforce is mainly located in Argentina and to a lesser extent in Latin America, India and U.S. 

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  the  statutory  tax  rate  to  the  effective  tax  rate. As  the  operations  of  the 
Argentine subsidiaries are the most significant source of net taxable income of the Company, the following reconciliation 
has been prepared using the Argentine tax rate:  

Profit before income tax 
Tax rate (note 3.7.1.1) 

Income tax expense 

Permanent differences 
Argentine Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1) 
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in countries 
other than Argentina 
Non-deductible expenses 
Tax loss carry forward not recognized 
Exchange difference 
Other 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 
50,189  

2015 
50,040  

2014 
34,194  

35 %  

35 %  

35 % 

(17,566 )   

(17,514 )   

(11,968 ) 

7,189  

15,037  

5,422  

1,069 
2,301  
(878 )   
(6,593 )   
151  
(14,327 ) 

1,362 
1,184  
(1,681 )   
(17,560 )   
752  
(18,420 ) 

185 

(491 ) 
(965 ) 
(1,054 ) 
(60 ) 

(8,931 ) 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

7.2 – DEFERRED TAX ASSETS 

Share-based compensation plan 
Allowances and provisions 
Loss carryforward (1) 
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

4,919    
1,033    
1,739    
7,691    

5,774  
1,233  
976  
7,983  

(1)  As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s subsidiaries Dynaflows S.A. has a tax loss carry forward for an amount of 17 
which expires in 2020 and Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda., Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda., Globant LLC, Software 
Product  Creation S.L. and Sistemas UK Limited have a tax loss carry forward for an amount of 1,235;101;274; 7 and 105, 
respectively, which do not expire. The amount of the carryforward that can be utilized for Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda. 
is limited to 30% of taxable income in each carryforward year. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s subsidiaries Global 
Systems Outsourcing S.R.L. de C.V. has a tax loss carry forward for an amount of 140 which expires in 2024 and Terraforum 
and Sistemas Chile have a tax loss carry forward for an amount of 798 and 38, respectively, which do not expire.   

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 8 – EARNINGS PER SHARE 

The earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share are as 
follows: 

Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company 
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the 
purpose of basic earnings per share 
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the 
purpose of diluted earnings per share 
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE 
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

35,876    

2015 

31,653    

2014 

25,201  

34,402 

33,960 

30,926 

35,413 
$1.04    
$1.01    

35,013 
$0.93    
$0.90    

31,867 
$0.81  
$0.79  

The  following  potential  ordinary  shares  are  anti-dilutive  and  are  therefore  excluded  from  the weight  average  number  of 
ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted  earning per share: 

Shares deemed to be issued in respect of employee options 

1,021,250 

748,198 

— 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 9 –INVESTMENTS 

9.1 – Current investments 

Mutual funds (1) 
CEDIN (1) 
LEBACs (2) 
TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

9,355    
—    
—    
9,355    

9,848  
1,274  
14,538  
25,660  

(1)  Held for trading investment.  
(2)  Available for sale investment. As of December 31, 2015, 5,125 are required to maintain as collateral of future contracts 

explained in 27.10.3.  

9.2 – Investments in associates 

CHVG investment 

The  Company  owns  the  40%  of  total  shares  of  CHVG  S.A.  (“CHVG”)  and  accounted  for  this  investment  using  the  equity 
method.  

Collokia investment 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has a 19.5% of participation in Collokia LLC for an amount of 800.  

On February 25, 2016, the Company signed a subscription agreement with Collokia LLC, through which Collokia LLC agreed 
to increase its capital by issuing 55,645 preferred units, from which the Company acquired 20,998 at the price of $23.81 per 
share for a total amount of 500. After this subscription, the Company has a 19.5% of participation in Collokia LLC for a total 
amount of 800 and accounted for this investment using the equity method considering that the Company has significant 
influence  over  the  operating  and  governance  decisions  of  Collokia  LLC,  as  the  participation  in  the  board  of  director,  the 
approval of budget and business plan, among other decisions. 
Assets, liabilities, results and other comprehensive income for all the above mentioned investments as of December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended were not significant individually nor in the aggregate. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 10 – TRADE RECEIVABLES 

Accounts receivable (1) 
Unbilled revenue 

Subtotal 
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts 

TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

47,466    
7,321    
54,787    
(617 )  
54,170    

43,080  
3,310  
46,390  
(438 ) 
45,952  

(1) 

Includes amounts due from related parties of 575 and 1,593 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (see note 21.1). 

Rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts 

Balance at beginning of year 
Additions (1) 
Additions related to business combinations (note 23) 
Write-off of receivables 
Translation 

Balance at end of year 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(438 )  
(928 )  
—    
749    
—    
(617 )  

(243 )  
(205 )  
(109 )  
117    
2    
(438 )  

(194 ) 
(130 ) 
—  
43  
38  
(243 ) 

(1)  The impairment recognized represents the difference between the carrying amount of these trade receivables and the 
present value of the recoverable amounts included those expected in liquidation proceeds. The Company does not hold 
any collateral over these balances. In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Company considers any 
change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the end of the each 
fiscal year. 

Aging of past due not impaired trade receivables 

60-90 days 
91+ days 

Balance at end of year 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

472    
108    
580    

645  
167  
812  

The average credit period on sales is 60 days. No interest is charged on trade receivables. The Company reviews past due 
balances on a case-by-case basis. The Company has recognized an allowance for doubtful accounts of some individually 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

trade  receivables  that  are  considered  not  recoverable  and  100%  against  all  receivables  over  120  days  because  historical 
experience has been that receivables that are past due beyond 120 days are usually not recoverable.  

Aging of impaired trade receivables 

60-90 days 
91-180 days 
180+ days 

Balance at end of year 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

—    
617    
—    
617    

258  
175  
5  
438  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 11 – OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Other receivables 
Current 

     Tax credit - VAT 
     Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1) 
     Income tax credits 
     Other tax credits 
     Advances to suppliers (*) 
     Prepaid expenses 
     Loans granted to employees 
     Other 

     TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

7,391    
4,486    
978    
471    
4,013    
1,034    
32    
464    
18,869    

8,615  
3,832  
732  
729  
3,303  
955  
59  
345  
18,570  

(*) As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 includes  2,992 and 3,047 related to advance to acquired building as explained in note 
20. 

Non-current 

     Advances to suppliers (note 20) 
     Tax credit - VAT 
     Other tax credits 
     Guarantee deposits 
     Other 
TOTAL 

Rollforward of the allowance for impairment of tax credits 

Balance at beginning of year 
Recovery (note 3.7.1.1) 
Write-off tax credits 
Translation 

Balance at end of year 

68 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

20,977    
4,122    
577    
1,289    
500    
27,465    

18,779  
—  
258  
1,085  
—  
20,122  

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

(5,657 ) 
1,820  
3,620  
217  
—  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 12 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2016 included the following: 

Useful life (years) 
Cost 

Values at beginning of year 

Additions related to business 
combinations (note 23) 
Additions 

Additions through finance lease (note 26) 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Currency translation difference 

Values at end of year 

Depreciation 

Accumulated at beginning of year 

Additions 

Disposals 

Currency translation difference 

Accumulated at end of year 

Carrying amount 

Computer 
equipment 
and 
3 

Furniture 
and office 
supplies 
5 

Office 
fixture
s 
3 

Vehicle
s 

Building
s 

Land
s 

5 

50 

Properties 
under 
constructio

  Total 

14,351   

156 
3,547   
—   
31   
(53 )  
65   
18,097   

8,870   
2,306   
(3 )  
46   
11,219   
6,878   

3,439   

19,793   

55 
1,083   
—   
557   
—   
(17 )  

48 
1,353   
—   
8,423   
—   
106   
5,117    29,723   

12,751   
2,434   
3,162   
725   
—   
—   
8   
(23 )  
3,136   
15,921   
1,981    13,802   

—  

— 
34  
—  
—  
—  
—  
34  

—  
4  
—  
—  
4  
30  

4,204   

2,354   

5,790   

49,931  

— 
2,777   
—   
—   
—   
—   
6,981   

— 
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
2,354   

156   
93   
—   
—   
249   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
6,732    2,354   

— 
7,120   
—   
(9,011 )  
—   
—   

259 
15,914  
—  
—  
(53 ) 
154  
3,899    66,205  

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
3,899   

24,211  
6,290  
(3 ) 
31  
30,529  
35,676  

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2015 included the following: 

Useful life (years) 
Cost 

Values at beginning of year 

Additions related to business 
combinations (note 23) 
Additions 

Additions through finance lease (note 26) 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Currency translation difference 

Values at end of year 

Depreciation 

Accumulated at beginning of year 

Additions 

Disposals 

Currency translation difference 

Accumulated at end of year 

Carrying amount 

Computer 
equipment 
and 
3 

Furniture 
and office 
supplies 
5 

Office 
fixture
s 
3 

Vehicle
s 

Building
s 

Land
s 

5 

50 

Properties 
under 
constructio

  Total 

4,204    

—    

6,629    

37,697  

— 
— 
—     2,354    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
4,204     2,354    

72    
84    
—    
—    
156   8
4,048   5

—    
—    
—    
—    
—   1
  2,354   7

— 
3,859    
—    
(4,698 )  
—    
—    
5,790    

189 
12,412  
2  
—  
(93 ) 

(276 ) 
49,931  

18,484  
5,872  
(5 ) 

—    
—    
—    
—   —  
—   —  
5,790   2

(140 ) 
24,211  
  25,720  

10,030    

2,692    

14,142    

51 
4,302    
2    
118    
(69 )  
(83 )  
14,351    

7,154    
1,785    
(3 )  
(66 )  
8,870   2
5,481   1

25 
393    
—    
376    
—    
(47 )  
3,439    

113 
1,504    
—    
4,204    
(24 )  
(146 )  
19,793    

2,110    
366    
—    
(42 ) —  

2,434   1
1,005   4

9,148    
3,637    
(2 )  
(32 ) —  
12,751   —  
7,042   5

—  

— 
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 13– INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 included the following: 

Useful life (years) 
Cost 

Values at beginning of year 

Additions related to business combinations 

Additions 

Currency translation difference 

Values at end of year 

Amortization 

Accumulated at beginning of year 

Additions 

Currency translation difference 

Accumulated at end of year 

Carrying amount 

Licenses and internal 
developments 

Customer 
relationships 

5 

3 - 10 

Non-
compete 
agreement 
3 

Total 

12,611   
28   
5,942   
10   
18,591   

8,229   
3,702   
4   
11,935   
6,656   

4,334   
5,054   
—   
246   
9,634   

1,507   
926   
66   
2,499   
7,135   

586   
—   
—   
—   
586   

586   
—   
—   
586   
—   

17,531  
5,082  
5,942  
256  
28,811  

10,322  
4,628  
70  
15,020  
13,791  

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 included the following: 

Useful life (years) 
Cost 

Values at beginning of year 

Additions related to business combinations 

Additions 

Currency translation difference 

Values at end of year 

Amortization 

Accumulated at beginning of year 

Additions 

Currency translation difference 

Accumulated at end of year 

Carrying amount 

Licenses and internal 
developments 

Customer 
relationships 

5 

3 - 10 

Non-
compete 
agreement 
3 

  Total 

4,868   
—   
—   
(534 )  
4,334   

1,083   
752   
(328 )  
1,507   
2,827   

586   
—   
—   
—   
586   

507   
79   
—   
586   
—   

13,343  
296  
4,445  
(553 ) 
17,531  

7,238  
3,429  
(345 ) 
10,322  
7,209  

7,889   
296   
4,445   
(19 )  
12,611   

5,648   
2,598   
(17 )  
8,229   
4,382   

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 14 – GOODWILL 

Cost 
Balance at beginning of year 
Additions (note 23) 
Translation 

Balance at end of year 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

32,532    
32,325    
323    
65,180    

12,772  
20,461  
(701 ) 
32,532  

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 15 – TRADE PAYABLES 

Suppliers 
Expenses accrual 

TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

1,951    
3,652    
5,603    

1,794  
2,642  
4,436  

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 16 – PAYROLL AND SOCIAL SECURITY TAXES PAYABLE 

Salaries 
Social security tax 
Provision for vacation and bonus 
Directors fees 
Other 

TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

5,388    
5,508    
19,218    
186    
28    
30,328    

4,246  
4,343  
16,708  
44  
210  
25,551  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 17 – BORROWINGS 

Current 
Bank and financial institutions (note 25) 

TOTAL 

Non-current 
Bank and financial institutions (note 25) 

TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

217    
217    

—    
—    

280  
280  

268  
268  

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 18 –TAX LIABILITIES 

Income tax 
Periodic payment plan 
VAT payable 
Personal Assets Tax – Substitute taxpayer (*) 
Software Promotion Law - Annual and monthly rates 
Other 

TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

4,813    
127    
461    
—    
561    
287    
6,249    

6,833  
20  
1,102  
863  
1,060  
347  
10,225  

(*) On July 22, 2016, Law No 27,260, published in the Argentine Official Gazette, introduced benefits for compliant taxpayers 
that include the exemption of personal assets tax until 2019. The Argentinian subsidiaries are elegible for the exemption.  

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 19 – PROVISIONS FOR CONTINGENCIES 

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company 
has recorded a provision for labor and regulatory claims where the risk of loss is considered probable. The final resolution of 
these potential claims is not likely to have a material effect on the results of operations, cash flow or the financial position of 
the Company. 
As of December 31, 2016, the Company recorded a reserve for regulatory claims as result of the business combination of 
Difier, explained in note 23 to these consolidated financial statements. 

Breakdown of reserves for lawsuits claims and other disputed matters include the following: 

Reserve for labor claims 
Reserve for regulatory claims 
TOTAL 

Roll forward is as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Additions 
Additions related to business combinations (note 23) 
Recovery 
Utilization of provision for contingencies 
Translation 

Balance at end of year 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

138    
1,807    
1,945    

650  
—  
650  

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

650    
1,343    
817    
(344 )  
(400 )  
(121 )  
1,945    

794  
490  
—  
(253 ) 
(91 ) 
(290 ) 
650  

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 20 – ADVANCES TO ACQUIRE BUILDINGS 

On  December  4,  2015,  our Argentine  subsidiaries  Sistemas  Globales  S.A.  and  IAFH  Global  S.A.,  entered  into  a  Purchase 
Agreement  with  IRSA  Inversiones  y  Representaciones  Sociedad  Anónima  (“IRSA”)  to  acquire  four  floors  representing 
approximately 4,896 square meters in a building to be constructed in a premium business zone of the City of Buenos Aires, 
Argentina. 

In consideration for the property the subsidiaries agreed to pay IRSA the following purchase price: (i) AR$ 180,279 on the date 
of signing of the purchase agreement, equivalent to 18,779 at such date; (ii) 8,567 during a three-year term beginning in June 
2016; and (iii) the remaining 3,672 at the moment of transfer of the property ownership, after finalization of the building. 

As  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  20,977  and  18,779  are  included  in  these  consolidated  financial  statements  as  other 
receivables non-current. 

Additionally,  during  the  year  2015  the  Company  gave  other  advances  to  acquire  a  building  in  La  Plata  and  Tucumán, 
Argentina. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, 2,992 and 3,047 are included in these consolidated financial statements as 
other receivables current. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 21 – RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS 

21.1 – WPP and Other related parties 

The Company provides software and consultancy services to certain WPP subsidiaries and other related parties. 
Outstanding receivable balances as of  December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:  

Added Value 
Burson Marsteller 
Frontier Communication 
Grey Global Group Inc. 
Group M Worldwide Inc 
Ibope Argentina 
JWT 
Kantar Operations 
Kantar Retail 
Mindshare 
Qualicorp 
Mercado Libre S.R.L. 
TNS 
Young & Rubicam 

Total 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2    
—    
—    
98    
59    
—    
241    
13    
8    
—    
—    
43    
111    
—    
575    

171  
18  
571  
95  
163  
80  
163  
67  
8  
2  
31  
—  
172  
52  
1,593  

During the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized revenues for 6,462, 6,655 and 7,681, 
respectively, as follows: 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Acceleration eMarketing 
Added Value 
Blue State Digital 
Burson Marsteller 
Fbiz Comunicação Ltda. 
Geometry Global 
Grey Global Group Inc. 
Group M Worldwide Inc 
IBOPE Argentina 
IBOPE Pesquisa de Mídia Ltda 
JWT 
Kantar Group 
Kantar Retail 
Mindshare 
Ogilvy & Mather Brasil Comunication 
Qualicorp 
Rockfish Interactive Corporation 
Tenthavenue Media ltd 
TNS 
VML 
Wunderman CATO Johnson S.A 
Young & Rubicam 
Mercado Libre S.R.L. 
Coretech 
Total 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

—    
790    
—    
59    
—    
—    
1,182    
822    
244    
—    
919    
674    
93    
—    
611    
—    
—    
—    
579    
—    
—    
366    
100    
23    
6,462    

12    
361    
41    
261    
267    
2    
1,011    
868    
6    
288    
957    
282    
69    
71    
—    
275    
77    
69    
1,086    
—    
—    
652    
—    
—    
6,655    

—  
—  
—  
121  
518  
146  
974  
1,137  
—  
—  
839  
1,754  
—  
168  
49  
—  
193  
—  
1,207  
31  
24  
520  
—  
—  
7,681  

21.2 – Compensation of key management personnel 

The remuneration of directors and other members of key management personnel during each of the three years are as 
follows: 

Salaries and bonuses 

Total 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

4,432    
4,432    

4,211    
4,211    

3,639  
3,639  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

The remuneration  of directors and key  executives is determined by the Board of Directors based on the performance  of 
individuals and market trends. 

During 2014, the Company granted 296,167 share options at a strike price of $10. During 2015, the Company granted 30,000 
and 273,000 share options at a strike price of $22.77 and $28.31, respectively. During 2016,  the Company granted 260,000 
and 82,500 share options at a strike price of $29.01 and $32.36, respectively. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 22– EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

 22.1 – Share-based compensation plan 

Share-based  compensation  expense  for  awards  of  equity  instruments  to  employees  and  non-employee  directors  is 
determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using Black & Scholes model.  

The 2012 share-based compensation agreement was signed by the employees on June 30, 2012. Under this share-based 
compensation plan, during the year 2014, other share-based compensation agreements were signed for a total of 55,260 
options granted.  

Each employee share option converts into one ordinary share of the Company on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable 
by  the  recipient  on  receipt  of  the  option. The  options  carry  neither  rights  to  dividends  nor voting  rights.  Options  may  be 
exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry (seven years after the effective date).  

All options vested on the date of modification of the plan or all other non-vested options expire within seven years after the 
effective date or seven years after the period of vesting finalizes.  

In July 2014, the Company adopted a new Equity Incentive Program, the 2014 Plan.  

Pursuant to this plan, on July 18, 2014, the first trading day of the Company common shares on the NYSE, the Company made 
the annual grants for 2014 Plan to certain of the executive officers and other employees. The grants included 589,000 share 
options with a vesting period of 4 years, becoming exercisable a 25% of the options on each anniversary of the grant date 
through  the  fourth  anniversary  of  the  grant.  Share-based  compensation  expense  for  awards  of  equity  instruments  is 
determined based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date.  

Each employee share option converts into one ordinary share of the Company on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable 
by  the  recipient  on  receipt  of  the  option. The  options  carry  neither  rights  to  dividends  nor voting  rights.  Options  may  be 
exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry (ten years after the effective date).  

Under this share-based compensation plan, during the year 2016 and 2015, other share-based compensation agreements 
were signed for a total of 1,003,250 and 789,948 options granted, respectively. 

The following shows the evolution of the share options outstanding for the years ended at December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Balance at the beginning of year 
Options granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Balance at end of year 

  As of December 31, 2016 

  As of December 31, 2015 

Number of 
options 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 

Number of 
options 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 

1,933,239    
1,003,250    
(33,979 )  
(243,915 )  
2,658,595    

15.40    
31.89    
25.75    
7.64    
22.21    

1,724,614    
789,948    
(35,674 )  
(545,649 )  
1,933,239    

5.92  
28.29  
15.49  
4.10  
15.40  

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

The following table summarizes the share-based compensation plan at the end of the year: 

84 

 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Grant date 

Excerise 
price ($) 

Number of stock 
options 

Number of 
stock options 
vested as of 
December 31, 

Fair value at 
grant date ($) 

Fair value 
vested ($) 

Expense as of 
December 31, 
2016 ($) (*) (**) 

2006 

2007 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

0.95   

0.71   
1.40   

2.48   
2.93   
3.38   

2.71   

6.77   
7.04   

12.22   
14.40   

10.00   
13.20   

22.77   
28.31   
29.34   
34.20   

29.01   
32.36   
35.39   

15,603   

15,603   

200,000   
1,416   

200,000   
1,416   

4,720   
—   
55,332   

32,225   

1,651   
3,991   

24,999   
2,395   

501,434   
6,569   

30,000   
636,035   
32,295   
18,000   

260,000   
646,250   
70,000   

4,720   
—   
55,332   

32,225   

1,651   
3,991   

24,999   
2,395   

225,191   
1,423   

10,000   
136,163   
21,446   
4,500   

—   
—   
—   

85   

1,135   
7   

19   
—   
183   

125   

3   
6   

65   
4   

1,668   
13   

221   
4,408   
218   
155   

1,793   
5,235   
607   

85   

1,135   
7   

19   
—   
183   

125   

3   
6   

65   
4   

749   
3   

74   
944   
145   
39   

—   
—   
—   

—  

—  
61  

10  
—  
104  

393  

16  
101  

10  
1  

616  
25  

75  
1,211  
79  
39  

381  
14  
13  

Subtotal 

2,542,915   

741,055   

15,950   

3,586   

3,149  

Non employees stock 
options 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2016 

6.77   
12.22   
10.00   
39.37   

22,170   
22,170   
44,340   
27,000   

35   
52   
87   
248   

35   
52   
87   
—   

—  
—  
16  
21  

22,170   
22,170   
44,340   
—   

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Subtotal 

Total 

115,680   
2,658,595   

88,680   
829,735   

422   
16,372   

174   
3,760   

37  
3,186  

(*) Total share-based compensation for year 2016 includes 434 related to the shares granted to one employee explained in 
note 29.1. 
(**) Expense as of  December 31, 2015 and 2014 amount to 1,990 and 617, respectively. Total share-based compensation for 
year  2015 includes 392 related to the shares granted to one employee explained in note 29.1. 

Deferred income tax asset arising from the recognition of the share-based compensation plan amounted to 4,919 and 5,774 
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

22.2 - Share options exercised during the year: 

Granted in 2006 
Granted in 2007 
Granted in 2007 
Granted in 2009 
Granted in 2010 
Granted in 2010 
Granted in 2010 
Granted in 2010 
Granted in 2011 
Granted in 2011 
Granted in 2012 
Granted in 2012 
Granted in 2012 
Granted in 2014 
Granted in 2014 
Granted in 2015 
Granted in 2015 

Balance at end of the year 

As of December 31, 2016 

As of December 31, 2015 

Number of 
options 
exercised 

Exercise 
price 

Number of 
options 
exercised 

Exercise 
 price 

3,196    
36,538    
6,321    
—    

3,295    
1,402    
39,142    
60,000    
—    
2,000    
13,191    
—    
42,645    
2,901    
30,465    
2,819    
243,915      

0.95    
0.71    
1.40    
—    

2.48    
2.93    
3.38    
2.71    
—    
6.77    
7.04    
—    
10.00    
13.20    
28.31    
29.34    

15,040    
104,996    
8,811    
19,501    
11,085    
6,689    
18,108    
59,460    
69,548    
17,293    
113,851    
74,492    
14,341    
11,610    
824    
—    
—    
545,649      

0.95 
0.71 
1.40 
2.08 
2.26 
2.48 
2.93 
3.38 
2.71 
3.38 
6.77 
7.04 
9.02 
10.00 
13.20 
—  
—  

The average market price of the share amounted to 36.77 and 26.78 for year 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

22.3 - Fair value of share-based compensation granted 

86 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Determining the fair value of the stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. The Company calculated the fair 
value  of  each  option  award  on  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model. The  Black-Scholes  model 
requires the input  of highly subjective assumptions, including the  fair value  of the Company’s  shares, expected volatility, 
expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. 

The Company estimated the following assumptions for the calculation of the fair value of the share options: 

Assumptions 

Stock price 
Expected option life 
Volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 

 See Note 4 for a description of the assumptions. 

Granted in 
2016 for 
2014 plan 
31.89  
6 years  
20 %  
1.95 %  

Granted in 
2015 for 
2014 plan 
28.29  
6 years  
20 %  
1.76 %  

Granted in 
2014 for 
2014 plan 
10  
6 years 
28 % 
2.42 % 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 23 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

Acquisition of Huddle Group 

On October 11, 2013, the Company, by accepting the Offer Letter dated October 11, 2013, executed and submitted by Pusfel 
S.A., a company organized and existing under the laws of Uruguay and ACX Partners One LP, a limited partnership organized 
and  existing  under  the  laws  of  England  (“ACX”,  and  together  with  Pusfel,  the  “Sellers”),  entered  into  a  Stock  Purchase 
Agreement to purchase 86.25% of the capital interests of Huddle Investment LLP, a company organized and existing under 
the laws  of England (“Huddle UK”) (the  “Stock Purchase Agreement”). Huddle UK  owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the 
capital stock and voting rights of the following subsidiaries: Huddle Group S.A., a corporation (sociedad anónima) organized 
and existing under the laws of the Republic of Argentina (“Huddle Argentina”); Huddle Group S.A., a corporation (sociedad 
anónima)  organized  and  existing  under  the  laws  of  the  Republic  of  Chile  (“Huddle  Chile”);  and  Huddle  Group  Corp.,  a 
corporation  organized  and  existing  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Washington  (“Huddle  US”,  and  together  with  Huddle 
Argentina and Huddle Chile, the “Huddle Subsidiaries”, and together with Huddle UK, the “Huddle Group”). The closing of the 
transaction contemplated in the Stock Purchase Agreement took place on October 18, 2013 (the “Closing Date”).  

The Huddle Group is engaged in the software development, consulting services and digital applications. As of the date of 
the Offer letter the total headcount of the Huddle Group was 156 employees distributed in four different locations: Argentina, 
Chile, United States and United Kingdom.  

The  aggregate  purchase  price  under  the  Stock  Purchase Agreement was  8,395.  Such  purchase  price  may  be  subject  to 
adjustments based on the future performance of the Huddle Group, and will be payable to the Sellers in seven installments, 
pro rate to each of the sellers’ ownership percentage (62.802% and 37.198% in the case of ACX and Pusfel, respectively), as 
follows:  

-  On October 21, 2013 and November 4, 2013, the Company paid a total of 3,436 including interest.  
-  Second installment: On April 21, 2014, the Company paid a total of 2,156, including interests.  
-  Third  installment:  Based  on  the  gross  revenue  and  gross  profit  achieved  by  the  Huddle  Group  for  the year  2013,  the 
Company paid on April 22, 2014, 861 and recognized as of December 31, 2013, a gain for 109 arisen on the remeasurement 
of the liability, included in “Other income and expense, net”.  

-  Fourth installment: On October 25, 2014, the Company paid 870, including interests.  
-  Fifth installment: On April 2, 2015, the Company paid 647, including interests.  
-  Sixth installment:  On March 31, 2016, the Company paid 187, including interests.  
-  The seventh installment of 115 shall be paid no later than the fifth anniversary date of Closing Date.  

The consideration transferred for Huddle Group acquisition was calculated as follows:  

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Purchase price 
Down payment 
Installment payment 

Total consideration 

Amount    
3,019      
5,117     (a)(b) 
8,136      

(a)  Net present value of future installment payments including interest. 
(b)  The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 amounted to 104 and 275, respectively, including interest; 

classified 183 as current as of December 31, 2015 and 104 and 92 as non-current other financial liabilities  as of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Minority interest purchase agreement   

On October 11, 2013, the Company, by accepting the Offer Letter dated October 11, 2013, executed and submitted by Gabriel 
Eduardo Spitz (“Mr. Spitz”), entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Minority Interest SPA”) to purchase an additional 
13.75%  of  the  capital  interests  of  Huddle  UK  (the  “Spitz  Interest”).  According  to  this  agreement,  the  consideration  for  the 
purchase  of  Spitz interest was agreed to be  paid in  common  shares  of the Company to  be transferred in three tranches, 
subject to adjustments based on the future performance of the Huddle Group. If in each tranche the Huddle Group didn’t 
achieve the target defined in the Minority Interest SPA, the Company was not obliged to buy any portion of Spitz interest.  
On October 23, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to amend the Minority Interest SPA, to purchase the remaining 
13.75% of the capital interests of Huddle UK (the “Spitz Interest”). Pursuant to this amendment, Mr. Spitz transferred to the 
Company the remaining 13.75% of the capital interests of Huddle UK. The consideration for the purchase of Spitz interest, 
was the amount resulting from valuating Huddle UK at 0.7 times its annual gross revenue for the twelve-month period ended 
on December 31, 2014 (“2014 Gross revenue”) multiplied by 0.1375; provided that if the 2014 Gross revenue was higher than 
7,800, then the purchase price shall be an amount equivalent to 0.8 times the 2014 Gross revenue multiplied by 0.1375. The 
consideration  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  650. As  of  December  31,  2014,  the  consideration  amounts  to  650  and will  be 
payable in three installments, as follows:  

-  First installment: the amount of 100 was paid on October 23, 2014.  
-  Second installment: the amount of 225 was paid on February 28, 2015.  
-  Third installment: On January 22, 2016, the Company granted 11,213 treasury shares at a price of $27.2 per share to Mr. 
Spitz  to  cancel  the  remaining  liability  of  305.  The  Company  withholds  the  remaining  amount  of  20  as  an  escrow  till 
October 23, 2019.  

As a consequence of this amendment, the call and put option explained above were recalled and the Company increased 
its percentage of shares in Huddle UK to 100%. The carrying amount of the non-controlling interest was adjusted to reflect 
this transaction. The difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interest was adjusted, and the fair value 
of the consideration paid was recognized directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the parent. 

Acquisition of Bluestar Energy 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

On October 10, 2014, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) with AEP Retail Energy Partners LLC to 
purchase the 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Energy Holdings, Inc, a Delaware corporation (“BSE Holding”), whose only 
material asset is 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Energy S.A.C., a Peruvian company (“BlueStar Peru”). BlueStar Peru is 
engaged in the business of providing information technology support services to the retail electric industry.  

The aggregate purchase price under the SPA amounted to 1,357, equal to the net working capital of BlueStar Energy Holding, 
Inc.  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  Jointly  with  this  SPA,  the  Company  signed  with  AEP  Energy  Inc.  a  consulting  services 
agreement, to provide software services in the United States and other jurisdictions for the following three years. The fair 
value  of  this  agreement was  recognized  as  an  intangible  asset  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition  for  an  amount  of  472, which 
originated a gain for a bargain business combination for the same amount included in “Other income and expense, net”.  

As of December 21, 2014 the Company changed the legal name of Bluestar Energy S.A.C. to Globant Peru S.A.C. 

Acquisition of Clarice Techonologies 

On May 14, 2015 (“closing date”), Globant S.A. (Spain) acquired Clarice Technologies PVT, Ltd (“Clarice”), a company organized 
and existing under the laws of India. Clarice is an innovative software product development services company that offers 
product engineering and user experience (UX) services and has operations in the United States and India. As of the closing 
date, the total headcount of Clarice was 337 employees distributed in India and United States. The purpose of the acquisition 
is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce 
of Clarice.  

As of December 21, 2015 the Company changed the legal name of Clarice to Globant India Private Limited ("Globant India").  

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) amounted to 20,184. Such purchase price may 
be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of Clarice and was payable to the sellers as follows:  

1.  First Closing: As of the closing date, the sellers transferred 10,200 shares representing 76.13% of the shares to the 

Company for an aggregate consideration of 9,324 paid by the Company to the sellers on May 14, 2015.  

2.  Staggered Acquisition: The remaining 23.87% of the shares shall be transferred to the Company and the remaining 
purchase  price  shall  be  paid  to  each  of  the  Sellers  in  three  tranches,  in  the  following  manner,  provided  that  the 
remaining purchase price paid out to each of the sellers shall be the higher of the following:  

2.1  Fair Market Value of such shares, calculated in accordance with the methodology prescribed by the Reserve Bank 

of India by an appointed chartered accountant; or  

2.2  The consideration as detailed below:  

2.2.1 

The second share transfer tranche, comprising 1,249 shares representing 9.32% of the shares of Clarice 
was transferred by the sellers to the Company on July 15, 2016. Based on the revenue and gross profit 
achieved by Globant India (formerly "Clarice") for the period between May 15, 2015 and May 15, 2016, the 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

2.2.2 

2.2.3 

Company paid on July 15, 2016, 4,208 and recognized as of December 31, 2016 a gain of 418 arisen on 
the remeasurement of the liability, included in "Other income and expense, net".  

The  third  Share  transfer  tranche,  comprising  1,249  of  the  shares  representing  9.32%  of  the  shares  of 
Clarice, shall be transferred by the sellers to the Company no later than July 14, 2017, in consideration for 
the payment of the minimum share price for such shares, defined as 859.61 per share for this tranche, 
plus an amount of 3,455, comprising 1,774 and 1,681, both subject to the achievement of certain financial 
and capacity targets of Clarice.  

The fourth share transfer tranche comprising the transfer of 700 shares representing 5.23% of the shares 
of  Clarice  shall  be  transferred  by  the  sellers  to  the  Company  no  later  than  on  June  20,  2018,  in 
consideration for payment of the minimum share price for such shares, defined as 946.46 per share for 
this tranche, plus an amount of 1,938, subject to the achievement of certain capacity target by Clarice.  

All  financial  targets  and  capacity  targets  payments  shall  be  subject  to  the  condition  that  sellers who were  employee  of 
Clarice at the date of acquisition, remain as employee of Globant or any associated entity of the Company on the due date 
of such payment.  

The Company has concluded that as in the same SPA all parties have agreed the transfer of the 100% of the shares of Clarice 
in different stages, the transaction should be considered as one, and therefore the Company has accounted the acquisition 
for the 100% of the shares of Clarice and the consideration involved is the sum of the amount paid at closing date and the 
three installments payables in years 2016, 2017 and 2018.   

The consideration transferred for Clarice acquisition was calculated as follows:  

Down payment 
Installment payment 

Contingent consideration 

Total consideration 

Purchase price 

  Amount 

9,324      
2,483     (a) 
8,377     (a) 

20,184      

(a)  As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 included as 4,446 and 4,418 as Other financial liabilities current, and 2,408 and 6,682 

as Other financial liabilities non-current, respectively. 

On February 2017, the Company signed an amendment of the SPA with one of the shareholders where they agreed: the 
acquisition of the shares held by this employee for an amount of 600 and the termination of the employment agreement. 
As a consequence, the Company recorded a gain of 418, related to the remasurement at fair value of this contingent 
consideration. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Clarice sellers’ subscription agreement 

On May 14, 2015, the Company signed two agreements whereas agreed to issue to the subscribers, as detailed below, and 
the subscribers agree to subscribe from the Company the number of shares set forth below:   

First agreement 

First tranche 

The first tranche for 38,984 common shares were subscribed by two employees and their spouses for a total amount of 
800.  

Second and third tranches 

Regarding second tranche, on July 25, 2016, the Company issued 20,896 common shares for an amount of 800.  

Third tranches will due on May 2017. The Company shall issue additional shares at a price equal to the volume weighted 
average trading price (“VWAP”) (derived from the trading price of the shares as quoted in the NYSE) for the 60-trading period 
ending on the second trading day prior to the third tranche issue date. Such numbers of shares will be allocated among the 
subscribers in the proportion in which they were allocated in the First tranche. The number of the third Tranche shares to be 
issued to each  of the subscribers shall be the lower of (i)  80%  of the maximum amount of shares that  such  subscriber is 
eligible to purchase under applicable law and (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing 200 by the third tranche 60-day VWAP.  

Total estimated amount is 800 for third tranche. 

Second agreement 

First tranche 

 The first tranche for 4,873 common shares was subscribed by one employee for a total amount of 100.  

Second and third tranches 

Regarding second tranche, on July 25, 2016, the Company issued 2,612 common shares for an amount of 100.  

Third tranches will due on May 2017. The Company shall issue additional shares for an aggregate consideration of 100 equal 
the quotient obtained by dividing 100 by the Second tranche 60-day VWAP.  

As of December 31, 2015, 43,857 shares were issued for a total amount of 900.  

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Both  agreements  are  forward  contracts  to  issue  and  sell  a  variable  number  of  shares  for  a  fixed  amount  of  cash,  thus 
according  to  IAS  32,  the  Company  recorded  a  financial  liability  and  a  financial  asset  for  the  shares  to  be  issued  and  the 
payment to be received, respectively, for an amount of 1,800. 

As of December 31, 2016 the Company has 900 as a current financial asset and as a current financial liability. 

Acquisition of Dynaflows 

On  October  22,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  from Alfonso Amat, Wayra Argentina  S.A.,  BDCINE  S.R.L.,  Laura A.  Muchnik, 
Facundo Bertranou, Mora Amat and Fabio Palioff (jointly “the Sellers) 9,014 shares, which represents 38.5% of the capital stock 
of  Dynaflows  S.A.  Before  this  acquisition,  the  Company  had  22.7%  of  the  capital  stock  of  Dynaflows  and  classified  it  as 
investment in associates. Through this transaction, the Company gained the control of Dynaflows S.A. As a consequence, the 
Company accounted  for this acquisition in accordance with IFRS  3 as  a business combination  achieved in  stages and as 
such, the Company remeasured its previously held equity interest in Dynaflows at its acquisition date fair value and recognize 
the resulting gain for an amount of 625 in Other income and expense, net.  

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) amounted to ARS 13,316 (1,402) and 414, payable 
in two installments, as following:  

- The first installment amounted to ARS 13,316 (1,402) paid at the closing date.  

- The second installment amounted to 414 paid on April 22, 2016.  

On the same date, the Company made a capital contribution of 868 (ARS 8,250,000) to Dynaflows by issuing 9,190 shares.  

After both agreements and considering the previous equity interest held by the Company of 22.7%, the Company holds the 
66.73% of participation in Dynaflows.  

The consideration transferred for Dynaflows acquisition was calculated as follows:  

Purchase price 

Down payment 
Installment payment 

Total consideration 

Amount    
1,402      
414      
1,816     (a) 

(a)  As of December 31, 2016the consideration was totally canceled. As of December 31, 2015, included as 414 as Other 

financial liabilities current 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Minority interest purchase agreement 

On October 22, 2015, the Company entered into a Shareholders Agreement (the “Minority Interest SHA”) with Alfonso Amat 
and Mora Amat (the “non-controlling shareholders”) to agree on a put option over the 33.27% of the remaining interest of 
Dynaflows  effective  on  the  third  or  fifth  anniversary  from  the  date  of  acquisition,  pursuant  to  which  the  non-controlling 
shareholders  shall  have  the  right  (the "Put  Option")  to  sell  and  the  Company  shall  purchase  all,  but  not  less  than  all  the 
shareholder’s non-controlling interest. The aggregate purchase price to be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Put 
Option shall be equal to the price resulting from valuing the Company at the following:  

In case the put option is exercised in the third anniversary, 50% of the total of: 1) eight (8) times EBITDA multiplied by 0.50 
according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of 
the Put Option; plus 2) four (4) times Revenue multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual 
financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option;  

In case the put option is exercised in the fifth anniversary, the total of: 1) eight (8) times EBITDA multiplied by 0.50 according 
to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put 
Option; plus 2) four (4) times Revenue multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial 
statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option;  

The Company implemented the IFRIC Interpretation DI/2012/2 “Put Options Written on Non-controlling Interests” issued in 
May 2012 that requires a financial liability initially measured at the present value of the redemption amount in the parent’s 
consolidated financial statements for written puts on non-controlling interest. Subsequently, the financial liability is measured 
in accordance with IAS 39.  

As  of  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  has  recognized  as  non-current  other  financial  liabilities  the written  put 
option for an amount of 4,388 and 7,371, respectively equal to the present value of the amount that could be required to be 
paid  to  the  counterparty  discounted  at  an  interest  rate  of  3.5%.  Changes  in  the  measurement  of  the  gross  obligation  are 
recognized in profit or loss.  

Pursuant to the shareholder’s agreement, the Company also agreed on a call option over non-controlling interest effective 
after the fifth anniversary from the closing date till the sixth anniversary from the closing date pursuant to which the Company 
shall  have  the  right  to  purchase  and  the  non-controlling  interest  shareholders  shall  sell  all  but  not  less  than  all  the 
shareholder’s  non-controlling interest then  owned by the  non-controlling  shareholders. The Company calculated the  fair 
value of call option on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the 
input of highly subjective assumptions, including the maturity, exercise price, spot, risk-free and standard deviation. See Note 
4 for a description of the assumptions.  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has accounted for the call option at its fair value of 319 and 321 in a similar 
way to a call option over an entity’s own equity shares and the initial fair value of the option was recognized in equity.   

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Acquisition of WAE 

On May 23, 2016 (closing date), Globant S.A. (Spain) acquired 100% of shares of We Are London Limited (WAE UK), a company 
organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales and 100% of shares of We Are Experience, Inc. a corporation 
organized and existing under the Laws of the State of New York, United States (WAE US) (jointly WAE UK and WAE US are 
WAE). WAE is a service design consultancy, specialized in three distinct but complementary service offerings - Research, 
Strategy and Creative. Total headcount of WAE was 40 employees with operations in United States and United Kingdom. The 
purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and 
the assembled workforce of WAE.   

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement (SPA) amounted to 19,851, of which 12,131 relates to 
WAE UK and 7,720 relates to WAE US. Such purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance 
of WAE and is payable to the sellers as follows:   

1. Up-front payment: As of the closing date, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 8,500 to the sellers.   

2. First earn-out payment: Not later than August 16, 2017, the amount of 5,000, provided that such amount shall be 
reduced  in  proportion  to  the  percentage  of  revenue  and  gross  profit  achievement  by  WAE  during  the  period 
commencing on June 1, 2016 and ending on May 31, 2017.   

3. Second earn-out payment: Not later than August 20, 2018, the amount of 5,000, provided that such amount shall 
be  reduced  in  proportion  to  the  percentage  of  revenue  and  gross  profit  achievement  by WAE  during  the  period 
commencing on June 1, 2017 and ending on May 31, 2018.   

Additionally, the Company shall pay to the sellers an amount of 575 in cash on the first earn-out payment date and/or the 
second earn-out payment date related to the corporation tax saved by WAE UK prior to such date as a result of any deduction 
obtained under income tax law applicable to United to Kingdom attributable to the exercise of the stock options plan granted 
by WAE UK to the option holders. This amount is considered by the Company as part of the consideration amount.   

Finally, as part of the total consideration the Company computed the working capital adjustment defined in the SPA. Total 
adjustment amounted to 1,357.  

Acquisition-related  costs  amounting  to  515  have  been  excluded  from  the  consideration  transferred  and  have  been 
recognized as an expense in profit or loss in the current year, within the Professional services line item.   

The fair value of the consideration transferred for WAE acquisition was calculated as follows: 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Down payment 
Working capital adjustment 

Installment payment 

Contingent consideration 

Total consideration 

Purchase price 

  Amount 

8,500      
1,352      

551     (a) 
9,448     (a) 
19,851      

(a) As of December 31, 2016 included as 5,457 and 4,735 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively  

Acquisition of Difier 

On  November  14,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Stock  Purchase Agreement  (“SPA”)  with  3Cinteractive  corp.  (“3C”)  to 
purchase the 100%  of the capital stock  of Difier  S.A., a Uruguayan company (“Difier”). Difier is engaged  in the  business  of 
providing information technology support services to 3C, who has been and remains the only customer of Difier.  

The aggregate purchase price under the SPA amounted to 25 and was paid as of the closing date. Jointly with this SPA, the 
Company signed with 3C a consulting services agreement representing a customer relationship, to provide software services 
in the United States and other jurisdictions for the following four years. The fair value of this agreement was recognized as 
an  intangible  asset  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition  for  an  amount  of  652,  which  originated  a  gain  for  a  bargain  business 
combination of 225 included in "Other income and expenses, net".  

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.  

Acquisition of L4 

On  November  14,  2016  (“closing  date”),  Globant  LLC  acquired  100%  of  shares  of  L4  Mobile,  LLC  (“L4”),  a  limited  liability 
company  organized  and  existing  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of Washington,  United  States.  L4  offers  the  digital  product 
consulting,  design,  development  and  quality  assurance  services  necessary  to  build  and  manage  robust  digital  products. 
Total headcount of L4 was 90 employees with operations in United States. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the 
benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of L4.  

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) amounted to 20,388. Such purchase price may 
be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of L4 and is payable to the seller as follows:  

1.  Up-front payment: As of the closing date, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 11,000 to the seller.   

2.  First earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2017, the amount of 980, considering the revenue achievement 

by L4 during the period commencing on November 1, 2016 and ending on December 31, 2016.  

96 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

3.  Second earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2018, the amount of 4,000, provided that such amount shall 
be  reduced  in  proportion  to  the  percentage  of  revenue  and  gross  profit  achievement  by  L4  during  the  period 
commencing on January 1, 2017 and ending on December 31, 2017.  

4.  Third earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2019, the amount of 4,000, provided that such amount shall be 
reduced  in  proportion  to  the  percentage  of  revenue  and  gross  profit  achievement  by  L4  during  the  period 
commencing on January 1, 2018 and ending on December 31, 2018.  

The fair value of the consideration transferred for L4 acquisition was calculated as follows: 

Purchase price 

  Amount 

Down payment 
Working capital adjustment 

Contingent consideration 

Total consideration 

11,000    
817    
8,571    
20,388    

(a) 

(a) 

(a) As of December 31, 2016 included 1,799 and 7,589 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively  

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense. 

Outstanding balances of financial liabilities related to the abovementioned acquisitions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 
are as follows: 

Huddle Group 

Huddle Group - Minority interest 

Clarice 

Subscription agreement 

Dynaflows 

Put option on minority interest of 
WAE 
L4 
Total 

As of December 31, 2016 

As of December 31, 2015 

Other 
financial 
liabilities - 

Other 
financial 
liabilities - 

Other 
financial 
liabilities - 

Other 
financial 
liabilities - 

—    
—    
4,446    
900    
—    
—    
5,457    
1,799    
12,602    

104    
—    
2,408    
—    
—    
4,388    
4,735    
7,589    
19,224    

183    
325    
4,418    
900    
414    
—    
—    
—    
6,240    

92  
—  
6,682  
900  
—  
7,371  
—  
—  
15,045  

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Purchase Price Allocation 

Fair values of the assets and liabilities incurred at the date of acquisition in the business combinations above mentioned 
are as follows: 

Huddle 
Group 

Bluestar 
Energy 

  Clarice    Dynaflow

s 

  WAE 

L4 

  Difier 

Current Assets 
Cash and cash 
Investments 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 

Non current assets 
Porperty and equipment 
Intangibles 
Deferred tax 
Other receivables 
Goodwill (1) (3) 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Tax liabilities 
Payroll and social security   
Other liabilities 

Non current liabilities 
Provision for 
contingencies  (4) 
Borrowings 

Non controlling interest 
Gain from bargain 
business combination (2) 
Fair value of previous 
interest held 
Total consideration 

1,226    
—    
1,475    
54    

233    
2,210    
—    
915    
4,226    

(378 )  
(441 )  
—    
(761 )  
—    

— 
—    

(623 )  

— 

1,575    
—    
—    
471    

153    
1,232    
1,983    
1,731    

105    
472    
—    
42    
—    

180    
54    
5    
227    
17,702    

(360 )  
—    
(194 )  
(282 )  
—    

(620 )  
—    
(1,734 )  
(727 )  
(2 )  

— 
—    

—    

(472 )  

— 
—    

—    

— 

4    
—    
82    
7    

9    
242    
49    
1    
2,759    

(17 )  
—    
(95 )  
(67 )  
—    

— 
—    

(83 )  

— 

2,671    
—    
1,706    
1,549    

96    
2,269    
562    
—    
16,201    

(3,248 )  
—    
(1,872 )  
(83 )  
—    

— 
—    

—    

— 

171    
—    
4,042    
178    

126    
2,161    
—    
8    
16,124    

(1,175 )  
—    
(11 )  
(964 )  
(22 )  

— 

(250 )  

—    

— 

— 
  8,136    

— 

— 
1,357     20,184    

(1,075 )  
1,816    

— 
19,851    

— 
20,388    

99  
—  
—  
25  

37  
652  
—  
522  
—  

(81 ) 
—  
—  
(187 ) 
—  

(817 ) 
—  

—  

(225 ) 

— 
25  

(1)  Goodwill arising from Huddle Group, Clarice, Dynaflows and WAE are not deductible for tax purposes.  
(1)  As  the  total  amount  paid  for  Difier  S.A.  and  Bluestar  Energy  is  less  than  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  and  liabilities 

recognized at the date of acquisition, the Company has recorded a gain from bargain business combination.  

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

(2)  Goodwill arising from L4 is deductible for tax purposes.  
(3)  Includes provision for contingencies related to potential regulatory claims. 

Goodwill has arisen in the acquisition of Huddle Group and L4 because the cost of the equity interest acquired included a 
control premium. In addition, the consideration paid for this acquisition effectively included amounts in relation to the benefit 
of expected synergies, revenue growth, customer relationships, future market development and the assembled workforce 
of acquired companies. Only the customer relationships are recognized as intangible. The other benefits are not recognized 
separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.  

Goodwill arose in the acquisition of Clarice and Dynaflows because the cost of the equity interests acquired included control 
premium. In addition, the consideration paid for these acquisitions effectively included amounts in relation to the benefit of 
expected  synergies,  revenue  growth,  future  market  development  and  the  assembled workforce  of  acquired  companies. 
These benefits are not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable 
intangible assets.  

The fair values of the receivables acquired do not differ from their gross contractual amount.  

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.  

Impact of acquisitions on the results of the Company 

The  net  income  for  the year  ended  December  31,  2014  includes  a  gain  of  393  attributable  to  the  business  generated  by 
Bluestar Energy. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 included 1,058 related to the business of that company. 
Had the business combination of Bluestar Energy been effected at January 1, 2014, the consolidated revenue of the Company 
would have been 203,345, the net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 would have been 25,655 and earnings per 
share would have amounted to $0.83. 

The  net  income  for  the year  ended  December  31,  2015  includes  1,623  attributable  to  the  business  generated  by  Clarice. 
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes 7,084 related to the business of that company. Had the business 
combination been effected at January 1, 2015, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 263,393, the net 
profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 would have been 33,890 and basic and diluted earnings per share would have 
amounted to 1.00 and 0.97, respectively. 

The  net  income  for  the year  ended  December  31,  2015  includes  a  loss  of  98  attributable  to  the  business  generated  by 
Dynaflows. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes 194 related to the business of that company. Had the 
business combination been effected at January 1, 2015, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 254,382, 
the net profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 would have been 31,471 and basic and diluted earnings per share would 
have amounted to 0.93 and 0.90, respectively.  

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes a gain of 2,312 attributable to the business generated by 
WAE.  Revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  includes7,475  related  to  the  business  of  that  company.  Had  the 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

business combination been effected at January 1, 2016, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 326,175, 
the net profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 would have been 35,739 and basic and diluted earnings per share would 
have amounted to 1.04 and 1.01, respectively.  

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes a gain of 7 attributable to the business generated by Difier. 
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes 444 related to the business  of that company.  Had the business 
combination been effected at January 1, 2016, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 324,229, the net 
profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 would have been 36,095 and basic and diluted earnings per share would have 
amounted to 1.05 and 1.02, respectively. 

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes a gain of 823 attributable to the business generated by L4. 
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes 3,422 related to the business of that company. Had the business 
combination been effected at January 1, 2016, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 335,307, the net 
profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 would have been 37,014 and basic and diluted earnings per share would have 
amounted to 1.08 and 1.05, respectively.  

Directors consider these “pro-forma” numbers to represent an approximate measure of the performance of the combined 
group on an annualized basis and to provide a reference point for comparison in future periods. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 24 – SEGMENT INFORMATION 

Operating  segments  are  components  of  an  enterprise  about  which  separate  financial  information  is  available  that  is 
evaluated  regularly  by  the  chief  operating  decision-maker  (“CODM”)  in  deciding  on  how  to  allocate  resources  and  in 
assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is considered to be the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”). The CEO 
reviews financial information presented on an entity level basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing 
financial  performance.  Therefore,  the  Company  has  determined  that  it  operates  in  a  single  operating  and  reportable 
segment.  

The Company provides services related to application development, testing,  infrastructure management and application 
maintenance. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

The following table summarizes revenues by geography: 

North America 
United States of America 
Canada 

Subtotal North America 
Europe 
Spain 
Ireland 
United Kingdom 
Luxembourg 
Germany 
Sweden 
Italy 
Others 

Subtotal Europe 
Asia 
India 
Japan 
Others 
Subtotal Asia 
Latin America and others 
Argentina 
Brazil 
Colombia 
Chile 
Uruguay 
Mexico 
Others 

Subtotal Latin America and others 
TOTAL 

For the year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

258,388    
2,535    
260,923    

208,203    
4,209    
212,412    

160,376  
2,721  
163,097  

12,929    
165    
10,305    
961    
2,478    
1,251    
718    
499    
29,306    

1,132    
—    
133    
1,265    

10,216    
2,344    
3,177    
13,425    
84    
966    
1,150    
31,362    
322,856    

3,671    
1,787    
6,468    
205    
698    
250    
40    
389    
13,508    

1,392    
42    
—    
1,434    

7,574    
2,084    
1,436    
12,424    
1,184    
964    
776    
26,442    
253,796    

1,795  
1,649  
5,546  
1,130  
—  
1,100  
—  
484  
11,704  

—  
—  
—  
—  

4,248  
3,078  
3,069  
8,974  
3,626  
308  
1,501  
24,804  
199,605  

One single customer accounted for 12.3% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015. However, no single customer 
accounted for 10% or more of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014. 

The  following  table  summarizes  non-current  assets  other  than  deferred  taxes  as  stated  in  IFRS  8,  paragraph  33.b,  by 
jurisdiction: 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Argentina 
Spain 
United States of America 
Brazil 
Uruguay 
Luxembourg 
Colombia 
Mexico 
India 
Chile 
Other countries 

TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

59,595    
38,825    
22,087    
2,652    
722    
5,568    
4,976    
4,101    
3,258    
971    
473    
143,228    

47,652  
18,155  
1,844  
2,344  
722  
7,565  
4,372  
3,128  
672  
349  
301  
87,104  

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 25 – BORROWINGS 

25.1 – Bank and financial institutions 

The principal balances of outstanding borrowings under lines of credit with banks and financial institutions were as follows: 

HSBC bank (Argentina) 
Banco Santander Rio (Argentina) 
Phenix - Leasing (Argentina) 
Apple Financial Services (United States) 
Financial institution - Leasing (Uruguay) 
Bradesco (Brasil) 

TOTAL 

Such balances were included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows: 

Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings 

TOTAL 

Movements in borrowings are analyzed as follows: 

Balance at the beginning of year 
Borrowings related to business combination (note 23) 
Payment of borrowings 
Accrued interest 
Foreign exchange 

TOTAL 

104 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

38    
118    
—    
—    
61    
—    
217    

99  
289  
5  
48  
103  
4  
548  

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

217    
—    
217    

280  
268  
548  

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

548    
250    
(584 )  
41    
(38 )  
217    

1,285  
—  
(613 ) 
108  
(232 ) 
548  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

25.1.2 —Argentine subsidiary’s loan agreements 

The Company, through its Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales S.A., entered into several loan agreements with HSBC, 
Santander Rio and Phenix. 

Balances as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were the following:  

HSBC bank (Argentina) 
Banco Santander Rio (Argentina) 
Phenix  - Leasing (Argentina) 

TOTAL 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

38    
118    
—    
156    

99  
289  
5  
393  

These loans contain accelerating clauses applicable to Sistemas Globales S.A. that would cause outstanding principal and 
interest  to  be  due  and  payable  mainly  under  the  following  circumstances:  1)  upon  default  on  any  of  the  commitments 
assumed under the loan agreement; 2) upon Sistemas Globales S.A. becoming insolvent or bankrupt; 3) if Sistemas Globales 
S.A. is unable to comply with its obligations; 4) if any governmental authority confiscates, nationalizes or expropriates some 
or all assets or all equity interest of Sistemas Globales S.A.; 5) if the board of directors of Sistemas Globales S.A. authorizes 
the liquidation of the entity; 6) if Sistemas Globales S.A. does not comply with duly tax payments; 7) if Sistemas Globales S.A. 
pledges its equity shares; or 8) if Sistemas Globales S.A. grants a pledge or mortgage on its assets. 

As  of  December  31,  2016,  Sistemas  Globales  S.A.  was  in  compliance  with  all  the  covenants  included  in  the  financing 
agreements. 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 26 – OPERATING AND FINANCE LEASES 

The  Company  is  obligated  under  various  operating  leases  for  office  space  and  office  equipment.  Total  lease  expense 
incurred under these leases was approximately 12,032; 9,945 and 8,830 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014, respectively. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  recognized  some  agreements  related  to  computer  leases  as 
finance leases ending in the year 2016. Thus, the amount of computer equipment and software included 2 under finance 
lease  agreements,  as  of  December  31,  2015.  The  related  liability  arises  to  61  classified  as  current  borrowings  as  of 
December  31,  2016. As  of  December  31,  2015,  the  related  liability  arises  to161,  out  of  which  79  are  classified  as  current 
borrowings and 82 as non-current borrowings.    

Future fixed minimum annual lease commitments are as follows at December 31, 2016: 

Year 

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 

  Amount 

10,401  
8,168  
6,259  
4,970  
830  

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 27 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

27.1 - Categories of financial instruments 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
HFT assets 
Available-for-sale assets 
Other financial assets 
Loans and receivables 

Financial liabilities 
  Amortized cost 
Trade payables 
Payroll and social security taxes 
Borrowings 
Other financial liabilities (1) 
Tax liabilities 
Other liabilities 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

50,532    
9,355    
—    
1,219    
100,504    

5,603    
30,328    
217    
31,826    
6,249    
20    

36,720  
11,122  
14,538  
2,121  
84,644  

4,436  
25,551  
548  
21,285  
10,225  
9  

(1) As of December 31, 2016, other financial liabilities includes 5,063; 9,647 and 8,604 related to contingent liability 
arisen in Clarice, WAE and L4 acquisitions, respectively, which are measured at fair value (see note 27.10.1). 

At  the  end  of  the  reporting years,  there were  no  loans  or  receivables  designated  at  fair value  through  profit  or  loss. The 
carrying  amounts  reflected  above  represents  the  Company’s  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  for  such  loans  and 
receivables. 

27.2 - Market risk 

The Company is exposed to a variety of risks: market risk, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates 
and interest rates, and liquidity risk.  

The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize 
potential  adverse effects  on the Company’s financial performance. The Company does not use derivative instruments to 
hedge its exposure to risks.  

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

27.3 - Foreign currency risk management 

The  Company  undertakes  transactions  denominated  in  foreign  currencies;  consequently,  exposures  to  exchange  rate 
fluctuations arise.  

Except in Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda. (formerly TerraForum Consultoría Ltda.), Globers S.A. and We are London Limited, 
the subsidiary’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. In 2016, 91% of the Company’s revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. 
Because the majority of its personnel are located in Latin America, the Company incurs the majority of its operating expenses 
and capital expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, primarily the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Brazilian Real, Mexican 
peso, Peruvian Sol, Indian Rupee, Colombian peso and Great Britain Pound.  

Foreign exchange sensitivity analysis 

The Company is mainly exposed to Argentine pesos.  

The following table details the Company’s sensitivity to a 30% increase and decrease in the U.S. dollar against the relevant 
foreign  currency.  The  sensitivity  analysis  includes  outstanding  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  items  at 
December 31, 2016 and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a 30% change in U.S. dollars against the relevant foreign 
currency and the same change that affects net income as certain costs are incurred in Argentine pesos.  

Account 

Currency 

  Amount 

Gain/(loss) 

30% 
Increase 

30% 
Decrease 

Net balances 

  Argentine pesos 

  Total 

208,589    
208,589    

(1,923 )  

(1,923 )  

2,500  
2,500  

Account 

Currency 

  Amount 

Gain/(loss) 

30% 
Increase 

30% 
Decrease 

Costs 

  Argentine pesos 

  Total 

(171,953 )  

(171,953 )  

39,681    
39,681    

(51,586 ) 

(51,586 ) 

The estimated effect in net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 due to a 30% increase in the U.S. dollar against 
the Argentine peso is a gain of 37.758 and such effect due to a 30% decrease in the U.S. dollar against the Argentine peso is 
a loss of 49.086. 

Depreciation of the Argentine Peso 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

During 2016, the Argentine peso experienced a 14% devaluation from 13.91 Argentine peso per US dollar to 15.84 Argentine 
peso per US dollar.  

On December 17, 2015, the Argentine peso experienced a 42% devaluation from 9.835 Argentine peso per US dollar to 13.95 
Argentine  peso  per  US  dollar.  Since  it  occurred  during  the  last  days  of  the year  2015,  this  fluctuation  did  not  cause  any 
significant impact in the Company’s costs and expenses generated by the Company’s Argentine subsidiaries in Argentine 
pesos, as expressed in U.S. dollars, neither on the Company's revenues, as revenues are mostly in U.S. dollars for the year 
ended 2015. However, this fluctuation caused a significant foreign exchange loss of 4,967 related to net exposure of monetary 
assets and liabilities nominated in Argentine pesos. 

27.4 - Interest rate risk management 

The Company’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its cash and bank balances and its 
credit facilities. The Company´s credit lines in Argentina bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 15.25% and 15.50% in local 
currency (equivalent to an interest rate around 3.75% and 4%). The Company does not use derivative financial instruments to 
hedge its risk of interest rate volatility. 

27.5 – Liquidity risk management 

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under credit facilities. 
See note 25.1.  

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity position on the basis of expected cash flow.  

The table below analyzes financial liabilities into relevant  maturity  groups  based on the remaining  period at the  balance 
sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.  

Borrowings 
Interest to be paid 
Finance leases 
Other financial liabilities 
TOTAL 

27.6 - Concentration of credit risk 

2017 

156    
12    
61    
12,602    
12,831    

Expected Maturity Date 
2019 

2018 

  Thereafter   

—    
—    
—    
11,098    
11,098    

—    
—    
—    
3,737    
3,737    

—    
—    
—    
4,389    
4,389    

Total 

156  
12  
61  
31,826  
32,055  

The Company derives revenues from clients in the U.S. (approximately 81%) and clients related from diverse industries. For 
the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s top five clients accounted for 33,7%, 33.0% and 27.8% of 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

its  revenues,  respectively.  One  single  customer  accounted  for  12.3%  of  revenues  for  the year  ended  December  31,  2015. 
However, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014 . 

27.7 - Fair value of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value 

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities related to cash and bank balances, investments, trade receivables, 
other current and non-current receivables, trade payables, payroll and social security taxes payables, tax liabilities and other 
liabilities included in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, approximate to their 
fair values.  Other  financial liabilities, including  borrowings, are  subsequently  measured at  amortised cost considering the 
effective interest rate method, which approximate to its fair value due to their short-term maturity.  

27.8 Available-for-sale investments 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company acquired “Letras del Banco Central” (LEBAC) with SBS 
Sociedad de Bolsa S.A. LEBAC are short-term securities issued and tendered by the Argentine Central Bank, nominated in 
Argentine pesos, and can be purchased with cash through banks or stock brokering companies. LEBAC do not pay interest 
during the life of the instrument. Instead, LEBAC are bought at a discount from their face value, which is the amount the 
instrument will be worth at its  settlement. When these instruments reach their maturity, the investor receives an amount 
equal to the face value of the instrument.  

The purpose of this transaction is to ensure a fixed return in Argentine Pesos.  

According  to  IAS  39,  held-to-maturity  investments  (HTM)  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable 
payments  and  fixed  maturity  that  the  entity  has  the  positive  intent  and  ability  to  hold  to  maturity.  HTM  investments  are 
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less impairment losses. The effective interest rate is the 
rate  that  exactly  discounts  estimated  future  cash  receipts  through  the  life  of  the  financial  instrument  to  the  net  carrying 
amount of the financial asset.  

According to the nature, intention and ability of the Company to hold those LEBACs until maturity, they were initially classified 
as  held-to-maturity  investments.  However,  during  December,  2015,  the  Company  sold  some  of  those  LEBACs  and 
consequently, changed the classification of the remaining LEBACs. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, LEBACs are classified 
as Available-for-sale investments, since it was not permitted to classify investments as held-to-maturity in accordance with 
IAS  39.  As  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  the  loss  of  52  and  the  gain  of  52,  net  of  tax  effect,  are  recorded  as  Other 
comprehensive income.  

Changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  AFS  financial  assets  relating  to  changes  in  foreign  currency  rates,  interest  income 
calculated using the effective interest method are recognized in profit or loss. Other changes in the carrying amount of AFS 
financial assets are recognized in other comprehensive income.  

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

27.9 - Fair value measurements recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position 

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair 
value, grouped into a three-level fair value hierarchy as mandated by IFRS 13, as follows:  

Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical 
assets or liabilities.  

Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are 
observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).  

Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities. 

Financial assets 
Mutual funds 
LEBACs 
Call option on minority interest (see note 23) 

Financial liabilities 

Contingent consideration 
Put option on minority interest (see note 23) 

Financial assets 
Mutual funds 
CEDIN 
LEBACs 
Call option on minority interest (see note 23) 

Financial liabilities 

Contingent consideration 
Put option on minority interest (see note 23) 

As of December 31, 2016 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    

9,355    
—    
—    

—    
—    
319    

9,355  
—  
319  

—    
—    

23,314    
4,388    

23,314  
4,388  

As of December 31, 2015 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    

9,848    
1,274    
14,538    
—    

—    
—    
—    
321    

9,848  
1,274  
14,538  
321  

—    
—    

8,451    
7,371    

8,451  
7,371  

There were no transfers of financial assets between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period.  

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

The Company has applied the market approach technique in order to estimate the price at which an orderly transaction to 
sell the asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current 
market  conditions.  The  market  approach  uses  prices  and  other  relevant  information  generated  by  market  transactions 
involving identical or comparable (i.e., similar) assets, liabilities or a group of assets and liabilities.  
27.10 Level 3 

27.10.1 Contingent consideration 

As explained in note 23, the acquisition of Clarice included a contingent consideration agreement which was payable on a 
deferred basis and which will be subject to reduction upon the occurrence of certain events relating, among other things, to 
the acquired company’s gross revenue, gross profit and capacity.  

As  of  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  remeasured  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  related  to  Clarice 
described above, considering that the gross revenue and gross profit target established by the second tranche payment, as 
defined  in  the  purchase  agreement,  was  partially  met.  Additionally,  during  February,  2017,  the  Company  signed  an 
amendment to the original SPA defining a new structure of earn outs explained in note 23. Gain arising from the change in 
fair value amounted to 418.  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Clarice amounted to 5,392 and 
8,847, respectively. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make 
under this agreement was between 2,695 and 5,664 as of December 31, 2016 and 5,145 and 9,851 as of December 31, 2015. 
The fair value of the contingent consideration related to Clarice arrangement of 5,063 and 8,451 as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, respectively, was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.   

As  described  in  note  23,  the  acquisition  of WAE  (jointly We  are  London  Limited  and We  are  Experience,  Inc.)  included  a 
contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to reduction upon the 
occurrence of certain events relating, among other things, to the acquired company’s gross revenue and gross profit.   

As of December 31, 2016, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to WAE amounted to 10,000. The potential 
undiscounted  amount  of  all  future  payments  that  the  Company  could  be  required  to  make  under  this  agreement  was 
between 7,264 and 10,000 as of December 31, 2016. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 9,647 as 
of December 31, 2016 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.  

As  of  December  31,  2016,  the  nominal value  of  contingent  consideration  related  to  L4  amounted  to  9,000. The  potential 
undiscounted  amount  of  all  future  payments  that  the  Company  could  be  required  to  make  under  this  agreement  was 
between 6,391 and 9,500 as of December 31, 2016. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 8,604 as 
of December 31, 2016 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.  

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

27.10.2 Put and call option on minority interests 

The  discounted  consideration  of  the  put  option  over  non-controlling  interest  of  Dynaflows  of  4,388  and  7,371  as  of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, was estimated by discounting:  

- In case the put option is exercised in the third anniversary, 50% of the total of: 1) eight (8) times EBITDA multiplied 
by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of 
such exercise of the Put Option; plus 2) four (4) times Revenue multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most 
recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option;   
- In case the put option is exercised in the fifth anniversary, the total of: 1) eight (8) times EBITDA multiplied by 0.50 
according  to  the  Company's  most  recent  audited  annual  financial  statements  at  the  time  of  the  delivery  of  such 
exercise of the Put Option; plus 2) four (4) times Revenue multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent 
audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option.   

The expected payment is determined by considering the possible scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs used are: 
(i) forecasted EBITDA and Revenue of the Dynaflows’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the 
delivery of such exercise of the put option, and (ii) risk-adjusted discount rate (3.5%).   

Changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs used in the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would 
have the following effects:   

Risk-adjusted discount rate 

Forecasted EBITDA & Revenue 

Increase 
(Decrease) in 
unobservable 
input 

0.5  %  
(0.5 )%  
5  %  
(5 )%  

Increase 
(Decrease) in 
call option 

(27 ) 
27  
219  
(219 ) 

The  fair value  of  the  call  option  on  minority  interest  of  319  and  321  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively, was 
estimated by using the Black & Sholes method considering the EBITDA and Revenue of the Dynaflows’s most recent audited 
annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the call option to present value using a risk-adjusted 
discount rate.   

The expected payment is determined by considering the possible scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs used are: 
(i) forecasted EBITDA and Revenue of Dynaflows’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery 
of such exercise of the call option, and (ii) risk-adjusted discount rate (0.5%).   

Changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs used in the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would 
have the following effects:  

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

Risk-adjusted discount rate 

Forecasted EBITDA & Revenue 

Increase 
(Decrease) in 
unobservable 
input 

0.25  %  
(0.25 )%  
5  %  
(5 )%  

Increase 
(Decrease) in 
call option 

3  
(3 ) 
(15 ) 
16  

As of December 31, 2016, the Company recorded a gain of 2,981 related to the remeasurement at fair value of the put and 
call option described above.  

Reconciliation of recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy: 

December 31, 2015 
Fair value remeasurement 

Acquisition of business 

Payments 

Interests 

December 31, 2016 

27.10.3 Foreign exchange futures contracts 

Financial Assets   

Financial liabilities 

Call option on 
minority interest   
321    
(2 )   
—    
—    
—    
319    

Contingent 
consideration 

8,451    
(418 )   
18,019    
(3,164 )   
426    
23,314    

Put option on 
minority interest 
7,371  
(2,983 ) 
—  
—  
—  
4,388  

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Argentinian subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH 
Global S.A. have acquired foreign exchange futures contracts with SBS Sociedad de Bolsa S.A. (SBS) in U.S. dollars, with the 
purpose of hedging the possible decrease of assets’ value held in Argentine Pesos due to the risk of exposure to fluctuations 
in foreign currency. The foreign exchange futures contracts were recognized, according to IAS 39, as financial assets at fair 
value through profit or loss. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 the Company has recognized a loss of 
1,126, a gain of  7,152, and a loss of 1,069, respectively.  

These futures contracts have daily settlements, in which the futures value changes daily. Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH 
Global  S.A.  recognize  daily variations  in  SBS  primary  accounts,  and  the  gains  or  losses  generated  by  each  daily  position 
through  profit  or  loss. Thus,  at  the  closing  of  each  day,  according  to  the  future  price  of  the  exchange  rate  U.S.  Dollar  – 
Argentine peso, the companies perceive a gain or loss for the difference. As future contracts have daily settlements, hence 
fair value as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was zero. 

Pursuant to these contracts, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. are required to maintain collaterals in an amount 
equal to a percentage of the notional amounts purchased until settlement of the contracts. As of December 31, 2015, Globant 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

S.A. held a 10% of the value of those collaterals in LEBACs in SBS primary account. This ensures minimal funding, in case SBS 
has to transfer funds to “Mercado a Término de Rosario S.A” (ROFEX) if losses are generated by daily settlements. This amount 
must  also  remain  restricted  during  the  term  of  the  contracts.  As  of  December  31,  2015,  both  collaterals  regarding  the 
transactions are restricted assets for an amount of 5,125 in LEBACs included as investments. As of December 31, 2016, foreign 
exchange future contracts acquired by the Company were all settled.   

On  December  10,  2015,  a  new  president  assumed  in Argentina. This  new  government  considered  that  prices  included  in 
some future contracts signed during the previous government did not reflect the real market value as compared with similar 
assets.   

Consequently, on December 14, 2015, ROFEX and Argentina Clearing S.A., issued the Communication No. 657 which applies 
to future contracts signed from September 29, 2015 with maturity date till June 2016. This Communication stated that for the 
future contracts included in the range of dates previously mentioned, the gain or losses generated by each daily position 
through profit or loss should be calculated considering an additional ARS 1.25 for dollar to the original price agreed for those 
contracts signed between September 30, 2015 and October 27, 2015; and ARS 1.75 for dollar to the original price agreed for 
those contracts signed from October 28, 2015.  

Additionally,  on  December  16,  2015,  the AFIP  issued  General  Resolution  No.  3818,  which  stated  a  regime  of  income  tax 
withholdings  to  be  applied  to  the  gain  obtained  for  future  contracts  transactions  considering  the  market  price  as  of 
December 23, 2015. These withholding should be used to compensate future income tax payments from the Company’s 
Argentine subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2015 total withholding amount to 3,037. 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 28 — CONTINGENCIES 

On February 10, 2012, Federacion Argentina de Empleados de Comercio y Servicios (‘‘FAECYS’’) filed a lawsuit against our 
Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales S.A., in which FAECYS is demanding the application of its collective labor agreement 
to the employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, Sistemas Globales should have withheld and transferred 
to FAECYS an amount of 0.5% of the gross monthly salaries of Sistemas Globales’s employees from October 2006 through 
October 2011.  

Although we believe Sistemas Globales has meritorious defenses to this lawsuit, no assurance can be provided as to what 
the ultimate outcome of this matter will be. In the opinion of our management and our legal advisors, an adverse outcome 
from this claim is not probable. Consequently, no amount has been accrued at December 31, 2016. We estimate that the 
amount  of  possible  loss  as  of  the  date  of  issuance  of  these  financial  statements  ranges  between  $0.7  and  $0.8  million, 
including legal costs and expenses.  

In December 2015, we received a civil investigative demand from the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Northern District of Texas 
(the “US DOJ”) for the production of records in connection with an investigation relating to alleged non-compliance with laws 
governing the application for and use of B visas during the period January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2015 (the “Relevant 
Period”).  

In order to avoid the inconvenience and expense of litigation, we settled this matter by entering into a Settlement Agreement 
with the US DOJ (“Settlement Agreement”) on March 15, 2017.  Under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, we denied the 
US DOJ’s allegations and all liability in connection with the conduct alleged by the US DOJ to have involved 21 employees 
from  June  2010  through  December  2012.  Under  the  Settlement  Agreement,  we  agreed,  among  other  things,  to  pay  an 
amount  equal  to  $1.0  million.    Of  that  amount,  $500,000  is  attributable  to  penalties  connected  to  the  above-described 
conduct and $500,000 is attributable to reimbursement of the US DOJ’s investigative costs. In return, the US DOJ has agreed, 
among other things, to release us and/or our affiliates from any civil or administrative monetary claim that the US DOJ has 
for  the  above-described  conduct  during  the  Relevant  Period  with  respect  to  the  foreign  nationals  referenced  in  the 
Settlement Agreement, subject to customary exceptions.  

Our U.S. subsidiary, Globant LLC, is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding payroll and 
employment taxes primarily in connection with services performed by employees of certain of our subsidiaries in the United 
States from 2013 to 2015. Such examination is currently in progress and, at this stage, we cannot make any predictions about 
the final outcome of this matter. 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company is also a party in certain labor claims where the risk of loss is considered possible. 
The final resolution of these claims is not likely to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of 
operations.    

The Company’s US subsidiary, Globant LLC, was under examination for fiscal year 2012 by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) 
regarding transfer pricing matters and others related to the activities performed by the Company’s subsidiaries in the US. On 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

August 31, 2016, the IRS issued final outcome of the audit resulted in no adjustment to the originally reported profit of the 
Company on the 2012 income tax return.   

During the year ended December 31, 2016, some labor claims where the Company was involved came to final resolution 
and a utilization of the provision for contingencies was recorded for an amount of 400.  

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 29 — CAPITAL AND RESERVES 

29.1 Issuance of common shares 

On December 31, 2016, 243,915 common shares were issued after vested options arising from the 2012 and 2014 share-based 
compensation  plan  were  exercised  by  some  employees.  Options  were  exercised  at  an  average  price  of  7.64  per  share 
amounting to a total of 1,863.   

On  November  14,  2016,  the  Company  issued  70,380  common  shares  for  an  amount  of  2,970  as  part  of  the  subscription 
agreement stated in the Stock Purchase Agreement signed with L4's sellers, explained in note 23.  

On July 25, 2016, the Company issued 23,508 common shares for an amount of 900 as part of the subscription agreement 
signed with Clarice's sellers, explained in note 23.   

On May 23, 2016, the Company issued 75,221 common shares for an amount of 2,550 as part of the subscription agreement 
stated in the Stock Purchase Agreement signed with WAE's sellers, explained in note 23.  

On January 22, 2016, the  Company granted 11,213 treasury shares at  a price of $ 27.2 per share to Mr.  Spitz to cancel the 
remaining liability of 305, related to the acquisition of the minority interest of Huddle Group. The Company withholds the 
remaining amount of 20 as an escrow till October 23, 2019.   

On December 31, 2015, 545,649 common shares were issued after vested options arising from the 2012 and 2014 share-based 
compensation  plan  were  exercised  by  some  employees.  Options  were  exercised  at  an  average  price  of  4.10  per  share 
amounting to a total of 2,236.  

On July 16, 2015, the Company issued 43,857 common shares for an amount of 900 as part of the subscription agreement 
signed with Clarice's sellers, explained in note 23.   

On April 30, 2015, the Company granted to one employee 30,000 common shares to be carried out in two tranches: 15,000 
shares delivered during April 2015 and the remaining 15,000 shares was delivered on 1 April 2016. Shares were granted at a 
price of 21.01 per share amounting to a total of 315 per year.  

On December 21, 2014, 258,742 common shares were issued in respect of vested options arising from the 2012 share based 
compensation plan, exercised by 15 employees. Options were exercised at an average price of $ 4.21 per share. 

On July 23, 2014, the Company successfully completed the initial public offering (IPO) of common shares in the New York 
Stock Exchange. The Company issued 4,350,000 common shares, at a price of $ 10 per share, raising an overall amount of 
approximately 40,455, net of underwriting discounts for an amount of 3,045. After the deduction of IPO related expenses for 
an amount of 2,722, the net increase of capital and shared premium from the offering totaled 37,733. In addition, certain of 
the existing shareholders sold 2,377,500 of their shares, at a price of $ 10 per share. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

On July 15, 2014, the Company increased its issued capital in an amount of $ 12.60 that has been paid out of available reserves 
currently recorded in the accounts of the Company. 

29.2 Reverse Share Split 

On  June  18,  2014,  the  extraordinary  general  meeting  of  shareholders  of  the  Company  conditionally  approved  (a)  the 
reclassification of the existing 10 classes of shares of the Company into a single class of common shares all having the same 
economic and voting rights and (b) the amendment of the Company’s issued share capital of 34,794 to reflect 28,995,158 
common shares having a nominal value of 1.20 per share, in each case, conditional upon and with effect solely from and after 
the approval at a subsequent extraordinary general meeting of shareholder of the Company of a change in the nominal value 
of the existing shares of the Company from 0.10 per share to 1.20 per share and, concurrently therewith, the effecting of a 1-
for-12  reverse  share  split  so  that  the  existing  shares  of  the  Company  having  a  nominal  value  of  0.10  per  share  shall  be 
exchanged  against  new  common  shares  of  the  Company  having  a  nominal  value  of  1.20  per  share,  such  subsequent 
extraordinary general meeting occur not later than the business day prior to the business day on which the U.S. Securities 
and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 effective. All issued and outstanding 
shares and options exercisable for shares have been adjusted to reflect this reclassification and reverse share split for all 
periods presented. 

29.3 Public offerings 

On March 30, 2015 the Company successfully completed its secondary public offering. Registration statement relating to the 
offering became effective on March 26, 2015. On March 27, 2015, the underwriters of the previously announced secondary 
public offering of 3,473,382 common shares exercised in full their option to purchase an additional 521,008 common shares 
from  certain  of  the  selling  shareholders  to  cover  over-allotments  as  provided  in  the  underwriting  agreement  among  the 
Company, the selling shareholders and the underwriters. Including the additional shares, a total of 3,994,390 common shares 
were sold in the offering. The common shares were sold to the public at a price of 18.50 per share. The Company did not 
receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders.  

On July 8, 2015 the Company successfully completed a new secondary public offering. Registration statement relating to 
the offering became effective on July 8, 2015. On July 9, 2015, the underwriters of the previously announced a new secondary 
public offering of 3,500,000 common shares exercised in full their option to purchase additional 525,000 common shares 
from  certain  of  the  selling  shareholders  to  cover  over-allotments  as  provided  in  the  underwriting  agreement  among  the 
Company, the selling shareholders and the underwriters. Including the additional shares, a total of 4,025,000 common shares 
were sold in the offering. The common shares were sold to the public at a price of 28.31 per share. The Company did not 
receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders.  

On August 2, 2016, the Company applied to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for listing on the Official List of the Luxembourg 
Stock Exchange and for the admission to trading on its regulated market of 34,594,324 existing common shares, issued in 
registered form, with a nominal value of US$ 1.20 each, representing the entire share capital of the Company at that moment. 
The  fees  estimated  in  connection  with  the  listing  of  the  common  shares  amounted  to  162  and  are  including  within 
professional services.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

On  August  11,  2016,  the  Company  applied  to  the  Luxembourg  Financial  Sector  Supervisory  Authority  (Commission  de 
Surveillance du  Secteur Financier) (the  “CSSF”) in its capacity as competent  authority, for the approval  of the Company’s 
prospectus, which was approved by the CSSF on August 11, 2016.  

As of December 31, 2016, 24,409,182 common shares of the Company's share capital are registered with the SEC and quoted 
in the New York Stock Exchange.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 30 - APPROPRIATION OF RETAINED EARNINGS UNDER SUBSIDIARIES´ LOCAL LAW 

In accordance with Argentine and Uruguayan Law, the Argentine subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate at least 5% 
of net income for the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of their respective share capital amounts.   

As  of  December  31,  2016,  the  legal  reserve  amounted  to  925  for  all Argentine  subsidiaries  and  as  of  that  date was  fully 
constituted.  

As of December 31, 2016, the legal reserve amounted to 42 for the Company’s Uruguayan subsidiary and as of that date was 
fully constituted.  

According to the ByLaws of Sistemas Colombia S.A.S., the Colombian subsidiary of the Company must appropriate at least 
10% of the net income of the year to a legal reserve until such reserve equal 50% of its share capital. As of December 31, 2016, 
there was a legal reserve of 0.4 that was fully constituted.  

Under Spanish law, the Spanish subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate 10% of its standalone profit to a legal reserve 
until such reserve equals to 20% of their respective share capital amount. As of December 31, 2016, no reserve had been 
constituted.  

In accordance with Brazilian Law, there is no requirement for limited liability companies to allocate profits for the creation of 
a legal reserve. The Company’s Brazilian subsidiary did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2016. 

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net profits per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such 
reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 
10% threshold, at least 5% of net profits again must be allocated toward the reserve. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our 
issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced. The legal reserve is not available for distribution. As of December 31, 
2016, no reserve had been constituted. Dividends paid by the Company to the holders of our common shares are as a rule 
subject to a 15% withholding tax in Luxembourg, unless a reduced withholding tax rate applies pursuant to an applicable 
double tax treaty or an exemption pursuant to the application of the participation exemption, and, to the extent withholding 
tax applies, we are responsible for withholding amounts corresponding to such taxation at its source. 

In accordance with Peru corporate law, the Peruvian subsidiary of the Company must reserve at least 10% of its net income 
of the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of its respective amount capital stock. As of December 31, 2016, 
there was no legal reserve constituted.  

According to Mexican Law, the Mexican subsidiary of the Company must appropriate at least 5% of net income for the year 
to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals the fifth portion of their respective share capital amounts. As of December 31, 
2016, there was no legal reserve constituted.  

Regarding India Law, the Companies Act, 2013 does not mandate any fixed quantum of profits to be transferred / allocated 
to the reserves of a company. As of December 31, 2016, the legal reserve amounted to 17 for the Company’s Indian subsidiary.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

In UK there is no requirement for the UK´s Company subsidiary to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of 
December 31, 2016, there was no legal reserve constituted.  

In Chile there is no requirement for the Chilean subsidiary of the Company to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. 
As of December 31, 2016, there was no legal reserve constituted.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 31 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

The Company evaluated transactions occurring after December 31, 2016 in accordance to IAS 10 ‘Events after the reporting 
period’,  through  March  29,  2017,  which  is  the  date  that  the  consolidated  financial  statements  were  made  available  for 
issuance.  

31.1 Acquisition of Ratio 

On  February  28,  2017,  Globant  LLC  acquired  100%  of  shares  of  Ratio  Cypress,  LLC  (“Ratio”),  a  limited  liability  company 
organized  and  existing  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of Washington,  United  States.  Ratio  offers  design,  development  and 
quality assurance services necessary to build and manage robust digital products and video streaming solutions for major 
media  companies.  Total  headcount  of  Ratio  was  45  employees  with  operations  in  United  States.  The  purpose  of  the 
acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled 
workforce of Ratio.   

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) amounted to 10,800. Such purchase price may 
be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of Ratio and is payable to the seller as follows:   

•   Up-front payment: As of the closing date, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 5,800 to the seller.   
•   First earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2018, the amount of 2,000, considering the financial, pull though 
and  integration  targets  achievement  by  Ratio  during  the  period  commencing  on  March  1,  2017  and  ending  on 
December 31, 2017.  

•   Second earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2019, the amount of 2,000, considering the financial and pull 
though targets achievement by Ratio during the period commencing on January 1, 2018 and ending on December 
31,h 2018.  

•   Third earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2020, the amount of 1,000, considering the financial and pull 
though targets achievement by Ratio during the period commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on December 
31, 2019.  

As of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements due to the recent of this acquisition, the accounting for 
this acquisition is incomplete; hence, pursuant the guidance in paragraph B66 of IFRS 3, the Company has not included in 
this footnote the following disclosures as required by such standard, as follows:  

•   Fair value of the total consideration transferred since the Company has not completed the fair value analysis of the 

consideration transferred as of the date of issuance of these financial statements.  

•   The amounts recognized as of the acquisition date for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, 
the total amount of goodwill (including a qualitative description of the factors that make up the goodwill recognized 
and the amount of goodwill that will be deducted for tax purposes) and other intangibles, as applicable.  

•   The  gross  contractual  amounts  of  the  acquired  receivables,  and  the  best  estimate  at  the  acquisition  date  of  the 
contractual cash flows not expected to be collected. For each contingent liability to be recognized, if any, an estimate 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

of  its  financial  effect,  an  indication  of  the  uncertainties  relating  to  the  amount  or  timing  of  any  outflow  and  the 
possibility of any reimbursement, and the reasons why the liability cannot be measured reliably, if applicable.   
•   The amount of revenues and profit or loss of the acquired subsidiary since the acquisition date, and the amount of 
revenues  and  profit  or  loss  of  the  combined  entity  as  if  the  acquisition  has  been  made  at  the  beginning  of  the 
reporting period, since the acquired subsidiary did not have available financial information prepared under IFRS at 
the  acquisition  date.  The  preparation  of  this  information  under  IFRS  has  not  been  completed  as  of  the  date  of 
issuance of these financial statements.   

31.2 Investment in Acamica 

On January 26, 2016, the Company signed a subscription agreement with Ignacio Moreno, Tomás Escobar, Gonzalo Orsi and 
Juan Badino (jointly “the Founders”); Fitory S.A., a company organized under the laws of Uruguay; Wayra Argentina S.A., a 
corporation organized under the laws of Argentina; Stultum Pecuniam Ventures LLC, a limited liability company organized 
under  the  laws  of  the  state  of Washington,  United  States;  Ms.  Eun Young  Hwang  (“Rebecca”);  Acamica  S.A.,  a  company 
organized under the laws of Argentina (“Acamica Argentina”) and Acamica Inc, a corporation organized under the laws of the 
state  of  Delaware,  United  States  (“Acamica  US”  and  together  with Acamica Argentina,  the  “Acamica  Group  Companies”) 
whereas the Founders own 100% of the capital share of Acamica Group Companies and shall form a new company organized 
under the laws of Spain (“Holdco”) which shall own 100% of the capital shares of Acamica US and 97% of the capital shares 
of Acamica Argentina. On January 3, 2017, pursuant to the terms of the subscription agreement the Company made a capital 
contribution of 750 to the Acamica Tecnologías S.L. (previously referred as Holdco) in exchange for a 20% ownership stake in 
the entity.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies) 

NOTE 32 – APPROVAL OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Consolidated Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors on March 29, 2017.  

Martín Migoya 
President 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sustainability
INDEX

Sustainability Index

This report has been prepared in accordance with the GRI G4
Guidelines: “Core option” and was not externally verified.  The following is the GRI Index, 
which allows identified G4 contents throughout the report.

General Basic Contents

General basic 
contents

Page

Description

STRATEGY AND ANALYSIS

G4-1

3-4

Statement of the main responsible for the organization’s decisions on the importance of sustainability to the company and the 
strategy to address it.

.

PROFILE OF THE ORGANIZATION

G4-3

G4-4

G4-5

G4-6

G4-7

G4-8

G4-9

G4-10

G4-11

G4-12

G4-13

G4-14

G4-15

G4-16

3

9-11

46

13

46

15

Name of the organization.

Most important brands, products and services.

Location of the organization’s headquarters.

Countries in which the organization operates.

Nature of ownership and legal form.

Markets served.

13-14

Dimensions of the organization.

30

182

46

13

46

4-6

38

Breakdown of the organization employees.

Percentage of employees covered by collective agreements.

Description of the organization supply chain.

Significant changes during the period under review in the organization’s size, structure, ownership and supply chain.

Description of how the organization addresses, if necessary, the precautionary principle.

Principles or other external economic, social and environmental initiatives that the organization subscribes or has adopted.

National or international promotion associations and organizations to which the organization belongs.

MATERIAL ASPECTS AND COVERGE

G4-17

G4-18

G4-19

G4-20

G4-21

G4-22

G4-23

48

48

49

49

49

*
48

List of entities covered by the financial statements of the organization and other equivalent documents.

Process for defining the report content and coverage of every aspect.

List of material aspects.

Coverage of each material aspect inside the organization.

Coverage of each material aspect outside the organization.

Description of the consequences of the restatements of information provided in earlier reports and their causes..

Significant changes in the scope and coverage of every aspect compared to previous reports.

STAKEHOLDERS PARTICIPATION

G4-24

G4-25

G4-26

G4-27

50

50

50

50

REPORT PROFILE

List of interest groups linked to the organization.

Basis for the selection of stakeholders with which the organization works.

Description of the approaches adopted for stakeholder participation.

Key issues and problems that have arisen from stakeholder participation and description of the assessment made by the 
organization, among other aspects through its report.

G4-28

G4-29

G4-30

G4-31

G4-32

G4-33

389

389

389

389

Reporting period.

Date of last report.

Reporting cycle.

Contact point for questions regarding report contents.

380-386

Option «in accordance» with the guidelines that the organization has chosen, GRI index of the chosen option and reference to
the external assessment report.

**

Policies and practices of the organization currently in force regarding the external assessment of the report.

GOVERNANCE

G4-34

21

Governance structure of the organization and its committees.

ETHICS AND INTEGRITY

G4-56

G4-58

23

19

Values, principles, standards and rules of the organization.

Internal and external mechanisms for reporting unethical or illegal behavior, and matters relating to the integrity of the organization.

* As for restatements or changes in calculation methods compared to the previous report, they shall be indicated in the text of the report, if applicable.

** Sustainability indicators have not been externally verified.

Specific Basic Contents

ECONOMIC CATEGORY

General basic 
contents

Page

Description

ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

G4-DMA

G4-EC1

8

14

.
Information about the management approach.

Direct economic value generated and distributed.

MARKET PRESENCE 

G4-DMA

26-28

Information about the management approach.

G4-EC6

33

Percentage of senior management hired from the local community.

INDIRECT ECONOMIC IMPACTS

G4-DMA

34

Information about the management approach.

G4-EC8

30, 34-35, 37

Significant indirect economic impacts and their scope.

ENVIRONMENTAL CATEGORY

ENERGY

G4-DMA

41-42

Information about the management approach.

G4-EN3

43

Internal energy consumption.

EMISSIONS

G4-DMA

G4-EN16

G4-EN17

G4-EN18

41-42

43-44

44

44

Information about the management approach.

Indirect emissions of greenhouse gases to generate energy (Scope 2).

Other indirect greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 3).

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions intensity

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

G4-DMA

41-42

Information about the management approach.

G4-EN27

41

Mitigation of the environmental impact of products and services.

SOCIAL CATEGORY
SUBCATEGORY: LABOR PRACTICES AND DECENT WORK

EMPLOYEMENT

G4-DMA

23-29

Information about the management approach.

G4-LA1

G4-LA2

32*

28

Total number and rate of hires and average employee turnover.

Social benefits for full-time employees.

TRAINING AND EDUCATION

G4-DMA

23-29

Information about the management approach.

G4-LA9

G4-LA10

G4-LA11

31**

27

31

Average hours of annual training per employee broken down by gender and job category.

Skill management programs and continuous training.

Employees receiving regular performance assessment.

* Partially reported. No broken down information currently available.

** Partially reported. No broken down information currently available about training hours.

DIVERSITY AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES

G4-DMA

28

Information about the management approach.

G4-LA12

30-31, 33

Composition of governance bodies and payroll breakdown.

EQUAL WAGES FOR MEN AND WOMEN

G4-DMA

G4-LA13

28

32

Information about the management approach.

Basic salary ratio between men and women.

SUBCATEGORY: SOCIETY

MATERIAL ASPECT: LOCAL COMMUNITIES

G4-DMA

34-38

Information about the management approach.

G4-SO1

82%

Percentage of operations where programs have been implemented.

MATERIAL ASPECT: ANTI-CORRUPTION

G4-DMA

19-20

Information about the management approach.

G4-SO5

20

Confirmed cases of corruption and measures taken.

MATERIAL ASPECT: PUBLIC POLICIES

G4-DMA

19-20

Information about the management approach.

G4-SO6

*

Amount of political contributions, by country and recipient.

MATERIAL ASPECT: COMPLIANCE

G4-DMA

19-20

Information about the management approach.

G4-SO8

20

Significant fines and sanctions arising from law and regulation breaches.

* The organization has made no contributions to political parties.

SUBCATEGORY: PRODUCT RESPONSIBILITY

PRODUCT AND SERVICE LABELING

G4-DMA

G4-PR5

16

18

Information about the management approach.

Results of surveys to measure customer satisfaction.

CUSTOMER PRIVACY

G4-DMA

G4-PR8

16

18

COMPLIANCE

Information about the management approach.

Complaints about privacy breach and loss of customer data.

G4-DMA

19-20

Information about the management approach.

G4-PR9

20

Fines for non-compliance regarding products and services.

Report

PROFILE

Report

Corporate Information

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SENIOR EXCECUTIVES

Martin Migoya (CEO & Co-Founder)
Guibert Englebienne (CTO & Co-Founder)
Martin Umaran (Chief of Staff & Co-Founder)
Francisco Alvarez Demalde
Mario Vazquez (1) (2) (3)
Philip Odeen (1) (2) (3)
David Moore
Marcos Galperin (2) (3)
Linda Rottenberg (1)

(1) Audit Committee
(2) Compensation Committee
(3) Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Martin Migoya (CEO & Co-Founder)
Guibert Englebienne (CTO & Co-Founder)
Martin Umaran (Chief of Staff & Co-Founder)
Nestor Nocetti (EVP Corp. Affairs & Co-Founder)
Guillermo Willi (CPO)
Alejandro Scannapieco (CFO) 
Guillermo Marsicovetere (COO)
Gustavo Barreiro (CIO)
Patricia Pomies (CDO)
Wanda Weigert (Communications Director)
Pablo Rojo (General Counsel)

MAIN OFFICES

37A, Avenue JF Kennedy,
L-1855 Luxembourg.
BP 2501 • L-1025, Luxembourg

Ingeniero Butty 240 9° floor
Laminar Plaza Tower
C1001AFB, City of Buenos Aires

650 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1001
New York, NY 10019 

875 Howard St, 3rd floor,
Of: Suite 320 
CA 94103 ,  San Francisco

GLOB

Stock
Globant is listed in NYSE under
the ticker GLOB and in the LuxSE
under ISIN number LU0974299876

IR Contact
Paula Conde
IRO

paula.conde@globant.com

Sustainability Contact
Francisco Michref
Corporate Affairs & Sustainability Manager

francisco.michref@globant.com

WWW

Website
www.globant.com

Independent Audit Firm*
Deloitte
* Sustainability indicators have not been externally verified

Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer & Trust
Company, LLC

Reporting period
January 1st 2016 to December 31st 2016

Date of last report
2015

Reporting cycle
Annual